INT102 Interpersonal Communication Skills Assignment 3 Sample

Assignment Details

The goal of this assessment is to assess students’ knowledge and application of communication and conflict resolution skills in community services.

1. Watch video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O4eObpGH3l0

2. Complete copy of Thomas-Kilmann Mode Instrument.

3. Look at results provided – student identifies the 2 conflict resolution modes on which they score highest.

4. Discuss results with other class members.

5. Provide written reflection to following questions.

Students will reflect on their activities from class regarding communication skills and write a reflection on the skills they have developed over the trimester (e.g. use of micro-skills, including active listening skills, open and closed questions, reflection of content, reflection of feeling, nonverbal communication and conflict resolution).

• Have the course materials and role play activities led to personal development and an increase in your communication skills?

• Reflect on the feedback you received over the Trimester (from your tutor and fellow students) – is there evidence of growth and development?

• If you felt nervous and uncomfortable during the role plays, what was your reaction to this and what did you do to help yourself overcome these feelings?

• What did you learn about observing non-verbal cues?

• Why are active listening and attending skills so important? What has been your experience with the development of these skills?

• What did you learn about managing communications in settings such as the workplace between colleagues or between client/community service worker?

• What are the two Thomas-Kilmann Conflict Mode results identified from the TKMI that you scored highest? Explain these in your own words. (Use the text-book pp. 266 – 269 and resources on the unit site to assist; de Janasz ebook through the library).

• Provide two examples of when you have demonstrated these conflict modes in action either at work or in personal relationships.

• If you disagree with the results, provide two examples of the conflict mode(s) you believe you actually use in conflict situations.

Connections must be made between the literature and the course learning material to support ideas and demonstrate knowledge of subject matter. Integration of material from the textbook is essential, as well as 5 scholarly articles. All resources must be cited correctly using APA 7 referencing.

Solution

Introduction

The report demonstrates a reflective analysis of my personal development in conflict management strategies and communication skills throughout the trimester. The reflective analysis will explore different components of communication like active listening, understanding non-verbal ques, active listening and reflecting on feelings and content. The report findings will further justify the extent to which feedback strategies are important to manage nervousness and further discuss the importance of communication in different situation depending on personal experience. Lastly the two Thomas-Kilman Conflict Mode results will be discussed and practical examples of the selected conflict modes will be evaluated in relevance to work or personal relationships.

1.0 Personal Development and Enhancement of communication skillset

The role play activities and course materials have made significant contribution to my communication skillset and personal development. Through effective application of micro-skillset such as asking open-ended as well as close-ended questions, active listening and reflection on feelings and content, I have become proficient to indulge myself in meaningful conversations. On a further note, I will like to state that the scenarios related to role play allowed me to explore different types of communication styles (assertive, non-verbal, aggressive). In this regard, I learned that non-verbal cues play a critical role in emotionally charged situations. In this context, Ibrahim et al. (2022) have mentioned that non-verbal communication in addition or without the use of words for communicating what the client is feeling without explaining them verbally. Furthermore, I realized that reflection of feelings and active listening assists in in building trust within the role play activities. The exercises conducted helped me to understand the importance of empathy which helps to build rapport with others by connecting with someone emotionally. On an overall note, the course has helped me to develop suitable communication strategies that can be applied in real-life situatons for improvement of my personal as well as professional interactions.

2.0 Reflection related to feedback and evidence of growth

The feedback I got from my peers and tutors has been instrumental in development of my communication skills. On an initial note, my tutor mentioned that I usually struggle in asking open-ended questions and focus on giving too much of advice without listening to what others have to say totally. In this regard, I emphasized improving areas and incorporated the feedback of the teachers to ask more open-ended questions and prioritise upon reflective listening. As far as my growth is concerned, I learned how to be silent in certain situations and let others express their ideas. The peer feedback mentioned by improvements in areas of non-verbal communication, where I used gestures and body language to engage in meaningful conversation. The improvement can be particularly observed during times of role-play scenario, where I conversed with my colleague with a positive approach and my gestures were usually empathic by nature. In this regard, it can be mentioned that positive reinforcement as well as constructive for the assignment helpline criticisms helped me in improving my self-awareness abilities, which is one of the tangible growth experienced during the trimester.

3.0 Reacting to nervousness and overcoming the discomfort

During the conduction of some role play activities, I have experienced certain amount of discomfort and nervousness, specifically I got exposed to unfamiliar scenarios or where I was confronted with emotional type of conversation. On an initial note, I was quite conscious about how shall I reply to others and was concerned about the consequences of making mistakes. However, through application of mindfulness techniques I learnt to manage these types of feelings before participation in role play activities. In this context, Duane et al. (2021) states that deep breathing as well as positive self-talks serve as effective mindfulness technique that boosts the confidence level of an individual. I was always advised by my tutors and peers that making mistakes always forms an integral part of the learning process. While dealing with any kind of nervous situation, I preferred staying calm and used my active listening skillset to engage in meaningful conversations. Over the period of time, I realised that role-play serve as one of the most effective means of improving my communication abilities. Furthermore, I realised that consistent practice and self-reflection are important to alleviate discomfort-related issues during conversation.

4.0 Observation of non-verbal cues

While gaining insights from the course, I learned about the effectiveness of non-verbal cues that has the capacity of revealing much more than verbal communication alone. In this regard, Ibrahim et al. (2022) states that gestures, body language, facial expression and tone of voice plays an integral part to understand someone’s intentions and emotions. For example, I noticed that during the conduction of the role play activities, few of my colleagues were avoided maintaining eye-contact with me, which indeed signifies resistance or certain level of discomfort even in a situation where the word expressed is sounding like openness. By understanding the non-verbal cues, I took the initiative of adjusting my approach either by actively listening to what the other person is saying or behaving empathically with them and in some situations even keeping quiet so that the other person gets enough amount of space to express themselves. On a further note, I learnt to be mindful regarding my own non-verbal cues while engaging in meaningful conversations. I tend to maintain an open and welcoming body language so that others feel at ease to converse with me. Development of the non-verbal cues helped me to behave in a more emphatic way and be responsive towards the requirement of the peers.

5.0 Effectiveness of Active listening and attending skillset

For communicating effectively, one needs to work upon active listening and attending skillset as they resemble certain form of respect and empathy from the perspective of the speaker Friston et al. (2021). Throughout the trimester, I gained insights on the fat that active listening goes beyond than only what others are saying, rather emphasis should be given on prioritising the verbal as well as non-verbal cues and respond to them in an appropriate manner. For instance, during the conduction of role play activities, I took the initiative of maintaining eye-contact, gave hand gestures and verbal affirmations such as “its OK” and “I can understand”. The specific move not only assisted in improving my rapport building with my colleagues but also ensured that the speakers felt that their words are heard and being valued. While practising attending skillset, I realised that leaning forward slightly and minimisation of distractions assisted me in avoiding unnecessary misunderstandings during the communication. The development of these skillset will make me more proficient in my personal and professional career.

6.0 Management of Communication within client and work settings

The insights gained from the course allowed me to become knowledgeable about several professional settings, specifically in relation to interaction with colleagues and clients concerning service-related responsibilities and roles. In this context, Li et al. (2021) states that open and clear communication plays a pivotal role to maintain positiveness in the workplace, specifically in situations where misunderstanding can be resulting in conflicts or loss of reputation. In this regard, I will like to state that when the communication is open and clear, others will show more interest in what I am saying. While dealing with the clients, I prioritised the importance of empathy and non-judgemental listening both of which are crucial to mange the expectations of clients.

7.0 Thomas-Kilmann Conflict Mode Results

Based on the Thomas-Kilman Conflict Mode Results I came to know that I received highest rating in competing (9) and collaborating (9) (Refer to Appendix 1). In my opinion collaboration involves high-level of assertiveness and cooperation, where both the parties involved usually looks for a solution that will prove to be beneficial for everyone (De Janasz et al. 2014). In this context, Thomas (2008) states that the collaborative approach serves as a form of open dialogue as well as creative problem-solving. Likewise, Qadir (2020) states that competing is a type of conflict management style where importance is given to winning over a disagreement in comparison to maintaining of a positive connectivity. In the professional sphere, I am more confined to maintaining collaborative conflict management style whereas in personal life, I am more confined to maintaining competing conflict management style.

8.0 Examples of conflict modes

One example of collaborating mode came into existence where myself and one of my colleagues had a different opinion towards approaching a project. Instead of indulging in heated arguments, we started brain storming ideas and approached the project based on common grounds.

Similarly, while involving in a conversation, where I was trying to resolve a conflict with my friend, I applied by competing conflict management style where I proved my point from several angles to prove I am right. This was because I knew I was not at fault and the opponent party was arguing pointlessly.

Conclusion

In conclusion, I will like to state that the specific learning improved my learning capabilities in the areas of communication development, which can be used to improve my professional and personal prowess. My micro skillset such as active listening, understanding non-verbal cues and displaying empathetic attitude helped me to establish strong rapport with my peers. The Thomas Kilman Conflict mode results highlighted that I possess collaborative and competing conflict management styles while dealing with others.

Reference List

SAP201 Alcohol and Other Drugs Essay 2 Sample

Description

You are the case worker for a single mother (Mary) who has a 15-year-old son (Toby). Mary is struggling with her use of alcohol and states she often smokes cannabis (marijuana) when her son is at school.

Mary has said that she hasn’t worked since her son was born and had previously managed by doing odd jobs for friends and neighbours. However, Mary has said that now her son is older she would like to get a full-time job but is worried that she will not be successful due to her problematic use of alcohol and cannabis. When ‘probing’ further into Mary’s dependence, you come to understand that she regularly has her first glass of wine with breakfast and states that without it she can’t ‘think’ straight. Mary said she found a half-smoked joint in her son’s room when she was cleaning, and she is worried that he maybe experimenting with drugs. Mary states that she would like to be able to stop drinking and smoking marijuana but every time she has tried before it hasn’t worked.

Part 1 – Identified issues

What are the legal issues in this case study?

What category/types of drugs are discussed?

Define mandated reporting requirements and if it is relevant in this particular case.

What is the possible assessment and/or referral options?

Part 2 – Research

Apply critical thinking and judgement in identifying an appropriate AOD treatment program suitable for Mary’s needs. You should outline the range of treatment options that could be suitable for Mary and to identify considerations that are applicable to her circumstances.

Part 3 – Critical Reflection

You have taken Mary’s case to your supervisor and your supervisor has asked you to spend time reflecting on your decisions and consider what worked well and what other options were available to you.

Note: You are making out a case to your supervisor of how you propose to go about engaging Mary for counselling, referral, and other interventions – the assumption is that this is the initial interview with her. As well as a future-looking perspective you may also want to include and elaborate a backward-looking perspective, reflecting on what has occurred so far. In a critical reflection you would be expected to avoid narrowly understanding Mary’s actions, her current difficulties etc through the lens of her being a drug and alcohol dependent, person. Instead of using a very narrow problem focussed lens, there could be much more to her situation, such as describing and identifying her achievements, her potential to improve her social function, identify social supports, restore self-confidence, reduce anxiety, rather than focus on her perceived deficits. This approach has been described as a strengths focussed approach.1

Your supervisor has also requested you to consider your professional responsibility and accountability and asked you to put this into a mini report that could be developed as a treatment plan.

Solution

Introduction

This essay takes up the case of Mary: a single mother fighting alcohol and cannabis use. It lists the drugs involved the child protection laws and mandatory reporting laws. The essay also explores proper assessment and referral options for Mary using a strength-based approach for Mary’s treatment and empowerment.

Part 1 – Identified Issues

The legal issues around the protection of children and mandated reporting in this case study can be approached from the perspective for instance. They should also decide whether Mary’s 15-year-old son Toby is at risk for an injury from his mother’s substance use (Scheim et al., 2020). From a Strengths-Based Approach, Mary focuses on affirming her autonomous and reserved control over others and her concerns.

Legal Issues and Child Protection

One key legal issue is the potential risk to Toby’s welfare. That’s why Mary stumbles upon a half-smoked joint in her son’s room, making her wonder if he is involved in drugs. Child protection laws mean that even suspicion of child neglect or drug use must lead to mandatory reporting to child welfare authorities. With a strengths-based approach, Mary’s proactive awareness of this issue becomes a sign that positive change is forthcoming, and Mary can be supported in taking steps to address her concerns about Toby’s safety.

Drugs Involved and Legal Implications

The use of alcohol and cannabis by Mary opens quite a few legal considerations. Adults are legally allowed to drink, however, misuse of alcohol, especially with everyday drinking can lead to risks to health and society such as poor judgment and addiction (Caiels, Milne & Beadle-Brown, 2021). While cannabis is legal in some jurisdictions for medicinal or recreational use, local laws and implications are contingent on the use and frequency of cannabis and the presence of a minor. On a strengths-based basis, Mary's openness to talk about her issues is an indication she is willing to change; and the legal area associated with substance use should be addressed from there.

Mandated Reporting and Relevance

In this case for The Assignment Helpline , the risk to Toby’s well-being makes mandated reporting relevant. Nevertheless, a strengths focus is two things, one is the reporting requirement, but also Mary’s willingness to protect her son and to change her behaviors. Mary is readily prepared to receive support from the caseworker because she has made it abundantly clear that she is aware of what she is required to do and that she is able to request assistance while still being involved in the care of Toby.

Assessment and Referral Options

AOD (Alcohol and Other Drugs) treatment programs are available to help Mary – with assessment and referral. Moreover, Toby’s well-being can be assessed by child welfare services. Putting Mary’s strengths, or better stated, thinking them through a strengths-based lens, an acknowledgment of the problem, a desire for a job, and concern for her son could be the tools to use to help guide the referral process as well as help her on her journey of recovery and empowerment.

Part 2 – Research

Critical Thinking and Judgement

Mary’s treatment should be nuanced at least in terms of approach because she wants to improve her own life and regain control over her substance use. Since an Alcohol and Other Drugs (AOD) treatment program for Mary starts where you are in your work, it seems important to consider Mary’s readiness for change, personal goals, and social context (van De, Ritter & Roche, 2020). Mary wants to quit drinking and smoking pot once and for all but tried and failed twice before. This implies a treatment need that is not ready, psychologically or emotionally, to change, and one with a history of relapse. Mary’s role as a mother is also a key consideration. Since treatment may assist her in achieving her goal of gaining full-time employment and offering a stable environment for her son, treatment may well have a greater motivation for her to change. Recovery can therefore aid in what works (her self-esteem, her social functioning, and her overall happiness in life) in her treatment plan. Addressing her concern may serve as an additional motivator, providing her with a clear reason why she should submit to treatment and develop her parenting skills.

Range of Treatment Options

Mary's specific substance use disorder should be taken to the severity of which her life requires treatment. If Mary has a strong social support network and her substance use is not too severe to require inpatient care, outpatient treatment programs (including therapy sessions, counseling, and support groups) may be appropriate. Mary’s addiction and her mental health could be addressed with a community-based rehabilitation program that combines group therapy with individual counseling (Simard et al., 2024). Mary’s substance use may be so severe as to be significantly impairing her daily life and functioning; inpatient treatment may be necessary. Its structured environment with intensive therapeutic intervention, helps the person work on his addiction in a controlled, supportive setting. Mary’s specific needs can be treated with the use of 12-step Facilitation Therapy or Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT). Pharmacotherapy (medications that reduce the likelihood that an individual will drink, reduce side effects of drinking, or participate in detox or other treatments for alcohol withdrawal) is also used. Disulfiram (Antabuse) for the treatment of alcohol dependence or CBD for use in the treatment of cannabis-based problems may be chosen. But that depends on a thorough physical and mental inquiry about Mary.

Considerations for Treatment

Mary’s attempts to give up smoking marijuana and drinking need to be dealt with. Its history bedaifi succès provides a presage suggesting that a relapse prevention plan will be required still, involving sense identifying triggering factors for her cell suspects to utilize and developing techniques applicable to these causing factors. Mary’s social support system (or lack of support) must also be explored as well. Family therapy may also help increase a relationship with Toby and offer further support for her recovery (O’Connor et al., 2020). Additionally, looking into any underlying mental health issues like anxiety or depression that might worsen her substance use is likewise vital. In the treatment plan, she must address the financial limitations and her fears concerning finding full-time employment. Mary might be connected to employment services, or vocational training programs to build her self-confidence and offer her a sense of purpose.

Part 3 – Critical Reflection

To reach Mary, the environment had to be non-judgmental, and supportive. Something was needed that did not center around Mary, her substance use, but instead her resilience, and her aspirations, which were best served by a strengths-based approach. It built on trust and helped her to be more open with sharing what she was concerned about. By focusing on the caseworker's notice of her goals — like getting a full-time job and caring for her son — the caseworker shifted and pointed out the potential for the change to the focus, something more empowering and positive than before. But there was Mary’s history of relapse. She had doubts that she could deal with her substance use and this could have inhibited her from working to change things (Ragins & Sunkel, 2024). To do this we employed Motivational Interviewing (MI) techniques to increase her self-efficacy by emphasizing recovery was possible. Then, because I am a caseworker who is assigned to Mary and her kid, these commitments require me to strike a balance between my ethical and legal responsibilities and my capacity for empathy. As an alternative, however, neither damage reduction measures nor other possibilities stood out as particularly noteworthy.

In this case, one of the core responsibilities is to make sure that any actions I am taking with Mary are also in Mary’s best interest and about Toby. Thinking about my part in this balancing act helps unite the aspects of accountability, and a willingness to follow legal and ethical standards, like mandated reporting. Mandatory reporting was needed if there were concerns for Toby's safety. When I think about the choices Mary might have had, I would prefer that the plan be changeable. It’s not always linear, and she may find she needs to adjust her treatment to reach her goals. For Mary’s treatment development, baseline assessment included a holistic approach to both short-term and long-term goals (Harden et al., 2022). Recovery is often nonlinear and hence it is of critical importance to have flexibility in the plan. Such reviews would allow for tweaks to the treatment plan so that it remains in step with Mary’s evolving requirements and encourage her to keep working toward recovery.

Conclusion

A strengths-based approach draws on a comprehensive framework for addressing Mary’s substance use issues within a strengths and resiliency approach. These scenarios are tackled by working to plan for change in Mary’s potential, while legally addressing the issues of concern using child protection and mandated reporting to create appropriate referrals focusing on treatment and support. As a result of the implementation of this strategy, Mary is now able to actively fight for her recovery and her well-being, which in turn enhances the likelihood that her kid will be safe.

References

BUS6101 Business Information System Report 3 Sample

Objective

Clearly state the purpose of the report, which is to analyze business needs for Information Systems and provide recommendations. Define what aspects of the business and Information

Systems will be Covered

Analysing Business Needs (400-500 words)

Begin by identifying the key stakeholders involved with the Information System, such as employees, managers, and customers. Gather their requirements through interviews or surveys and document the current business processes to highlight any inefficiencies or areas for improvement. Align these needs with the company’s strategic goals to ensure that the new system supports both immediate and long-term objectives.

Write the Consultative Report (900- 1000 words)

Organize your report into clear sections: Introduction, Analysis, Recommendations, and Conclusion. The Introduction should outline the purpose of the report and scope of analysis. In the Analysis section, present your findings on current processes, identified needs, and any feasibility considerations (technical, economic, operational, and legal). The Recommendations section should propose one or more solutions, detailing their benefits, costs, and implementation plans. Conclude with a Conclusion summarizing the key points and next steps.

Presenting the Report (400-500 words)

Prepare a concise executive summary to capture the main findings and recommendations. Use visual aids like charts or graphs to make data more accessible. Ensure the presentation is clear, engaging, and allows for a Q&A session to address any questions from the senior management team. 

Solution

1.0 Introduction

1.1 Background

The report focuses on analyzing the business needs for implementing an effective information system in a medium-sized retail organization. The organization currently faces challenges in managing its inventory, customer relationship management, and decision-making processes due to the lack of an integrated information system. These inefficiencies have resulted in increased operational costs, delayed customer response times, and limited strategic decision-making capabilities (Ikevuje et al. 2024).

1.2 Aims and Objectives

The main goal of this report for the Assignment Help to determine the essential requirements of the business in the information system to meet the challenges that were highlighted in the organization. The paper aims to discover how the organization could use information systems to improve the data collection, processing, and use by the business for internal operations as well as improve the growth strategy of the business.

1.3 Scope

The feasibility of the new information systems will be considered by determining the compatibility of its implementation with the current business processes, the stakeholder interests and organizations, and the technical, operational, and financial perspectives. The key areas of the text will include inventory management, customer relationship management, and decision support systems (Xu et al. 2024).

2.0 Analysis of Business Needs

2.1 Stakeholder Identification

The main parties that are affected by the information system project are the top management team, mid-level management, workers, and consumers. It is the chief executive and officers’ major concern of how the business processes can be managed towards the achievement of strategic organizational goals. They need information that is timely and credible to make their decisions.

2.2 Business Process Analysis

Inventory management, sales tracking, and customer relations are some of the essential business processes that the organization is still handling haphazardly. The problem is that most of these systems are implemented in isolation leading to the accumulation of data in isolated systems which hinders data visibility and leads to the replication of efforts (Martinez et al. 2021). The update of inventory involves the re-entry of inventories in different systems, which are frequently out of stock and sales records.

2.3 Business Goals Alignment

The identified needs have to be relevant to organizational strategic objectives involving improvement of operations, minimization of expenses, and satisfaction of the consumers. With the introduction of a centralized information system, they would be in a position to control all inventory, sales, and customer information from a single source. It would promote timely tracking of stocks as well as the sales cycle, and improved customer management, as it would accrue each customer’s communications in one location.

2.4 Feasibility Analysis

An assessment of the implementation of the proposed information system was made based on its technical, economic, operational, and legal feasibility.

- Technical Feasibility: A new system can build on the organization’s current framework with only some adjustments necessary. The suggested solution is the integration using the cloud as a link between the application and external systems due to weak essentialization of hardware equipment (Sukumar et al. 2022).

- Economic Feasibility: They acknowledge that the initial outlay might be high, but this cost is quickly offset by the benefits of reduced operational costs as well as increased efficiency achieved.

- Operational Feasibility: Education of the staff and ensuring proper change management is the key to its application. This should easily translate into this system since it has a user-friendly interface.

- Legal Feasibility: The system has to cover data privacy policies such as GDPR, which means customer and business data has to be handled safely (Alom et al. 2024).

Based on this wide-ranging assessment, the present work underlines that the adoption of an integrated information system is not only possible but necessary to respond to the existing dysfunctions and to foster future development.

3.0 Defining Business Information System Objectives

3.1 Strategic IS Objectives

Using business needs, strategic Information System (IS) objectives are then set to deal with the major problems affecting the organization as well as align with the business development plans.

- Enhancing Data Integration and Accessibility: Establish a corporate information management system to curtail the problems of data fragmentation that arise from the use of standalone systems throughout the company.

- Improving Customer Relationship Management (CRM): Create a single database for recording and managing the communications that you have with your customers to make communication and the delivery of personalized service possible.

- Optimizing Inventory Management: The major suggested improvements included the automation of the tracking and reporting system for inventory to minimize inaccuracies that affect the processing of orders (Mondol et al. 2021).

- Supporting Strategic Decision-Making: Offer real-time analyses and visualizations that help the senior management make accurate decisions based on actual data obtained from the CRM system.

These objectives are designed to enhance effectiveness in operations, manage human errors, and enhance the alignment of business processes with the strategic plans.

3.2 Framework Application

The SWOT framework is used to validate these objectives.

- Strengths: This means that a cloud solution is going to be easy to implement in the organization due to the existing technical foundation.

- Weaknesses: Assets lacking in current employees, therefore, include the ability to adopt IT skills suggesting that training needs to be extensive.

- Opportunities: Implementation of an IS solution can also improve customer experience and create room for business growth through expansion (Kumar et al. 2022).

- Threats: Legal requirements for data protection (for example GDPR) make compliance risks related to data high, therefore, data security should be tight.

The assessment of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats will demonstrate that the set objectives are achievable and suitable for the organisation.

3.3 Desired State

Each IS objective is associated with a specific desired outcome.

- Data Integration: Integrate inventory, sales, and CRM systems to allow for smooth interoperability and an accurate view of business processes.

- CRM Optimization: Cut down the response time of customer queries by 30% which will improve customer satisfaction.

- Inventory Management: Minimize stock variance by at least 20% and decrease pick and ship time (Liu et al. 2020).

- Decision-Making Support: Provide the senior management group with a current performance scape, it will increase the speed and efficiency of decision-making.

The accomplishment of these objectives will guarantee stable work, improved client satisfaction, and future growth for the organization.

4.0 Proposed Information System Solutions

4.1 Solution Description

Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) System: ERP implementation will form the main framework for integrating inventory, sales, and the CRM system. This system shall facilitate real-time information sharing for the consequential improvements in business processes.

Customer Relationship Management (CRM) System: An integrated CRM header within the ERP application shall encompass the client information packet, allow individual outreach, and facilitate sales and marketing missions (Mamud et al. 2023).

Business Intelligence (BI) Tools: Use BI tools which are dashboards, reporting systems, or others to make decisions based on indicators. This will enable the senior management to get the current status of some of the key performance indices and operations measures.

4.2 Action Plan

ERP System Implementation:

- Select an ERP vendor based on organizational requirements.

- Configure and integrate the ERP system with existing hardware and databases.

- Train staff on the use of ERP modules for inventory and sales management.

CRM Module Integration:

- Develop a migration plan to consolidate all existing customer data into the CRM module.

- Customize the CRM system to align with the company’s sales and marketing processes.

- Deploy and conduct user training workshops.

BI Tools Setup:

- Identify critical KPIs and design the dashboard layouts.
- Integrate BI tools with ERP to ensure real-time data connectivity.
- Test reporting features and fine-tune visualizations based on user feedback.

4.3 Evaluation of Benefits

The solutions proposed for the business deal with the issues and demands aimed at opening up data access, eradicating manual tasks, and improving methods of dealing with customers. ERP system enhances the accuracy of stock records, and inventory management for order execution; the CRM completely facilitates a more personal approach to customers (Shekhar et al. 2023). They will ensure that the managerial team in a business is well-equipped with correct strategic planning information based on real-time business intelligence.

4.4 Challenges

- High Initial Costs: ERP and CRM implementation require significant upfront investment.

- Change Management: Resistance to adopting new technologies may arise among employees.

- Data Migration Issues: Consolidating existing data into the new system could lead to data quality and compatibility issues.

- Compliance Risks: Ensuring data security and compliance with regulations like GDPR will require meticulous planning.

A complex plan design together with the effective involvement of stakeholders will be a necessity to confront the challenges mentioned above.

5.0 Implementation and Evaluation Strategy

5.1 Implementation Plan

The implementation of the proposed information system solutions will be conducted in three major stages to ensure a structured approach and minimize disruptions to business operations:

Planning and Requirement Analysis: In the case of this phase, the scope entails identifying refined and specific requirements for the system, evaluation of compatible vendors, and project schedule development. Implementation of the plan will be done by a cross-functional team, which will ensure that the company’s business units are well represented.

System Design and Development: In this stage, the setting up and customization of the ERP and CRM modules will be done based on the requirements produced earlier. New IT systems’ implementation plans will include planned methods for moving existing data into new IT systems (Smith et al. 2020). also, communication of data between the ERP, CRM, and BI systems will be introduced to allow the capturing of data to various modules.

Deployment and Training: The last phase is the actual implementation of the systems and the provision of extensive training to the people. A pilot test will be implemented to make sure all the problems that may come with its full implementation are noted and solved. Some of the strategies include post-deployment support with a view of helping the stakeholders get familiar with new systems hence solving any user grievances that may be present.

5.2 Risk Management

Technical Compatibility: One of the threats is that the current framework in place for IT may not accommodate the new systems. Mitigation: Carry out an assessment of the infrastructural nature and replace the hardware as may be deemed necessary in the process.

Employee Resistance: The employees may always resist the change and thus act as a barrier to successful adoption. Mitigation: Realise a change management plan that includes a series of workshops, dialogues, and rewards for first movers (Kervall et al. 2022).

Data Migration Errors: Data are at risk of getting lost or corrupted throughout the process of migration. Mitigation: Analysis of the data collected before migration and after migration for testing the migrated data as well.

5.3 Monitoring and Evaluation

- System Adoption Rate: Monitor the activity of the users by status of login frequencies and use logs.

- Data Accuracy: Assess how data changes with the transition from old to new systems.

- Process Efficiency: Implement yardsticks concerning alterations in time taken for order processing and inventory variances.

- User Feedback: Acquire responses from users by using questionnaires to provide a quantitative level of satisfaction assessment and provide scope for changes.

6.0 Conclusion

This included data integration requirements, better client management, and efficient inventory management that would aid the operation of the business. In response to these, it was suggested that the organization adopt an integrated ERP system that includes the use of CRM and BI tools. The proposed solutions address the potential issues by promoting the objectives of overall organizational improvement, cutting expenses, and providing explicit data.

7.0 Recommendations

- Implement a Centralized ERP System: Start introducing an ERP system that we will employ to avoid the overload of duplicated processes in inventory, sales, and customer relationship management.

- Enhance Customer Management: Integrate customer relationship management into the organization and use the CRM module to compile, enhance, and use customer information to boost marketing and service efforts.

- Adopt Business Intelligence Tools: BI tools should be used for real-time decision-making and support and be more oriented on performance metrics and actionable intelligence.

- Conduct Comprehensive Training Programs: Conduct orientation so that there would be no problems when implementing new systems, and proper utilization of the latter as well.

- Establish a Continuous Evaluation Framework: Utilize meetings and tracking to review the systems’ effectiveness and ensure it addresses the new business needs when developing.

8.0 Reference

MGNT206 Strategic Human Resource Management Report Sample

This case-study based Project has two components (10 points each). If possible, workshop the process with vulnerability assessment. Both parts could be researched as covered in the lectures. You can find further details from the R2A text1 or the Project Due Diligence2 books available for loan from the Swinburne Library.

1. Vulnerability assessment

Apply the vulnerability assessment technique to a project of interest to you, ideally one associated with your work but failing that choose a project with publically available information, for example, those described by the federal government for major infrastructure projects 3 or the PTV4.

In doing so:

- clearly document the project’s critical success outcomes and the reason/s why these were selected

- document the threats and the method of selection of these threats

- determine the critical vulnerabilities.

2. Precautionary analysis

Using the vulnerability assessment undertaken in the above stage, develop precautionary recommendations for the identified vulnerabilities. You may use a technique described in the lecture presentation or one sourced from elsewhere. The purpose is to demonstrate that all reasonably practical controls are in place based on the balance of the significance of the risk vs the effort required to reduce it. The final outcome could be a project risk profile, and ranked investment action list. Assessment of Project: Project Due Diligence Case-study (10% weighting) The written report of your Project Due Diligence Case-study is to comprise circa 2000 words plus supporting information/ diagrams as required.

Solution

Introduction

Western Australia’s Bunbury to Perth Highway Upgrade project is a grand scale project for the development of transportation between Bunbury and Perth, two major cities. This upgrade is necessary to keep pace with increasing demands for traffic flow, especially in the movement of freight, necessary to the local and regional economies. With an aim to significantly increase the capacity, safety, and efficiency of what is one of this country's most vital highways, the project. The initiative aims to enhance, and also expand this necessary infrastructure not only for reducing travel times but also to strengthen economic ties between the regions and strengthen regional development and increase accessibility to vital services. In addition, the project deals with the major problems, for example, improving the safety of roads, and thus decrease of the rate of road accidents and deaths on the run. This report for The Assignment Helpline will also seek to broaden the understanding of the project scope in terms of its objectives, the critical success outcomes, the risks inherent within this sort of project, and the strategic actions proposed to minimize these risks and direct the upgrade towards overriding economic, environment, and social objectives. s

Project Scope

Consequently, the Bunbury to Perth Highway Upgrade is a massive infrastructure project that aims to give the existing roadway a significant upgrade to facilitate increased capacity, safety and operational efficiency of the roadway. This includes various critical components associated with this project, which covers the current and future highway demands.

1. Capacity Enhancement: Widening of lanes and reinforcement of the road structure to handle higher volumes of traffic, especially heavy freight vehicles, are among the components within the scope of work. This will help create smoother and quicker transport of goods between the regions, necessary to support local industries and supply chains.

2. Safety Improvements: With integration of advanced safety features a major component of the upgrade. They include new traffic management systems, better sign posting, creation of more barriers and emergency lanes. These are designed to minimize accidents and increase all around the safety of commuters and freight operators.

3. Infrastructure Modernization: The upgrade is a process of modernizing roadways by installing intelligent transportation systems (ITS) in place that give drivers real time data on traffic conditions, weather, and accident alerts. This technology hopes to make better traffic flow and reduce congestion by providing better decision making within a confined span of time for both drivers and the management of the highway.

4. Environmental Protection Measures: The project understands the impact on the environment and goes with comprehensive environmental protection strategies. Both include the undertaking of detailed environmental impact assessments; implementation of measures to control erosion and sediment; and protection of local wildlife and habitats during construction.

5. Community and Stakeholder Engagement: Equally, it includes the development of a structured engagement plan with local communities and stakeholders. This plan intends to keep open lines of communication about the project and its execution and any impact.

6. Traffic Management During Construction: The project will undertake good traffic management strategies during the construction phases to minimize the disruption to the users. Among those measures are temporary detours, phased construction schedules, and extensive public communication campaigns designed to tell and ready road users for new traffic patterns.

The Highway Upgrade to Bunbury to Perth will facilitate a more efficient, safe and environmentally sensitive means of transportation between Bunbury and Perth, while supporting Bunbury’s economic growth and connectivity to Perth, establishing future infrastructure projects as standards for the region.

Project Objectives

The Bunbury to Perth Highway Upgrade aims to improve the structural and operational characteristics of the highway to assist regional growth and safety improvements.
The key objectives include:

1. Enhancing Road Capacity: To support increasing traffic volumes and alleviate congestion, especially on freight vehicles, that are core to regional economic activity. The upgrade is geared towards enhancing the capacity of the highway so as to guarantee free and efficient transport operations.

2. Improving Road Safety: The objective was to greatly reduce the frequency and severity of the accidents on the highway. The intention of this objective is to achieve it through the use of modern safety features including road markings and signage upgrades and advanced synchronized accident response plans.

3. Promoting Regional Economic Development: The project aims to support regional development by improving the key transportation link between Bunbury and Perth and therefore improving market and service access which will stimulate the local economies.

4. Minimizing Environmental Impact: And in order to execute the highway upgrade with a firm commitment to environmental stewardship. It involves thorough environmental assessment, protecting local wildlife and habitats as well as in placing sustainable construction practices in every vein of the project lifecycle.

5. Ensuring Minimal Disruption: To manage traffic so as to minimize disruption to daily commuters and ensure accessibility throughout the project duration.

The study addresses these objectives by improving the Bunbury to Perth corridor to a safer and more efficient and economically viable corridor which will meet both immediate transportations and long-term regional goals.

Improved Access

The Bunbury to Perth Highway upgrade is strategically planned to greatly improve access to this important transport route as commutators, freight operators, and the broader communities that rely on the corridor, travel along this key corridor. The initiative aims to achieve this through several targeted enhancements:

1. Increased Route Efficiency: Widening roads and other travel improvements will smooth travel between Perth and Bunbury with the upgrade. Cuts in travel times means that daily commutes can be faster and more predictable, and that freight can travel more efficiently between destinations. Better road conditions and stretched lanes will alleviate traffic better during peak travel hours.

2. Enhanced Service Accessibility: Improved access to essential services such as healthcare, education, emergency services, significantly enhances residents' lives, by improving the main transportation link connecting these two key regions. Road roads connections are necessary faster and more reliable to delivery services, goods in time will have a direct impact on the quality of life and economic opportunities for residents of a local area.

3. Support for Local Economies: The new highway will serve as a catalyst for regional development including better access to local markets and enhanced tourism community resource access through facilitating improved linkages to regional attractions and tourist destinations in and between Bunbury and Perth. It is believed to encourage economic activities as well as business opportunities to local business that attracts more visitors and reduce logistics costs for goods to be transported throughout the region.

4. Improved Safety and Accessibility for All Users: Something that is given special attention is the road being made convenient for multiple users including providing space for bicycles and pedestrians, when appropriate. Better lit road ways, clearer signage, and dedicated emergency lanes will make the highway safer for all users making the route as a whole more accessible to all road users.

5. Environmental and Cultural Connectivity: In addition to the construction of wildlife crossings and corridors to maintain and enhance connectivity across the landscape for local wildlife, the project will also focus on maintaining and enhancing connectivity for local wildlife.

Measures to improve access through the Bunbury to Perth Highway Upgrade will bring about enhanced connectivity and increased accessibility of a more interconnected western corridor, supporting safe and sustainable growth and improving the livability of the region.

Vulnerability Assessment

A structured approach can be used for a vulnerability assessment for the Bunbury to Perth Highway Upgrade, to identify and eradicate any potential risks that would affect the success of the project. This assessment involves knowledge of critical success outcome vulnerabilities as to increase the project’s resilience.

Critical Success Outcomes and Reason for Selection:

1. Enhanced Road Safety: Taking into account the remit of historical accidents that have occurred on this route, preventing a substantial number of traffic accidents continues to represent an absolute priority to protect public health.

2. Increased Freight Capacity: Given the increasing needs of the local economy and expanses of available road infrastructure, it is necessary to expand the road’s capacity to meet the requirements of regional industrial and commercial activity.

3. Improved Connectivity: The connectivity between Bunbury and Perth is essential for economic integration and accessibility of this region positively.
Method of Threat Selection: Bass presented threats that resulted from a review of project documentation, stakeholder discussions and consultations with experts. This enabled completing a thorough mark out of potential environmental, logistical, and financial challenges.

Critical Vulnerabilities:

1. Regulatory Delays: Project timelines could get derailed by potential delays in the receipt of necessary environmental and construction approvals.

2. Financial Overruns: Budget exceedances could occur as a result of mismanagement or unexpected increase in the costs of material.

3. Traffic Disruptions: Mismanagement of traffic flow during construction may cause huge congestion and cause public anger.

Project Performance Vulnerability Table:

In this table, 'xxx' indicates a high impact on the critical success outcome, 'xx' indicates a medium impact, and 'x' indicates a low impact.

Project Delivery Vulnerability Table for the Bunbury to Perth Highway Upgrade project

Explanation of the table:

- The table identifies critical success outcomes aligned with the objectives of the project.

- Credible threats are listed and evaluated against their potential impact on these outcomes.

- The relative level of vulnerability towards threat for each of the success outcomes is defined by impact criteria ranging from low (x) to medium squared (xx) and high (xxx).

Precautionary Analysis

Hence for effective risk mitigation and probability of successful realization of the Bunbury to Perth Highway Upgrade project, an analysis of precautionary nature is important that is marked by the vulnerability assessment. The following table is a structure for managing the identified vulnerabilities by gaining an understanding of how to reduce the risk down to an acceptable level, and assessing the balance between risk magnitude and steps required to bring the risk down to a comfortable level.

Precautionary Analysis Table:

Final Project Risk Profile and Ranked Investment Action List:

1. Financial Management Controls: Most important since they provide high level of impact to the general budget; involves monitoring of the budget on real time basis and also periodical audit.

2. Environmental Compliance: Second priority to avoid additional time loss due to environmental problems; constant interaction with all the legislation.

3. Safety Protocols in Construction: Third priority due it affects life directly; safety standards should be strictly implemented.

4. Community Engagement: Fourth priority; public support is crucial for the effective implementation of the projects.

5. Traffic Management During Construction: Fifth importance; essential due to the problem it may pose on daily trips and the effect on the satisfaction of the public.

Risk prevention augmentation for this precautionary evaluation guarantees the presence of the capacity of the risk avoidance methods to navigate the Bunbury to Perth Highway Upgrade project to all key success factors. We choose each preventive measure to specifically reduce the connected risk categories in order that we limit our threat management to the life cycle period of the project.
 

MGT9800 Contemporary Issues in 21st Century Business and Security Management Essay 2 Sample

Assessment Details

Task description -Organisational approaches to CSR

This is a summative piece of assessment.

This individual assessment requires you to develop an academic discussion on corporate social responsibility (CSR) from an analytics or IT perspective. You should:

(i) demonstrate your ability to define CSR within an analytics or IT context

(ii) critically analyse, using examples, organisational approaches to CSR to demonstrate how these organisations are approaching sustainability.

Write essay in 2500 words

Solution

Introduction

CSR in analytics & IT refers to data ethic, environmentally friendly solutions, and social relevance of techno logistic developments. All these concerns contrast with what is known as the ‘classical’ CSR, which focuses on charity, sponsorship, and Initiatives related to environmental management. These responsibilities have become important as technology is growing to become a fundamental part of people’s lives to ensure the public has confidence in the development and to enhance the general welfare.

In the contemporary business world, CSR is no longer a luxury but a necessity for today’s business organizations particularly those organizations operating at the helm of technology and consumer information systems. CSR strategy not only enhances corporate image but also helps to meet new consumer demands in connection with ethical policies and actions.

This paper aims to discuss how, through analytics and IT, CSR is occurring in organizations and how, through insights into data and available technologies, responsible practices are being instantiated. By comparing different company strategies, it outlines the ethical issues and the possible directions for CSR in the context of the digital age.

Defining CSR in Analytics and IT Context

Although Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in the analytics and IT sectors is based on common ethical and social responsibilities, it goes beyond the standard forms of CSR. In such fields, CSR concerns touch important areas such as data ethics, privacy, and digital accessibility: the industry is such a large part of people’s lives.

Data management and its ethics are one of the basic principles of CSR since businesses must ensure proper data processing (Zhu et al., 2022). Privacy is critical, and users should be able to control it since lack of it kills customer confidence and violates regulations such as GDPR. For instance, the assignment help firms such as Apple have even incorporated the choice and visibility of personal data as a principal objective and strength.

Digital integration is also paramount as there is the ability to bring disconnected societies closed due to technological advancement. This is why stakeholders such as Microsoft seek to establish accessibility tools and provide digital capability schemes for excluded organizations and people.

Thirdly, environmental objectives include sustainable IT implementation that entails efficient energy data centers and IT waste disposal (Mmadubuobi et al., 2024). For instance, Google’s carbon neutrality programs show the ways in which tech companies can endeavor to go green.

All in all, CSR in analytics and IT connects data ethics, privacy, diversity, and green, challenging tech enterprises to use their value to create positive social change.

Analytical Approaches to CSR

The application of data analysis to CSR makes it possible for the organization to make an intelligent decision that improves the efficiency of the CSR activities as well as establishes their usefulness in an organization. Measurement is a critical process for evaluating and controlling the position of the organization within various natural and social contexts, thus analytics is a must-have for any organization that strives to solve social challenges effectively and report the results.

A major use of analytics in CSR is the evaluation of the effects on the environment. Holding measurable goals of sustainability, big data enables companies to oversee carbon emissions, energy utilization, and resource usage. IBM, for instance, uses it to measure its corporate environmental impact around the world in order to seek out efficiencies in terms of waste and energy consumption (Cardinali and De Giovanni, 2022). Such analytical ideas not only assist in scoring attainable objectives but also enable one to report the advancement to the various stakeholders firmly.

In supply chain monitoring, analytics helps in the CSR process. Lead suppliers use Supply Chain Analytics to monitor their suppliers practices concerning ethical labor and environmental policies. For example, Unilever’s “Sustainable Living Plan” involves the usage of analytics in quantifying factors such as water, farming practices, and greenhouse gas emissions across the chain. In this way, the company can control these metrics to guarantee the compliance of its suppliers with the softer version of CSR undertaken by Unilever.

Another area where predictive analytics is important in CSR is outcome prediction, using data to determine what might happen if an organization initiates a particular CSR project. Comprehensive evidence retrieved from previous research and studies allows the understanding of which CSR approaches will bring the most social value (Kolasinska Morawska et al., 2022). All environmental programs at Microsoft incorporate the use of predictive analytics to anticipate the energy requirements as a way of making predetermined efficient renewable energy investments as well as the observation of expenditure in engagement activities where they are most effective.

Nonetheless, not all issues have been resolved and a few of them include; Data biases and privacy. This means that wrong or missing information will provide skewed information, This may mean that CSR strategies that are developed based on such data will also be wrong and do not fit the needs of a particular organization. Furthermore, companies ought to manage data properly because data ethicality is also part of CSR.

In conclusion, data analytics presents organizations with direction on how to enhance the effectiveness of their CSR strategies to better deal with social and environmental problems (Fatima and Elbanna, 2023). If adopted appropriately, analytics serve to improve CSR impact, which brings about a quantifiable positive social contribution by firms.

IT-Driven CSR Initiatives

It is key to CSR as it increases the ability to achieve CSR goals in a faster, cheaper, and more sustainable manner than would be possible otherwise. As a result, IT enables organizations to apply and monitor CSR initiatives with accuracy and scope, contributing to positive social and environmental change.

The management of resources is one of the most effective IT driven CSR solutions since they can optimize the utilization of resources in their operations. For instance, in production line processes or supply chain management, intelligent systems can keep track of equipment productivity, notice energy wastage and avoid wasteful actions (van der Merwe and Al Achkar, 2022). This has clear environmental advantages and it also helps to reduce operational expenses. Tech companies also employ automation to services that include coding to make such services as cloud services use less power, especially in data centers.

Technology continues to support CSR in an additional way by increasing the levels of transparency and accountability online. Tools such as the ‘Sustainability Cloud’ of Salesforce provide real-time visualization for carbon tracking and display of overall impact. They argue that through such developments, sustainability metrics become available for stakeholders leading to improved trust and customers as well as investors. Furthermore, they act as end-user enablers to engage employees in CSR activities as well as providing tools for online volunteering, environment consciousness, and digital education for disadvantaged groups.

More specifically, Cloud computing is a central piece in the CSR approach due to energy efficiency of the physical infrastructure and the accessibility factor. Instead of separate physical servers connected to computer networks, cloud computing eliminates a considerable requirement for hardware, which normally demands a lot of power and space. Other corporations such as Google and Microsoft have gone further in their dedication to cloud computation by proclaiming that their cloud data centers will rely on renewable sources of energy (Carl et al., 2022). For instance, Google has set a goal of achieving zero carbon emissions by 2030, and its ‘carbon-intelligent computing’ operates the data center in synch with renewable generation availability. This approach ensures that the impacts as a result of the mining are kept as low as possible, a move that ensures that the company acts as a yardstick as far as sustainable mining is concerned.

One specific example of IT-driven CSR is Apple product recycling. Apple recently employed a process called Daisy that utilizes robotics to reuse important materials from old devices. A low-trash, high-value system of collecting and reusing electronic waste applies not only to the benefit of reducing e-waste but also to reusing materials such as cobalt and lithium that are not often mined (ElAlfy et al., 2020). Like the Google case, Amazon has made a pledge to use renewable energy for its data centers and facilities in its logistics chain that stands under the branding of the Climate Pledge, through which the company will aim to become carbon-neutral by 2040.

In total, IT-driven CSR allows companies to achieve increased exposure with less negative effects on the environment, as well as improve societal well-being. The use of instant tools, automation, and cloud solutions enables technology companies to meet CSR goals and objectives better and for the long term (Singh and Misra, 2022). Since introducing IT in the modern world, the concept is likely to expand its ability to generate positive change and) ultimately affirm the significance of technology in the creation of a more ethical corporate environment.

Case Studies: Organizational Approaches to CSR

Analyzing the CSR activities of Google, Amazon, and IBM it is understood how the applications of analytics and IT can contribute to sustainability, data ethic, and social responsibilities in the IT industry. The processes enable understanding of the strategies and improvements as well as accomplishments and challenges faced by each of the organizations.

Google: Environmental Sustainability and Data Privacy

Environmental concerns have been among the most embraced CSR goals in Google’s business strategy for quite some time. Lever also wants to become 100% independent from carbon energy resources and in 2007 the company even became ‘carbon neutral’. Over the years, mainly utilizing data computing and artificial intelligence, Google has found ways to cut 40 percent of cooling energy consumption in its data centers. This approach demonstrates one of the company’s key strengths of using IT for managing carbon footprint in the data operations industry.

Another fundamental CSR area in Google is data privacy as well since consumers have the ability to protect their data. For instance, it has been planning to remove third-party cookies through its “Privacy Sandbox,” framework while also building new privacy-focused solutions (Rodriguez-Gomez et al., 2020). However, one can challenge Google dealing with the tough privacy settings that even many users find hard to manipulate. Furthering this, the demystification of these instruments and the reduction of the retention periods might enhance user confidence as well as buttress Google’s CSR promises.

Amazon: Climate Goals and Employee Welfare

The cultural values that are revealed in its Constructive CSR (cCSR) framework encompass environmental outcomes and the well-being of workers. AmazonWebServices co-funded and signed The Climate Pledge in 2019 to reach the bi-annual target of net zero carbon by 2040. In supply chain management, Amazon tracks enormous amounts of fuel and maintains efficient routes in its delivery networks (Zulpahmi et al., 2024). Furthermore, it has committed to getting 100% renewable energy by 2025, and AWS helps clients measure and reduce their own carbon impact in the cloud space.

Nonetheless, these sustainability practices are criticized to hinge on the company’s adverse policies towards the employees especially on the working conditions of its warehouse workers (Carroll, 2021). Consequently, Amazon accredited the “WorkingWell” program that offers access to physical and mental health support, protection sessions, and wellness rooms for employees. However, this program provokes important further questions: On the one hand, there persists a crucial challenge of meeting productivity expectations without negatively impacting the employee, and on the other hand, enhancement of workplace conditions may bring Amazon closer to CSR.

IBM: Ethical AI and Digital Inclusivity

At IBM, the CSR approach focuses on the ethical use of Artificial intelligence digital inclusion and the reduction of environmental depletion. Pledges to reduce overall emissions to net zero and utilize analytics for energy consumption to minimize energy wastes in data centers by 2030 (Patuelli et al., 2021). It is also important for a company such as IBM to practice responsible recycling of its equipment, and reduce electronic waste, by refurbishing and recycling IT equipment.

The key players of the giant industry are also presented, particularly, IBM is notable for its ethical AI. Cognizant of the aforementioned questions, and potential biases in AI systems, IBM has set crucial ethical principles but also created a tool called “Watson OpenScale” that allows businesses to measure and contain AI bias (Sheehy and Farneti, 2021). It is through this initiative that IBM proves its commitment to a transparent and ethical application of technology and a better employed AI. In addition, IBM’s “SkillsBuild” is an initiative to offer free training in digital skills for excluded populations creating equality in the field.

Summary

The following CSR activities of Google, Amazon, and IBM which are the Technology firms explain how they have adopted analytics and IT in responding to Environmental/Ethical/Social Questions. These include Google’s carbon neutrality, Amazon's climate change pledge, and IBM on ethical AI which all show great CSR efforts but with the following issues (Zhao et al., 2023); These organizations have shown that with conscious build-up on previous accomplishments and corrections on measure flaws, applied technology can both enhance business performance and generate societal value as a model CSR organization in the digital age.

Challenges and Ethical Considerations

A well-defined issue is that CSR strategies for technology corporations remain difficult to execute in specific fields such as data privacy, AI, and ecosystems. Privacy continues to be an issue as firms gather vast user data, questions that arise include if data is collected with users’ permission, how the data is being protected, and how users are being informed (López Jiménez et al.,2021). Failure to protect data or using data for the wrong reason causes a violation of the public’s trust, as well as violates applicable laws regulating the use and protection of data; therefore, organizations need to apply stringent measures and ensure consumers’ data use and protection policies are well understood by the consumers.

Ethical issues of artificial intelligence are yet again another problem that arises. Though more effective than conventional ways, artificial intelligence embedded in these systems' outcomes can be prejudiced and lead to discrimination of candidates during hiring, in financial services, or the police force, etc (Risi et al., 2023). In response to this, corporations are required to develop a diverse dataset and to identify and overcome the AI algorithm’s biases to guarantee AI’s neutrality and equal effectiveness.

Another CSR trend, is the influence of the environment, including the energy consumption of data center equipment and services, for example (Tamvada, 2020). Different firms are under pressure to decrease their carbon emission by embracing renewable energy and efficient data centers. To these challenges, the companies can reduce by embracing the following ethical framework: transparency, fairness, and sustainability (Wirba, 2024). This strategy alone dismisses potential risks, but it also makes corporate objectives more realistic and in tune with societal prerequisites for a more responsible tech harassed industry.

Conclusion

CSR is increasingly important in analytics and IT fields as ethical, privacy, digital access, and environmental concerns rise in prominence in these industries. In such technologically intensive sectors, it extends beyond conventional roles and covers aspects such as data protection, Artificial Intelligence policies, and management for energy sustainability. Prominent technology titans Google, Amazon, and IBM serve as examples of organizations where CSR is smoothly integrated synthesizing CSR with key business processes supported by analytics and IT solutions on multiple levels for assurance, monitoring, and executing CSR initiatives.

Applying ethical theory to CSR has its benefits because it can improve social conditions and the companies as well. Professionism in the use of data and sustainable actions are beneficial to reputations, and risk reduction when facing non-compliance of rules or facing reputational loss. In the case of businesses, the mentioned approach corresponds to the idea of sustainable gains and tangible value in the long run because buyers and clients consciously choose firms with high ethical standards.

As for future development, the further development of the possibilities of ethics in AI, defining standards of data privacy, and increasing environmental requirements for companies will possibly influence CSR development. While these companies keep on embracing innovation in a responsible manner, they are demonstrating to other firms that it is possible to advance technological advancements and embrace ethically proper solutions for the creation of improved social impact and business success.

References

BUMGT6973 Project Management Report 2 Sample

This assessment is comprised of two components:

- Part A: Written Report 30%; and

- Part B: Presentation

Part A: Written Report

In a team consisting of 3–4 members, choose a ‘Business Case’ and prepare a Project Plan.

The Project Plan must include:

- front title sheet

- executive summary

- table of contents

- project overview/business request/introduction

- scope statement

- work breakdown structure (wbs)

- preliminary schedule including assigned resources (gantt chart)

- project network diagram

- risk management plan

- summary budget

Identify key milestones and deliverables, and prepare the first status report for the project. The group will present a summary of the selected business case, project plan and status report to the class. The group activity will be marked both on content and delivery. This assignment is worth 30% of the final grade.

Solution

Project Overview

The expansion project of Adelaide Oval aims to turn this historic sporting and entertainment ground into a first-class facility with the increased capability to accommodate more events with visitors enjoying their time. Because of its historical and culturally related origins, the oval is now a focus for sport, cultural, and community activities in South Australia. The Adelaide Oval, the sports arena in South Australia, will expand its capacity for larger crowds, improve facilities, and transform the stadium's infrastructure. Its big pushes include added capacity, better facilities, and hosting bigger national and international events. The renovation will be used to accommodate the growth of Adelaide as an economically friendly city. There will be many drastic changes in the renovated version of Adelaide Oval.

The expansion aims for Assignment Help at enhancing the flow of the crowd for more sports events, musicals, and conventions simultaneously retaining the offering's historical architectural essence and looks. The renovation plans include increasing seating levels to accommodate a larger crowd as the iconic sporting events host international tournaments, AFL, and cricket matches (Kalubowila, 202Improvet of broadcast infrastructure and audiovisual technologies within the stadium are meant to enhance the media coverage and the general event experience.

The development of Adelaide Oval will help positively contribute to local and national economies. However, environmentally friendly aspects such as the lighting systems, water management using the rainwater harvested, and architectural designs are calculated for disabled people. Other stakeholders include the South Australian Government, local councils, sports leagues, event organizers, and the general public since the paper identifies revenue potentiality and community involvement as two, highly significant advantages. To this extent, the expansion seeks to place Adelaide Oval amongst the leading stadiums in the world capable of hosting international events.

Scope Statement

This expansion of Adelaide Oval will involve modification to structures, an increase to seating, as well as an upgrade to facilities to enhance the visitors’ experience. In light of improved stadium capacity and modern facilities, more tourists as well as international events will be enticed to the ground, spending more in the local economy. The hosting of the events will bring income to the economy in terms of business to transport, retailing, and accommodation. When the construction is taking place, employment will be created through the construction project itself, including the builders, architects, suppliers, and contractors. Moreover, an increase in the hospitality sector, event organizers, and stadium management is envisaged during the happening of the enlargement.

Key components include:

- Capacity Expansion: Expand seating capacity in Gowon stadium from 53,500 to about 60,000 to enable accommodation of huge turnouts during other special sporting and cultural events.

- Spectator and Hospitality Enhancements: Rejuvenate concourse areas, alternative consumption points, corporate stations, and superior hospitality positions.

- Technology Upgrades: Establish high-tech audio video, wireless, and broadcasting technologies for live as well as virtual and hybrid occasionally.

- Sustainability Initiatives: While incorporating aesthetic and functional improvements in interior designing and architectural construction, it is recommended that companies and industries should incorporate energy efficient systems, rain water harvesting technology and superior recycling systems.

- Accessibility Improvements: Report satisfaction of current accessibility standards, regarding new handicap accessible seating areas, mobility access, and sensory spaces.

The construction plan of the project will be based on phase constructions so as not to interfere further with the activities that happen at the oval in its constant events. After reconstruction it will be of benefit to the targeted communities, wider audiences and ensure that Adelaide oval remains a choice venue for sporting and other events (Baker, Matheson & Murphy, 2024). In order to be successful, the Adelaide Oval enlargement will require an amalgamation of strategies and resources. Owing to the sustainability stresses, this will ensure that environmental effects from the expansion will be at a minimum. It will be possible to look out for public-private partners to source funds for the project. The extension could be done phase by phase to minimize interference with events already taking place. In this case, tight project management ensures costs are kept under control and leads are achieved on time.

References

BUMGT6958 Comparative Issues in International Management Essay 3 Sample

Assignment Details

Identify an Australian company that has a global presence including southeast Asian countries (e.g., China, Japan, South Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Taiwan, Indonesia, Thailand, Vietnam). Assume that the company has appointed you to manage its operation in one of these countries of your choice. The company CEO informs you that the board members meeting concluded that current business performance is below expectation. The CEO wants you to prepare a briefing report on doing the business and to identify at least three key issues that may have impacted the business performance and provide recommendation on how the identified issues can be resolved.

You will need to identify key issues that the business is experiencing within one of these three management area: a) Leadership and human resources, b) Operation, and c) sustainability.

Your essay must include recommendations about how the company should manage the issues that you have identified.

In your In report you should refer to at least 5 academic (peer reviewed) journal articles. Recent academic journal articles (with a publication date of 2014+) should be used. Your essay must meet the threshold of 5 recent academic journal articles.

Use a report format (executive summary, introduction body text--sub- headings can be used, recommendations, conclusion, reference list).

Solution

Introduction

The pecuniary performance challenges, mentioned above have greatly affected QBE Insurance, an international insurance organization in Malaysia. In the last board meeting, the board pointed at leadership and human resource management as the areas of urgency. For QBE Malaysia to run effectively with efficiency and sustain itself in the competitive environment, it requires effective leadership and sound HR practices because people are important assets, which provide efficiency in performance when motivated.

Key Issues with Respect to Leadership and Human Resource

1. Improper Hiring Practices in Relation to Required Skills

The following emerges as a major issue related to QBE Insurance Company comparing hiring practices among organizations that resulted in decreased staff productivity as well as organizational efficiencies. The need to employ broad matching criteria in the course of the recruitment process does not incorporate major features that define every position (Bilan et al., 2020). This actually not only causes an employee to lack some skills to enable him/her perform some functions but also creates a staff that offers inadequate performance to the company. Therefore, that is why poor performance is rampant known to affect growth and performance of companies and business entities for the assignment helpline.

In addition, there is increased inadequate development of specific recruitment techniques that could address high turnover positions. Technical positions that are difficult to fill or recommend tend to draw in applicants who are unfit for those jobs (Langenkamp et al., 2020). This is compounded by outdated recruitment process that do not incorporate modern means of assessment, for instance, psychometric testing or structural interviewing that maybe useful in order to know the suitability of the candidate for the job. Further, lack of integration between human resources and the departmental managers during the process of identification of the requisite job skills likely creates a misperception.

This inefficiency not only impacts the productivity of the worker but also slows down organization’s capacity to leverage human capital assets. The failure to employ integrated and effective methods in talent acquisition planning undermines such plans and generally slows down the achievement of its strategic plans and goals, thus the overall competitive advantage in the market is compromised. It is important to overcome all these recruitment challenges to enable company as well as its employees to realize their full potential and hence the performance of the business.

2. Ineffective Communication, Leadership Issue

The worker-manager relationship has a critical role of enhancing organizational performance through holding effective relationships yet at QBE Insurance, weak communication between leaders and employees has become a major thorn in the organization. When the communication breaks, it breaks operates a divorce between the management and the employees, distorting common team spirit on organizational objectives and slowing down the capability of executing strategic plans (Kalogiannidis, 2023). Supervisors fail to come up with standard operating procedures with clearly defined organizational goals and objectives, they never say anything good or bad about the employee’s performance hence demotivating employees.

Moreover there are other problems connected with prejudicial leadership complicating this picture. That is why if managers rely on prejudices at the time of decision-making rather than the results of the work of their subordinates, the conflict of interest occurs, and confidence is shaken. All these practices cultivate discontentment that guarantees that worthy performers will always feel ignored, thus restricting innovation and creativity (Gamil et al., 2023). Lastly, where employees feel that their employers do not appreciate them, they are quickly discouraged to work extra hard for the organization in question and this can lead to a drastic effect on morale. For overall high organizational performance to be realized at QBE, the organization needs to embrace good communication and proper dissemination of talent and work output.

The other strategic concern that goes through QBE Insurance is that there are few well-articulated leadership development and training policies. Leadership is always critical in helping direct subordinates, organizing people, and achieving carrying organizational objectives (Ciulla & Ciulla, 2020). In light of this, the failure to develop specific training activities hampers managers preparing to deal with their intricate responsibilities while operating under cut-throat competition. Thus, without proper development in leadership a lot of managerial work such as communication, feedback and motivation of subordinates becomes a challenge which tends to create a huge chasm between the managerial and the subordinate personnel.

Further, the use experience and expertise without investing in leadership development can extend ineffective or unhealthy management organisational cultures, for example, autocratic management or excessive supervision. The above approaches may also negatively affect participation and productivity among employees since the team members feel unmotivated and unembowered (Ciulla et al., 2020). As a consequence this can lead to a lack of confidence in the leadership; which inturn degrades morale and productivity.

To this end, QBE should ensure that the business has structures for the development of leaders that stresses key skills like emotion intelligence, conflict resolution skills and teaming. Since providing leaders in QBE with effective strategies as well as approaches needed to supervise their groups, it is possible to develop a new and more friendly working environment. In doing so, this will increase both the levels of satisfaction for employees and improve overall organizational performance; allowing the organization to respond effectively and capitalise on various threats and opportunities.

3. Poor Employee Retention Strategy

QBE is trying to help employees in working in a supportive environment and that’s why allowing diversity and inclusion (www.qbe.com, 2024). However, still employee retention is found as an issue for the business. A third key issue at QBE Insurance is the absence of clear employee retention policy that the company has generated very high turnover rates in the organizational culture. This problem is due to poor career development management, lack of well developed benefit systems, and lack of promotions rewards. In most cases, the performance of employees can be attributed to dissatisfaction with working environment, where they are convinced that there are better opportunities elsewhere. One bittering factor affecting the organization is the high turnover that forces the company to recruit, train and orientate new staff members constantly lowering organizational efficiency.

Furthermore, high turnover rate implies that an institution incurs a high cost of losing talented employees who would otherwise have contributed immensely to organizational memory through propose – template – test model. This knowledge loss not only hinders team objectives but also put pressure on other employees with tons of work to do. Such instability invariably results in a poisonous organisational culture that further leads to dissatisfaction and turnover. These are some of the reasons that expose an organization like QBE to such challenges; therefore the organization must embrace retention strategies that deal with EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT, CAREER GROWTH as well as have BETTER BENEFITS. The positive consequences of employee retention include positive changes to overall organizational performance, organizational climate, and organizational commitment (Ghani et al., 2022).

The major concern at QBE Insurance, therefore, is that there are not enough other forms of receiving feedback from the employees. Appropriate feedback mechanisms remain relevant in knowing what employees have to express, acquiring information about organizational practices and ultimately, change (Elsafty & Oraby, 2022). If there are no well-defined structures over which employees can communicate such information, the organization is left in a potentially dangerous situation where problems that are potentially lethal to its operations may go unnoticed and unresolved grievances may build up.

That is why when employees do not feel understood frustration increases and thus deteriorates their work output and productivity. Besides, no feedback tends to keep the organization unaware of its shortcomings, which in turn slow down its processes while offering little room for advancement. Workers who are encouraged to speak their minds, or participate in decision making, increase morale and therefore become more committed to the organisation.

In order to counter this issue, QBE should setup a proper feedback system, under which people can freely discuss with their superior. This could include the use of surveys, employee boxes where an employee can jog our memory in case we appear to have forgotten, and focus groups. If the organisation can actively search and engage in the different feedbacks which the employees can provide, they will be able to make a more accommodating and responsible environment in the workplace. This in turn will not only increase levels of employee satisfaction but also foster ownership and professional responsibility, all of which will lead to significant improvements in performance results throughout the organisation.

Recommendations to Manage These Issues

- Improving Hiring Practices

Recruitment is an important function in QBE Insurance since the right talents will go a long way in shaping the company’s performance; competency based recruitment will therefore be beneficial in enhancing the company’s intake of the right personnel (Li et al., 2020). This approach should start with meetings of departmental heads in order to comes up with standard job classification that would clearly indicate the required skills, qualifications and experience for each post. Incorporating specific psychometric tests and actual on-the-job skill simulations will go along way towards ensuring candidates wanted on the organisation possess the necessary competencies.

Further, as hiring tools and technologies for instance the Applicant Tracking Systems (ATS) are used, there will be enhanced match precision and efficiency in the recruitment process. In order to have a qualitative and competitive staff, QBE has to invest in cooperation with educational institutions and training centers to have a pool of candidates oriented on highly specialized positions. Moreover it will attract more potential candidates for internships and apprenticeships and also training, making the force more skilled and experienced. To sum it up, the idea of continuous training comes into play when most of the employees are on board to guarantee that they are ready to tackle with upcoming twists and turns of the market environment in which the company is operating.

- Enhancing Leadership Communication and Reducing Bias

This paper argues that another multifaceted approach to addressing communication problems and leadership bias is the introduction of a leadership- development program at QBE Insurance. It is essential that this program aims at improving emotional intelligence for leaders and managers, in addition to, increasing diversity. Through empowering the leaders to change their behaviour to promote equity in workplace, the organisation avoids prejudice issues such as discrimination and favouritism.

Further, the organisation should set up formal lines of communication including formal meetings, suggestion and feedback, and an open- door policy so that subordinate and senior management can share information (Carter et al., 2020). This makes it possible to provide a favourable climate within which the employees can raise their worries and offer their suggestions with regard to the organizational goals and policies.
To minimise bias, QBE should use fair set procedures and decision-making criterion where necessary especially for promotion and project awarding. It rewards dedicated hardworking individuals and also promotes better work, delivery since the employees are aware that they will be reposted accordingly to their performance and not based on any political influence. In addition, using the response from the employees anonymously will be vital in pointing out any prejudice within the managerial minutes, thereby taking essential steps to improve fairness across workplaces in the organization.

- Strengthening Employee Retention Strategies

From the above report it is apparent that to ensure little or no turnover in the company QBE Insurance it is needed to pay attention to factors such as compensation, both, monetary and non-monetary, and career progression. The other thing that the management should do is to continually conduct market research to determine whether what had offered as compensation packages put it in a good position to be able to retain the right talent in the current global market. Organizations can enhance employee satisfaction, and loyalty through such policies as performance incentives, health endowments, flexible working policies, and career advancement programs.

Also, to further enhance the effectiveness of the behaviour model, the company should ensure that there is recognition and appreciation of all performers in its organisation. The executive decision in the management strategy to instill employer-of-choice attributes to organizations involves the utilization of employee incentive schemes, whereby appreciable performance standards are rewarded frequently, contributes immensely to improved morale and enhanced performance (Ohunakin et al., 2020). It is critical to use engagement questionnaires from time to time so that communication of discontent can be made and the extent of retaining programs evaluated.

Finally, establishing and implementing one or more mentorship programs where junior employees are assigned to an experienced mentor, ensures organization develop supportive workplace and assists the junior employee in advancement within the organization. These sorts of actions may increase the probability of employee retention due to the fact that employee’s feel more connected to QBE and have more confidence in their careers with the company.

Conclusion

The conclusion section of this study identifies ten significant research issues affecting QBE Insurance in Malaysia: strategic issues and key challenges. At the heart of these conclusions, there are been deficits found within the leadership and human resource management processes. Pragmatically, bad hiring practice, unconstructive communication and mishandling of turnover issue erode the entire business and employee engagement badly.

This is the major reason why the current management of QBE Insurance needs to formulate better and more focused and solution oriented strategies.These are the major challenges that have necessitated a change of strategy in the insurance giant. This involves a fine-tuning of the recruitment processes in a bid to meet the necessary requirements of matching applicants to proper job descriptions, encouraging open and reliable leader- subordinates communication and effectually developing sound methods of retaining human resources while ensuring that the employees are engaged. Thus, if all these problems are addressed comprehensively, QBE will improve the workforce productivity and, in the process, boost the chances of achieving business objectives.

The effective integration of the mentioned recommendations will not only increase organizational performance but will also enhance its competitiveness within the insurance industry area to cope up with the existing problems and look for the opportunities for QBE. As the management of QBE embraces these changes it can again build a strong and competent workforce that will, in turn, help it post a repeat successful performance in a growing market.

References

MGT501 Business Environment Report 1 Sample

Assessment Instructions

1. Adopting an established reflective model (e.g., the Gibbs Reflective Cycle 1988, or the Driscoll Reflective Model, 1994) and relevant aspects of topics covered in Modules 1 and 2, you are required to write up to 1000 words of ‘initial reflection’ on the reasons for undertaking your current course of study. The topics you are expected to cover may include, but are not limited to business environment and reflective business practices, business structures and government regulations, including economic principles. Please note that you are required to adopt ONLY ONE (1) reflective model in this assessment. Please also note that all written assessment submissions in TUA MUST be in Word Format.

 PDF submissions are not acceptable, and may attract a zero mark.

2. The reflection should address the following questions:

- How did your experiences (academic and/or work) prepare you for the current course of study?
- What are the past experiences (or interests) you have in this area?
- How would you ensure the required outcomes of your course of study are being met?
- How would you manage and monitor your academic activities to ensure a successful conclusion of your course of study?
- Looking into the future, what are the implications of your current course of study in later life (post-career)?
- What are the goals you would like to set for yourself, with respect to your current course of study?

3. Key points to consider:

- Start the reflection with a brief description of your initial understanding of business environment, reflective practices, economic principles and others. With reference to these subject contents, justify your choice of current course of study, identify how your course of study relates to your own experiences, and how you may apply your knowledge in the future.

- You are expected to carefully analyse your previous experiences and current expectations. Your reflection should be clear and succinct, and demonstrate that you have short-term and long-term goals, including an understanding of what you want to do with your degree.

- Please note that the reflection is about your course of study and career/professional projections. You need to integrate some theoretical implications of this subject into your reflection. For example, if the reason for embarking on an MBA program is to change your profession, start a new business, or advance your career, you may need to reflect on the consequences/implications of some business environment issues — stakeholders, business structures, macro- and microenvironments, etc.

4. Structure and Format:

- Please structure the reflection as follows: Cover sheet: You may use the formal Torrens University coversheet. Or a simple one with student details (student name, ID, Subject code & name, Assessment number and title, Lecturer/LF).

Introduction: Brief (one sentence) aim of the assessment, and how you intend to achieve it (brief outline of your adopted reflective model [e.g., Driscoll, 1994] and its stages). Main body: Use the reflective model stages as your main headings (e.g., Driscoll, 1994 — what, so what and now what) to address the suggested reflective points.

Conclusion

Reference List

Solution

Introduction

Self reflection is an indeed effective procedure that will unveil the “reasons” that have led to my decision of joining Torrens University to pursue my MBA. This analysis will be done based on the Gibbs’s Reflective Cycle (1988) and will focus on why I decided to pursue this postgraduate programme. The academic and professional experiences in this paper will be analyzed according to the Gibbs Reflective model that implies the six stages of description, feelings, evaluation, analysis, conclusion, and action plan in relation to the chosen course of study and its future impact on the given career. (Golumbic et al. 2022.p.100104).This reflection For The Assignment Helpline will focus on the business environment, business structure, government influence, key economic concepts, and finally my experiences that helped me in this journey.

Reflect on the reasons for undertaking MBA using Gibbs’s Reflective Cycle (1988)

- Description

As a student doing MBA in Australia, I am also enriched with the professional experiences acquired when operating small foods retailing business. Operating a business in a very competitive industry provided a good background on how business is being handled on a day-to-day basis especially as it relates with customers (Handoyo et al. 2023.p. 100039). The dynamics and nature of the business fluctuations, compliance with economic rules, and competition put me in processing that I require a formal education to excel in a bigger organization with more complicated systems.

Figure 1: Gibbs’s Reflective Cycle
(Source: Zhan et al. 2023.e13299).

This realization has encouraged me to enroll myself into MBA with a view to attaining more advance level of business structures, economic principles etc. (Zhan et al. 2023.e13299).

- Feelings

When I first started my business I thought that I could handle common business tasks like merchandizing and purchasing, handling customers and suppliers (Varadarajan, 2020.p.91). But, I could not grasp basic things like market forces, inflation, and government policies affecting me directly in my business (Guerola-Navarro et al. 2021.p.86). This brought much concern as far as the sustainability of my business was a concern. I decided to pursue MBA to complement on these knowledge deficits, enhance my decision making and prepare me for other tasks ahead.

- Evaluation

Looking back at my experiences, I now recall that the skills I gained while running a small business include problem-solving skills, time management skills, adaptability etc. These skills have enabled me gain the qualities of an MBA student. Initially, I was not fully aware of the broader business ideas like strategic management, financial and macroeconomic analysis. MBA will enable me handle these areas of weakness and lead to preparation for the future leadership positions (Ver Steeg Jr, 2022.p. 100661). Apart from that, studying in Australia has helped me to learn about different business environment.

- Analysis

I have gained detailed understanding about macro-environment, economic factors, legal systems and market forces etc. The MBA program has helped me to realize how external environments play an important role in business planning and operations (Dey, 2024.p.100944). Even, I have come to know the significance of reflective business practices. I believe, continuous reflection and evaluation of my business strategies lead to necessary adaptations( Rico et al. 2020.p.511). This realization has shaped my commitment to lifelong learning to a great extent.

- Conclusion

The MBA program at the Torrens University is offering those opportunities and I am sure that in the near future I will be able to succeed. In the short-term goal I am looking to perform better in my course work especially in areas that I have always looked forward to have a challenge such as financial analysis and strategic management. In my opinion, all these Lessons Learned will help me in my profession in the future.

- Action Plan

Table 1: Action Plan
(Source: created by the author).

Conclusion

Gibbs Reflective Cycle has helped me to critically reflect on my past experiences and my current motivations for pursuing an MBA. Through this reflection, I have gained a deeper understanding of how my past as a small business owner has prepared me for the challenges of this program, while also highlighting the areas where I needed to improve. The action plan I have created will help me stay focused on my academic goals and ensure that I continue to grow both personally and professionally over the period.

Reference list

HI6005 Management and Organisations in a Global Environment Report Sample

Assignment Details

Purpose of the assessment

1. Acquire a broad understanding of the theoretical and practical knowledge of Management and Organisations.

2. Analyse complex problems relating to Management and Organisations and their impact on the business due to globalisation.

3. Critically analyse policy tools which are used by governments and how these policies impact the global organisation.

4. Comprehend how businesses benefit from understanding the role of Management in organisations.

5. Synthesise theoretical and practical knowledge of management of global organisations, develop an in-depth understanding of the theories and practical knowledge necessary for managers to formulate appropriate strategies.

The written report should begin with the broad research topic, followed by each component identified by the student who prepared it. (2500 ± 10% words)

Your report is to be written as a business report. It must include:

- Executive summary

- Table of contents

- Section headings

- Paragraphing

- Page numbers

- 'Who did what' section (use the below table as a template)

- The reference list at the end of the report

To ensure that all students participate equitably in the group assignment and that students are responsible for the academic integrity of all components of the assignment. You need to complete the following table, which identifies which student/students are responsible for the various sections of the assignment.

List of Topics (Choose one):

TOPIC 1

Globalisation General Framework

TOPIC 2

Management Decision Making: Social Model General Framework

TOPIC 3

Organisational Structure General Framework

TOPIC 4

Performance Management General Framework

TOPIC 5

Motivation: Process Theories General Framework

Solution

Introduction

Globalisation is the process that develops interaction with companies, the government and the people. Globalisation is characterised by the services capital and the exchange of goods and ideas. Globalisation is also regarded as the convergence of the economic and cultural systems. The concept of Globalisation is a widely discussed topic in contemporary social development and in economics that deals with the fusion of cuisine to the outsourcing of talent and population. As per the concept of globalisation, the world is developing a certain place that is highly suitable for emerging business and will support the requirements of the labour class and the people will have equal access to the facilities and resources. The assessment will cover a wide discussion on the concept of globalisation, space and time and poverty.

1.The ideas of ‘The Flat World' 'The Shrinking World', ' and 'The Borderless World'

The ideas of the flat world in globalisation are considered to narrate the role of technological innovation in global competitiveness (Simoes et al., 2021, p4(1)). As per Friedman, the world has turned into a place of playing after the emergence of developed software and high-speed internet. Friedman also described the world as a place where the flattering and shrinking are happening at the same time.

The ideas of a shrinking world express a way to make the world feel more connected. The idea of the shrinking world reflects the elimination of distance between individuals. The evolution of technology has made the relationship stronger with the people who live at a geographical distance. The concept of globalisation has improved communication and has facilitated financial growth both for the individual and for the different business organisations and for a country (Wouters, 2020, p4(1)). This particular concept claims that the idea of globalisation has initiated the exchange of ideas and creativity that has a significant contribution to driving financial growth.

As per the concept of the borderless world, there are no restrictions on international trade. The financial capital, labour flow and business production can move freely around every part of the world. As per the concept, the ideas of the national economy have been merged into the concept of the global economy. This particular concept of globalisation is considered as the pure advocacy of economic globalisation.

P. Ghemawat's Questioning on Globalisation

Pankaj Ghemawat is an Indian American economist famous for his works on globalisation. Professor P. Ghemawat argued that as per global data, the world is not as connected as it is claimed to be. In support of his claims, he has given the example of the Walmart issues and challenges that have emerged in the Middle East and worries about the eurozone ‘s future.

In the Arabic edition of his book a redefined global strategy has been mentioned. As per the concept of the book, the world can be described as a place that is semi globalized and that is far different from the full integration of globalisation. As opined by the Ghemawat despite the presence of globalisation as a most global approach there are significant factors that are affecting the business. Cultural differences like ethnic background, differences in language, and religion are some of the factors that are creating conflicts and negatively affecting the communication of individuals and also limiting collaboration with global business partners (Waris Copic and Pussfält,2023, p11(1)). Moreover, significant disruption can occur in the management of a business and can affect the flow of information and the presence of the below diversity and inclusion in the workplace can also restrict the hiring of the required talent to the business organisation. After analysing the Question of Ghemawat it can be stated that the concept of globalisation is not accepted equally in every part of the world. The concept of globalisation is evolving slower than expected and is not as expected as it is portrayed in the global market. Ghemawats also claimed that the world is not a single large market but an amalgamation of small entities that have different levels of openness. The economist believes that a business must have a profound knowledge of the local area for the creation of new opportunities and for the sustainable growth of the organisation.

Figure 1: Decision making space
(Source: Leiblein et al., 2022)

Ideas About The Way The World Could Be Globalised More Effectively.

Ghemawat's renowned AAA framework is a modernised approach that helps in the global value the strategies are based on adaptation, Aggregation and arbitrage. The adaptation helps to develop the business strategies and business model after assessing the local requirements. The adaptations are regarded as the most widely accepted strategy of globalisation. Aggregation is focused on finding the scope to deal with the regional differences. This particular concept of globalisation addresses the differences and similarities and then addresses the procedures of commencing the economies of scale. The third strategy is arbitrage which is aimed at addressing the differences (Leiblein et al., 2022, p728(4)). Rather than incorporating those differences the strategy believes in purchasing low in a market and selling it at higher costs in another market for the assignment helpline In this context, Ghemawat gave the example of Walmart. The company saves a higher amount of cost by buying the material at a cheaper price from the market of China. It is a perfect example of globalisation and corporate bargaining.

Figure 2: AAA framework
(Source: Economygdp, 2024)

2. Anthony Giddens' Ideas on Globalisation

The renowned sociologist, Anthony Giddens’ has given his point of view on globalisation in a very simple and very productive manner. He reflects globalisation as a very critical and dynamic procedure. According to him, this dynamic pressure has significantly put an impact on political, sociological and economic fields not only of a specific nation but also across the whole world. While demonstrating the actual definition and impact of the globalisation process, he evaluates the very dynamic process through various types of internal and external factors (Susen, 2020, p. 10(2)). The following points are some key ways of demonstrating the globalisation process as per the point of view of prominent sociologist Anthony Giddens.

Anthony Gidden has described this critical process of globalisation as an escalation of worldwide interpersonal relations between society, economics and politics. These internal and external factors play a crucial role in linking up distant areas and regions (Byrne et al., 2021, p. 8(2)). This type of interpersonal relations can have a major impact when a major event is occurring in a particular particular area of the globe but its impact can be measured by almost every part of the world.

Dissociation Between Space and Time

According to Anthony Giddens’ work, the dissociation of time and space can play a vital role in fostering the process of globalisation in a more dynamic manner. By supporting this concept, Giddens further reflects that, particularly in this generation of modern tools and digital integration, the way of communication and transportation is much easier and more time-consuming. Due to the advancement of the internet and communication technologies, digital tools help the communicator to surpass a large portion of the world without taking much time. On the other hand, modern technologies have helped the generation to link up between time and space. Anthony Giddens believes that these parameters have certainly played a dynamic role in giving a new direction to the process of making a global relation between the countries.

Figure 1: Impacts of Globalisation
(Source: Self-Created)

Globalisation as a Rationalist Procedure

Furthermore, Anthony Gidden objectifies this globalisation process as a little controversial and rationalistic process. The dynamic process helps the individuals to connect with others very easily and also integrates and fosters the frameworks regarding financial, political and legal prospects, however, it has the ability to introduce various types of negative concepts across the society (Delmas-Marty, 2020, p. 198(3)). According to Giddenns’ point of view regarding this part, the concept of globalisation can introduce poverty and marginalised community-based societies across the world. This process can speed up the countries that are listed as third-world countries. So he typically believes, this process of integrating the global relation process and globalisation concept drives both the culture of positive and negative environments from time to time.

Globalisation Promotes the Concept of Modernity

During his work on globalisation, he has connected the process with the concept of modernity. He sees the process of globalisation as one of the major supporters of modernity. For example, the globalisation process drives a culture of sudden change and incorporation of a certain range of diversity within traditional and social norms and practices (Green, 2023, p. 165(3)). In this way, it has forced individuals and local communities to make a shift from their traditional daily lives and adapt to modernity from time to time. In this way, the globalisation concepts support a critical and modernised world where all types of cultural, behavioural and geographical barriers can be considered irrelevant.

Significance of Institutions

On the other hand, Anthony Giddens sees the role of instructions can accelerate the process and quality of the process of globalisation through improving the various external and internal factors from time to time. For example, globalisation java forced the instruction of governments, NGO’s, and other private detectors and companies to incorporate such policies that promote and support a sustainable environment and communities (Anderson and Obeng, 2021, p. 1149(3)). In this way, the process of globalisation has incorporated a certain level of awareness among the common citizens and regulatory bodies of countries.

Global Risks and Threats

Anthony Giddens describes the threats and challenges related to the process of Globalisation. It has often been experienced that these risks often get out of control of responsible institutions and controlling bodies (Yaya et al., 2020, p. 3(3)). For example, the lockdown period has demonstrated how these internal and external risks can quickly spread and affect a vast range of communities across the whole globe.

3. The End of Poverty

The end of poverty and the trade not aid approach in the context of globalisation is very complicated and divided by increased interconnection between multiple countries. In the modern days globalised world, two giant schools of ideas evaluate discussion on poverty-related issues and the “End Of Poverty” movements which indicates a combination of multinational support, development process and tactics and social events (Wade, 2020, p. 8(3)). On the other hand, “Trade Not Aid” highlights the promotion of free trade as the most available and efficient application for minimising poverty in recent days in the developing world. Therefore, both insights present a suitable perception into the fight against worldwide poverty but also their effectiveness is widely determined by the variation of implementations, the existing global financial infrastructure and political will. Apart from this, many critics of the End of Poverty argue that international support can often do more damage than product; however, the most renowned critique is that support can create more reliance and dependency where receptionist countries become dependent on aid flows instead of adapting and improving their own sustainable economic system (Ofori et al., 2022, p. 6(2)). The End Of Poverty has achieved encouragement by following the publication of Jeffrey Sachs influential book of The End Of Poverty in the year of 2005. On the other hand, financial possibilities for recent times in which the author Jeffrey argues with adequate financial investment and strategic intervention and extensive poverty can be eliminated within a generation. Moreover, the author recommended the accurate combination of targeted multinational support and appropriate government investment in health, education and infrastructure and a more vast system of social safety that could pull up the world’s poorest individuals out of the extensive poverty. Therefore, his strategic approach can be aligned with the United Nations Millennium Development Goals and after that the Sustainable Goals that set the determined and aspirational targets for poverty elimination within 2030.

The upholder of these rapid movements argues that poverty is a more complicated challenge that can not be resolved by market mechanisms. Most of the world’s poorest countries experienced infrastructure challenges like corrupt institutions, weak governance, insufficient structure and the levels of education and poor healthcare systems. Therefore, These types of significant challenges make it difficult for them to engage in the global economy efficiently. In this viewpoint, it is not just a temporary application but a; also needed application which helps the Nations build the capacity to sustain economic development in the futuristics world. Moreover, support programs that only pay attention to health, infrastructure and education can present the needed situations for a vast population to become more creative and productive. Additionally, as the capacity and ability of each Nation develops, therefore, they become more associated with the global market and contributing to financial growth and lifting their all-over populations out of poverty.

Criticism of the End-of-Poverty Approach

Apart from this, many critics of the End of Poverty argue that international support can often do more damage than product; however, the most renowned critique is that support can create more reliance and dependency where receptionist countries become dependent on aid flows instead of adapting and improving their own sustainable economic system (Beck et al., 2024, p. 10(1)). Moreover, aid can be confronted by various local markets by eroding local business and producers, for instance, food support, when life-saving in the short term goal can depress local agriculture costs that make it more difficult for most of the farmers in developing countries to compete. Although the efficiency of support has also often been damaged due to the poor governance and corruption in many countries therefore billions of dollars in aid can blur to mismanagement that takes them to a misallocation of resources.

The World Trade Organization (WTO) and regional trade agreements have played an impactful role in facilitating worldwide trade therefore, the reduction of trade difficulties supports developing countries to evaluate wider markets and their gaps to compete on the global stage (Claeys and Sapir, 2020, p. 7(3)). This process fosters more equitable development by making sure that substances appear through creative practices. Moreover, aid can be utilised to strengthen the capacity of evolving receptionist countries to participate in trade efficiently while trade can present long-term economic development to sustain their developing efforts.

Conclusion

The report has typically discussed the concept of globalisation and its impact on a worldwide basis. As per the view of Anthony Giden, the process of globalisation can be seen as a dynamic and rationalistic process that has the ability to have both negative and positive impacts on the socio-economic and political factors across the whole world. On the other hand, the advancement of modern digital transformation and enhanced communication processes have already fostered the process of globalisation, where individuals can easily surpass geographical barriers with the help of digital tools and platforms. The process has fostered the institutions and government regulatory bodies to take action in order to maintain certain factors such as environmental pollution and sustainable managerial activities. However, as a controversial concept, this dynamic process also has the ability to introduce a vast range of poverty, especially in developing nations.

Gantt Chart

Reference List

MBA402 Governance, Ethics, and Sustainability Case Study 2 Sample

Assignment Brief

The ability to handle difficult workplace conversations, and especially discussions concerning ethical issues, is a valuable skill at every level in a company (employee, manager, or Board Director).

The Giving Voice to Values (GVV) material introduced in the Week 6 workshop, provides tools to help employees, managers and company Directors stand up for their values in the workplace. Assessment 2 provides an opportunity to apply these tools to a realistic workplace scenario, to help build your capacity to handle difficult workplace conversations, while remaining true to your personal values.

Analyse the Case Study, then write a script to address the ethical problem described in the case. Reflect on the script that you produced.

Instructions

Read the Case Study document supplied. Analyse this document, ensuring you understand the ethical dilemma that the situation poses.

Write the following elements based on the case study. You should submit these as a single Word document, through Turnitin.

1. Case Analysis using the GVV approach (600 words):

- Identify the ethical issue, values at stake, and potential rationalisations of the key parties.

- Evaluate the potential impacts, on stakeholders and the organisation, in the event the issue is not addressed.

- Identify potential barriers to speaking up and propose strategies to overcome these barriers.

- Propose alternative actions aligned with GVV principles.

2. Script Development (600 words):

Develop a script where you give voice to values and address the ethical issue in the case.

- Use the GVV framework to structure your script.

- Clearly articulate your values and the reasons behind your stance.

- Address potential rationalisations (of others) and articulate them in the script

- Present effective counterarguments to these rationalisations.

- Consider the audience and tailor your message accordingly.

- Propose specific actions or solutions to address the ethical issue.

3. Reflection (Approximately 600 words):

Reflect on the process of applying the GVV framework to the case, by answering the following questions:

- What did you find more challenging: analysing the case or writing the script? Explain why.

- What impacts might your proposed actions have upon the stakeholders and the organisation?

- How has this experience influenced your understanding of ethical decision-making in your current and future workplace and career?

Case Study: It’s Who You Know...

InterTel Communications has long been recognised for its innovation and leadership as a major player in the global telecommunications industry. Sarah Lewis, a sharp and ambitious new board member, is keen to make a good impression.

At first, Sarah felt excited about this opportunity. InterTel’s reputation gave her confidence that the company operated with strong ethical standards. However, she soon discovered that several recent high-level executive appointments were tied to personal relationships with board members. Although these individuals lacked the necessary qualifications or experience, they bypassed standard recruitment and vetting processes.

Sarah discovered that this nepotism wasn’t just about favours for friends and family; there were wider implications. These fast-tracked executives had access to privileged company information, which was being shared with certain board members and outside contacts in the investment industry. This inside knowledge was being used to manipulate share trading, allowing those involved to profit significantly from upward or downward moves in InterTel’s share price.

It became clear to Sarah that this was not an isolated incident, but a well-established practice. Internal memos and patterns in share activity, coincident with confidential board decisions made it clear. Shocked, she approached her board mentor, Bill, expecting him to share her concerns.

Disappointingly for Sarah, he brushed it off. He admitted awareness of the situation but saw no harm in it. For him, these insider trades didn’t hurt the company directly, and the appointments ensured that “trusted” individuals were placed in key roles. “Sarah, in business, it’s not what you know, but who you know”, he said. “No-one has raised any red flags, and the company is performing well. Do you want to upset that? It won’t help your career to raise something like this. There’s an old saying: Discretion is the better part of valour”.

As Sarah walked home from work on a cold and rainy day, she started to question herself. How can people be so blind? Am I the only one who sees problems here? She had looked up to Bill for many years. Could he be wrong? Nepotism is a serious breach of corporate integrity, but insider trading on top of this is frightening. This situation will become public eventually, and the consequences might be significant. It could be on the front page of the business papers and websites. But, speaking out could destroy her company relationships and her place on the board.

Sarah was left with a difficult choice: stay silent and protect her career, or expose the corruption and risk everything to uphold her values. Or, is there another way?

Solution

1. Case analysis using the GVV approach

1.1 Ethical issues, Values at stake and Potential rationalisations

Giving Voice to Values, the GVV approach refers to ethical education and development that encourages the establishment of professional responsibilities. That is why, in several cases, values to social voices foster relevance based on an understanding of social science (Manfredo et al. 2021, p.356). In this context, in InterTel Communication, innovation and leadership have been aligned to provide the right amount of confidence to employees based on a standardised ethical aspect.

Ethical Issues: However, the major issue has been identified regarding the management's poor choice of social values. More specifically, Sarah Lewis’s experience has exposed that high-level executive recruitment within InterTel Communication depends on interpersonal relations with the board members. Another potential ethical issue within the firm has been identified as nepotism for the assignment helpline.

Values at Stake: Generally, it has been seen that nepotism effectively influences privileges and special rewards that affect the development of every important candidate within a firm (SERFRAZ et al. 2022, p.312). Often management tends to lack the credibility to address and offer opportunities to vacant posts based on qualification rather than prioritising personal relationships.

Rationalisation: Bill, a Board Mentor in InterTel Communication, stated, “No-one has raised any red flags, and the company is performing well”. This defies that he does not perceive the ongoing ethical disruption as a problem. According to him, the situation is normal as long as it benefits the firm, whereas it has influenced the manipulation of shared knowledge to ensure the career growth of workers.

1.2 Potential impacts on stakeholders and InterTel Communications

Conformists: This aspect refers to blindly following rules, even an unethical authority as well. In InterTel Communication, nepotism within the management has concerned Sarah’s confidence to gain growth. However, Bill, one of the board mentors, has remained calm while aware of the ethical hamper, saying there is no harm to it.

Negotiators: As for the further impact on employees of InterTel Communication, the prime stakeholders of the business, denial has been noticed. In this context as well, Bill's statements such as “no red flag” in the process, the importance of “who you know” and “discretion” have clarified that the management has found a tricky path to whitewash the acts of nepotism.

1.3 Potential Barriers and Strategies

Potential barriers: This factor creates barriers while speaking up in the company. Sarah Lewis, a sharp and ambitious new board member of this company, has identified several issues regarding speaking up. Fear, futility and the power of authority also create potential speaking barriers. Speaking up will create career-related issues for Sarah Lewis, and she stays silent.

Strategies for mitigation: Proper argument development and effective planning and script development that represents the issues to the leaders will decrease speaking up issues (Pearce, Huang & Wang, 2024, p.10). Potential speaking up barriers create a lot of ethical dilemmas as well as demotivate the employees in an organisation. Proper representation of the issues to the leaders will mitigate these problems effectively.

1.4 Alternate actions with GVV

Nepotism and insider trading are the two main ethical issues InterTel company is facing and the company neglects these issues. Sarah Lewis is a board member who finds that " this was not an isolated incident, but a well-established practice."

Self-knowledge: Nepotism and insider training related to knowledge building and applying the powers of a board member to represent the issues in front of the leaders. This process of GVV will help Sarah maintain her company relationship as well as her board member position.

Normalisation: Identifying issues and precisely dealing with them calmly is another factor that reduces the insider training and nepotism issues in InterTel communication. The normalization factor helps Sarah create a path that helps her take alternate actions.

2. Script Development

2.1 GVV Framework for Script Development

Giving Voice to Values (GVV) is a framework that defines how a business should operate ethically. The GVV framework consists of seven pillars, which are addressed below.

Values: Respect for privacy, soberness and sticking to righteousness are my core values and in InterTel, I struggled as there was a lack of it. These misalignments of values in the company were found morally questionable and pushed me towards a difficult choice between staying silent or bringing everything to light.
Choice: As I fear damaging my reputation, I feel an obligation to stand up. I can share the malpractices within the company on various anonymous platforms. This way, my identity would be kept hidden, and the wrongdoings would come to light.

Normalisation: The individual should be calm and process the expected value conflicts from others in a serene manner. Nepotism in any field creates integrity issues and this negatively influences a firm’s performance, culture and brand image (Rahmania, Wulandari & Marfu, 2024, p.2). Moreover, the GVV approach is futile at times, as even voicing the values does not make any difference at work. The fear of being wrong creates embarrassing issues for employees and they avoid airing their values and continue to face the issues regarding nepotism.

Purpose: The individual should be aware of the purposes they have to offer and make sense of them to make those appeal to others. Apart from this, it is perceived that avoiding embarrassment is possible when individuals understand their values and align them with their choices. The purpose of the GVV approach is to help employees justify their values by recognising them and using them properly at work to avoid issues regarding nepotism. InterTel Communications has to pay attention to this idea to be more professional.

Self-knowledge: The individual should be self-aware to understand the consistency of the values with their morals. In addition to this, it is seen that acting on one's values is important to voice opinions at work. According to the GVV framework, self-knowledge is crucial for taking initiative in one's values and making them consistent (Abenoza & Lozano, 2024, p.11). Thus, InterTel Communications' employees need to act upon their values and make them their strengths to tackle nepotism regarding issues.

Voice: Nepotism and insider trading should be mitigated by InterTel to foster an ethically upright work environment. Furthermore, suppose a company is earning profits by applying malpractices. In that case, this serves no good to the community and society as the people in the company will be vulnerable to unethical approaches.

Rationalisation: Workplace ethics matters a lot to employees and giving voice to values (GVV) ensures that people voice or air their values at work without any hesitation. InterTel Communications maintains its reputation by following ethical protocols, though nepotism regarding issues has affected the firm a lot. Understanding workplace ethics and paying attention to diversity, inclusion, and equity matters a lot in maintaining a proper work culture (Greene & Kirton, 2024, p.179). The serious corporate issue of nepotism affects InterTel Communications’ integrity. Insider trading allows the higher executives of the company to have access to confidential data, which creates negative impacts on the workplace culture as other employees are treated differently.

2.6 Propose Specific Actions or Solutions To Address The Ethical Issue

Creating anti-nepotism policies: Creating specific guidelines to avoid nepotism is important for organisations to retain better employees. The firm authorities of InterTel Communications need to implement different policies to improve their firm’s brand reputation and avoid nepotism issues.

Avoiding Biased recruitment: Ethical issues often create challenges for a firm, and the authorities of an organisation need to be more professional by improving the hiring processes and bestowing career equality (Kossek, Perrigino & Rock, 2021, p.10). InterTel Communications has to pay heed to this strategy to improve its recruitment process and choose qualified and experienced employees.

Train and educate employees: Educating the employees is necessary for InterTel Communications to make them aware of their work and the firm’s ethics and avoid different issues at work. Training employees properly enables them to know the significance of fair hiring practices.

3. Reflection

3.1 Challenges

Analysing the case study has not been quite challenging compared to the development of the script. As an example, I have identified the fact that InterTel Communication has developed quite an efficient path for allowing nepotism even within higher-executive employment. Due to this aspect, I have also identified that the form has been exposed to one specific challenge of 'manipulation of knowledge'. In this context, nepotism has been identified to be effective for incorporating internal politics that affect the job satisfaction level (Abbas et al. 2021, p.239). However, the case study has not delivered an elaborate range of impacts that the current nepotism has created among the stakeholders of InterTel Communication. That is why it has been quite challenging for me to consider specific areas to create recommendations for managing organisational ethics. Furthermore, I have also identified that my values regarding organisational ethics and perception towards nepotism can differ from what Sarah Lewis has experienced in her path. Due to this aspect, aligning self-knowledge to make the script while considering Sarah's position was also challenging for me. Similarly, my level of awareness towards necessary ethical practices is different, as I prioritise my potential to achieve career growth with utmost preference, which influenced my viewpoint to make the suggestions aligning with the InterTel Communications issue.

3.2 Impacts of Proposed Actions

My proposed actions will have a significantly negative impact on InterTel’s business operations. As stated by the board mentor, insider trading has been fruitful for the company’s financial growth, but my proposals will hurt the profit margin. The high-level executives will terminate any relationships with the board members and the reputation of InterTel will be affected. Insider trading is a criminal offence in various countries and information about InterTel authorities on such offences will bring the company to legal issues. The investors will lose their trust in the company and may withdraw their funding. The biased hiring process will restrain the company from acquiring young talents and lacking productivity. In the United States, the consequences of insider trading are imprisonment of up to 20 years and a fine of 25 million USD (CFI Team, 2024, p.1). Altogether, the proposed actions will destroy the company's reputation, put legal issues and lose its trust in the operating markets.

3.3 Influence of the Experience

With this experience of insider trading and nepotism, I faced a lot of ethical dilemmas as a board member. Firstly, I suspected nepotism, but later, I identified that it was related to insider training in InterTel communication. Communication with Bill clears all the facts that no one has any interest in the ethical concerns of the company and every employee, including board members, is seeking their profit. This experience has increased my professional values and my alternate actions towards insider training help me to build critical decision-making skills. As speaking up can create career risks, I developed critical decision-making and understanding skills. Ethics is the main factor that a company needs to maintain in the long-term perspective (Renaud et al. 2024, p.2). This experience will help me to make critical decisions in the future to mitigate insider trading and nepotism-related issues. This skill will create beneficial aspects for my future career development.

Reference list

BM303 Contemporary Issues in Agribusiness Production and Management Report Sample

This research report should focus on any one of the contemporary issues in agribusiness production and management. If you are able to identify the contemporary issue related to agribusiness production and management, in your respective group discussions and deliberations, or based on the lecture materials and discussions held in the class, you can write a research report on it. In addition, you also review and critically analyze “An India Economic Strategy to 2035 - Navigating from potential to delivery”. Chapter 5 of this source specifically covers constraints and challenges of the Indian Agribusiness sector and how it can a new source of growth for Australia Agribusiness sector. This can be accessed from the https://www.dfat.gov.au/geo/india/ies/pdf/chapter-5.pdf

One additional source for writing a report is “The Future Rice Strategy for India”, Edited by Samarendu Mohanty, P.G. Chengappa, Mruthyunjaya, J.K. Ladha, Sampriti Baruah, Elumalai Kannan and A.V. Manjunatha”. If you require parts of some chapter of this book for review and analytical purposes, it can be available upon request in the campus.

Word limit: 2000 words

The total word limit for the analysis of the group research is around 2000 words excluding the table of content, the bibliography and annexures. Maximum variation of 10 % is allowed. Font should be Times New Roman, size 12 and space 1.5. The students can also look for other case studies on the similar patterns explained above for research analysis and writing a group report.

Solution

Introduction

This chapter discusses the modern problems of sustainability and climate change in the management of agribusiness. It analyses profiling and interpreting global climate change, especially on how it influences agricultural production and the nurturing process which is encompassed in the vulnerability of current weather patterns, especially extreme weather conditions and how the increase weather uncertainties affect yields as well as the sustainability of agribusiness. Also, it emphasizes the necessity of climate-responsible behaviours, the difficulties encountered by market players, and how innovation and policy can respond to these problems.

Discussion Regarding The Chosen Contemporary Issue

Climatic change impacts crop production hence food supply, operational risks, and financial aspects that influence farmers' operations. Climate variability and climate change in general are characterized by frequent changes in climate patterns and extreme events and pose major risks to crop and livestock production with agribusiness organizations on the receiving end (Bouteska et al., 2024). Most importantly, agribusiness itself embodies both the problem and the solution of emissions of greenhouse gases. Agriculture emissions estimate stays at 20-25% of overall global GHG outputs with the highest contribution from livestock sectors through methane emissions; followed by applied fertilizers; and, land use alterations (Omotoso and Omotayo, 2024).

As a result, it is evident that achieving sustainable agribusiness, calls for strong and rigorous measures beyond traditional strategies; climate-smart agriculture is required to reduce emissions, increase resource-use efficiency, and rehabilitate the degraded system. However, changing over to sustainable practices for The Assignment Helpline leads to several economic and operational constraints for smallholder farmers who cannot afford capital, innovative technological practices, and acquire information (Branca et al., 2022).

From an analytical viewpoint, though there are policies to support sustainable agriculture, the paradigms enacted vary according to the political, economic and cultural aspects of the regions. Additionally, public policies, subsidies and incentives generally accommodate conventional agricultural practices rather than sustainable practices. An additional concern is the question of how to raise production volume to meet the needs of the constantly growing population while returning the agriculture sector to sustainability.

Research Findings

The impact of the contemporary issue in agribusiness and its mitigation

Impact of sustainability and climate change issues in agribusiness

By considering the viewpoint of Mohapatra et al., (2022), it can be stated that the impact of sustainability and climate change on agribusiness is considerably effective and the issues are going to be elaborated on in the following passages.

Less production

As per Biró, et al., (2021), the weather patterns are being changed in an effective manner and the increased temperature can impact the crop growth cycle in a considerable way,

Resource scarcity

Another important point to be considered here is the resource scarcity. By going through the article of Brenya et al., (2023), it has been possible to get an idea regarding the same.

Financial issue

With sustainability-related needs as the climate change-related initiatives, several regulatory changes are also coming and agribusinesses are required to follow the changes that can lead changes to their production patterns. Day by day, by considering the issues related to climate change and sustainability, environmental regulations are getting stricter and it is requiring agribusinesses in most of the countries like India to impose additional costs on agribusinesses for the compliance and sustainability initiatives (Tinh et al., 2023). It is a definite fact that if agribusinesses would follow the regulations and if they would work in a sustainable way, then it would ultimately be good for the people, and planet. However, the matter is that in order to impose the regulations and follow it in the proper manner, it's important for agribusinesses to ensure that they are using all sustainable products and it's also important to adopt sustainable operational processes that do not cause harm to the environment.

Changed market dynamics

By considering the viewpoint of Hoyk et al., (2022), it can be stated that people are getting more conscious about sustainability by considering the changes of climate and the impact of it on their lives. Hence, day by day, more people are showing interest in buying sustainable products. The demands for sustainable products were higher in developed countries and in developing countries too, the demand for sustainable products is being increased (Biró, et al., 2021). It is found that there is a growing demand for sustainable foods and it is requiring agribusinesses to adopt more eco-friendly practices. It is actually helping them to meet the requirements of customers. It means that the dynamics related to the preferences of customers are being changed with the sustainability and climate change-related issue and as a result, the businesses are facing the need to change their working process.

Impact on Supply chain

One of the most considerable reasons why sustainability and climate change has been considered here as a significant issue is related to its impact on the supply chain. By considering the views of Ghadge et al., (2020), it can be stated that climate change can disrupt the global supply chain and it can lead to issues like food shortages, and increased cost of floods. By considering these impacts related to sustainability and climate change, agri businesses are facing the need to diversify suppliers and as the global supply chain is being disrupted, they are facing the requirement in local sourcing.

Mitigation Strategies for Sustainability and Climate Change in Agribusiness

Key strategies include:

- Sustainable Farming Practices: Rotation of crops, plantation of trees within agricultural fields, and use of practices such as conservation tillage will be an effective solution for improving the quality of the soil, storing carbon and thus minimising emission of greenhouse gasses (Gamage et al., 2023). These methods are effective in enabling the longevity of agricultural practices.

- Precision Agriculture: By using satellite monitoring, drones, and sensors farmers can control inputs including water, fertilizers, and pesticides, thus using less and with minimal harm to the environment but with increased efficiency.

- Diversification and Resilient Crop Varieties: Sowing seeds of drought and climate-change-tolerant crops can ensure sustained the production of crops so as to avoid extremely volatile production due to unfavourable climatic conditions (Pixley et al., 2023).

How Indian agribusiness sector can be a new source of growth for Australia

It is a fact that The Future Rice Strategy for India is giving a insight that can help India in sustainable development of the rice sector and it can ensure future food and nutritional security (Mohanty et al., 2017). By considering the information shared by www.dfat.gov.au, (2018), it can be stated that within 2035, India is expected to be able to provide a new source of growth for the agribusiness sector in Australia and the gap between demand and supply is expected to be mitigated effectively within the timeframe of 2035. In the economic strategy of India 2035, it has also been stated that the agribusiness sector in India is politically sensitive and it can also be stated that the central and state governments of India are required to develop a balancing relationship in order to ensure that the business is growing smoothly and they are being able to develop a global production hub instead of being limited within the domestic production point. In order to do the same, the government is required to provide rural support as it can be regarded as the key area of agribusinesses and that's why supporting them is needed. A strategic decision considered by the government of Australia to work more effectively with India in developing import pathways can help in commercial engagement and agribusiness of India can help Australia in bringing an improvement to the same sector with proper export values. By considering the economic strategy of India 2035, it can be stated that India is required to develop a trusted partnership with Australia in regard to agriculture reforms. Apart from that, within 2035, India has to seek to pair exports of raw commodities with exports of value-ended products. All of these factors can ensure Indian support in regard to the development of Australian agri business.

The impact of the sustainability and climate change issue in making India as a great partner for Australian agribusiness

On the other hand, the sustainability issue is affecting the agribusiness of India while causing them to face a financial crisis that has been elaborated on earlier. Due to financial crisis and regulatory issues that all are related to the sustainability and climate change-related factors, Indian agribusiness may be unable to produce adequate agricultural items needed to become the global agribusiness hub and it means that though India has the capacity to support Australia in regard to its development of agribusiness, sustainability and climate change issues can affect the production smoothness and can prevent India from meeting the objective they have set for 2035. However, the agribusiness experts have to develop proper strategic plan to manage the issues while ensuring sustainability and product quality. In this regard it can also be stated that the government has to take proper measure to manage financial issues. They have to help agribusinesses financially to manage the issues they are facing due to the adoption of regulatory frameworks and proper financial support is expected to help the agribusiness in India to manage the contemporary issue properly and it will result in the diversification of the Indian agri-business and it will help Indian economy effectively.

Conclusion

Climate change is expected to reduce the productivity of agricultural produce globally hence climate-smart farming, advanced technologies in the agriculture sector and policy standards are important rescues. Despite the detrimental effects from economic and operational standpoints especially when it comes to conventional large-scale farming the long outstanding benefits of embracing sustainable farming are crucial for both nourishment security and safe environment preservation. There is a need for the stakeholders to support agribusiness in order to build a more resilient and sustainable system.

References

HS7022 Project Management Report Sample

Holmes Software Technologies has opted to undertake the development of its upcoming ERP solution using the SCRUM methodology. As a project management consultant for the company, your task is to address client concerns regarding the likelihood of SCRUM projects experiencing greater scope changes compared to other project types. To provide a comprehensive analysis, conduct a literature review focusing on this scenario. Subsequently, generate an analytical report that examines the methods employed in handling scope changes within SCRUM projects, explores the challenges associated with them, and outline the effective scope management strategies to maintain control over project scope.

Your task involves conducting a literature search to identify at least ten (10) academic research papers relevant to this research area. Following this, you are expected to perform a critical analysis of the chosen references, offering a comprehensive discussion on how they contribute to the understanding of the topic. This assessment constitutes a substantial 40% of the unit's grade, signifying its importance. It is recommended to initiate work on this assignment early in the semester, steadily progressing to develop a high-quality literature review by the semester's conclusion.

Deliverable Description

You need to submit the final version of your assignment in Week 6. The structure of the final report consists of 5 sections as follows:

- Introduction

State the purpose and objectives of the report.

- Literature Review

Document a review of literature on Agile/SCRUM project scope management.

- Discussion

Discuss the references, and critically analyse them and discuss how they reflect the topic.

You need to discuss the methods employed in handling scope changes within SCRUM projects, explore the challenges associated with them, and outline the effective scope management strategies to maintain control over project scope.

- Conclusion

Summarize your findings by emphasizing the key points of the report.

- References

Provide the list of references following the Adapted Harvard Referencing style.

Your literature review should present the current state of knowledge in the specific area of the topic, and it should have a narrative that flows smoothly from one paragraph to the next. Additionally, the final submission should consist of no fewer than 2,500 words.

Solution

Introduction

In the last few decades, SCRUM has been embraced fast as an agile approach to managing large-scale projects, mainly in the IT and Software Development sectors. Stepwise and adaptable to changing requirements, this approach for The Assignment Helpline has also gained traction among organisations, making project management more effective and flexible. Concerns from clients about the fact that SCRUM projects can have more scope changes than other methods are addressed in this report. By studying academic research, the report looks at how SCRUM handles changes to the project scope, the challenges they present, and the strategies that can be used to handle these changes. Looking closely at linked literature, on the other hand, shows how to handle the scope of SCRUM projects well. The report’s three major objectives are the following-

- To examine the methods employed within the SCRUM framework for managing and handling scope changes effectively.

- To explore the challenges associated with managing scope changes in SCRUM projects.

- To outline effective scope management strategies that help maintain control over project scope in SCRUM projects.

Literature Review

Within SCRUM project management, managing the projects scope has become important to ensure the project is finished successfully. Grebic and Stojanovic (2021, p37(1)) stated that familiarity with the SCRUM frameworks jobs, events, and outputs is crucial for managing the project scope. Everyone in SCRUM is responsible for keeping changes to the scope under control, from the product owner to the development team. While working on IT projects, SCRUM finds it easier to handle changed project scopes due to this planned method. Due to its natural flexibility, the system can handle multiple growth cycles. As a result, it works well in areas like IT that need to accommodate change.

Additionally, Alsaber et al. (2021, p361(2)) examine the issues that software project managers (SPMs) face when they try to balance the needs of users with the project's limitations. Open and flexible SCRUM can cause problems with the project's scope if workers do not know the rules. Their study shows that when teams do not have enough information or are not working together properly, it can lead to lower product quality, more competition, and conflict within the company. This shows how important it is to get effective SCRUM training and make sure everyone is on the same page to handle scope changes well, especially in software settings that are hard to understand, like health information systems and teaching solutions.

Moreover, Mkoba and Marnewick (2020, p126460(4)) talk about how agile project management is becoming more and more important, especially for IT projects that are meant to help an organisation reach its strategic goals. As they are flexible and can finish IT projects on time, agile methods like SCRUM are becoming more popular instead of standard methods like Waterfall.

However, the experts point out that there is no way to check on agile projects, especially those that use SCRUM, which can harm the success of the projects. The research also suggested a means of verification for agile project success through the use of monitoring procedures that are incorporated in each of the SCRUM phases.

In this manner, control over the processes of management becomes less complicated, and the implementation of agile information technology projects becomes more organized and accountable. Controlling scope changes in SCRUM projects, on the other hand, presents serious challenges, especially in the IT field where adaptability and quick thinking are crucial. According to Marnada et al. (2022, p.291(3)), SCRUM is praised for being flexible, but changes to the project's scope that are not controlled can cause delays and cost overruns. According to the study, some of the biggest challenges they face are prioritising user requirements, overscoping, communication, and teamwork. Their argument is that in Agile methods, scope management is often forgotten. Careful planning and ongoing tracking are required because these challenges can cause project delays and higher costs.

Similarly, Ma arif et al. (2018, p2357(1)) looked at how Malaysian IT companies use Agile SCRUM to deal with challenges like bad cost management, confusing project signs, and a lack of team control. It is harder to handle scope well and projects take longer to finish because of these issues. One area of IT that is hard to understand is ERP and building business planning. This is highly important. This project shows how important it is to speak clearly and have good cost management tools to keep the project's scope from getting out of hand. Aizaz et al. (2021, p109166 (1)) also said that scope creep is one of the main reasons projects fail, especially when it comes to normal software development projects. Despite the fact that agile methods are intended to handle challenges related to scope, they can still have bad effects, especially in settings that use Global Software Development (GSD). In SCRUM projects, scope creep usually means lower quality, longer plans, and more money spent.

To address these concerns, Aizaz et al. (2021, p109166 (2)) also proposed a model to deal with the issue of scope creep in Agile projects. This model assists project managers in monitoring the alterations made to the project’s scope as well as assessing the effect of such changes on the triple constraints of the project. Likewise, Lous et al. (2018, p1(3)) investigate how Agile and remote software development can be used in SCRUM project management, a developing field of IT. Their study on a Danish small company with teleworkers and distant offices demonstrates how Agile concepts can be effectively implemented in these kinds of circumstances, avoiding the typical challenges of co-location. A big part of this success comes from trust, open leadership, working from home, and regular review. As they worked from home, it was hard to stay true to Agile's core values. They did this by focusing on changing systems and getting rid of waste.

In addition, Multiple studies have shown that managing scope in SCRUM-based software projects in the IT field comes with its own challenges and possibilities. Hayat et al. (2019, p145(3)) stated that project scope is an important part of software project management, along with time and cost. As they work in small steps, iteratively, agile methods, especially SCRUM, are highly effective at controlling scope because they allow for lots of changes, quick delivery, and lower risk. Hayat et al. discovered that almost all of the software companies they studied used SCRUM. They found that it improved project management by focusing on ten key knowledge areas, which led to better project results overall.

At the same time, Buklaha (2017, p8(3)) looks at how Agile project management, especially SCRUM, can be used to keep things under control. The author talks a lot about how organised SCRUM is when it comes to project work. Key partner jobs, meetings, and ways to report help with effective tracking and control during project implementation. The research also shows how SCRUM can handle changes in the project's scope more easily than standard cascade project management by comparing the two. This enhances SCRUM at aligning itself with project control and decision making. It has also availed real time information and intelligence that aids in efficient scope management over the life span of the project throughout the SCRUM process, which is constant.

In addition, Tytkowska et al. (2015, p2(1)) also add to the literature by proposing a method for project teams based on SCRUM to improve. Their software makes project management easier by letting the team do things like handling tasks and seeing what is going on with a Kanban board. This method helps the project team with its communication and information sharing issues, which are often caused by scope management challenges. Adding methods for creating and storing sprints makes sure that tasks are kept track of correctly, which makes it easier to see and manage changes to the project's scope during both the testing and delivery stages.

Discussion

Methods for managing and handling scope changes effectively

The literature assesses the methods for managing scope changes within SCRUM projects, offering different views on their applicability. For instance, Grebic and Stojanovic (2021, p39(2)) talked about how adaptable the SCRUM structure is and emphasised its main ideas of change, inspection, and openness. It is emphasised that the product owner must oversee the Product Backlog, which enables tasks to be sorted and altered as the project moves forward. The project management can use this method to keep the project's goals in mind even if the project's scope is continually changing, which is a reasonable approach to handling changes.

Similarly, Alsaber et al. (2021, p361(8)) evaluate the approaches for managing scope modifications in Scrum projects and enumerate their advantages and disadvantages. The research shows that while team members have a clear framework with defined roles and duties, they do not always follow SCRUM's guidelines, which reduces their value. The method of regular daily scrums makes it easier for team members to talk to each other and share progress reports. However, the study shows that many employees do not know important SCRUM rules, which causes projects to get behind schedule and the scope to grow. The Product Owner's responsibility is highly important for keeping the list organised and handling changes to the scope well. On the other hand, if the team does not follow these rules, it can lead to poor change control, which makes scope management even harder.

In contrast, Mkoba and Marnewick (2020, p126462(7)) highlighted auditing agile projects and suggested models for ongoing auditing that can help keep track of changes to the project's scope. They use metrics that are specific to agile, like velocity and burndown charts, to track and measure project scope in the IT fields. By adding measures of agile project success, they provide a monitoring model that can find and react to changes in the project's scope over time. In other words, one research focused on role-based scope management methods, another focused on following the rules, and the final research looked at ways to keep track of scope in Scrum projects through audits. All these methods try to be flexible, but they do so in different ways when it comes to control and oversight of changes to the scope of IT-based SCRUM projects.

Challenges in managing scope changes in SCRUM projects

Project success can be impacted by managing scope changes in SCRUM projects, especially in the IT industry. Marnada et al. (2022, p291(4)) talk about how the COVID 19 pandemic made things less certain, which is why more adaptable methods like Agile project management were needed. However, they stated that while Agile influences change quickly, changes to the project's scope that are not managed can cause costs to go up and time to be wasted, especially when it comes to communication and user needs. Conversely, Ma'arif et al. (2018, p2357(1)) point out specific challenges associated with implementing Agile SCRUM methods in Malaysian IT projects, such as ambiguous management signs and a lack of team ownership. These things can make scope management harder because they make it harder to make better decisions and be accountable. The SCRUM approach is acknowledged by the research as being beneficial in software development. However, it should be implemented properly; otherwise, there are risks of scope creep in the project.

While scope creep occurs more often in conventional project management, Aizaz et al. (2021, p109167(1) contended that scope creep is still a concern in Agile environments. The research claims that although Agile techniques are supposed to be flexible, this might make it more difficult to concentrate on factors like cost and quality, which could lead to poor project results. The challenges associated with merging Agile methodologies with online development are also discussed by Lous et al. (2018, p2(5)). Being physically separated, for instance, might make interactions more difficult a major component of Agile. This separation might aggravate scope management problems as teams cannot function effectively when they are scattered. In other words, there are significant management challenges associated with such modifications even if Agile SCRUM methodologies allow for changes in the course of a project. Overcoming these challenges during project execution and the accomplishment of this goal depends on effective communication, ownership and planned management.

Effective scope management strategies

In SCRUM projects, a number of researchers look at effective project scope management strategies and generate many related concepts. Controlling scope requires iterative and flexible SCRUM, as Hayat et al. (2019, p1(5)) said. They highlighted that the gradual approach of the SCRUM method guarantees that the scope is in accordance with the demands of the client by allowing the needs of the project to be continuously reevaluated. In conventional project management, the project's scope is often determined early on; however, this method is more flexible. The project's scope is kept in check by the iterative model, which divides it into sprints that make it simple to edit.

On the other hand, Buksaha (2017, p10(2)) illustrates the way SCRUM organizes both strategic and operational tasks. This is facilitated by the fact that each member of the team; the product owner and the ScrumMaster inclusive, understands the scope of their work. The person in charge of the product makes sure that the most important tasks are done first. This gives them more control over the scope of the project. The way Buksaha organises tasks based on roles adds a level of planning control that fits well with the study by Hayat et al. (2019, p1(5)), which was about flexibility. Moreover, the research by Tytkowska et al. (2015, p4(2) presents an approach to scope management that makes use of automated processes. As a result, communication and workflow management is enhanced. Kanban boards and sprints enable them to monitor the progress of work and when tasks are defined and assigned scope is controlled. This technology complements Hayat's emphasis on gradual emancipation and undergirds that of Buksaha's role-based governance quite well.

Conclusion

In conclusion, the report investigated the effectiveness of SCRUM in managing scope changes in projects, particularly, in the IT and software development industries. The outcomes concentrated on a structured approach to SCRUM, which involves having a product owner, maintaining clear communication and working in iterative sprints in order to cope with how the project is changing. Poor communication, scope creep, and the chance of cost and time overruns when changes are not handled properly were also mentioned in the report as major challenges. Training, adherence to SCRUM rules, and the use of tracking tools like pace measures were highlighted as important strategies for solving these challenges. For SCRUM projects to be successful, scope management must find a balance between freedom and organised tracking to make sure that changes do not harm project timelines, quality, or costs. In simple words it has been identified from the investigation that SCRUM adoption has room for expandability as long as there exists proper communication, definite roles and processes for continual evaluation.

References

BC400 Communication and Media Management Report 2C Sample

Assignment Details

The first step is to choose an interesting topic (make sure it is what your group presented on). Make sure to share the topic with your tutor before doing the literature review. Your report should be structured so that someone not familiar with your area of interest can follow it.

Group Report:

- Collaborate with your group to prepare a comprehensive report on digital and social media communication.

- Your report should explain how the communication theories studied have been applied in a real business setting.

- Ensure your report is professionally presented, with clear and logical structure, and includes thorough analysis and evaluation.

- The word limit for the report is 2,000 ± 10%, excluding the table of contents, references, and annexures.

Research Report Structure:

Your report should be well-structured with clear headings and subheadings to address the following key points:

I. Introduction

- Provide a brief overview of digital and social media communication theories.

- State the purpose of the report and its relevance to real-world business settings

II. Literature Review

- Critically review the relevant theories of digital and social media communication.

- Discuss how these theories apply to the chosen business setting.

- Ensure to analyse a minimum of three references allocated for your unit

III. Case Study Analysis & Discussion

- Describe the business setting or case study you are analysing.

- Analyse how the communication theories are applied within this setting.

- Evaluate the effectiveness of the application of these theories in achieving communication goals.

- Discuss the strengths and weaknesses of the communication strategies used in the case study.

- Provide recommendations based on your analysis.

IV. Individual Reflection

- Reflect on your learning experience throughout the assessment.

- Discuss the insights gained and how they can be applied in future professional settings.

- Outline the use of an open-license generative artificial intelligence program in this assessment.

- Please outline the process you followed in utilising generative AI to develop your assessment. Include specific steps you took, how you integrated the AI's outputs into your work, and any challenges or advantages you experienced while using this technology.

V. Conclusion

- Summarise the key findings from your report.

- Reflect on the importance of effective digital and social media communication in achieving business objectives.

VII References

- List all the sources you have cited in your essay using the appropriate citation style (APA or MLA).

Solution

Introduction

Overview of digital and social media communication theories

With increasing adaptation towards digital transformation digital and social media communication has become a norm for most of the organization. This type of communication usually involves information exchange to online platforms using digital technology. Taking this into consideration there are certain theoretical frameworks such as uses and gratification theory, social media engagement theory that have relevantly provided a structured way in which information exchange takes place and is being perceived along with influencing individuals or groups in the digital age.

Figure 1: Digital Communication

Report purpose

The purpose of this report is to carry out a comprehensive audit of the communication practices within the Costa group. Followed by this it would also explain how the theory is being applied in the concerned real business setting so that a precise understanding about the digital and social media communication can be acquired.

Relevance to Costa Group

In the age of digital media Costa group like every other organization has also been utilizing the digital and social media communication aspects for the assignment helpline Taking this into consideration the digital and social media communication theories hold significant relevance because they will be explained the manner in which the company has been utilizing social media and digital content for different purposes and how it has been able to create a sense of social presence

Literature Review

Critically review the relevant theories of digital and social media communication

The Uses and Gratifications Theory (UGT)

It helps individuals to actively seek out media channels for fulfilling their specific needs and desires. According to Eginli & Tas (2018), UGT focuses more on what people do with media rather than considering the influence of media on the person. In the context of digital and social media communication, the UGT suggests that users engage with platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and others to satisfy various gratifications such as seeking information, entertainment, and interaction with society along with reinforcement of their identity. Online the traditional theories of media which view audiences as passive recipients, UGT emphasizes the active role of the users in consumption of the media.

The theory offers the perspective that is user-centric and emphasizes the autonomy and agency of the users for choosing media content that wholly satisfies their needs and desires. The UGT explains the behavior of social media users actively seeking and sharing content that resonates with their interests and social needs. The theory also adapts to new forms of digital media providing a framework for understanding why people use different platforms and tools. Considering the weakness of this theory it provides a limited scope of content influence as it mainly focuses on user motivations and overlooks how media content might shape or influence the behavior and attitude of the user. The theory also relies on self-reported data which is subjective and might not accurately reflect the usage patterns of media.
Social media engagement theory focuses on the interaction between media users and the digital content on social media platforms. The theory emphasizes how users engage with the content like sharing, commenting, and liking, and how these introductions build a sense of community and foster relationships. The theory suggests that engagement is multi-dimensional and involves cognitive, behavioral, and emotional dimensions which drive the involvement of the users and loyalty towards the brand or community.

Social media engagement theory (SMET)

It focuses on the interactive nature of social media highlighting the reciprocal relationship between the content creators and the users. According to Carrera Hernández (2018), the theory considers interactions and technology as important factors for understanding the experience of social media users. It explains how engagement fosters our sense of belonging and community among the users which is essential for brand loyalty and awareness. The theory also provides actionable insights for marketers and communicators to enhance interaction and participation with the users. This theory sometimes overemphasizes quantifiable metrics like share and likes which might fail to capture the depth of the user engagement. The theory underplays the importance of content quality and focuses more on the engagement process than on the quality of the content.

Figure 2: Social media engagement theory (SMET)

Application of the theories to the chosen business setting

Costa Group is a leading horticulture company in Australia utilizing UGT for tailoring social media content for the full feeling of the specific needs of the audience. In reference to Kujur & Singh (2020), UGT focuses on the motivations of people to use new and modern technologies for making informed decisions. The horticulture company by providing information-rich content such as updates on Sustainable farming practices, the launch of new products, and the health benefits of their product, the organization creators to the customers who are seeking educational and informative content. Costa Group Also shares behind-the-scenes videos with their consumers who can look at their farms and people involved fulfilling the desires of the users for entertainment and personal connection. Such an innovative approach aligning with the theory helps the company to produce content that satisfies their knees for information, entertainment, and social interaction. Costa Group also uses the SMET by actively encouraging interaction and building a community through its social media platform. Social media channels like YouTube, Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter are used for social media advertising to promote its brand and products (Gómez, Lopez & Molina, 2019). The horticulture company creates engaging posts that invite the participation of the users by providing comments, likes, shares, and suggestions on their recipes, gardening tips, and customer testimonials. The company by responding to the comments of the users and engaging through conversation strengthened the relationship with the audience creating an interactive space where the users feel valued and associated with the brand. With the application of both theories, Costa Group in Australia enhances its social media presence and has built a community that is informed and loyal to the company.

Case Study Analysis and Discussion

Description of the business setting

The origin of the Costa group dates back to the late 19th century and from a local fruit and vegetable shop it is an international company successfully farming, packing, and marketing products (Costa, 2022). It is the largest horticulture company specializing in a wide range of fruit and vegetables, mushrooms, avocados, and berries. The company operates across various farming regions in Australia. As a mission, they are committed to sustainable and innovative farming practices utilizing advanced technology for optimizing production and quality. The vertically integrated operation allows Costa to ensure the freshness and quality of their products making them key players in the fresh produce market both locally and globally.

Figure 3: Costa Group

Analyzing the above-mentioned communication theories within the Costa Group, the UGT effectively meets the information and entertainment needs of the audience. The horticulture company of Australia by providing educational content on sustainable farming, and the healthy benefits of their producers not only builds the trust and loyalty of the audience but also positions the company as an industry leader in the market. Application of the SMET enhances for creation of an interactive platform where the audience feels connected to the brand. They encourage the participation of the users through comments, feedback, sharing, and likes building a community around the product of the Costa which strengthens the relation with the consumers and hosting the organic reach through the promotion by word of mouth.

The reliance on UGT by Costa Group leads to an emphasis on meeting the demands of the users without adequately addressing the social and environmental costs which potentially result in a superficial engagement. The SMET also focuses heavily on engagement metrics like likes, shares, and comments which might lead the company to prioritize quantity over quality. As a result, the company will create social media content that is more attention on the brand image of the company perceived to be inauthentic and overly commercialized.

Evaluating the effectiveness of the theories in achieving communication goals

The communication goal of Costa Group in Australia is to educate and engage consumers regarding the benefits of their farm fresh products and practices of sustainable farming besides fostering a loyal and informed community revolving around the brand (Costa, 2022).

Costa Group utilizes the UGT producer's content which educates and informs the audience regarding the health benefits of fruits and vegetables, diverse products, and sustainable farming practices. The innovative approach aligning with theory helps the company to educate the consumers satisfying that need for information regarding the products. The agri-company sharing the behind-the-scenes (BTS) content and stories provides a desire for entertainment to the audience building a profound connection. Such a strategy is effective in establishing a relationship with the audience and positioning the company as a leader in the fresh produce industry. Costa Group also utilizes the SMET to produce interactive and engaging videos and posts that encourage the participation of the users who are sharing recipes, quizzes, comments, and feedback along with testimonials or customers. These interactive cues help marketers create interactive brand messages (Moran, Muzellec & Johnson, 2020). Such an approach creates a sense of community and engagement with the creation of a loyal customer base. The agri-company responding to the comments, feedback, and discussions of the customers depends on the relationship with the consumers enhancing brand loyalty.

Discuss the strengths and weaknesses of the communication strategies

The communication strategies used by Costa Group are educational content marketing to inform consumers regarding the sustainable farming practices and health benefits of their products and the BTS of the farming methods. The company also employs interactive social media engagement through different platforms such as recipe sharing, Q and A sessions, and testimonials of customers fostering community engagement.

Considering the strength the educational content marketing builds trust enables Costa to enhance the credibility of the brand and consumer awareness regarding sustainability positioning as an industry leader. The interactive social media contents create a sense of community and encourage the participation of the users increasing the organic reach (Moran, Muzellec & Johnson, 2020). Focusing on the weaknesses the content marketing strategy becomes too information-rich potentially disengaging the users seeking more entertainment-focused content. The interactive social media sessions emphasize the engagement metrics which focus on more shares, comments, and likes rather than meaningful engagement diluting the brand message.

Recommendations based on analysis

Some of the recommendations based on the analysis, Costa Group must incorporate more interactive elements like virtual farm tools like augmented reality (AR) to virtually visit the farms and kitchens deepening user engagement while maintaining focus are meaningful interactions. They must leverage user-generated content partnering with micro-influencers, with extensive reach and followers to broaden their reach and create a diverse content format that aligns with the sustainability message. Consumers consider micro-influencers to be credible and authentic while promoting a product (Pham, 2023). The influences create authentic content for the dedicated community platform and drive deeper engagement of the consumers.

By the help of this particular recommendation the concerned organization will be able to provide immersive interactive storytelling to its targeted consumers demonstrating the organizations capability to sustainable sourcing ethical practices and product quality. In this way the company will be able to communicate its values among its stated audience in an effective manner and also add value to the brand’s sustainability messages as well. In addition to this the micro influencer collaboration would help to help the organization to create authentic user generated content that would resonate among the consumers that value transparency and ethical sourcing.

Individual Reflection

1. Reflection on your learning experience

Throughout the assessment I have developed significant understanding about the real world application of digital and social media communication. In regards to the fact that it was a group report therefore acknowledging the different opinions of each group member was a challenging task for me.

2. The insights gained

From the communication theories as outlined above I have gained significant understanding about how brand engagement can be done on the social media platform. I can use these theories to develop more effective marketing campaigns in my professional role for customer engagement.

Conclusion

Key findings

Upon drawing conclusions to the above stated study it can be determined that digital and social media communication plays a vital role in the successful promotion of the company like Costa Group. The communication theories uses and gratification theory along with social media engagement theory have prominently determined the active role of consumers in seeking content that satisfied their informational and entertainment needs. In addition to this it has also determined the manner in which the concerned organization of Costa group has been sizing upon the importance of user interaction for the purpose of building brand loyalty and sense of community. The company has successfully applied both the concern theory for the purpose of creating educational and engaging content which would create interaction and trust loyalty among its target consumers.

Reflection on the importance

With increasing globalization and in today's interconnected world effective digital and social media communication has become critical success factors for most of the organization to stay relevant in the market. The importance of this particular type of communication is not only for the purpose of informing and engaging users but also for the purpose of creating a sense of community and brand loyalty among them by strategically creating content. In regards to company like Costa group by utilizing these communication approaches the company has been able to enhance its visibility credibility and engagement across social media platform.

References

MBAS905 Advanced Business Analytics Case Study 1 Sample

Assessment Brief

https://youtu.be/2IK3DFHRFfw

You are to write a report (maximum 2500 words):

“Examine the latest advancements in Generative Pretrained Transformer (GPT) technology, Generative AI (Gen AI), and other emerging trends in Machine Learning (ML) and Deep Learning (DL), and discuss how these innovations are transforming Business Analytics and redefining competitive landscapes in various industries.”

Your report should cover the following key points:

Introduction

- Briefly introduce GPT technology, Gen AI, ML, and DL, and their relevance to Business Analytics.

- State the industry or industries you will be focusing on.

Overview of GPT Technology, Gen AI, and Emerging Trends

- Explain what GPT is and how it works.

- Discuss recent advancements in GPT models, Gen AI, and other emerging trends in ML and DL.

Business Analytics in the Chosen Industry

- Provide an overview of current data analytics practices in the chosen industry.

- Identify key challenges and opportunities within the industry.

Contributions of GPT, Gen AI, and Emerging Trends to Business Analytics

- Discuss how GPT technology, Gen AI, and other ML/DL innovations can enhance data analytics in the chosen industry.

- Provide examples of potential applications and use cases.

- Highlight specific advantages of integrating GPT, Gen AI, and other advanced technologies with existing analytics tools.

Impact on Competitive Landscape

- Analyze how the combination of GPT, Gen AI, ML, DL, and Business Analytics could reshape competition in the industry.

- Discuss potential shifts in market dynamics, competitive advantages, and barriers to entry.

Future Prospects

- Explore future trends and developments in GPT technology, Gen AI, ML, DL, and Business Analytics.

- Discuss potential long-term impacts on the industry.

Conclusion

- Summarize the key points discussed in the report.

- Provide recommendations for businesses looking to leverage these advanced technologies in their analytics strategies.

References

- Include all sources and references used in your research, following the UOW Harvard referencing style.

- Referencing Style: UOW Harvard ( https://uow.libguides.com/uow-harvard-guide )

Solution

1. Introduction

Overview of technologies

In the current era of AI innovation, a constant evolution for its application, criticism, and use are noticed. As per Schulze (2024), associated with that development, the most buzz-creating technology that is currently in practice is GPT which stands for Generative Pre-trained Transformer. This technology is notable for large language models that enable text generation in general language. This helps in predictive analysis through trend analysis and accurate forecasting. On the other hand, generative AI is the technology by which new content can be created like text, image, audio, and video. In simple terms, the basic difference between previous AI and recently developed generative AI is developing more flexibility as well as creativity. However, deep learning and machine learning both are recently in high use in the industry. In deep learning accuracy within a neural network is possible to determine whereas machine learning helps to use in neural network problem-solving (Grieve, 2023). Through the use of ML and DL, a scope for intelligent decision-making is developed due to their efficiency for the assignment helpline.

Selected Industry

The industry that has been selected for the analysis is Australian Hospitality and the current state of the market is observed. A significant growth is reported for Australian Hospitality around US$7.98 bn in 2024 which is expected to rise to US$9.70bn within 2029 (Statista, 2024). This flow of spontaneous growth is also spread throughout its users, expanding revenue and other aspects. Now, this report discusses technology's impact on the industry's performance and future scope. Furthermore, critical analysis through contribution and competition are measured for the use of different technologies.

2. Overview of GPT Technology, Gen AI, and Emerging Trends

2.1 Overview of GPT Technology and Uses

The concept of the GPT model is designed to generate a human-like response for that initial application was for text-based function. In recent it upgraded with GPT-4o and GPT-4omini which updated functionality for image and audio input also. As an example, if considering the use cases for Australian Hospitality then the inclusion of ChatGPT was the first initial use. In the field of industrial content creation, ChatGPT saves time and produces faster content in any form. Additionally, in the case of initial customer handling or their queries solving ChatGPT comes with innovation which helps the hospitality industry to grow effectively. Along with content creation and customers technological trends of GPT transform industrial efficiency.

2.2. Technologies and Emerging Trends

Figure 1: Market Trends of Gen AI
(Source: Pharmiweb, 2024)

Looking at Gen AI then uses are grown for data analysis and a scope for a seamless operation plan is generated by Gen AI. This technology is updated to offer more revenue and loyalty for the hospitality industry to overcome the current limitations. After knowing the application for Gen AI current advancement trends for this technology are explored in detail like hyper-personalization, conversational flow, and opensource web (Solulab, 2024). In the perspective of business expansion, the pressure for dealing with large data is increasing which is handled by machine learning advancement. In previous use of AI computer vision ability of object identification from images and video has now become more error-free from 26% decreased to 3% (Son, 2024). A scope for generating better personalization, search, and access is developed through ML advancement trends. On the other hand, deep learning advancement leads to the change in gaining support for logical business decision-making. Additionally, the scope for understanding customers' behavior and use in business helps to tailor better recommendations (Faster Capital, 2024). Identified all of the advanced trends that directly influence the business process of the Hospitality industry.

3. Business Analytics in Hospitality

3.1 Identified Data Analytics Practices in Hospitality Industry

The identified uses of data analytics in Hospitality are discussed in the below followings-

Guest experience personalization

In today’s century of business customer demand and preferences are switched continuously for which to stay as per their preferred business need to use data efficiency. The application of data analytics directly emphasizes the growth of a higher personalization experience. In the view of Zarezadeh et al.(2022,p.1), guest experience and satisfaction both are handled with the modern approach of data analytics which provides access to data insight. As an example, the use of user-degenerated content, and online reviews all generated access to data insight that supports business growth positively.

Price optimization

As in leading business success and balancing it with profit a need for proper management is identified as crucial. By the application of business analytics businesses receive the chance to make the management support for price adjustment. The factors that come for the price influences include market demand, local events, and availability of historical data. According to Bale and Emmanuel (2024,p.141), the hospitality industry is dealing with a dynamic business environment that needs accurate pricing decisions that can support growth for revenue and profitability. Linking with an effective pricing plan is possible only when it is based on real-time data that is provided by a data analytics application.

3.2 Challenges and Opportunities Hospitality Industry faced

Challenges

One of the challenges that even impact the decision-making process is data privacy in business analytics use. It deals with a huge load of data for which a risk for privacy leads to the vulnerability for misuse and unauthorized access. It has been found that when working with poor security or technical knowledge limitations a risk of industry reputation loss also exists (Nasikanov, 2024). The clashes with data privacy policy sometimes create an impact on the use of data analytics. As the threat of breach cases directly causes a negative impact on the business instead of stimulating growth it enhances the risk of significant loss. Cases of data violation always leave a negative industry impression which impacts the customer trust build and satisfaction growth all over again. However, though these challenges are developed for the internal and operational flaws a clear need for management is observed for the Hospitality industry.

Figure 2: Difference of AI and Data Analytics
(Source: Difference Between, 2024)

Opportunities

The identified opportunities that come through the use of business analytics are about accessing customer insight. As per Zhang and Kim (2021, p.3), world connectivity has become wider and worldwide for which the need for clear data describing applications is essential. The use of data analytics helps to interpret collected data by which customer satisfaction can be maintained easily shown in Figure 2. Additionally, understanding the guest preferences and behaviors helps to personalize the offering of services. On the other hand, the use of data analytics provides the scope to generate the strength for campaigning optimization. As it contains time, investing a clear need for message spreading and improving business options is an opportunity.

4. Contribution of GPT, GenAI, and Emerging Trends to Business Analytics

4.1 Discussion on Technologies through Data Analytics Enhanced in Hospitality

- In the purpose of using data analytics a need for deeper insight interpretation is required which becomes easier with GPT technology. The ability to specific data even in a deeper insight helps to understand current trends (Chla, 2024). Applying this hospitality industry can easily spread their development and investment for growth.

- The use of Gen AI helps to excel in any complex pattern correlation that may be missing or seem impossible for human insight (Farmer, 2024). This stimulation helps to analyze the situation so that before risk happens its vulnerability can be detected. In this way, the Hospitality industry spreads the security over the risk to make a seamless operation plan within competitive market dynamics.

- Clear data automation help can easily be accessed in data analytics incorporated ML that makes faster hypothesis testing (Ginsberg, 2024). Results in the customer data hospitality industry easily use it for personalization strategy formation.

- In business cases where large data scales need to be processed DL comes with a solution that makes the data analytics performance well-suited. Using this benefits the hospitality industry to become capable of making logical decisions for their business.

4.2 Potential Application Example

- The use cases for GPT in the hospitality industry are noticed for customer service. In which information about booking and amenities are considered. The basic queries for any booking like pricing, facilities, and reservations this technology solution helps to make tedious decisions (Aisera, 2024). Additionally, ChatGPT helps to streamline booking for the hospitality industry and is also an example of efficiency growth.

- The Gen AI use cases are noticed for content creation even with high-quality standards. Any business-specific original content development becomes easier with the use of this technology. Additionally, this technology is used for service promotion, launches of new products even for building up new connections.

Figure 3: ML Benefits
(Source: Softqubes, 2023)

- In hotel pricing fluctuation prediction ML works as a solution even in case of property availability observation. Based on seasonal demand, weather, and special airline offerings ML can guide the hospitality industry to adjust it with their pricing.

- In case a large scale of data handling needs for DL is coming which enhances the easier data interpretation in an easier understandable form. This application's scope for using it for improved decision-making is possible for future investment in the hospitality industry.

4.3 Identified Specific Advantages of Technologies Incorporation

The specific advantage highlighted for GPT incorporation in data analytics is for predictive modeling. Additionally, the strength GPT technology holds for analytics is to forecast historical data even from customer behavior. On the other hand, advances in GPT allow analysis for unstructured data that include customer reviews, and social media posts which enhances the possibility for use in the hospitality industry. On the other hand, incorporating Gen AI improves synthetic data analysis by eliminating the risk of limited realistic data (Farmer, 2024). This indicated the advantages for the hospitality industry to work with real-time information in the decision-making process. In the case of incorporating ML in data analytics a scope for better performing for vast amounts of data processing is possible. Furthermore, the ML algorithm Excel helps to extract meaningful insight for the large dataset. However, with the incorporation of DL in existing data analytics chances of high-dimensional data analysis becomes easier.

5. Competitive Landscape Impact

5.1 Analysis of Combination of Technology and Business Analytics Impact on Industrial Competition

It has been found that the combination of GPT technology and business analytics creates a revolution in the hospitality industry. Repeated growth of customer service assistance and expectation creates the pressure of competition being superior in the choice of customers' preferences. Like the use of ChatGPT provides the empowerment for offering the best services from the website a scope for better initial interaction is developed from this combination. In today's hospitality industry, they are able to provide more customized and satisfying services because of technology integration. According to Parvez (2020,p.240), advanced solution of AI solutions directly provides customer preference according to suggestions which results in real-time service offerings. The combination of ML and business analytics stimulates innovation in the hospitality industry. It facilitates real-time data analytics which directly supports the industry to know their customers.

5.2 Discussion over Potential Shifts

In the change of hospitality sector market dynamics technologies redefine its position. As per Ruel and Njoku (2021,p.53), changes in employee engagement to steaming out productivity all are facilitated through technology incorporation. Furthermore, superior technology and their assistance directly provide the scope to develop as a competitive industry. For example, industrial engagement can be doubled when they get reasonable pricing and reliable services. Observational technologies like ML and Gen AI along with business analytics provide the roadmap that meets with superior outcomes. In the case of AI advancement business competition and dynamics, all are shifting toward superiority (Referred to Appendix 1). Chances of eliminating expectation and offerings gaps by working with real-time data guide over the potential scope hospitality industry have. Additionally, the use of ML brings the future of forecasting over the upcoming trends and technology through connection growth and helps to define a new shape of the industry. On the other hand, along with changes and possibilities hospitality industry receives a new era of business. This is not limited to opportunities as there is also a barrier in case of new entry. Technology incorporation required costing, manpower, and infrastructure. Missing one of them directly emulates the possible risk of getting affected by the unknown complexity. In situations like operational complexity, leaking information makes the situation worsen which makes the vulnerability for hospitality industry. One of the combinations brings a positive impact when the incorporation becomes knowledgeable as well as a future can be drawn seamlessly.

6. Future Prospect

6.1 Future Trends Exploration

Continuous improvement is developing over the technologies as in GPT zero short learning capability is the current trend. In the future, it is expected to be renovated with advancements in R&D to support real use cases. An expectation to enhance cyber security for Gen AI use is developing which makes it a safer use. In the future ML advancement for real-time decision-making will be developed that works on the deployment of ML models in network edge (Singh and Gill,2023, p.73). Furthermore, the possibility of DL algorithms is expected for real uses which may enhance the future potential of it.

6.2 Discussion on Long-term Potential Impact

The wider spread of GPT technology from content creation to creating momentum all are happening. In the future, the adoption and associated security through the hospitality sector can gain innovation insight which leads to consistency. Once cyber security gets handled industry can find the best way to promote their growth as well as innovation. It has been found that algorithm advancement and working with problem detection advantages a future of hospitality with lesser vulnerability can be planned.

7. Conclusion

7.1 Key Findings

- Technologies like GPT, Gen AI, ML, and DL work with their efficiency by promoting business growth for the hospitality industry. A customer-centric business offering, better customization, and working with future potential are generated by these technologies.

- From basic concepts to real uses of these in the hospitality industry is explored which enhances the scope for knowing opportunities and challenges. As discussed opportunities like content generation, and real-time data interpretation these technologies come with the vulnerability of data privacy.

- Application of technologies in business analytics and use cases are explained in detail to extract the specific advantages offered. Additionally, a competitive landscape is presented which shows the technologies through changes the hospitality industry faces.

7.2 Recommendation

Security needs to be prioritized to think about technology integration that only makes the outcome productive and profitable. Technologies with advanced algorithms always demand expertise handling otherwise it creates complexity in real practices. So, before adopting these for business infrastructure proper setup is essential to make the investment productive in the purpose of incorporating technologies in the industry. The recommended solution for developing a security policy and keeping the setup updated helps to gain constant guidance to deal with seamless operation flow. On the other hand, a business needs technology to set a goal which provides guidance to make the right choice or use of it. As all of these technologies are specified in their field so suitable choices and uses help to make the result optimized.  

References

EC301 Agriculture and Resource Policy Report 2 Sample

This consists of a detailed policy evaluation of an article on any current agricultural or policy issue.

For the policy you have chosen, prepare a brief report considering the following:

1. Take the article as your starting point (this could be an academic journal article or from a magazine). Use the article to stimulate your discussion.

2. Clearly identify the policy you are exploring (i.e. it can be a historical broad policy like green revolution or a specific current one like food policy, climate policy etc.). Give some sense of the scope of the policy here.

3. Remember always with policy - focus on the ‘tensions’ that this policy is trying to address (social, historical, economic etc.).

4. Bring in a range of perspectives (stakeholder) – what are the other options available for this
policy?

5. Critique the article you have chosen on strengths and weaknesses and equity (the demographics of the people who bear the cost of this policy, has this policy alleviate inequality) ?

6. Bring you discussion to a conclusion.

7. Remember, with policy, the “devil is often in the detail”. Part of policy analysis is to explore how the policy plays out in practice with individual farmers/communities etc.

8. Consider unintended consequences – e.g. how the CAP impacts on other non-EU countries.

Style Guide

You are required to use the APA Referencing style.

Format

The format for the report is set out here. The written component needs to include:

• The title of the case study (not include in word count)

• Student names and numbers (not include in word count)

• Code and title of the Unit (not include in word count)

• Statement of authorship using the following words: I declare that this assignment was researched and written by us. We did not use any learning resources that have not been acknowledged. We have not copied from any other work. (not include in word count).

Solution

Introduction

In this policy evaluation aspect selected article is based on preventing non-communicable disease by healthier agriculture production. As the cause of spreading NCDs tobacco and alcohol are considered which also comes under agricultural production which even support country economy growth. So, in this review a logical flow is developed by which policy brief to its flaws all can be presented in simpler form. Furthermore, stakeholders' perspective and critique of the sleeted article is done to represent the real position of the developed policy. It creates the chances for determining the policy benefits and limitations for the individual farmer to the country 's economy.

1. Exploring Policy

In the selected article of Lencucha et al. (2020) NCD policy is explored to understand the aim of controlling agricultural production and healthier options adoption. The justified cause for the selected non-communication disease prevention policy is to promote control over unhealthy food and tobacco production in the agriculture industry. As the industrial responsibility for caring for consumer health comes with profitable earnings in production return, a need to bridge public and agriculture is reviewed. This selected article through an industrial stand and public sphere both explored understanding policy accuracy while practices.

Figure 1: Policy Influencing Factors
(Source: Lencucha et al. 2020)

In the above figure, discussed Government policy for The Assignment Helpline and its influencing aspect are presented to create the balance it holds for the future. Additionally, the understanding a bit about production and profit policies like the Malian Fertilizer Subsidy program is explored in this review paper (Lencucha et al. 2020). It comes with a review of negative and positive spheres both of which indicate policy implementation only cannot cover up the outcome superiority. In this paper, a logical flow of the paper outcome through policy boundary and adoption gap is explained to understand the policy practical context. In a detailed analysis of this selected paper through policy influences a contradictory argument is possible to develop that makes impact for the policy's actual impact. In the stand of agriculture production, different aspects like input sources, technical supports, and output supports all are reviewed in this review article. It helps to draw upon the view of the policies influencing terms and actual outcomes for industrial production. In the view of Fleming et al. (2021), agriculture industry change is driven by resource security and the ability or interest to maintain traditional norms of farming shown in Figure 2. In linking with that aspect, a link of production interest and prevention of non-communicable disease growth is noticed.

Figure 2: Resources and Innovation Relation within Agriculture
(Source: Fleming et al. 2021)

2. Addressing Aspects of the Policy

The tension this policy addresses in social and economic aspects as agricultural production is causing an impact on consumer well-being. In this aspect, the Government's responsibility for controlled agriculture production and prevention of non-communicable diseases is reviewed in this paper (Lencucha et al. 2020). In this review Government involvement in supporting farmer livelihood and security of food is mentioned. A concern and ethical responsibility of industrial performance rise automatically while planning for production after effects. As the spreading of NCDs continuously poses a burden on the Government for health service costs, immediate initiatives for fostering a healthy lifestyle are prioritized. This review paper informs about the correlation and production control to ensure the safety of the social sphere without suppressing the industrial economy. In this goal of fostering better health direct control of the production of harmful products such as tobacco is noticed.

On the other hand, Lencucha and Thow (2020), argued that as unhealthy food and alcohol production comes as highly influencing industry for the country's economy a nature of negligence for social goods is noticed. In this view a gap between Government goal transparency and the production plan to ensure social safety is contradictory. A clear challenge is noticed for the Government to take control over the industry which itself negatively impacts the social sphere yet is profitable in economic aspects. In this review paper through actual changes and policy strength, all are analyzed to understand still now vulnerable areas for policy strengthening.

Figure 3: Prevalence of Australian Health Condition
(Source: Statista, 2024)

In the above figure health conditions in Australia are presented for 2024 updated data which claimed 11% of CVD complications (Statista, 2024). Furthermore, aligning with the review paper then the social sphere is faced with tension for the policy address in this situation. Only agricultural production cannot promote sustainability for the people of the country. It needs more focus for healthier production. In a critical review of the selected paper, a clear understanding is developed of the policy gap that existed within the Australian context. Furthermore, this tension between the social sphere and the scope for economic opportunity needs to be reshaped so that the future of safety for all can be validated in the Australian context.

3. Stakeholders Perspective

In the selected paper stakeholders are mainly focused on farmers, the Government, and the people of the country. Additionally, the policy context and its influences show the impact on different spheres though main attention is given to social & economic aspects. Firstly, the Government and farmers linked to the country's economy are established as the growth of agriculture production directly influences the economic aspect of the country. In the view of Townsend and Schram (2020) a continuous trade war is noticed for Australia and New Zealand against the United States & China. Furthermore, in pressure of rile-based trading and recent efforts to negotiate with the Comprehensive Economic Partnership create the demand for sustainable production. In the selected article it has been found that sending seeds, fertilizers, and equipment directly proportion with a positive rise in agriculture production. The previously mentioned policy of the Malian Fertilizer Subsidy Program works to support farmers even it connected with government initiatives to support framer livelihood. On the other hand, technical support is also explored for government interest in pushing up the production that supports trade tension gain.

In support of this aspect, Llewellyn and Ouzman (2020) stated that learning-intensive processes and multifaceted methods are adopted by the Austrian agriculture industry. This indicated that the positive adoption of technical support helps farmers to work with innovation. It has been found that supporting farmers with needs like subsidized prices as agriculture input helps to raise the positive outcome of production. Furthermore, as much as the support they received for the production as stakeholders of the agriculture industry a scope for drawing excellent outcomes is possible. In this detail of the policy and stakeholders involved with agriculture make sense of the reviewing outcome in future scope for Australian Agriculture. According to Goulding et al. (2020), the demand for access to less expensive and affordable diets rather than typical diets makes the demand for sustainable affordability. In alignment with a review of the consumer perspective, responsibility for affordable and fair access to agriculture production is noticed that needs to be managed.

4. Critique of the Article

The selected article is based on four policy dimensions that are evident enough to justify the benefits and existing limitations. Additionally, the first policy is about input support that uses the Malian Fertility Subsidy Program which showed that people with program participation can achieve higher yields than others. The cost benefits this policy provides for support in production showed a negative outcome for poor influences though that varied with participants. The identified support the Australian Agriculture industry produced includes 2.7% value addition and employment for 2.2% (Australian Government, 2024). This makes sense because the benefits for growth are promoted through input support as people's involvement and participation make the outcome strong.

On the other hand, output support showed that crop diversification and production growth are linked with each other. Linking with a contradiction of import tariff and production decline is noticed for this aspect. Erenstein et al. (2022) argued that changes are noticed for crop improvement so that diversity can support production optimization. In these two dimensions, cost benefits may be limited as the production importing and strength of resource security may vary which impacts participation. It has been found that without working with innovation and focusing on the large goal may gap in the actual need for policy adoption in the Australian agriculture industry.

The selected review paper showed that technical support can positively change agriculture production. Furthermore, technical supports are required in different areas like service extension, structural development investment, and total farming cooperation. This promotes the need for priority because the technical aspect of Australian Agriculture promotes the growth of income. The importance of financial policy intervention is vital as it influences tax debit, cash subsidy, insurance, and others. It has been found that support in crop production is associated with the financial policy of agriculture. However, it contradicts the Common Agriculture Policy as it shows the fall of farming efficiency for increased payment. Along with positive income sources, Demestichas et al. (2020) argued that modern farming always comes with technical threats. However, security threats of modern farming may increase the risk of costs for the investment and farmers' livelihood. On the other hand, in the goal of supporting the agriculture economy, the Global Agriculture and Food Security Program is launched which contradicts the paper findings for misuse of payment. By this GAFSP a social value is promoted for the people who need support in income security and are involved with a higher yielding goal of agriculture (Australian Government, 2024).

5. Conclusion

It has been found that farmers receive the support to secure their livelihood within the Austrian Agriculture Industry. Additionally, supporting policy and exploring consequences for the yielding growth is indicated about the scope for future. As input policy showed that individual farmers with proper support of resources and knowledge were able to provide better production. The technical and financial support also makes an impact over the farmer's income. Though, this policy review shows the area of flaws even in farmer performance. Like the nature of misuse, payment increase and decline in performance efficiency all make the concern for right ways of policy control. Considering the flaws and strength of the reviewed policies of Australian Agriculture. On the other hand, CAP impact for unintended consequences is observed for supporting the country 's economy and meeting its needs.  

References

MBIS4008 Business Process Management Essay 1 Sample

Assessment Description

Students are required to read the following scenario and prepare the lab accordingly.

The Scenario of the business:

AEL SEAFOOD ENTERPRISES (https://www.aelsfd.com/) is committed to provide the highest quality of frozen and fresh seafood.

Business Case Scenario: AEL SEAFOOD ENTERPRISES

1. Overview:

AEL Seafood Enterprises sources and supplies high-quality frozen and fresh seafood from oceans, seas, lakes, and specialized farms around the world. The company manages the entire seafood supply chain, including health inspections, quality classification, processing, packaging, pricing, marketing, and sales.

2. Supply Chain and Quality Control:

• Sourcing and Receiving:

o AEL forms partnerships with fishing companies, fish farms, and independent fishers across different regions.

• Health Inspections:

o Random batches of seafood are sent to labs for health checks to ensure they meet safety and quality standards.

• Quality Classification:

o Based on health inspection results and internal checks, seafood is categorized into four quality levels: Excellent, Very Good, Good, and Okay.

3. Processing and Packaging:

• Factory Operations:

o Cooking, Packing, and Freezing: Seafood is processed in AEL’s factory, where it is cooked, packaged, and frozen using advanced methods to preserve freshness and quality.

4. Pricing and Financial Management:

• Pricing:

o The pricing department adjusts prices based on seafood quality, market demand, and supply chain costs.

5. Marketing and Sales:

• Marketing:

o AEL uses marketing campaigns to target different customer groups with seafood of various quality levels.

Sales:

o The sales team builds relationships with wholesalers, retailers, and direct buyers.

6. Additional Considerations:

• Sustainability:

o AEL promotes sustainable fishing practices and works only with suppliers who follow environmental standards.

o They also invest in sustainable aquaculture and eco-friendly packaging.

• Technology Integration:

• Research and Development (R& D):

o The company invests in R&D to improve seafood processing, create new products, and enhance quality control.

7. Execution of the Scenario:

• Initial Steps:

o Secure contracts with suppliers from different parts of the world.

• Operational Flow:

o Receive seafood, perform random inspections, and classify products.

By implementing this business model, the company can ensure a high standard of quality and safety, maintain competitive pricing, and effectively market and sell their seafood products to a wide range of customers.

You have to write only session 1 & 2

Solution

Reflection

Figure 1: Process Architecture for AEL Seafood Enterprises
(Source: Self-created)

The process architecture is designed for the company, AEL Seafood Enterprises which defines various process and functional areas of the organization. I have learned from my season about the process designing approach. This involves the identification of the process factors that are applicable to the construction of the overall process of an organization. I also learn the phases of this process which involves multiple elements. I use the example concept of the process architecture for designing the overall process architecture of the target company. In this case, the phases define three major phases such as Phase I: Management, Phase II: Process, and Phase III: Support. Each phase has some functional elements that are applicable to the construction of the internal growth of the company. The support phase defines the marketing, sales, sustainability, development, and research sections. On the other hand, the processes phase defines the processing, pricing, and packing sections. The management phase defines the elements such as the receiving as well as the sourcing process, the health inspection process, and quality inspection for the assignment helpline.

Figure 2: Value chain for AEL Seafood Enterprises
(Source: Self-created)

The value chain of the AEL Seafood enterprises defines the flow of the process and their connectivity. For this design section, I was implementing the processing modeling concept which highlights various stages of the process. This defines various elements in various stages. The value chain modeling example diagram is applicable to configure this value chain structure of the organization. This defines the key determining factors that are applicable to the business execution process. This defines the section of various factors that are linked with each other and constructs the value chain model (Antràs, and Chor, 2022). The evaluation defines the inbound logistic section which is connected with the processing and packing operation. This is also connected with the services CRM. The processing and packing operation is connected with the distribution and outbound logistics services. On the other hand, this distribution and outbound logistics service is connected with the marketing and sales section. The services CRM, and Marketing and sales sections are combined together to construct the support activities of the company.

Figure 3: Process diagram
(source: self-created)

The process diagram is designed by using the concept of the process architecture, and process modeling. This defines the evaluation of the key determining parameters which highlights the process of the target company. This defines the interlinkage between various work processes. The factors are interconnected with each other to demonstrate the supportable elements of the section. The first section is the identification of the sources of the seafood. This is connected with the supply chain section for the quality inspection of the seafood. The next process is the packaging of the seafood which is then connected with the competitive pricing analysis process. The promotion of the seafood determines the sales and marketing part which is one of the points of the execution of the business evaluation. This then goes to the sustainability section which highlights R&D and also the technological support section. The final section is the selling section which highlights the selling of the seafood through various mediums or channels.

Figure 4: BPMN Model
(Source: self-created)

BPMN modeling is one of the main approaches for the construction of the business data process using the model. This introduces various notations that I learned from my season. This defines the involvement of the various shapes which define various elements of the model such as activity, start, gateway, end, and sequence flow (Bachhofner et al., 2022). I also implement the knowledge and symbols of XOR, AND, and other gates. Using the example BPMN model diagram I have constructed this BPMN model for the organization AEL seafood enterprise. Here the square section defines the activities, start, and the end sections are defined by using the circular section, the triangular section defines the gateway section, and the arrow part defines the sequence flow part. This model defines the order initialization, and order processing section which highlights multiple conditions, gateway, logical factors, and so on. This also defines the order reject section and the condition of that. It highlights the confirmation of the order, and the processing of the order to reach the final section of delivery. This involves packaging, and a quality check process before delivery to the customer.

Figure 5: Process classification network
(Source-self-created)

The process classification network is constructed using the concept of data flow modeling. This defines the involvement of the process flow diagram which highlights the connectivity between various elements. This section introduces two major parts such as operating process, and management and support service. The operation process defines the phase-wise execution which highlights the finding of the construction of the product, quality checking of the product, packing of the seafood products, implementation of the best suitable pricing, and marketing campaign to sell the products in the market. On the other hand, the management, and support services define some elements such as developing the sales relationship, sustainable, and eco-friendly approach, technological evaluation, and the involvement of the R&D for upgrading the quality of the seafood. This defines the management approach with the supportable services. The services are implemented to upgrade the quality of the work process. On the other hm the operation process defines the configuration of the seafood product.

Figure 6: Level 1 Process hierarchy
(source: self-created)

The level 1 process hierarchy defines the hierarchical determination factors of the overall company. I use my seasonal knowledge regarding the process of the construction of the level 1 process hierarchy. This defines the lower to upper section of the organizational factors which are implemented for the base of the evaluation. This defines the lower section which is the identification of the seafood sources section. After that, the supply chain quality and visibility of the inspection of the seafood take place. The next part is the packaging part of the seafood which is implemented to store the seafood in a proper way. The competitive pricing approach is implemented for the labeling of seafood products. The next part is the promotion of the product in the market. This defines the next section which highlights the implementation of practices, R&D, and technological support section. The final section is the selling of the food section to the market which is the topmost part of the level 1 process hierarchy. 

References

Antràs, P. and Chor, D., 2022. Global value chains. Handbook of international economics, 5, pp.297-376.
Bachhofner, S., Kiesling, E., Revoredo, K., Waibel, P. and Polleres, A., 2022, July. Automated process knowledge graph construction from BPMN models. In International Conference on Database and Expert Systems Applications (pp. 32-47). Cham: Springer International Publishing
 

CSM80011 Systems, Processes and Technologies for Construction Poster 1 Sample

The Aim of this assignment is to evaluate selected materials or components against “Circular Economy Principles/Strategies” and/or “Sustainable Selection Criteria” and make a justified/informed decision.

Expected submissions:

1 An well-designed, fully referenced, research-based individual poster of size ‘A1’ to be submitted on Canvas; to communicate the aim, objectives and outcome of this assignment through different means such as a balance of figures, charts, diagrams, tables, dot or numbered points, etc as needed. Plus, your workbook (which could be a Microsoft word file) showing the gathered/processed information with more details in an organised and structured way, but not necessarily polished as in a formal report. You would naturally record the information you gather or generate in a file (workbook) in an organised way which is the basis of your poster but with more details.

2 A recorded presentation of 5 minutes to be stored on a cloud-based platform such as OneDrive, Dropbox, etc. or preferably the actual file as long as its size and format is acceptable in Canvas. The link to the presentation or the actual presentation video file to be submitted on Canvas.

Instructions/Objectives:

A) Select a construction material of your choice (to be called Option one), such as concrete, steel, timber, waterproofing material, thermal insulation, energy saving materials, pavements, cladding, etc with any structural or non-structural applications.

B) Identify at least one (preferably more than one) advanced, innovative, or alternative option (to be called Option two, three, etc.) corresponding to option one as selected above.

C) Critically evaluate the above options against circular economy strategies and/or sustainable assessment criteria (the six questions relevant to socio-economical, environmental, technical criteria). You may quantify your evaluations in a logical/ justified manner. For instance, by scoring them say from 1 to 5 (with 5 being the highest rank and 1 being the lowest rank for the criterion under consideration).

D) Adopt/justify a decision-making strategy (a matter of research which is part of your assignment) to compare alternative options and to decide.

E) Include, in your poster, the implications and limitations of your decision-making process/strategy, using a few dot points.

F) Record a presentation of 5 to 8 minutes to be submitted via Turnitin in Canvas

G) Optional: you may prepare to present your poster in Week 6, on a voluntary basis and receive a bonus mark. If we have more volunteers than can be accommodated in our limited time in Week 6, the first-come, first-served strategy will apply for selection.

Solution

Poster 1: Concrete as the Primary Material

A) Select a Construction Material (Option One)

- Material: Concrete

- Description: Concrete is a composite material for The Assignment Helpline that primarily comprises water and cement and also includes an aggregate of gravel, sand, or rock. Currently, it is applied more often for properties such as strength, durability, and multifunctionality.

- Applications: It is very popular in use in foundations, beams, columns, slabs, and pavements, among other structures, on account of its high compressive strength and high heat resistance.

B) Identify advanced, innovative, or alternative options.

- Option Two: Geopolymer Concrete

- Description: Geopolymer concrete is one of the advanced concrete materials that has been developed by partially or fully replacing cement with industrial waste products such as fly ash or slag. This helps reduce the overall emissions tremendously.

- Advantages:

- Reduced Carbon Emissions: Unlike normal concrete, it does not involve the burning of limestone, which is a process that releases a lot of carbon.

- Waste Utilization: Relies on industrial waste products, hence minimizing the waste materials.

- Enhanced Durability: Better resistance to chemical attack, thermal stability and lower permeability are provided with this option (Suárez-Eiroa, et. al., 2021).

- Option Three: Recycling Aggregate Concrete

- Description:

- Advantages:

- Resource Efficiency: Reduces the demand for virgin aggregates, encourages recycling construction wastes, and saves energy.

- Environmental Impact: Reduces the emission of carbon by reducing the quantity of natural aggregates that have to be extracted and processed.

- Economic Benefit: This may help to decrease expenses incurred from wasting resources as well as purchasing new materials.

C) Critically Evaluate Options Against Circular Economy Strategies and Sustainable Assessment Criteria

- Socio-Economic Criteria:

1. Cost:

- Traditional Concrete: Low initial investment but may turn out to be costly in the long run because of maintenance.

- Geopolymer Concrete: Initially, to manufacture products, specialized materials are required; hence, initial costs are higher, while in the long run, life-cycle costs are lower since products are durable and require negligible maintenance.

- Recycled Aggregate Concrete: The initial costs may be slightly higher or similar to those of conventional structural materials depending on whether or not recycled materials were used, but the potentially lower cost of utilizing structural systems due to decreased waste (Martín-Gómez et. al., 2024).

2. Job Creation:

- Traditional Concrete: Current employment jobs in the construction industry and cement industry.

- Geopolymer Concrete: This can have the potential to generate new employment opportunities in research, development, and production of the new binding agents.

- Recycled Aggregate Concrete: It supports job creation in aspects of recycling and management of construction waste.

- Environmental Criteria:

1. Carbon Footprint:

- Traditional Concrete: High, especially in cement production facilities where produced dust is hazardous to human breathing.

- Geopolymer Concrete: This way it is significantly lower as it does not use cement and also utilizes waste materials.

- Recycled Aggregate Concrete: Less than normal concrete because it has a recycled nature, which makes it remove materials from landfills.

2. Resource Efficiency:

- Traditional Concrete: Low, as it relies on non-renewable natural resources.

- Geopolymer Concrete: High and the use of industrial waste products is central to performing this process.

- Recycled Aggregate Concrete: Moderate to high because the use of recycled material depends on the amount used for production.

- Technical Criteria:

1. Durability:

- Traditional Concrete: Good; however, the media, record storage area, and other such characteristics can be influenced by environmental factors.

- Geopolymer Concrete: Very good, better in terms of chemical reactions, and with better thermal stability as well.

- Recycled Aggregate Concrete: In general, they are good, but their performance depends on the quality of scrap material that is used in the production (Da Costa Fernandes et. al., 2020).

2. Performance:

- Traditional Concrete: It possesses relatively very high compressive strength, while its tensile strength, if not reinforced, is also relatively low.

- Geopolymer Concrete: Equal to normal concrete in terms of its compressive strength while being better in terms of resistance.

- Recycled Aggregate Concrete: Admittedly, enough strength for many usages has been provided despite a somewhat lower level in contrast to normal aggregates.

D) Adopt/justify a decision-making strategy

- Strategy: Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis (MCDA)

- Justification: Unlike the simple utility-based approaches, MCDA enables an overall evaluation whereby certain values are given a certain weight depending on their significance. This appears important in an attempt to achieve a trade-off between environmental, economic, and technical factors in sustainability indexes.

E) Implications and Limitations of the Decision-Making Process

- Implications:

- Supports the efficient and systematic process of choosing materials.

- Promotes the use of sustainable construction practices because it shows a comparison of each practice and the prospects associated with it.

- Limitations:

- The variation by assigning weights to criteria can affect consequences due to subjectivity.
- A process that demands input of broad data that are occasionally scarce, particularly for new materials.

References

BUS5AP Business Application of Analytics Case Study 1 Sample

Assignment Details

Building a Business Case for a Modern Analytics Platform

WEDDING DREAMS has commissioned you as their analytics consultant to draw up a compelling business case that proposes a modern analytics platform, an approach to implementation and the associated governance requirements, while also highlighting the benefits for the organisation and each stakeholder. The accompanying file contains the organisational profile of WEDDING DREAMS, outlining the stakeholder profiles, expectations, and the key notes around the project parameters.

What you are required to do:

- Identify and understand the key elements of a business case

- Review related literature on business cases for modern analytics platforms

- Study the organisational profile of WEDDING DREAMS and analyse the Wedding Planning and Events market

- Compile an original business case that proposes a modern analytics platform focusing on the following areas:

- Scope Definition: What do you expect your analytics solution to deliver and what will it not do.

- Stakeholder Identification: Who are the stakeholders (consider stakeholders not listed in the case study) that will benefit from this proposal?

- Timeline Definition: Leveraging lessons learnt from the Project Management section of this course present the timeline for when WEDDING DREAMS can expect activities to take place, dependencies, resourcing, and milestones.

- Approach to Implementation: What delivery methodology (agile, waterfall or a hybrid approach) will be considered for this implementation and why has this been chosen?

- Change Management: How will you reduce friction within the organisation when deploying the solution and ensure success?

- Project Governance: How do you ensure that project will be governed correctly? Consider governance for risk and the delivery of work (Work Breakdown Structures).

- Benefits Realisation: How will you ensure that benefits have been realised through the delivery of the project?

Solution

Summary

Being a leading wedding events company, the Wedding Dreams intends to implement a comprehensive data analytics platform that will support the growth of the company and enhance operational efficiency. The data can be used to improve operational efficiency and ensure efficient resource utilizations by optimizing processes and identifying cost saving opportunities (Koppaka, 2022). The company will be able to identify the distinct customer segments that helps to design the offers and in market campaigns for the assignment helpline . Predicting peak demand periods and optimizing resources allocation will be easier for the company.

Scope Definition

- The company needs to invest in personalized marketing campaigns and loyalty programs in order to reduce the whip (Pollino, Stafford, and Scott, 2023).

- Interactive power BI dashboards need to be created which will offer real time insights into the KPIs and trends

- The company needs to develop a data driven strategy for successful international expansion (Sheriff, 2024).

Stakeholders

Timeline

Implementation Approach

With combining elements from Waterfall and Agile methodologies, the Wagile method is most preferable for the implementation approach for the Wedding Dreams analytics platform. The project is divided into some distinct phases like requirement gathering, design, development, testing and deployment (Klerk, 2022). Being the combination of waterfall and the agile method, the structured planning helps to mitigate risk and ensure project success (Doshi, Gajera, and Vidani, 2024)

Change Management

The ADKAR model consists of five steps.

Awareness –

The stakeholders need to stay aware regarding the change and benefits of the new analytics platform.

Desire –

There must be desire in the stakeholders to change as well as support the new platform through emphasizing the benefits of the platform (Wan et al., 2024).

Knowledge –

Additionally, the necessary knowledge and skills for using the platform effectively, needs to be acquired by the stakeholders with the help of through training programs,

Ability –

The stakeholders must be able to use the platform effectively which may involve offering technical support.

Reinforcement –

The new behaviors need to be reinforced which can be done by rewards, recognitions and ongoing support (Fagbola, McEachern, and Raftopoulou, 2023).

Project Governance

A WBS can be considered as a process of hierarchical break-down where the project is decomposed into smaller as well as feasible tasks or work package to provide a clear and structured framework for planning execution and monitoring of the project (Leuzinger-Bohleber et al., 2023).

Benefits Realization

- The company needs to calculate the percentage of customers who are loyal to the company overtime.

- Additionally, Wedding Dreams need to invest in surveys and feedback to measure the customer satisfaction levels.

- The financial benefits of the analytics platform along with increased revenue and cost savings needs to be calculated.

Conclusion

Wedding Dreams will be able to make informed decisions along with enhanced customer satisfaction and optimized operations by leveraging data-driven insights. Additionally, some valuable insights will be offered by the platform regarding customer behavior, market trends and operational performance which will help the company to identify the opportunities, mitigate risk and design the offerings to meet the evolving needs of the clients.

References

Doshi, D., Gajera, M. and Vidani, J., 2024. To Study the Consumer Perception Towards Wedding Planners Among Residents of Ahmedabad City.

Fagbola, L., McEachern, M.G. and Raftopoulou, E., 2023. Liminal consumption within Nigerian wedding rituals: The interplay between bridal identity and liminal gatekeepers. Marketing Theory, 23(3), pp.437-462.

Klerk, M., 2022. Dream Guidance: Connecting to the Soul Through Dream Incubation. Hay House, Inc.

Koppaka, S.L., 2022. Data Analytics and Visualization for Virtual Simulation.

Leuzinger-Bohleber, M., Donié, M., Wichelmann, J., Ambresin, G. and Fischmann, T., 2023.

Changes in dreams-the development of a dream-transformation scale in psychoanalyses with chronically depressed, early traumatized patients. The Scandinavian Psychoanalytic Review, 46(1-2), pp.82-93.

Pollino, M.A., Stafford, L. and Scott, A.M., 2023. Counter-hegemonic narratives of white weddings: Brides responses to wedding disruptions during the covid-19 pandemic. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 40(8), pp.2466-2487.

Sheriff, R.E., 2024. Driving while dreaming: oneiric automobility. Mobilities, pp.1-19.

Wan, Q., Feng, X., Bei, Y., Gao, Z. and Lu, Z., 2024, May. Metamorpheus: Interactive,

Affective, and Creative Dream Narration Through Metaphorical Visual Storytelling.

In Proceedings of the CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems (pp. 1-16).

IM501 Agricultural Data and Information Management Report 2 Sample

In this assessment, students are required to create a databas and write a report in response to issues and problems raised in the case study provided. This assessment intends to assess the followings:

- Collect, store, and manage data in an agribusiness context
- Develop a collection of tables in a database to address agribusiness needs
- Database design
- Database modelling
- Database implementation
- Communicate database design to non-expert and expert stakeholders

The first step is to read the narrative in the case study, IM501 Assessment 2 CaseNarrative which is an attachment to this assessment brief.

- Step 1: Draw ERDs to model the database required for addressing the agribusiness needs in the case study. Note: The ERD must be drawn using LucidChart or an equivalent professional diagramming software package.

- Step 2: Design as many tables as required in Microsoft Excel to address the needs of the agribusiness in the case narrative

- Step 3: Write MySQL statements to create a database called Assessment 2 including all the tables created in step 2 above.

- Step 4: Write a report explaining your ERD diagrams, excel databased implementation, and MySQL implementation. Note that you write this report as an expert in database for stakeholders. Therefore, make sure to thoroughly explain your design and highly the data redundancy, data normalisation, data independence, data consistency, data integrity, data security and the scale of data sharing when using Excel or MySQL database to address business needs in organisations. You will be trying to convince stakeholders that DBMS is what they need to effectively address their needs.

Submission Instructions

Solution

Introduction

AussieFarmerMate is operated by a farmer John McFarmer from Brisbane. His business has recently expanded through sales which has overpowered the conventional handling of data in papers. Due to the small size of the company for the assignment helpline and having ten employees, there are problems with managing customer information, products from farms, and orders. In response to this, AussieFarmerMate has contracted your services in Database design. The first objective is to develop an efficient database management system to support organisational functions.

The database will be required to address a number of elemental areas of the business. It must manage detailed customer information, including categorisation into four discount tiers: The four contingents are bronze, silver, gold, and platinum with corresponding rebates of 0%, 10%, 30%, and 50% respectively. Further, the details of all the farm products will be dealt with through the database so that the concerned farm’s inventory and record will be well and professionally managed. Another key documentation is that of employee records since there has to be a way to store and modify the information associated with the workers. Also, it is necessary to design the manner in which customer orders are to be stored in the database in a way that will connect the data to the customer and product records.

The following are the requirements The analysis of the requirements will done in the body of this report. The first part will cover how to design tables for processing the customers’ data, their attributes and types of discounts. The second one will handle details of farm products which will help in proper classification and stock control. The third section will describe employee management with a focus on the accuracy of the information. The report will discuss order management with special emphasis on the integration of this table with other tables that will be implemented. With this approach, it is proposed to get a comprehensive solution for the client, AussieFarmerMate, which will be usable and can bring the company to a new level of business process management.

Main body

The `Class` field categorizes customers into different discount levels: There are four levels which include bronze level, silver level, gold level and platinum level. The field named `Discount` provides equivalent discount rates that vary from zero per cent to fifty per cent. The `INSERT” statements feed into the Table with sample customers and give discounts according to the class of the customer.

This structure makes it easy to contain the customers’ information and where they stand with regard to discounts. The customer’s record is arranged in a systematic manner that makes it easy to locate the details of a given customer. The structure of the database enables flexibility in the capacity for which the number of customers and discount levels can be accommodated.

Employees Table

Table 3: Query for creating employee table
(Source: Self-developed in MySQL)

Table 4: Employee table
(Source: Self-developed in MySQL)

The above codes create the `Employees` table for the AussieFarmerMate database. Some of the fields contained in this table are Employee_ID, Name, Role as well as Contact. There is the primary key field known as `Employee_ID` which determines that every record of the employee will be unique. In the ‘Name’ field, we record the first and last name of each employee. The `Role` field defines the employee’s position within the firm where they fill different posts for example a Farm Manager a Sales Manager or a Marketing Specialist. The `Contact` field retains the employee’s contact number which is crucial in internal communication amongst other employees.

The `INSERT’ statements introduce ten records into the table; each record represents an employee who has a particular role and contacts phone number. This structure enables AussieFarmerMate to manage its employees’ details so that their roles in the company can be well-defined. Table makes it possible for employee data to be incorporated effectively within other business activities helping to enhance coordination of functions across employees.

Products Table

Table 5: Query for creating products table
(Source: Self-developed in MySQL)

Table 6: Products table
(Source: Self-developed in MySQL)

From the above code, it can be noted that the Products table is to be created in AussieFarmerMate’s database. This table starts from the fields of `Product_ID’, ‘Name’, ‘Type’ and up to the field of ‘Price’ and the last one of the field of ‘Stock’. The name Product_ID has been given since it is relevant in defining each record that would be entered in the table as unique. The first field which is the standard field is named the ‘Name’ field that has details regarding the product such as Wheat or Milk. As discussed in the following section, the `Type’ field—tries to determine the kind of product by categorizing it as grain, dairy or poultry among others. Some fields have a Selling Price while other some have a unit price in decimal for accurate value such as the ’Price’ field in certain fields. The `Stock` field maintains a record of the number of positions available at the store at that moment.

Below are the `INSERT’ statements that are used to input five products with their types, prices and the available stocks respectively. From this structure, there is easy administrative control of inventory and stock; thus, proper records as far as the pricing of the products are concerned. From the discussions above, it can be agreed that a specifically designed table helps in the organization and update of the product inventory of AussieFarmerMate hence, the efficient running of the business.
Orders Table

Table 7: Query for creating orders table
(Source: Self-developed in MySQL)

Table 8: Orders table
(Source: Self-developed in MySQL)

The above code specifies the schema for the Orders table in the AussieFarmerMate database. In the table, some of the fields are `Order_ID’, ‘Order_Date’, ‘Customer_ID’ & ‘Employee_ID’. The `Order_ID’ is used as the basis of the primary key whereby there cannot be two records of an order. The `Order_Date` field records the date of placement of every order carried out in the firm. The first two fields, `Customer_ID` and `Employees_ID` create foreign keys to the `Customers` and `Employees` tables, respectively. These fields are linked by foreign keys, thus maintaining coherence between orders and their related customers and employees.

The `INSERT” statements add data to the order table for five orders, as well as linking each order to a customer and an employee. Due to such a setup, AussieFarmerMate is in a position to track the various orders under the following format: date, customer, and the involved employee. It specifies the organization structure to stipulate the orders of the customers, which is vital to the efficiency and effectiveness of the business as far as proper and acceptable order delivery is concerned.

Order_Details Table

Table 9: Query for creating order details table
(Source: Self-developed in MySQL)

Table 10: Order details table
(Source: Self-developed in MySQL)

The above code creates the attribute’s structure for the `Order_Details` table in the AussieFarmerMate.dbc. Some of the fields in this table include ‘Order_Detail_ID’, ‘Order_ID’, ‘Product_ID’, and ‘Quantity’. Order detail ID also has a primary key role and makes order detail table entries unique in each case. The `Order_ID` and `Product_ID` fields import from the `Order_Details` table to the `Orders` and `Products` tables, respectively, have been defined to support referential integrity. The `Quantity` field is used for the description of the amount of every product which is bought, which provides convenient tracking of all ordered items.

The `INSERT` statements semantically load the table with ten records each conveying order number, product number as well as quantity for distinct orders. This structure allows AussieFarmerMate to have a clear record of the products in order to facilitate sales and track the number of products that have been in demand and the ones that are not well in demand in the market. To add on this ordered structure makes efficient disposition of order processed and the actual product.

Conclusion

In conclusion, as seen in the above breakdown of the database’s design, AussieFarmerMate optimizes functions. When the customers’ data, products of farms, and records of employees are arranged in the best way, there is success in efficiency. The system handles the customer and pricing discount mechanics properly so that the customers get the correct price that applies to them. This includes human resources data that are securely stored to meet the various needs of the company’s employees. The flow of orders is controlled with fine detail and associate customers and their products efficiently. Another strength that is apparent with the database structure is the fact that it can grow in the future and adjust to new additions. This design helps make data more accurate and easy to access thus improving the decision-making process. In general, the solution relates to the change of business processes while considering difficulties connected with paper-based management. This particular database will greatly enhance the operational efficiency as well as the productivity of the company so much that it would be hard to quantify. Hence, AussieFarmerMate has an understanding of the growth in sales and managing of resources in the future which places it in a better position to execute such a plan. They are easily expandable and can include new and/ or modified features in the system as well.

Recommendations

- DBMS backups should be made regularly to avoid a recurrence of this kind of mishap. Data integrity and availability are necessary mostly for business purposes. The use of some of the automated backup measures will help to ensure that there is no loss of data through corruption or accidental deletion.

- To achieve that, employee training programs on database usage need to be designed so that all the workers start using the new system to their best abilities. This is because knowing the various functions in a database shall help in improving efficiency and minimizing mistakes in input and processing of data.

- As the business expands it is important to review and optimize the performance of the database regularly to ensure it continues to meet the business needs’ performance as expected. More data volume also requires performance metrics monitoring and database configuration tuning that will allow us to continue delivering queries within an acceptable time.
 

BUS6101 Business Information Systems Case Study 2 Sample

Assignment Details

This assignment is to be completed in teams of up to 3 or 4 students. You should begin by submitting (in week 4) the signed group participation form at the end of this document. This form needs to be completed and signed by all group members. Once submitted, the teams will remain fixed, and no member additions or deletions will be allowed unless by approval of your subject coordinator. If no group participation form has been submitted by the required time, the remaining students will be randomly assigned groups by the subject coordinator. If a group submission contains a student name that is not on the participation form, that students will not be assigned a mark.

The group’s report (1500 words excluding reference and appendix) should be titled as “business information system for.... organisation: [ theme selected, that is, either customer experience or platform modernization or business information system solutions”. The report shall include but not limited to the following

1. Introduction: brief background to the organisation; processes used to conduct the project and the scope of the project.

2. Business information analysis: analysis of the current internal and external state of the business and its IT/ IS based on the theme and scope of your choice (use the feedback from the interim report and presentation to update your analysis)

3. Defining business information system objectives articulate the BIS strategic objectives to define desired situation (you must demonstrate how you have used the findings of your analysis and apply relevant frameworks taught in the class)

4. Business information system actions/ methodologyFor each business IS/IT objective, identify a set of IS actions and recommendations. This shall address some, if not all, of the IT issues identified through the technology’s analysis.

5. Business information system implementation and evaluation: how would you go about the task of implementing the recommendations, what are the key implementation issues and how do you intend to handle them? How do you ensure that your business information system delivers what it was intended to deliver?

6. List of evidence. This can include both academic reference and other materials such as websites, company documents, list of people (can use pseudo- name) consulted including their job title, and personal correspondences that you have used to complete the interim report or will use in the future to complete the group project. The evidence should be cited in appropriate places in your report.

7. Appendix (if applicable).

Solution

1. Introduction

1.1. Background of Woolworths

“Woolworths Group” is a “leading” Australia-origin retailer. Woolworths is recognized as one of the “largest” supermarket chains operating successfully in recent times. This Australian “multinational retail company” was established in the year 1924 (woolworthsgroup, 2024). Based on the information available at secondary sources, Woolworths Group is operating its “business operational activities” in more than 1400 stores across “Australia” and “New Zealand” (woolworthsgroup, 2024). The portfolio of “Woolworths” includes “supermarkets”, “convenience stores” and “liquor outlets”. This organization is committed to offer “quality products” and “fresh food” to its wide range of consumers. Relating to this context, it is significant to mention that Woolworths prioritizes ensuring “customer service” as a top priority. In addition, Woolworths has adopted various “business information systems (BIS)” to optimize its “business operations” over the period. The same has eventually contributed to enhancing the “customer engagement”.

Precisely, “Woolworths Group” has embraced “consistent” innovation in order to remain “competitive” in the “current” business landscape. Woolworths has embraced “advanced innovative technology” to maintain its “market position” in the “competitive” retail landscape (woolworthsgroup, 2024). The “business information systems (BIS)” of this company includes a range of “IT systems”. In a nutshell, the existing BIS of “Woolworths Group” is aimed at managing “supply chain logistics”, “inventory”, “online shopping platforms”, “customer relationship management (CRM)” etc. Still, Woolworths is experiencing some “challenges” in these contexts. The same has instigated the essentiality of “reassessment” of its existing “BIS infrastructure”. It is expected that such reassessment will shed light on the “areas of improvement”. The same will eventually explore further opportunities for “Woolworths Group” to a great extent.

1.2. Project Processes and Scope

This report aims to “evaluate” the current BIS of Woolworths. Such “evaluation” will be attained by identifying the “strengths” and “weaknesses” within its “IT infrastructure”. The project will involve a detailed analysis of both “external” and “internal” factors that may potentially “influence” the BIS of Woolworths. The “internal analysis” will focus on the current state of the IT systems of Woolworths. In addition, the “external analysis” will examine the “technological trends” and “competitive environment” in the retail industry for the assignment helpline.

Scope of this project

The “scope of this project” extends to properly defining “strategic BIS objectives” in line with the “business goals” of Woolworths. These objectives will guide the “development” of “actionable recommendations” that can be applied to enhance the IT systems of the company. Along with this, this report will also include a detailed “implementation plan”. All the “steps” required to achieve the objectives (i.e. the “success” of the BIS initiatives) will be “outlined” with relevant details.

2. Business Information Analysis

2.1. Internal Analysis

The “internal environment” of Woolworths is enriched with a “well-developed” IT infrastructure that supports its “retail operations” (woolworthsgroup, 2024). Key components of the BIS of this organization include its “Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system”, “Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system”, “e-commerce platform” etc.

- Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)

The “ERP system” of Woolworths is highly significant in optimizing “business processes” across its “supply chain”. The ERP system has integrated various functions including “inventory management”, “procurement”, “human resources” and “finance” (Akyurt et al. 2020). This integrated approach is aimed at providing a well-defined platform for “decision-making” and “data management”. Still, the ERP system has encountered “challenges” in handling the “huge” amount of data generated by the business operations of Woolworths.

- E-commerce Platform

With the rise of online shopping, the “e-commerce platform” of Woolworths has become important. The platform generally handles a significant volume of “transactions” (Li et al. 2023). The “e-commerce platform” offers the convenience of “home delivery services” and “shopping online” to the customers. Still, the e-commerce platform has encountered challenges related to “scalability”, “user experience” and “integration with other IT systems”.

- Customer Relationship Management (CRM)

The “CRM system” at Woolworths is designed to track “purchasing behaviors”, manage “customer interactions” and support “targeted marketing campaigns” (Farmania et al. 2021). The system gathers data from “online purchases”, “in-store transactions” and “customer feedback channels”. It has been identified that Woolworths struggles with “fragmented” customer data. This fragmentation reduces the ability to gain detailed “customer insights”. The same has reduced the effectiveness of “personalized marketing” efforts. In addition, the CRM system struggles to attain the growing demand for “customer segmentation” and “real-time analytics”.

2.2. External Analysis

The “external environment” in which Woolworths operates is shaped by “intense competition”, “technological advancements” and changing “consumer behaviors”. Woolworths must continually adapt its “business information systems” to address these external factors (woolworthsgroup, 2024). The same will enable this organization to maintain its “competitive edge”.

- Technological Trends

In the context of “retail industry sector”, the adoption of new technologies (i.e. “Machine learning”, “Artificial Intelligence”, “Internet of Things”, “cloud computing” etc.) offer significant opportunities for improving “business information systems” (Kaur et al. 2020). In addition, BIS aims to shape the areas like “demand forecasting”, “inventory management” and “personalized marketing”. As indicated this report, Woolworths has already started to explore these technologies to a great extent.

- Competitive Landscape

The competitors of Woolworths are Aldi, Coles, Amazon etc. These competitors are inclined to embrace advanced technologies like “machine learning”, “artificial intelligence” and “big data analytics” etc. The adoption of these “advanced technologies” has enabled these contemporaries to “optimize” their business operations and “enhance” customer experiences (Kanungo, 2020). Referring to this information, Woolworths must upgrade its existing BIS in support of the advanced attributes of these technological advancements.

2.3. Theme and Scope of BIS Analysis

he theme of this “BIS analysis” is to identify “gaps” within the current IT infrastructure of Woolworths. It will lead to explore further “opportunities” for embracing “emerging technologies”. The scope will include detailed evaluation of the “effectiveness” of its existing BIS systems thoroughly.

3. Defining Business Information System Objectives

3.1. Strategic BIS Objectives

Several “strategic objectives” have been identified based on the analysis of the “current” BIS of Woolworths and the “external environment” in which the organization is currently operating. The “strategic objectives” are as follows;

- Modernize IT Infrastructure

The IT infrastructure of Woolworths requires “modernization” to deal with the “growing demands” of the business. Transitioning to “cloud-based solutions” will provide Woolworths with greater “flexibility”, “scalability” and “cost-efficiency” (Gupta et al. 2020).

- Enhance Data Integration and Analytics

One of the key objectives is to improve “data integration” across various “departments” and “systems” of Woolworths. Advanced analytics tools like “machine learning” and “predictive modeling” will enable Woolworths to make “data-driven decisions” (Shahid and Sheikh, 2021). This practice will enable the company to deliver “personalized experiences” to customers.

- Improve Customer Experience

Woolworths can develop “personalized marketing campaigns” by evaluating “customer data” effectively. This initiative will enable to improve the functionality of its CRM system. In addition, investments in “user experience (UX) design” and “user interface (UI)” will improve the “usability” of the digital platforms of Woolworths.

- Strengthen Cybersecurity Measures

It has become essential to strengthen the “cybersecurity” of Woolworths as “cyber threats” continue to increase day by day. This initiative will protect “consumer data”. It will eventually contribute to maintain “customer trust” (Tajeddini et al. 2023). Relating to this context, Woolworths must implement multi-layered “security protocols” including “encryption technologies” and “multi-factor authentication (MFA)”. As initially indicated, it will “safeguard” sensitive information.

3.2. Application of Relevant Frameworks

The “strategic BIS objectives” have been derived from a combination of analytical frameworks such as “Porter’s Five Forces”, “SWOT analysis”. These frameworks focus on providing a detailed understanding of the “internal capabilities” and “external pressures” of Woolworths.

- SWOT Analysis

The SWOT analysis will identify the “strengths”, “weaknesses”, “opportunities” and “threats” of Woolworths in relation to its “business information systems”.

Table 1: SWOT analysis of Woolworths
(Source: created by the author and information obtained from secondary sources).

- Porter’s Five Forces

“Porter’s Five Forces” framework focuses on analyzing the “competitive forces” within the retail industry (Talay et al. 2020). This analysis will highlight the significance of “customer loyalty” and “technological differentiation” in maintaining the “competitive advantage” of Woolworths. The “BIS objectives” focus on strengthening these areas by enhancing “customer experiences”, improving “data integration” and modernizing “IT infrastructure”.

Table 2: Porter’s Five Forces of Woolworths
(Source: created by the author and information obtained from secondary sources).

4. Business Information System Actions/Methodology

4.1. Modernizing IT Infrastructure

Actions

Woolworths must shift its “legacy systems” to “cloud-based solutions” in order to “modernize” the existing IT infrastructure of the company. The migration will be initiated in phases in order to minimize any potential “disruption” to business operations (Ushakov et al. 2022).

Recommendations

Relating to this context, Woolworths must partner with a reputable “cloud service provider” such as “Microsoft Azure” or “AWS” in order to initiate the “migration”. In addition, Woolworths must conduct “performance assessments” of its “cloud-based systems” on regular basis.

4.2. Enhancing Data Integration and Analytics

Actions

Woolworths must implement a “centralized data warehouse”. The same will enable this organization to achieve the “objective” of enhancing “data integration and analytics” (Lutfi et al. 2023). This “data warehouse” will ensure “timely” and “accurate” decision-making.

Recommendations

It is recommended that Woolworths must invest in “AI-driven analytics platforms” such as “natural language processing” software and “machine learning” tools. This approach will enhance its “data analysis capabilities”. In addition, the “data governance protocols” must be established to ensure “consistency”, a “data quality” and “security” across the organization.

4.3. Strengthening Cybersecurity Measures

Actions

As initially indicated, Woolworths must implement “multi-factor authentication (MFA)” across all its “digital platforms”. The same will enable this organization to strengthen overall “cybersecurity” measures. In addition, “security audits” must be conducted on regular basis. The same will help in “identifying” and “addressing” the vulnerabilities.

Recommendations

It is recommended that Woolworths must invest in “advanced cybersecurity technologies” such as “encryption tools” and “intrusion detection systems (IDS)” in order to protect its data (Berlilana et al. 2021). In addition, Woolworths must establish a “cybersecurity awareness program” to educate the employees about the best practices for “data protection”.

4.4. Improving Customer Experience

Actions

The CRM system must be enhanced with “AI-driven insights” (Molinillo et al. 2022). The same must allow for “precise” customer segmentation and targeting. In addition, the “user interface (UI)” of the digital platforms of Woolworths must be redesigned.

Recommendations

Woolworths must conduct “customer feedback surveys” on regular basis. This practice will enable this company to gather insights into the “customer preferences” and customer behaviors.

5. Business Information System Implementation and Evaluation

5.1. Implementation approach

The implementation of the recommended “BIS actions” will be initiated in multi-step approach.

Implementation Timeline Table

Table 3: Implementation Timeline Table
(Source: created by the author).

- Phase 1: Data Integration and Analytics

The “first phase” of the implementation will focus on enhancing “data integration” and “analytics capabilities” (Berlilana et al. 2021).

- Phase 2: IT Infrastructure Modernization

The second phase will be conducted in stages. It will focus on modernizing the existing “IT Infrastructure” of Woolworths.

- Phase 3: Customer Experience Enhancement

The third phase will focus on improving the “customer experience” through “enhancements” of the “digital platforms” and “CRM system”

- Phase 4: Cybersecurity Strengthening

The final phase will focus on strengthening the “cybersecurity measures” of Woolworths.

5.2. Key Implementation Issues

During the implementation of the recommended BIS actions, several key issues may arise.

- Cost Management

One of the “primary challenges” is managing the “costs” associated with the implementation of the “recommended” BIS actions (Ahmad et al. 2020).

- Employee resistance due to embracing change management

“Employee resistance” may arise during the implementation of the recommended BIS actions. The same can be considered as another key challenge.

- Technical Challenges

Even, “technical challenges” can encounter during the transition phase to the “cloud integrated advanced analytics tools”.

5.3. Evaluation and Monitoring

The success of the BIS implementation will be evaluated through a set of key performance indicators (KPIs) as stated below.

Table 4: Role of the key performance indicators (KPIs) in shaping BIS implementation
(Source: created by the author).

Reference list

ACCG8048 Business and Professional Ethics Assignment Sample

QUESTION 1:

In the unit textbook, Desjardins (2023) considers three reasons why following the law is not sufficient to act ethically. Explain one of these reasons from the text in your own words. Then find your own example (i.e. an example not covered in class or readings) in the news in the last twelve months where a company has acted legally but not ethically. [2 marks]

QUESTION 2:

In April 2024, social media giant X refused an order from Australia’s e-safety commissioner to remove ‘distressing’ images of a knife attack in Sydney. Read the article below and then answer the questions that follow.
https://www.smh.com.au/politics/federal/take-down-order-unlawful-and-dangerous-x-rejects- australian-law-20240420-p5flc3.html

i. Briefly explain what makes an action ethical according to cultural relativists and one argument for this view that is covered in the Seminar 2 slides or set reading. [2 marks]

ii. Explain how a cultural relativist would assess the ethics of X’s action in this case. Your answer should outline whether a relativist would view X’s actions as ethical or not and at least one reason they would give for taking this view. [2 marks]

QUESTION 3:

The South Australian government has recently considered legislation to require social media companies like Facebook to actively ban users under fourteen. Watch the video on this issue below and answer the questions that follow:
https://www.abc.net.au/news/2024-06-03/should-children-be-banned-from-social- media/103930492

i. What are two arguments covered in the video that a utilitarian might give for why social media companies like Facebook should be required to ensure users under fourteen are not able to access their sites? [2 marks]

ii. What is one ethical argument against requiring social media companies to ban users under fourteen from their sites that is covered in the video? Explain what type of argument you think this is (e.g., utilitarian, principles-based etc.) and why. [2 marks]

QUESTION 4:

In 2022 a major Sydney hospital warned junior doctors against sleeping between tasks while at work. Read the article below and answer the questions that follow.
https://www.abc.net.au/news/2022-12-07/hornsby-hospital-warns-junior-doctors-not-to-nap- on-quiet-shifts/101744462

i. According to the NSW WHS Act (2011), what are two responsibilities that employers (PCBUs) have in ensuring a safe workplace? Give an example of each responsibility in this case. [2 marks]

ii. Under the NSW WHS Act (2011) an officer of a PCBU has a duty to assess the risks involved in doctors suffering from fatigue. Give an example of an officer in this case and explain why the Act requires officers rather than workers to assess risks. [1 mark]

QUESTION 5

Bunnings has recently been criticised for allegedly pushing its suppliers to accept unfair prices for their products. Read the article and answer the questions that follow:
https://www.abc.net.au/news/2024-04-15/bunnings-growers-suppliers-plants-senate- hearing/103707000

i. Briefly explain why pricing can be an ethical issue. Your answer should refer to at least one issue discussed in either Seminar 5 slides or the set reading [1 mark].

ii. According to Kant, what does it mean to treat someone as a ‘means’ rather than an ‘end’? Give two examples of ways in which Bunnings was alleged to be treating suppliers as a means not an end in this case. [2 marks]

iii. Explain one criticism of a Kantian approach to ethics covered in Seminar 4 and how this criticism is relevant to this case. [1 mark]

QUESTION 6:

Fox News owner Rupert Murdoch is currently in a legal battle with three of his four children to determine who will control his business after he has died. Read the article below and answer the questions that follow:
https://www.smh.com.au/business/companies/rupert-murdoch-s-attempt-to-rule-from-the- grave-is-stranger-than-fiction-20240725-p5jwh7.html

i. According to Aristotle, what does a ‘flourishing life’ (eudaimonia) involve in addition to feeling happy? Illustrate your answer with an example from this case. [1 mark]

ii. Would Aristotle view Rupert Murdoch’s actions in this case as ethical or unethical?

Explain with reference to two virtues and/or vices you see as relevant. [2 marks]

Solution

Answer 1

One of the reasons Desjardins (2023) argues that following the law is not sufficient to act ethically is that laws often set a minimum standard of behavior, focusing on what is legally permissible rather than what is morally right. This means that actions can be legally acceptable yet still unethical if they violate principles of fairness, honesty, or harm reduction. For instance, a company for The Assignment Helpline may exploit legal loopholes to avoid paying taxes. While this practice is legal, it may be considered unethical because it deprives the public of revenue needed for essential services.

A recent example is when Amazon legally avoided paying federal income taxes in the United States in 2022 despite earning significant profits. Although Amazon’s tax practices were within the bounds of the law, many critics argue that the company acted unethically by not contributing its fair share to public finances, which are crucial for infrastructure, education, and healthcare.

Answer 2

i. According to cultural relativists, an action is ethical if it aligns with the norms, values, and practices of the culture in which it occurs (Wright, 2024). They argue that morality is not universal but culturally dependent, meaning what is considered right or wrong varies across societies. One argument for this view is that it promotes tolerance and respect for cultural diversity, as it recognizes that different cultures have developed their moral codes based on their unique historical and social contexts.

ii. A cultural relativist would assess X’s refusal to remove the knife attack images based on Australian cultural norms. If the prevailing cultural values in Australia prioritize public safety and the well-being of citizens, a cultural relativist might view X’s actions as unethical because they conflict with these values (Wright, 2024). They would argue that, in this context, respecting local norms and the authority of the e-safety commissioner should take precedence, making X’s decision morally wrong.

Answer 3

i. A utilitarian might argue that banning users under fourteen from social media would increase overall happiness by protecting young users from potential harms, such as exposure to inappropriate content, cyberbullying, and mental health issues. Another argument could be that this regulation would benefit society by reducing the long-term negative impacts on mental health, leading to a healthier, more productive population (Murray, 2024). Both arguments focus on maximizing the overall well-being of individuals and society by minimizing the potential harms associated with early social media use.

ii. An ethical argument against banning users under fourteen is that it could infringe on the rights of young people to freely express themselves and access information, which could be considered a principles-based (deontological) argument. This argument is grounded in the principle of respecting individual rights and autonomy, emphasizing that ethical actions should uphold these rights, regardless of the consequences. It challenges the utilitarian focus on outcomes by prioritizing the protection of individual freedoms.

Answer 4

i. According to the NSW WHS Act (2011), employers (PCBUs) have the responsibility to:

1. Provide a safe work environment: Employers must ensure that the workplace is safe and free from risks to health, including managing fatigue among employees (Haydar 2022). In this case, the hospital should provide adequate rest breaks or policies to prevent fatigue among junior doctors, reducing the risk of errors due to tiredness.

2. Monitor workers' health: Employers must monitor the health of workers to prevent workplace injuries or illnesses (Haydar, 2022). Here, the hospital should monitor junior doctors for signs of fatigue, which could compromise their ability to perform tasks safely.

ii. An example of an officer in this case could be the hospital’s Chief Medical Officer. The NSW WHS Act (2011) requires officers to assess risks because they hold the authority and responsibility to implement and enforce safety policies. Officers are in a position to make decisions that ensure compliance with safety regulations, whereas workers may lack the necessary oversight and decision-making power to mitigate risks effectively.

Answer 5

i. Pricing can be an ethical issue if it identifies power play between the buyer and the seller. As discussed in Seminar 5, fairness in pricing, when a giant firm like Bunnings forces suppliers to accept low prices that are unfair, this hurts their ability to continue sustaining businesses and livelihoods (Terzon, 2024). Such practice raises ethical questions of fairness, exploitation, and impact on economic well-being of vulnerable parties.

ii. According to Kant, 'means' rather than 'ends' refers to a person who is utilized as a means to achieve one's ends, without any respect for the person's intrinsic value and dignity. In the present case, it was alleged against Bunnings that it had treated the suppliers as a means by:

1. Pressuring them to accept unfairly low prices.

2. Using its market power to force compliance without regard for the financial well-being of the suppliers.
These acts devalue the suppliers' autonomy and dignity by only viewing them as instruments to get maximum profits.

iii. One significant criticism levelled against the Kantian approach is that it can be quite rigid and unsympathetic to the intricacies and subtleties of the real-life scenario. This critique rather succinctly applies to the Bunnings case: while Kantian ethics would no doubt condemn Bunnings' treatment of their suppliers, it might not be helpful in terms of fleshing out worthwhile counsel regarding tricky negotiations and power plays involved in business relationships (Wilburn, 2020). The strict adherence to moral rules forgets, if not disregards, practical needs for both parties when outcomes are considered nowhere

Answer 6

i. For Aristotle, living a 'flourishing life' meant not having fun or feeling good but living in accordance with virtues and pursuing one's potential. This asks for a life of rational activity, excellence of character, and contributing to the welfare of others and society. In the case of Rupert Murdoch, making a bid to manage his business even beyond his death shows an idea of power and legacy but does not help lead a life of flourishing if that is going to lead to conflicts and disturb the well-being of his family, which Aristotle held central to eudaimonia (Knight, 2024).

ii. Aristotle would consider Rupert Murdoch acts unethical because it shows an overall desire for personal power and control that may be bought at the cost of family harmony and virtue. End: What virtues or vices are relevant in the case?

1. Generosity vs. Selfishness: If a life were to flourish, then generosity in all matters—more so those concerning family—would characterize it, contrary to Murdoch's acts of selfishness in hanging onto power for himself (Knight, 2024).

2. Prudence vs. Overreaching: Prudence refers to careful decision-making, whereas the overreach that Murdoch resorted to in operational controls beyond death could be considered not much of a thought for the future impact on family unity and long-term welfare (Knight, 2024).

These actions could be viewed as imbalanced and not useful for living a life of true flourishing.

References

LB5242 Value Creation Leadership Report Sample

Assessment Aim: The aim of this assessment is to create a Value Creation Plan for an organisation.

Submission Type: Report and/or Multi-media presentation – maximum 10 minutes.

Useful Information: This assignment encapsulates all lectures. It considers the Business, its strategic leadership positioning, digital drivers, human capital, agility, internal and external values creators and sustainability. The assessment builds on the industry and organisation analysis developed in
assessments one and two to create an individualised VCP for the organisation.

Instructions: See the separate instruction sheet in the assessment Three folder in LearnJCU.

Solution

Introduction

The concept of value creation plan is a strategic route that holds value for the company in each measurable decision making (Symanto, 2024). Additionally, this journey of value creation is initiated with company valuation which is followed by a strategic plan. In the business perspective this value creation plan allows the vision of enterprise-wide look which enables influences for quantified terms of time and costing value. As per Hans (2024), the offering benefits comes through the value creation plan is insufficiency detection for the correction action plan, output maximization, cost advantages against market competition. The scope this value creation plan for The Assignment Helpline holds for the company is associated with better identification of overlapping customers intertest for the company. A scope for determining the overlapping scenario between customers, stakeholders and organization is possible to measure through a value creation plan. In the era of continuous evolution and market changes, only unique products are not enough to earn success for a prolonged period. The use of a value creation plan developed such an act that creates value for other people associated with the organization. As a result of this development company receives the chances for earning revenue for the offering of services and products.

Figure: Value Chain Operation
(Source: Hans, 2024)

In this report, an Australian retail industry example is considered to understand the recent issues they have facing for a value creation plan. The demand for sustainable manufacturing and environment safety production are considered as the values companies need to understand. For example, H&M their business manufacturing impact over vulnerable people and the environment causes the need for value creation. In this report real issues and scope for developed value creation plan is aligned to create a practical contribution to it. This enhances the environment friendly nature and a new business opportunity by which the Australian retail industry can create a sustainable future. In the end of discussion, a chance for working on existing flaws leads to optimize the company value within market competition. Along with that Australian retail industry can plan their upcoming business pattern based on value creation plan that enhance sustainability. However, route for this VCP implementation and working with accuracy depends on quality of evaluation.

1. Identified Value Issues

The identified value issue driven for the chosen example organization shown for environmental concern. As H&M is used for better examples, presenting which showed fast fashion always comes with an environment affecting concern. In the 2019 case of H&M contributed waste of their causes as being the reason for being the foremost polluter within the fashion industry. The volume of manufacturing churned out was 3 billion garment which is concerning for the expected future of sustainability for the Australian retail industry (Catalyst Planet, 2023). In detail the include materials and elements for the manufacturing all are considered as concerning as they used toxic dyes, lower quality of fabrics which even causes impact for global warming crisis (Catalyst Planet, 2023). The sustainability report of H&M faced criticism for unsubstantiated and misleading information which directly creates the demand for promoting value creation plans. In the stand of business ethical value their official vagueness and negative impression for sustainability causes future concern. Considering that the Australian retail industry faced the challenges to deal with environment responsibility this point is considered a value issue.

Figure 2: Australian Retail Industry Insight
(Source: Cleanup.org.au, 2024)

The value targeting by this issue causes a driver mainly for the Australian population as the market scenario demands for it. Statistical data showed that yearly purchasing for Australians is 56 items approximately (Cleanup.org.au, 2024). The issue comes from this purchasing volume is the nature of products mainly are non-sustainable and non-durable (Cleanup.org.au, 2024). This drastic negative manufacturing causes environmental hazards as well as concern for industry future. As the Australian demand for textile industry is second to the USA as second for consumer value (Cleanup.org.au, 2024). Having the benefits for target market demand value creation plan is aligned with this so that capturing value creation is become possible for the Australian retail industry.

Figure 2: Value Creation System
(Source: Amb, 2022)

The developed capturing target value Australian retail industry can receive through this plan is a form of market growth. Recognizing specific issues which constraints the growth of value for the organization the value creation plan is formed. The developed plan directly resolves the issues by which access of trust for stakeholders and customers for the organization sustainability performance developed. It has been found that holistic nature of value creation encourages financial growth with transforming the working pattern of the company. A true value of resilience is generated which adjusts the outflow and inflow of the company which enhances the scope for saving.

2. Buildup VCP

Smart value driver

The identified smart value driver for the Australian retail industry is mentioned in below-

Smart Objectives

As the customers value and environment focus are the base of value creation plans which emerge the scope to manage the industry flow of operation. The first smart goal of manufacturing change is linked with technology adopting drivers which interpret the outcome impact. On the other hand, the financial sense of the 3rd objective is linked with critical information and next generation model drivers. By this linking flow identified smart drivers and objectives are set for the Australian retail industry. As H&M is considered as an example company, this developed smart objectives helps them to reform their image as they face complexity of environment concern.

Action plan

The above presented action plan shows the route of planning initiated with issues recognition which ends up with transforming production. In this journey to attend success a need for an action plan though technological and collaborating form is essential to uplift the success potential. Sjodin et al. (2020) stated that in the value creation plan aim is always set to optimize the profit for the organization for that aspect. In this value creation plan for the Australian retail industry suitable actions are set. On the other hand, as an example H&M is considered this brand faced environmental issues so linked their value issue with this action plan chances for growth formation is possible (Nichols et al. 2023). It has been found that working with an updated form of manufacturing a scope of resolving the ethical issues and protecting the risk companies face for market scenarios is possible to track down.

- Identified issues of value which the company faced and causing impact for losing impression as well as future market concern this value creation plan if formed. As per Bokchen and Short (2021), the initial market analysis informs about issues like environmental impact, loss of sustainability and unethical recognition. As H&M as an example include this strategy formation which indicates the associated factors when aiming for a value creation plan. In this perspective customers demand for fast fashion and possibility comes if the organization creates value for the issues is also aligned in this report.

- The key value or objectives this value creation plan holds for organization are environment issues and unethical concern. As the business success and long-term profits both come from the operational values they cultivate (George et al. 2023). The objectives set for this value creation plan are in financial and non-financial form so that a future of security can be considered. Only capital strength is not justified by the changes needed by the organization when market demands for sustainability.

- The benefits value creation plan aiming for the example company or Australian retail industry is a new journey towards sustainability. As the business favorability always comes through its CSR role for which having issues of environment impact directly impact on growth (Wibra, 2023). Once sustainability replaced the previous waste concern and environment hazards that worked for profitability gain. As people of a company like investors, customers find the reason for spending more. The statistical data of Australian demand for textile industry already position for 2nd after USA so this can be supportive for value creation plan implementation impact.

- In this plan creation all resources the company may require to attend success is mentioned. This can be observed for the smart objective prepared for the
Australian retail industry which contains time, relevance all. The need for organization sense for adopting a clear value chain is always linked with clear outcomes. Recognizing benefits organization can receive from this is customers retention, value for their demands, profitability which are future scope oriented. The value of benefits and plan aiming works as value proposing for the industry enhances the strength for boosting up impression in the current market.

3. Value Creation Plan Implementation

4.1 Changes in Leadership

The developed value creation plan needs to be assisted by the influence of a visionary leadership approach. Additionally, the changes are mainly initiated for the previously working flow and used elements that need leadership for change observation. Once the leader understands the transformation needed for the organization's sustainability or possible industrial growth their motivation easily spreads among the team. As per Iqbal et al. (2021), the application of transformational leadership is found as suitable for the Australian Retail industry to adopt this value creation plan and optimize outcome efficiency. The leader's nature to guide the team or knowing the importance for value creation plan adaptability creates the differences (Schulze & Pinkow, 2020). As an example, in the H&M inspiring approach they used for working with innovation yet the proposed value creation plans needed vision for the action. Otherwise, it impacts on the quality and scope for growth access by the Australian Retail industry.

4.2 Sustainability Issues

The aim for leading the change through value creation plan is associated with environment sustainability issues so for implementing VCP a clear need for hold on consistency is required. Any new changes always cause the impact for the affecting outcome for which visibility of outcome is needed to set (Reinholz & Andrews, 2020). The issues like priority understanding or contradictory mindset to observe in the view of a developed plan causes the impact for growing sustainability issues. Looking at the issues nature and understanding the need for VCP, a proper connectivity with leadership for the team is effective. Knowing the offerings and upcoming potential for industry collaboration become easy to establish. The proper standard of implementation and taking care of adoption easily optimizes the outcome comes through the developed VCP plan of the organization. The quality and value organization as well as people provide for the new plan always impact secure sustainability.

4.3 VCP Implementation for Organization Governance

For example, company H&M corporate governance showed they have a director board for decision making. This developed value creation plan needs to present them by showcasing the profits generated through this. As market image and existing concern already impact on the brand efficiency. Applying the plan can transform the management of issues which uplift outcome quality. In the board of this organization employee representatives and board of directors are present so presenting a plan to them & taking opinion makes the implementation easier (H&M, 2024).

4.4 Implication of Funding

As the developed VCP causes the change for the existing operational flow then funding for a new route is required. Consider example companies then their elements of manufacturing impact on climate change concern. Replacing that production line needs costing to earn the target which offers long term sustainability (Vasakkepatt et al. 2021). Additionally, a company financial report is required to justify the change they required for implementing the VCP plan that goal for new development. A scope for generating the future and stability both comes through tracking the financial need.

4. Key Performance Indicators

Environment impact indicator

As the value issue on which VCP is formed is environmental impact within the Australian retail industry. Additionally, the goal for setting a value plan is to change the environment impact so that sustainability can be long term. In linking with that environment impact is analyzed for the VCP plan for Australian Retail industry. The use key performance indicator that helps to measure the change impact on the environment include waste reduction rate, product recycling rate (Loizia et al. 2021). The use of suitable KPIs encourages the flow of easier determination of the VCP plan efficiency for the Australian retail industry. Checking the previous rate and comparing it with the VCP implementation plan causes the chances for spontaneous growth optimization for the organization. The first performance linked for assessment is the environment aspect so that ethical issues rise for H&M is possible to manage. A scope for tracking the changes and evaluating the outcome always supports in achieving the goal set for VCP.

Customers Engagement

As for analysis, Australian customer market demand for fast fashion is observed so their chances of switching with the Australian retail industry is obvious. Looking at that aspect this developed VCP role encourages the customers interest to engage with the brand. Now, the level of interest grows after implementing VCP is required to measure so that a clear claim about the organization benefits is mentioned. As per Vander et al. (2020) regarding this specific factor of customer engagement is measured through 360 feedback, customers satisfaction rate, purchasing rate. Monitoring the previous customers engagement and after VCP implementation rising enhances the understanding for plan accuracy. The application of suitable KPIs always helps to track the growth of customer involvement as this is linked up with financial growth companies can attend in return for VCP implementation.

Financial Profit Indicators

At the time for new plan formation financial and non-financial impact both are considered for success potential. Before any financial investments or purpose of knowing the accuracy of VCP to elevate profit for the organization is essential to measure. In goal of measuring the impact of VCP for the financial efficiency used of suitable KPIs are net profit, return of equality. The application of suitable indicators directly indicates the changes happening for the company earning. This financial value monitoring and tracking the growth always encourages the value for the adopted plan scope for the upcoming future.

5. Recommendation

- A regulatory framework needs to be built for the Australian retail industry so that prepared VCP extracts the best. Additionally, inclusion of stakeholders, employees, investors, and experts always stimulates the strength for operational outcome benefits. Once team vision matches with a plan goal a smoother flow of progression becomes easy to follow. It has been found that working with a suitable framework always encourages the potential that helps to remain sustainable. On the other hand, continuous innovation always brings risk that is possible to manage only when collaboration remains productive (Trivellato et al. 2021).

- A continuous flow of monitoring and tracking the changes is productive as it works for risk elimination (Agboola et al. 2020). Otherwise, only after finishing the outcome measuring accuses the tendency of disruption. Each change's potential direction or impact for the organization helps to reshape the direction of performance. The suggested indicators need to be measured frequently so that any little to large scale changes can easily be determined for the industry. A scope for the outcome reliability is also generated through this suggested recommendation of monitoring.

6. Conclusion

The above developed report is planned for value creation that is progress through real industrial issues determination. Additionally, working with issues and generating market analysis for its impact always makes sense about the demand for VCP. Every VCP always comes up with value that promotes optimization for the organization's capital and services. In the era of market competition this VCP always linked up the industrial value that ensures sustainability. A flow of conceptual direction to practical implementation all are covered in this report. Just to make the understanding clear, for example H&M market conditions and issues are explored.
In the planning of value creation every step like identifying a smart driver, formulating objectives and action plan preparation is formed. The goal is focused for this VCP is mainly connected with sustainable manufacturing through environment safety and financial growth. Additionally, the developed action plan informs about the ways to achieve the smart objective that is developed for value creation. A proper implementation plan and key performance indicator is also included in this report. This helps to understand the way to measure the plan outcome and scope for recognizing the relevance generated by the VCP.  

References

AP501 Food, Fibre and Protein Report Sample

Task:

Prepare four (4) reflective journals based on the following four topics.

• Australian agriculture,

• Crop production and management,

• Animal production and management, and

• Innovations in crop and animal production.

Write 500-words about the topic reflecting on what you have seen, read, and heard during lectures, reading relevant literature, and watching ABC Landline. You need to reflect on your understanding of the topic, so use the first-person pronouns such as I and me.

Solution

Reflective Journal on Animal Production and Management

Introduction

This reflective journal will be developed referring to the topic, i.e. “Animal Production and Management”. In other words, my exploration on the key aspects of “Animal Production and Management” will be documented thoroughly in this journal. I have gained detailed understanding of “animal production and management” by going through the learning modules thoroughly. Such extensive study has helped me to realize how “complex” and “dynamic” this field is.
Detailed reflection

Managing animals involves many other aspects including “breeding”, “health care” and ensuring their “welfare” (Britt et al. 2021). Referring to the information of the course content, I have come to know about the significance of “animal welfare” in animal production. The “animals” that are provided adequate care are “healthier” and more “productive”. These healthy animals produce high quality “meat”, “milk” and other products (Henchion et al. 2021).

The study modules have helped me to know about the concept of “sustainability” in animal production. In addition, I have come to know why it is essential to ensure effective “resource management” in animal production. Effective management involves proper “planning” and “monitoring” of various factors such as “housing”, “water”, “feed”, “health care” etc (Faverdin et al. 2022).

Relating to this information, I must admit that the concept of animal welfare has significantly shaped my perspectives. Initially, I used to focus on the “economic” aspects of animal production in terms of “efficiency” and “profitability”. In my opinion, it is significant to learn about the “environmental impact” of “animal production” (Simões et al. 2021). Animal production can affect the “environment” in several ways including “water pollution”, “greenhouse gas emissions”, “land degradation” etc (Shakoor et al. 2021). Referring to this information, I have come to know about the essentiality of “sustainable practices”. Precisely, collective initiative must be taken to minimize the “environmental footprint” of “animal production” (Lovarelli, Bacenetti & Guarino, 2020). The “sustainable practices” are aimed at reducing harm to the environment.

In addition, “sustainable practices” for The Assignment Helpline focus on promoting “biodiversity” (Guyomard et al. 2021). Apart from that, I have gained knowledge about the role of technology in animal production. Technological advancements (i.e. “genetic improvement”, “precision farming”, “automated systems” etc.) have revolutionized “animal production” to a great extent (Neethirajan, 2020). These technologies can enhance “animal welfare”, improve “efficiency” and reduce “environmental impacts” (Vaintrub et al. 2021). Apart from that, I have recognized that the adoption of new technologies also instigates challenges such as “high operational costs”, “potential ethical concerns” etc (Neethirajan & Kemp, 2021).

Conclusion

My exploration of the topic has shaped my understanding of the “challenges” involved in “animal production” and “management”. In addition, the valuable insights provided by various “sources” have shaped my “perspective” on this topic. Referring to the information stated throughout this journal, I have become more aware about the importance of “animal welfare”, “sustainable practices” and the “potential of technology” in driving significant changes in the industry. In a nutshell, I have gained in-depth knowledge of the topic. Last but not least; I am committed to apply these insights to my professional journey in the coming days.

Reference list

MGT601 Dynamic Leadership Report 3 Sample

Task

In this assessment task you will create a video outlining the value this subject has added to your understanding of your leadership future. The video is to be presented by you, without reading from notes in any way. Your video may include and be supported by any other approach you choose.

The emphasis here is on coherent communication in a way that is professional and impactful. Students will receive marks for depth of reflection, integration of theory from the subject, quality of video and audio and attention to the detail. The video should be between 7 and 10 minutes long and respond to the following three topics:

(1) What the leadership theory discussed in this subject taught me about myself? (approx. 2-3 minutes)

(2) Two scenarios about the future I may face (approx. 3 minutes)

(3) What parts of the subject have I used in planning my path forward? (approx. 3 minutes) These parts can be recorded separately and combined in a final edit, although there is no, compulsion to do so. The important thing here is that your discussion reflects the topics covered in this subject and demonstrates a high degree of communication. While there is some overlap between this assessment and previous ones, it is expected that students convey a more heightened sense of self-awareness and understanding, and to demonstrate that their appreciation of the key topic areas of this course has matured over the course of this subject.
Simply restating discussion from previous assessments is insufficient for this task.

Solution

Introduction

Hello everyone, my name is [Your Name], and today I’m excited to share how the insights gained from this subject have enriched my understanding of leadership and shaped my future path.

Dynamic Leadership Theory

I have gained a lot of self- insight by learning and studying Dynamic Leadership Theory in relation to my leadership style. This theory stresses on the aspect of flexibility and flexibility in leadership, which means that great leaders should be able to alter their plans in accordance with the existing conditions and requirements of their subordinates. While learning this theory, I understood that previously I used a more formal and systematic approach to leadership that indicated the focus on a clear plan and set of practices (Lord et al., 2020). However, I realized that there is a lot more to leadership than following a step by step approach laid down in a plan. It includes the awareness of the constant changes in the team environment and context as well as flexibility of the strategies to be employed.

One key insight for the assignment helpline was recognizing my natural tendency to lead from a position of authority and control. The theory taught me that while having a clear vision is important, being open to feedback and flexible in my approach is equally crucial. Embracing change and being willing to modify my strategies based on real-time inputs from my team and the environment can lead to more effective and empathetic leadership. I can testify that this new perspective has made me come up with a more flexible and open-minded approach towards leadership. Now, I pay attention to encouraging the communication, listening to my team, and being ready for changes (Northpuse, 2021). Overall, I have learnt that using the Dynamic Leadership Theory in the workplace is important because it assists in creating an encouraging and harmonious work culture and assists in reaching the desired results in the long run through adaptability.

Two-scenarios About The Future I May Face

As I look ahead in my career, I anticipate encountering two key scenarios that will test my leadership skills and adaptability.

Leading Through Organizational Change: One possible case is managing a large-scale change process, for instance, a merger or the introduction of new technologies to the organization. Such changes can be quite a challenging task and result in some form of uneasiness and hostility among the team members. To avoid pitfalls, I will have to employ dynamic leadership skills by coming in to the open regarding the changes, listening to the employees’ concerns and directing them and giving them a lot of support. In this case, I will ensure that my team works under the right atmosphere that will help them cope with the new changes without losing their motivation and demoralization (Errida et al., 2021).

Adapting to Industry Disruptions: second case is when there are major changes in the industry itself or new technologies that have to be dealt with in the team I manage. This means that there are opportunities that can be leveraged on given that the industry is constantly evolving but the environment is also risky and uncertain. In this situation, I will have to monitor development and changes and be ready to make the changes in the strategies promptly. This entails pro-activeness in innovation and problem solving as well as promoting the culture of learning and adaptability within my team (Agarwal et al., 2022). Thus, by adopting a pro-active approach to management and being receptive to change, I will be able to guide my team through these changes and keep the team and organization intact in the face of these alterations.

What Parts of The Subject Have I Used in Planning My Path Forward?

In my path planning for this subject area, the following aspects have been useful to me in my outlook on leadership and career progression.

As taught in the class, implementing Strategic thinking principles and being self-aware and adaptable, the focus on being aware of the self and ability to change has been very important. According to my self-assessment of the strengths and the weaknesses I found out that I am more suitable for the democratic leadership style but still have to be ready for situations that require the transformational type. This realization has helped me to establish achievable and flexible career objectives, and approach my professional goals with the ability to alter my plan of action according to the changes in the area of my interest as well as my own growth (Browne, 2024).

Another one is Effective Communication, thus, the strategies for effective communication have been used in the manner I relate with my team and other stakeholders. I have paid attention to the promotion of communication, listening to the employees’ feedback, and the openness of communication. This approach is useful in as it fosters team spirit and co-ordination while at the same time pulling in the same direction as the organization.

Lastly, Team Engagement and Motivation, as a result of the subject’s emphasis on team engagement, I have implemented measures to ensure that the work environment is conducive to teamwork. In order to increase the efficiency of the team and the satisfaction of its members, I will incorporate strategies for encouraging and engaging the team members (Martins, 2024).

Overall, these elements have guided me in developing a more flexible, communicative, and engaging leadership style, which I’m confident will support my future success.

REFERENCES

Lord, R. G., Epitropaki, O., Foti, R. J., & Hansbrough, T. K. (2020). Implicit leadership theories, implicit followership theories, and dynamic processing of leadership information. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 7(1), 49-74.

Northouse, P. G. (2021). Leadership: Theory and practice. Sage publications.
Errida, A., & Lotfi, B. (2021). The determinants of organizational change management success: Literature review and case study. International Journal of Engineering Business Management, 13, 18479790211016273.

Agarwal, V., Mathiyazhagan, K., Malhotra, S. and Saikouk, T., 2022. Analysis of challenges in sustainable human resource management due to disruptions by Industry 4.0: an emerging economy perspective. International Journal of Manpower, 43(2), pp.513-541.

Browne, N. (2024). How to Demonstrate Your Strategic Thinking Skills. [online] Harvard Business Review. Available at: https://hbr.org/2019/09/how-to-demonstrate-your-strategic-thinking-skills [Accessed 1 Aug. 2024].

Martins, J. (2024). 12 Tips for Effective Communication in the Workplace [2024] • Asana. [online] Asana. Available at: https://asana.com/resources/effective-communication-workplace [Accessed 1 Aug. 2024].

EDES105 Indigenous History and Culture Report Sample

This unit has been designed to empower teachers to be better informed about Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Education. Critically analyse and reflect on one of the 6 key thematic areas of this unit listed below, examine the significance and relevance of your chosen theme to your future role as a teacher, and identify strategies to enhance your effectiveness in the classroom, particularly for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students.

1. Country and Story.

2. Indigenous Knowledges.

3. Indigenous literacies and Aboriginal English/s.

4. Aboriginal Education Policies in NSW and Federally.

5. The stories being engaged in, within the Australian 'History Wars'

6. Incorporating and engaging Aboriginal perspectives in the teaching of a chosen curriculum area (Specify chosen focus). In this essay include the following:

1. Critical reflection and analysis of your perceived personal and individual role as future teachers.

2. Analysis and reflection of pedagogical components in quality Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander education.

3. Critical analysis and personal reflections of the readings engaged in as they relate to your chosen thematic area.

Purpose: This assignment is designed to allow you to reflect on your experiences and learning journey and illustrate how you have furthered your understanding through an engagement with the perspectives and knowing shared by academic voices contained within the various readings provided, and other material and sources you have independently been researching. This final assignment is about the level of understanding and insight you have gained and can bring to your teaching as a synthesis of knowledge about your chosen theme.

Learning outcomes assessed: 1, 2, 3 & 4

Solution

Introduction

Efficient learning for Aboriginal students can be ensured by identifying specific needs and culturally appropriate practices. I have learnt various things for The Assignment Helpline throughout this unit which has helped me to understand the educational aspects of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders. However, the main themes in this unit that attracted me the most are indigenous literacy and Aboriginal English. In the following discussion, I will explain how this theme can be significant for me to identify teaching strategies in the future and effectively foster an inclusive learning environment. The following reflection will include the insights that I have obtained from reading various articles and provided materials along with understanding from my independent research.

Personal Reflection and Critical Analysis

Australia currently has more than 250 indigenous languages along with 800 dialects (AIATSIS, 2023). This is why language is considered to be a living thing that is necessary to connect people to their ancestors, culture, and country. My knowledge regarding Aboriginal English and Indigenous literacies has developed effectively through learning from the provided readings. After going through all those readings, I have created an in-depth understanding of the importance of bilingual or multilingual practices to promote Indigenous literacies more effectively. Language is not just a means of communication for Indigenous people, rather it plays an important role in fostering a sense of identity among them. Although the Australian government ordered teachers to teach English for the first 4 hours of the day in remote schools in 2009, many schools such as Yirrkala School continued to teach “both ways” (Masters, 2021). While reading about the practice of these schools in my previous assignment, I have developed a detailed understanding that many students coming to remote schools do not have as much proficiency in English as they have in their first language. Thus, the students are more able to understand the topics taught in class if those are in both English and the student's native language. Thus, I comprehend that to promote indigenous literacies, a bilingual and multilingual environment is necessary. Moreover, from wider reading, I have identified this is also necessary for the survival of the language and cultural practices of the community. In many Indigenous communities, very few people have proficiency in their native language as more people are being educated in English (AIATSIS, 2023). For example, the Ngunnawal language has not been spoken fluently for nearly a century now. In many cases, only older people in the community have proficiency which I understand to be not suitable for maintaining the higher language diversity of the country. Thus, currently, the inclusion of elders from the community in the educational programs is necessary to revive the first languages of the indigenous communities for future generations. My understanding is that indigenous literacies are rooted in art, dance, song and oral traditions. Thus, it cannot be solely focused on conventional writing and reading methods. According to me, the preservation and promotion of Indigenous literacy are highly important and can be only ensured through integrating spatial, performative and visual elements that connect to the Indigenous culture effectively.

Argument and Examples

After reading various articles and comprehending learning from the provided materials, I have identified that colonization is one of the primary reasons that pressurized indigenous people to alter their language practices. Due to high pressure, many indigenous people started using colonizer languages which came at the expense of their ancestral language. However, in many countries such as Canada, the US and New Zealand multilingualism is currently highly promoted (Disbray et al., 2018). However, I have identified that the complexity in Australia to upscale multilingualism is more severe. As the Australian population as well as speaker communities of each language are limited in number, broad delivery of language reclamation and revitalisation programs is not possible (Disbray et al., 2018). My personal experience regarding this is that many people in the country speak more than one traditional language along with English. Although in remote areas, integrational transmission of language has been possible till now, the communities are facing physical, social and economic challenges. I have identified another argument in the article of Masters, (2021), bilingual curriculum for Indigenous people is efficient in increasing student engagement and attendance rates. I believe that enabling children to learn and play on the traditional lands is necessary to foster indigenous literacy effectively along with connecting the curriculum with the cultural aspects of the community. If integrated properly, people can even develop proficiency in Western numeracy without compromising their language. Schools like Yirrkala and Laynhapuy Homelands are the most significant examples that have been successful in their teaching strategies of aboriginal English along with promoting indigenous literacy. Previously many Aboriginal students used to drop out before completing year 12. However, Yirrkala is the first school in the community which has the first graduate year 12 by focusing on both aboriginal English and local language (Masters, 2021). The faculty members have also ensured that videos, books, apps and flashcards are developed in the local language. The case study has interested me significantly to understand that learning in a native language is more interesting to aboriginal students which helps them to connect with their culture more effectively. Apart from that, the remote schools are also strongly prioritizing the communities to enable them to make decisions regarding educational practices (Masters, 2021). However, one of the major challenges remaining in Australia is the funding of remote schools. The schools with poor attendance obtain lower funding which worsens the attendance more as the educators cannot access the necessary resources to increase engagement with the limited funds. Thus, I believe that a stronger analysis is required to be done by the federal government to ensure high literacy among the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders.

Role As A Teacher

In the future, while practicing as a teacher, the above-discussed theme will have significance in bringing effectiveness to the classroom. The Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students require more engagement with their culture and first language to develop their knowledge efficiently. In this regard, the pedagogical model that I will incorporate into my teaching is Culturally Responsive Pedagogy to fulfill my role as a teacher efficiently. As per this pedagogy, teaching strategies need to emphasize the significance of the social situation and culture of students along with embedding it in the school's curriculum (Evans, Turner & Allen, 2020). Through this, I can demonstrate value and respect to the students and their culture to engage them more effectively in the learning process.

Moreover, I will consider these insights while teaching them. From my reading and learning, I have identified the ‘8 ways’ to be the most important pedagogical framework that can be incorporated into aboriginal teaching techniques. This framework was developed by Dr Martin Nakata and Dr Karen Martin and is focused on core curriculum content along with embedding Aboriginal perspectives for the students in every lesson (8 Ways, 2024). As a teacher, I can effectively engage with indigenous knowledge through this framework which is necessary to apply common ground in the classroom. The main focus of this framework is on a simple rule that everyone should put something back if they take something. To implement this rule effectively eight learning tools were mentioned in this framework such as storytelling, learning maps, land links and community links. Thus, while teaching aboriginal students, I will ensure that the curriculum incorporates these 8 tools. The ‘story sharing’ aspect of this framework must include cultural meaning-making and place-based significance which can be customized according to the particular culture of the Aboriginal students (Barkaskas & Gladwin, 2021). In the future, I will also consider using ‘learning maps’ to foster intellectual processes among aboriginal students by using metaphors which are grounded in the country and culture. In this regard, I will use diagrams, flowcharts and mind maps while teaching complex concepts to the students along with ensuring that they align with their indigenous culture. However, after evaluating various articles and readings, I have identified that language barriers remain a major challenge in creating inclusive learning environments. In this regard, the incorporation of ‘non-verbal’ techniques such as visual cues, gestures and body language will be highly suitable for bridging the language gap (8 Ways, 2024). Apart from that, I will also incorporate ‘images or symbols’ in the learning process while teaching which are identified to be the building blocks of learning in the framework. Through this, aboriginal students can learn new concepts more efficiently as visual elements are more effective in strengthening memory along with understanding the dynamic and cross-cultural meaning (Malcolm, Konigsberg & Collard, 2020). Land and environment are highly preferred in the indigenous curriculum. Thus, ‘land links’ will be incorporated while teaching the students more meaningfully about the concepts of ecology or geography. Outdoor learning will be a focused teaching strategy to connect lessons to the land.

‘Non-linear’ pedagogy is also widely accepted by practitioners to productively integrate School knowledge with communities. In this regard, project-based learning can enable aboriginal students to identify solutions for real-life problems innovatively and holistically (8 Ways, 2024). I will also incorporate this strategy while teaching to foster independent exploration of topics flexibly. Moreover, aboriginal scaffolding methodology will also be incorporated into my teaching strategy that aligns with the element of ‘deconstruct/reconstruct’ of the 8 ways framework. The Basic skill of the student can be built through this strategy which is effective for moving from familiar to familiar concepts. ‘Community Link' is the most important element of this framework and is aligned with my reading regarding the concept. While teaching aboriginal students, maintaining a connection with the community is necessary to ensure higher success (Santiago-Ortiz, 2019). Thus, I will consider inviting community members often, especially elders during classes. They can share their knowledge with the students through which community resources can be embedded efficiently in the curriculum. Through this, more respect can be shown to the community knowledge which can create a sense of belonging among the students.

Conclusion

From the above discussion, it can be concluded that the development of Indigenous literacy and Aboriginal English requires participation from the community members and strong curricular development. I have read various articles along with considering the provided learning materials to understand the concept in more depth. I have learned that using English as the main language in the curriculum is not the solution to improve educational outcomes among Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students. Schools are required to engage the community as well as focus on a bilingual and multilingual environment to ensure higher engagement among the students. In this regard, I will focus on culturally responsive pedagogy and 8 ways framework of my teaching strategy. As language remains a barrier to improving the learning environment for Aboriginal students, I will consider using visual elements, outdoor learning, project-based learning, and linking concepts with land and environment as core teaching strategies. Through this, the students can learn more effectively.

References

MG401Leadership in Agribusiness Part c Report 2 Sample

Assignment Brief

As explained in class, for Assignment 2C you need to pick up one or two of your personality attribute (from the Personality test as per 2A) to write a 1200 word report about your decision making style.

The article for reading reflection #2 (which you all completed) might help you in getting an idea of what is to be done. To increase your knowledge and to get a better understanding of what is to be done and how to do the assignment, you can read other similar articles.

Hope this helps, especially for those you do not attend classes.

Decision making style of agribusiness managers

Abstract: How agricultural managers gain, process and use information in decision-making and problem-solving process refers to decision-making styles. A successful decision depends on the flexibility of using decision-making styles in different situations. The research paper monitors the dependence between the decision-making style of ag- ricultural managers and their personal and working parameters. To identify the decision-making styles, the MB-type indicator (Myers-Briggs type indicator) was used. The results of non-parametric testing give proof that there is a statistically significant dependence between the type of decision problem and decision-making style, “Intuitive” and “Sensing”. Parametric test ANOVA was applied to assess potential differences in the score of decision-making style by nominal-level variables. The results gave proof of a strong statistically significant difference in score of decision-making style, “Intuitive” and “Sensing” between groups of current leading position. The difference in scoring for “Thinking” and “Feeling” as decision-making styles was confirmed to be statistically significant even in functional areas of control. Subsequently, the size of this difference was calculated.

Keywords: agricultural manager’s decision-making style; decision-making; functional area of control; management level team decision-making

You have to refer Decision-making style of agribusiness managers case study to complete this assignment

Solution

Introduction

The personality test of the leaders is important to understand the characteristics of the leadership for creating an effective working environment for the employees in order to maximise overall performance and achieve corporate goals (Sakkar Sudha, & Shahnawaz, 2020). The study focuses on developing a reflective account by sharing own leadership style and applying the Myers Briggs personality test. It provides a scope to review one's own leadership traits and their impacts on decision making practice. As per the Myers Briggs personality test, the personalities are extroverted verses introverted, intuitive or observant, thinking verses feeling, judging, and prospecting, as well as assertive and turbulent. For personal and professional development, this reflective practice provides a scope to choose two personalities so that it would be beneficial for the leader to develop a strong leadership style and make rational decisions for the benefit of the stakeholders and the organisation as a whole.

Reviewing leadership characteristics

The Myers Briggs personality test is being performed to review my own leadership style. As per extroverted vs. introverted character, as a business manager in an agribusiness farm, I am 71% extraverted, which helps me to communicate with the followers in agribusiness farms and develop strong teams by enhancing internal interaction and cooperation in the workplace. I mainly focus on the current situation of the organisation and review the whole working process, including feedback gathering, performance evaluation, and task delegation. Extraverted leaders are proficient at developing trust and strong social bonds with employees in the workplace (Meskelis & Whittington, 2020). This further provides a scope to foster partnership working practices and lead the employees towards future success. I try to be extraverted and improve my communication skills when interacting with others, both verbally and non-verbally. Good communication and social skills are helpful for me to develop strong corporate relationships with my colleagues and employees in the agribusiness and make fair decisions to meet corporate goals. My score is 54% in observant, where I try to develop situational awareness and encourage feedback about working as a team. An observer leader is capable of cultivating a mind-set of openness and curiosity. Open discussion, shared vision in agribusiness farms, as well as active listening skills and curiosity, are beneficial for agricultural managers to empower others in the workplace and make collaborative decisions for the benefit of the organisation (Shahzad, Raja & Hashmi, 2021). I try to observe the whole internal situation and also review the external agribusiness environment for making rational decisions. I focus on gathering vast knowledge through observation and feedback management, which provides me with scope to develop my problem solving and decision-making skills for the assignment helpline.

Additionally, a 58% score in feeling and 71% in judging characteristics are beneficial for me to make rationale agriculture business decisions, where I always try to analyse the situation and existing problems critically and develop creative solutions to achieve future success. Judging characteristics in leadership refers to the ability to review the personal qualities of employees with relevant knowledge and experience to evaluate their opinion and make decisions. The leaders try to share the corporate vision, empower the employees in the workplace, and judge the whole working process on the agricultural farms in order to make rational decisions to maximise the productivity of the agricultural business and ensure operational excellence (Sakkar Sudha, & Shahnawaz, 2020). As per the personality test, I am 79% turbulent, which helps me to make critical decisions in the hard times of the agricultural business. As an agricultural manager, it is my responsibility to manage risks and diversify them to develop creative solutions for the business. I always try to develop my problem-solving and critical analytical skills, which help me develop a risk management plan in agricultural business for managing turbulent periods.

Personal reflection

- Extravert:

Extravert leaders are capable of developing strong corporate relationships with employees and others, as well as strengthening social networks with stakeholders (Ling, Zhang & Wong, 2020). It helps to be charismatic and get continuous support from the team members (Sari & Bashori, 2020). I am extraverted and always try to interact with my colleagues and employees in the agribusiness to make rational decisions. I try to enhance communication in the workplace and empower the employees to review their opinions in making a fair decision in agribusiness farms. In addition to this, the extraverted characteristic is helpful for me to participate actively with the employees in order to manage agro-tasks and maximise team performance through providing continuous support and guidance (Salas Vallina, Simone & Fernandez Guerrero, 2020). I also try to share strategic vision, guide the individual efficiently, support them with agro-infrastructure and the latest technology, and clear their doubts and concerns so that the members can perform efficiently and contribute positively to achieving the agro-business goal. Such leaders are known as fair, objective, and efficient leaders who develop logical processes and are practical in making effective decisions. The extroverted leaders are also hard-working, empathetic, and encouraging in order to create a good working environment and continuously motivate others to maximise performance (Remenova & Jankelova, 2019).

- Turbulent:

I focus on managing turbulent environments in the agribusiness in order to improve my capability in leading the farm towards future success. As per the characteristics of a turbulent leader, there is a strong purpose for the organisational decision; the leader enhances internal and external communication to manage the business during hard times, as well as continuous support and guidance from the leader to manage business productivity (Sulantara et al., 2020). It is difficult for me to manage risks in agribusiness during its turbulent period. There are too many challenges faced by the agro managers on agricultural farms, such as climate change, production volume of crops, livestock, farming, technical implementation, warehousing issues, and operational breakdown (Remenova & Jankelova, 2019).

I try to review the existing challenges in agro-farming and manage the turbulent period by developing creative operational processes and technical innovation. Flexibility is mandatory to be managed for developing rational decisions and making strategic changes in the agribusiness farms for running their operations and agricultural productivity efficiently. The leaders are passionate and enthusiastic about making rational decisions for achieving the corporate aim of the agribusiness farms (Salas Vallina, Simone & Fernandez-Guerrero, 2020). Additionally, optimistic views, active listening skills, and compassion towards the business operation further help the leader achieve future success by managing agribusiness risk in its turbulent period (Remenova & Jankelova, 2019). I try to be innovative and implement the latest technology for managing agribusiness risk in order to overcome turbulent periods through an effective decision-making style.

Conclusion

The above-mentioned leadership personalities are effective for me to progress in my career as a business manager on agricultural farms and contribute positively to meeting corporate goals. It is beneficial for me to develop creative business decisions by being extraverted and turbulent. This further provides me with scope to develop partnership working practices by enhancing internal communication and collaboration, as well as maximise my capability to manage business risks in turbulent periods. I try to manage the agribusiness environment creatively and make rational decisions to create the values of all the stakeholders engaged with the agricultural farm. It would be beneficial for me to provide continuous support and guidance to enhance business operations by empowering the employees and maximising their productivity in the long run.

References

CVE80010 Principles of Sustainability Report 3 Sample

Instruction:

In this assignment, you need to calculate the energy requirements of your dream house. In your house, there should have at least two bedrooms, one lounge, one kitchen, one laundry and one bathroom. One example of a house is provided in Figure 1.

Your tasks:

Make a sketch of your house. You may use CAD software or hand sketching. If you use hand sketching, it does not necessary to be scaled drawing. However, the dimensions should be mentioned in the sketch. Mention the size of the rooms in the report.

Calculate the total heat gain for your building.

How many light bulbs will you use in the house?

If you get the electrical energy from bituminous coal, how much CO2 emissions were there in summer?

What are the options available to reduce the heat gain? What percentage of heat gain can be reduced for each of the options? You need to show at least three options.
If you adopt all the options, what percentage of heat gain can be reduced?

Provide Justifications for each of your suggestions. For example, how the proposed solution reduces heat gain or heat loss? Present the detail calculation where appropriate. Provide reference for each of your suggested measures or action.

Solution

Sketch of Proposed House

In this sketch, the house is divided into different sections, including two bedrooms (Bed 1 and Bed 2), a lounge, a kitchen, a bathroom, and a laundry. Each room is labeled with its size, and the locations of windows and doors are indicated.

Bed 1 measures 3000 mm by 2500 mm and has a window in the North-West corner and a door in the West. Bed 2 also measures 3000 mm by 2500 mm and has a window on the East side and a door in the West. The lounge measures 3000 mm by 2500 mm and has windows on the West and North sides and doors on the North and South. The kitchen measures 1800 mm by 1800 mm and has a window on the East side. The bathroom measures 1600 mm by 1800 mm, and the laundry measures 1000 mm by 1800 mm. Overall, this sketch shows a simple and compact house design that includes all the necessary rooms for a comfortable living space.

Total heat gain of Building

To calculate the cooling load of the given house, we need to calculate the heat gain through each external element such as walls, windows, doors, and roof.
First, we need to calculate the area of each external element:

Area of Bed 1 = 7.5 m² (3m x 2.5m)
Area of Bed 2 = 7.5 m² (3m x 2.5m)
Area of Lounge = 7.5 m² (3m x 2.5m)
Area of Kitchen = 3.24 m² (1.8m x 1.8m)
Area of Bath = 2.88 m² (1.6m x 1.8m)
Area of Laundry = 1.8 m² (1m x 1.8m)
Total external wall area = 45 m² [(7.5m x 2) + (7.5m x 2) + (7.5m x 2) + 3.24m + 2.88m + 1.8m]
Total window area = 9.3 m² [0.54m² (Toilet) + 1.62m² (Kitchen) + 10.71m² (Lounge) + 1.62m² (Other)]
Total door area = 5.5 m² [2.5m² (Bed 1) + 2.5m² (Bed 2)]
Next, we need to determine the U-value of each external element using the table given:
U-value of external walls and doors = 2.7 W/(m².K)
U-value of windows = 6.4 W/(m².K)
U-value of roof = 2.6 W/(m².K)
Now, we can calculate the heat gain through each external element using the equations given:
Heat gain through walls = 45m² x 2.7 W/(m².K) x 6.0 K = 729 W
Heat gain through doors = 5.5m² x 2.7 W/(m².K) x 6.0 K = 89.1 W
Heat gain through windows = 9.3m² x 6.4 W/(m².K) x 11.0 K = 670.0 W
Heat gain through roof = 200m² x 2.6 W/(m².K) x 23.0 K = 11,960 W
The total heat gain through all external elements is:
Total heat gain = 729 W + 89.1 W + 670.0 W + 11,960 W = 13,448 W

Number of Light Bulb

There will be total 10 light bulb to be used in house.

Carbon dioxide Emission

To calculate the CO2 emissions from using electrical energy generated from bituminous coal, we need to determine the amount of energy used by the 10 light bulbs and the 13,448 W heat gain.

First, we need to convert the heat gain from watts to kilowatts (kw):
13,448 W ÷ 1000 = 13.448 kW

Next, we need to calculate the total power consumption of the 10 light bulbs. Let's assume that each light bulb has a power rating of 60 watts:
10 light bulbs x 60 watts = 600 watts or 0.6 kW

Therefore, the total power consumption of the 10 light bulbs and the heat gain is:
0.6 kW + 13.448 kW = 14.048 kW

Now, we can calculate the amount for the assignment helpline of CO2 emissions from using 1 kwh of electrical energy generated from bituminous coal, using the heat rate and CARBON DIOXIDE emissions data provided:

Average Operating Heat Rate for Bituminous Coal = 10,459 Btu/kwh
CO2 Emissions per million BTU of energy for Bituminous Coal = 205.7 pounds
To convert Btu/kwh to million BTU/kwh, we need to divide the heat rate by 1,000,000:
10,459 Btu/kWh ÷ 1,000,000 = 0.010459 million BTU/kWh

We can now calculate the CO2 emissions per kwh of electrical energy generated from bituminous coal:

CO2 Emissions per kwh = 0.010459 million BTU/kwh x 205.7 pounds/million BTU
CO2 Emissions per kWh = 2.1491 pounds/kWh

Finally, we can calculate the total CO2 emissions for the 10 light bulbs and the heat gain over the summer, assuming that they were used for 8 hours per day, 7 days a week, for 3 months (June, July, and August), which is a total of 2,016 hours:

Total energy consumed over summer = 14.048 kW x 2,016 hours = 28,273.408 kWh

Total CO2 emissions from bituminous coal over summer = 28,273.408 kWh x 2.1491 pounds/kWh

Total CO2 emissions from bituminous coal over summer = 60,793.087 pounds or approximately 30.4 tons of CO2 emissions.

Options available to reduce the heat gain

Heat gain is an inevitable occurrence in most buildings, especially during the summer months. However, it can lead to a significant increase in cooling costs and energy usage. Therefore, reducing heat gain is an important consideration for any building owner or occupant. Here are three options available to reduce heat gain and the percentage of heat gain reduction that can be achieved by each option:

Window Treatments

Windows are a crucial component of any structure because they let in natural light and connect the interior and outside areas. However, windows also contribute significantly to heat transfer, which raises energy consumption and utility costs. Window coverings can aid in this situation to lessen heat intake and the effects of outside elements including sunshine, wind, and temperature variations. Any sort of covering or material used to control the quantity of light, heat, and sound that enters a room through windows is referred to as a window treatment. For window coverings, there are several solutions available, each having pros and cons.

Window coverings have the potential to significantly minimise heat absorption through windows and boost a building's energy efficiency. Insulated panels, reflective films, and shades or blinds are all suitable choices that can reduce heat absorption to varied degrees. The kind and quality of the window treatment, the size and orientation of the window, and the local climate conditions may all affect how much heat gain is reduced. Nevertheless, window coverings can offer an economical and sustainable alternative for lowering energy use and enhancing interior comfort.

Insulation

Insulation is one of the most effective and widely used options available to reduce heat gain in a building. It refers to the use of materials with high thermal resistance to reduce the amount of heat transferred between the inside and outside of a building. Insulation can be used in walls, roofs, floors, and other parts of a building envelope to minimize heat gain and loss.

The percentage of heat gain that can be reduced with insulation depends on several factors, including the type and quality of insulation, the thickness of the insulation layer, and the climate conditions in which the building is located. However, it is generally agreed that insulation can significantly reduce heat gain, with estimates ranging from 25% to 80%.

There are several types of insulation materials available, including fiberglass, cellulose, mineral wool, and foam. Each of these materials has its own advantages and disadvantages, and the choice of insulation material depends on factors such as cost, effectiveness, and ease of installation.

Roofing

Roofing is a crucial aspect of building construction that plays a significant role in reducing heat gain in a building. There are various types of roofing materials available in the market that are designed to reflect heat and reduce heat absorption.

The percentage of heat gain that can be reduced depends on several factors such as the type of roofing material, the color of the material, the thickness of the insulation, and the local climate conditions. However, the above options have been proven to reduce heat gain significantly. Cool roofs, for example, can reflect up to 80% of the sunlight and reduce roof temperatures by up to 50 degrees Fahrenheit. Green roofs can reduce heat gain by up to 50%, depending on the thickness of the vegetation layer and the type of plants used. Insulated roofs can reduce heat gain by up to 60%, depending on the thickness and type of insulation used.
% Reduction in Heat Gain

The amount of heat gain that can be reduced, even if we use all three options (window treatments, insulation, and shading devices), will depend on a number of elements, including the type and quality of the materials used, the size and orientation of the windows and doors, and the local climate. However, it is generally reasonable to anticipate that if all three alternatives are taken, the overall heat gain can be decreased by up to 90%.

Up to 80% of heat gain can be reduced using reflective films or coatings. Up to 70% less heat gain may be achieved by using insulated panels or shutters, which also offer great insulation and light control. Up to 50% less heat gain can be achieved by using shading structures like awnings or overhangs. Combining all three alternatives will result in a considerable decrease in the overall heat gain, which will minimise cooling expenses and energy consumption. It is crucial to keep in mind that these choices can need an initial expenditure, and how cost-effective they are will depend on things like the size of the structure and the local environment.

Justification

Window treatments: Blinds, drapes, and other window coverings can assist lessen heat input or heat loss via windows. These coverings can reflect sunlight and block it from entering the room when closed during warm weather, which lowers the amount of heat that enters the area. They can provide as an insulating barrier in cold weather, keeping heat from escaping through the windows. The kind of window treatment and the material chosen will determine how much heat gain or loss may be stopped. For instance, reflecting blinds may reflect up to 85% of sunlight, while cellular shades are particularly good at keeping heat out of windows.

The use of reflective films or coatings is one of the best ways to lessen heat input through windows. These films' metalized constituents reflect heat and light, which lowers the quantity of heat that enters the space. Reflective films may be made to fit any window size or shape and are simple to install. Additionally, they are reasonably priced and over time, they can result in considerable energy savings. The kind and grade of the film, as well as the size and orientation of the window, can all affect how much heat gain is reduced by reflective films. Reflective coatings often minimise heat input by up to 80%, saving a substantial amount of energy.

Utilising blinds or shades is a further alternative for limiting heat penetration through windows. These window coverings may be changed to regulate the amount of light and heat that enters the room. They are constructed of a variety of materials, including cloth, wood, or vinyl. The shapes and patterns of shades and blinds vary, ranging from basic roller shades to intricate motorised systems. They are extremely effective in controlling light and may be positioned either inside or outside the window frame. Shades or blinds can reduce heat gain to a different degree depending on the material, colour, and thickness of the treatment. These window coverings often result in modest energy savings by reducing heat input by up to 50%.

Insulated panels or shutters are a third way to lessen heat absorption via windows. These window coverings are made to fit over the window and act as an insulator between the interior and the glass. Insulated panels may be created to fit any window size or shape and are often comprised of materials like foam, fibreglass, or reflective foil. They can offer good security, noise reduction, and light and noise control. Insulated panels, however, might cost more than ordinary window coverings and can need expert installation. The material and thickness of the panel, as well as the size and orientation of the window, may all affect how much heat gain is reduced with insulated panels. Generally, insulated panels can reduce heat gain by up to 70%, resulting in significant energy savings.

Insulation: In particular, insulation may stop heat from escaping through floors, walls, and ceilings of a structure. By minimising the amount of heat lost to the outside, adding insulation to these places can aid in maintaining a pleasant inside temperature. The kind and thickness of the insulation, as well as the environment where the structure is located, all affect how much heat loss can be stopped. Up to 20% more energy may be saved by boosting attic insulation from R-11 to R-49, according to the US Department of Energy.

One of the most prevalent and well-liked forms of insulation is fibreglass insulation. It is commonly put in batts or rolls between wall studs, ceiling joists, and floor joists and is constructed of glass fibres. Although it is affordable and simple to install, fibreglass insulation may not be as efficient as other insulation materials, particularly in locations with high humidity.

Cellulose insulation is often blown into walls and attics using a special machine and is comprised of recycled paper fibres. In comparison to fibreglass, it is more ecologically friendly and significantly reduces heat absorption. However, it costs more than fibreglass and can need expert installation. The qualities and techniques of installation of mineral wool insulation, which is formed of rock or slag fibres, are comparable to those of fibreglass. Although it is more costly, it is also more expensive than fibreglass and may be more effective at preventing noise transmission.

The more costly but highly effective method for lowering heat gain is foam insulation. To cover gaps and holes in walls and other places, it is often sprayed as a liquid that expands and hardens. Foam insulation offers an airtight seal that reduces heat absorption and loss, but it may not be appropriate for all types of structure and requires professional installation.

Shading devices: By preventing direct sunlight from entering a building, shading structures like awnings, pergolas, or trees can aid to lower heat gain. These gadgets may considerably lower the quantity of solar radiation that enters a structure in hot weather, which lowers the amount of heat that is absorbed by the building's walls and windows. The amount of heat gain that may be reduced depends on the building's orientation, size, and position of the shade device. The Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory claims that shade equipment put correctly can cut a building's cooling energy use by up to 20%.
The following are some of the roofing options available to reduce heat gain in a building:

Cool Roofs: Cool roofs are designed to reflect sunlight and heat away from the building, reducing the amount of heat absorbed by the building. These roofs are usually made of materials that have high solar reflectance, such as white or light-colored materials. Cool roofs can reflect up to 80% of the sunlight and reduce roof temperatures by up to 50 degrees Fahrenheit, which can significantly reduce the heat gain in a building.

Green Roofs: Green roofs are another option for reducing heat gain in a building. These roofs are covered with vegetation, which absorbs the sun's energy and provides insulation to the building. Green roofs can reduce the heat gain by up to 50%, depending on the thickness of the vegetation layer and the type of plants used. They also provide several other benefits such as improving air quality, reducing stormwater runoff, and increasing the lifespan of the roof.

Insulated Roofs: Insulated roofs are designed to provide thermal insulation to the building, reducing heat transfer through the roof. These roofs are usually made of materials such as foam, which have a high R-value (thermal resistance) and prevent heat gain through the roof. Insulated roofs can reduce heat gain by up to 60%, depending on the thickness and type of insulation used.

Conclusion

In order to calculate the cooling load needed for a building, the total heat gain of the structure must be calculated. We can determine the heat gain through walls, doors, windows, and the roof by computing the area of each exterior element, figuring out its U-value, and applying the provided formulae. The CO2 emissions resulting from the usage of electrical energy produced from bituminous coal may then be calculated using the total heat gain. We can take into account solutions like enhancing insulation, putting in shading devices, utilising reflecting materials, or upgrading to more energy-efficient windows and doors to prevent heat gain. It is crucial to reduce heat gain to lower cooling costs, energy usage and CO2 emissions, and to create a more sustainable and energy-efficient building.

Reference

ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals, Chapter 28: Heat Transfer through Building Envelopes

ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019: Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings

Energy Information Administration. (2019). Average Operating Heat Rate for Selected Energy Sources.

Energy Information Administration. (2021). Carbon Dioxide Emissions Coefficients.

National Renewable Energy Laboratory. (2019). Residential Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (RECS).

U.S. Department of Energy. (2015). Building Energy Codes Program: U-Factor Table.

U.S. Department of Energy. (2018). Building Energy Codes Program: Fenestration U-Factor, Solar Heat Gain Coefficient, and Visible Transmittance.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2019). Energy Star Certified Light Bulbs.

Public Relation Portfolio Assignment Sample

You are required to produce a Public Relations (PR) portfolio. This will form 100% of the assessment for this module. The total word count for the PR portfolio is 2,500 words.

The portfolio will allow you to demonstrate your understanding of the PR planning process from an academic and practical perspective, and will require you to apply your knowledge of specific PR activities.

There are 5 components. The details of what should be included in each component are provided below.

You must make use of the lectures, seminar materials, textbooks, journals, industry reports, news and business publications, marketing communications and PR practitioner sources in all sections of the portfolio.

NB: You may change the organisation/brand, but this must be agreed with your seminar tutor.

You should use a range of information sources to highlight a PR issue which needs to be addressed: (Market and Industry sources (e.g.Mintel,, GlobalData Explorer, Statista, Passport), Marketing communications sources (e.g. WARC, www.campaignlive.co.uk, www,prweek.co.uk, www.marketingweek.co.uk), Business Sources (e.g. BBC, The Guardian, The Telegraph, Reuters, Forbes, The Economist, Wall Street Journal).

ITEM 2 – OBJECTIVES, STAKEHOLDERS, PUBLICS AND TARGET AUDIENCES

You will need to identify appropriate marketing and PR objectives, and be able to justify these. You will need to identify and discuss relevant stakeholders and target audiences (Market segmentation). These are the groups with whom you will need to effectively communicate in order to achieve your campaign objectives.

Solution

ITEM 1 – ISSUE ANALYSIS

PR Issues faced By Tesla Motor

Tesla Motor have faced several PR issues in recent years, then issues have had significant impact on the company’s market reputation. Tesla also has a history of quality control issues, which is bad for PR. It's well-known that Tesla automobiles have problems, such as faulty body parts, loose door handles, and touchscreens that don't work. As a result, Tesla has received many complaints from dissatisfied customers, and its image as a quality manufacturer has taken a hit.

- Lack of Traditional PR Department: One of the most significant PR issues facing Tesla is its lack of a traditional PR department. In 2020, Tesla's CEO Elon Musk disbanded the company's public relations staff, allowing him to handle all media inquiries alone. This has resulted in a variety of issues, including Tesla's inefficiency in responding to adverse media attention (Noff, 2020).

- Production Challenges: In the past, the company's electric vehicle (EV) production goals were often unmet. Dissatisfaction among buyers and criticism from the media have resulted from manufacturing delays, bottlenecks, and quality control problems (Chegg and Griffin, 2022). Because of these difficulties, the company's dependability has taken a hit, and there are now concerns about its capacity to expand output.

- Poor and aggressive behaviour of Elon Musk (founder and CEO): Musk's actions as CEO have caused PR problems for Tesla on occasion due to his reputation for being unusual and outspoken. Musk's erratic behaviour and public feuds have drawn media attention and been criticised by stakeholders. The public and the law enforcement have been more sceptical of Musk after his tweets about taking Tesla private and other overstated statements (Link, 2023).

- Regulatory Compliance: Tesla is an innovative company in the automobile and energy sectors, both of which are heavily regulated. Safety standards and emissions criteria are only two examples of laws that must be met in order to retain a company's reputation and earn the confidence of customers. Reputational harm, legal challenges, and poor press may result from even the appearance of noncompliance with regulations.

- Quality and Service Issues: Concerns have been raised about Tesla's reliability and customer care response times, among other things. The public's impression of Tesla's construction quality has been damaged by reports of production flaws including paint blemishes and panel gaps (Gujarathi et al., 2018). Customers have also complained about the length of time it takes to have repairs done, the scarcity of replacement parts, and the inconsistency of the service they get.

- Financial Concerns: The company has lost money in the past and depended significantly on investor capital to keep going. The stock market value of Tesla has been called into question, and critics have voiced doubts about the company's capacity to consistently turn a profit (Strauss and Smith, 2019). Loss of investor confidence and subsequent poor public relations effects might be the result of financial uncertainty.

Item 2 – Objectives, Stakeholders, Publics and Target Audiences

As the industry leader in electric vehicles (EVs), Tesla Motors is in an ideal position to set marketing and PR goals that will help it solve the PR issues. By keeping these goals in mind, Tesla will be able to reach out to the right people. Possible marketing goals for Tesla Motors, together with the relevant stakeholders and intended audiences.

Marketing and PR Objectives for the Assignment Help -

Objective 1: To enhance Product Quality and Reliability Perception

Justification- By addressing the concerns related to production challenges and quality issues, Tesla can enhance its reputation for product quality and reliability. This objective is intended to boost customer satisfaction, bring in new buyers, reassure investors, and show the auto industry that Tesla is serious about producing reliable automobiles (Musk, 2023).

Objective 2: To promote Safety and Trust in Autonomous Driving Technology

Justification- With the public relations issue of Autopilot incidents out of the way, Tesla must put more attention on selling the benefits of its autonomous driving system. Sharing information on accident rates and relative safety records, as well as educating the public about the advantages and disadvantages of Autopilot, all contribute to this goal. Its purpose is to strengthen the public's trust and confidence in Tesla's autonomous driving technology and elevate the brand to the top of its industry.

Objective 3: To boost Quality of Service and Satisfaction for Customers

Justification- Tesla must prioritise enhancing the entire customer experience to solve the issues surrounding customer service and responsiveness. To achieve this goal, we must simplify maintenance procedures, shorten wait times, improve lines of communication, and make replacement parts readily available. Tesla can increase brand loyalty, boost goodwill, and lessen the impact of any bad press related to service difficulties by focusing on the customer experience.

Objective 4: To achieve Financial Stability and Long-Term Growth

Justification- Given the financial concerns raised by critics, Tesla can focus on demonstrating its financial stability and long-term growth prospects. Achieving consistent profitability, expanding income sources outside car sales, and demonstrating the effective implementation of strategic initiatives all contribute to this goal (Kent, 2020). Tesla may affect its stock price and offset unfavourable stories about the company's finances by boosting investor confidence.

Objective 5: To boost positive relationships with industry organisations and regulatory

Justification- Participating in industry forums and working together with key stakeholders to influence laws and regulations are all necessary to achieve this goal of proactive involvement. Tesla can improve its standing in the market and lessen its exposure to regulatory concerns by portraying itself as a conscientious and legal corporation (Dai et al., 2022).

Stakeholders and Target Audiences

Table 1: Stakeholders and Target Audiences

References

MBA642 Project Management plan Report 3 Sample

Assessment Instructions

Presume that you have just been employed by one of the companies listed below to manage the project to deliver the following new setup in Melbourne.

A standard setup house

A music festival

A traditional chocolate shop

For the purposes of this assessment, you are to assume the setup in Melbourne will be an identical model and operations, with the location being entirely sustainable (without goods/services being shared between the two locations). Within your research, consider the size, location, and requirements of the new setup in Melbourne and make sure you identify the unique operational, management and procurement needs of the company you select. Then, when considering your plan, think about your chosen company’s various operational and logistical requirements to begin operations in Melbourne.

Your final proposal must include the following:

• A one-page executive summary that covers all the significant proposal items (not included in the page limit)

• A one-page overview of the company, its operations and identifying the essential requirements for the move.

• In your own words, outline the project and briefly address the background, context, main
objectives and main work packages in the project.

• An outline of the main steps and work packages within the project life cycle, being your baseline for the further identification of risks, project team and requirements.

• Outline the resources (Human, material, services, approvals) required to deliver the project
successfully.

• The following original documents as part of your Word document submission (not in pdf or other formats): Work Breakdown Structure, highlighting the main tasks and elements of your project.

A Gantt chart showing the main tasks and overall project schedule (Minimum of 20 tasks and maximum of 40 tasks in different levels), including the define activities process.

A scheduling flowchart showing the links, dependencies and critical path between your various tasks.

Risk assessment plan, including identification, classification, categorisation, potential impact (likelihood and severity matrix), and a mitigation and action plan for the most critical ones for your project.

Your plan should detail everything required to have an open, functioning location with the same standards and specifications as the existing location. However, you do not need to consider any elements relating to marketing, communications, or other methods of gaining new customers for this location.

As this is a professional report for the assignment help, it is expected that you will complement your research with matrix diagrams, tables, or other formats to present your findings clearly and concisely that align with best practices in project management. Also, your report must include:

• Title page, table of contents, introduction, context and project objectives.

• The WBS and the Gantt chart. You may include the full Gantt chart in the appendix.

In preparing this proposal, you will need to utilise relevant theories and concepts covered in weeks 1 to 12, use at least 10 sources of information, and reference these following the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These may include websites, government publications, industry reports, census data, journal articles, and newspaper articles. These references should be presented as in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your proposal. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

Overview of the company

Hickinbotham Homes is a real estate development and construction company specialising in building and renovating outdoor living spaces. The company has been in operation since 2012 and is based in Australia. The company focuses on creating outdoor living areas that are both functional and aesthetically pleasing. Hickinbotham Homes' processes involve designing, constructing, and maintaining outdoor living spaces. They are experienced in designing and building outdoor living areas such as decks, patios, pergolas, kitchens, fireplaces, lighting, and entertainment areas. In addition, they offer landscaping services such as lawn care, garden maintenance, and irrigation systems. The essential requirements for implementing Hickinbotham Homes operations include the proper licensing and permits from the local government and the relevant authorities, as well as the necessary certifications and insurance. They must also have a team of experienced and qualified professionals who can carry out the job efficiently and safely. The company must also have a reliable supply of materials and equipment and access to the necessary tools and machinery.

The Project

Hickinbotham is planning to build a new set-up in another part of Melbourne. Since the company mainly deals with construction and building, they are about to start building a new project in Melbourne. The clients from whom this company collects and uses raw materials for building a construction project, such as cement, sand, steel, etc., are very reliable and genuine. This company has the best-experienced employees and designers who give their best and complete any project exceptionally. The Hickinbotham family's mindfulness of the need to further develop building and improvement techniques, safeguard the climate and protect the valuable water asset has seen them acquire numerous extreme advancements with their local area domains.

Background

Being South Australian, Hickinbotham has private information on neighbourhood building conditions and money, plan, land, soil types, and other structural considerations. With South Australia's best scope of the estate, yard, customary and two-story homes, Hickinbotham offers an unparalleled range of more than 300 plans. In many cases, a house and land bundle is the most helpful speculation, particularly for first-time financial backers. It removes the mystery of independently choosing a house plan and a block of land and furnishes a bundle that permits occupants to move in when the house is constructed. Hickinbotham house and land bundles for clever financial backers are accessible across South Australia in prime improvement regions that will probably draw in the best rental returns.

Context

Hickinbotham mainly offers construction consultancy. Recently they have been trying to provide house projects to their clients at the lowest price they can help so that they can grow more in the market of construction consultants. The Hickinbotham record remains solitary, implying clients can relax, realising their fantasy home is good to go. A 25-year primary assurance means something when a family has been doing business for over sixty years. At Hickinbotham, they coordinate the best home plans with pursued blocks of land across South Australia and afterwards bundle these with broad incorporations and additional discretionary items to give a reach to invigorate and move others.

Main objectives

The main objective is to build another new set-up in Melbourne. They are currently attempting to offer house ventures to their clients at the most negligible value they can. So they can fill more in the market of development advisors. The Hickinbotham record stays single, which infers clients can unwind, understanding their dream home is all set. A house and land bundle is a reasonable answer for house buying, where a block of land and another home can be bought in a total bundle. The comfort and reasonableness of a house and land bundle make it the ideal choice for first-homebuyers and first-time financial backers the same.

Main work packages

Initiation- In the initiation of the project it would cost $50000.

Planning- Planning is the second, which is more about innovative ideas and knowledge rather than finance.
Execution- In this stage, labour costs, various equipment costs, and costs of the raw materials are considered, which is $30000.
Closing- It insinuates cleanup of the area, reviewing each ace and cons of the entire construction work and alongside that last documentation and legitimate papers, which nearly costs $20000.

Project Life Cycle

Initiation

The initiation stage is the first stage of the project life cycle, and it is during this stage the idea for the project is established and the project is formally initiated. During this stage, the project sponsor must define the project's scope, set the budget, and identify the stakeholders and resources required to complete the project. The first step in the initiation stage is to define the size of the project. This includes identifying the goals of the project, the timeline for completion, and the resources that will be required. It is also essential to identify the stakeholders involved in the project and determine their roles and responsibilities. Once the project's scope has been defined, the project sponsor will need to set the budget for the project. This includes estimating the cost of materials, labour, and other resources necessary to complete the project. The funding will also need a contingency plan in case of unexpected expenses or delays. It is essential to ensure that the budget is realistic to complete the project within the given timeframe and budget. Once the scope of the project and the budget have been determined, the project sponsor will need to identify the stakeholders involved in the project. This includes subcontractors, suppliers, and other professionals interested in the project. It is essential to ensure that all stakeholders clearly understand their roles and responsibilities and that they have the necessary resources to complete their tasks (Willaret al., 2021).

Planning

The planning stage is the second stage of the project life cycle; during this stage, the project is planned in detail. During this stage, the project team will need to develop a detailed project plan, including the timeline, tasks, resources, and stakeholders. The program should be documented to be easily referenced and updated as the project progresses. The first step in the planning stage is creating a project timeline. This includes identifying the significant milestones that need to be met and the tasks that will be completed to meet those milestones. It is essential to ensure that the timeline is realistic and achievable so that the project can be completed on time. Once the timetable has been established, the project team must create a detailed plan. This includes identifying the tasks that need to be completed, the resources that will be required, and the stakeholders who will be involved. The program should also include risk management plans to mitigate potential risks that may arise during the project (Alnaggar, and Pitt, 2019).

Execution

The execution stage is the third stage of the project life cycle, and it is during this stage that the project is implemented and executed. During this stage, the project team must ensure that all tasks are completed on time and that all resources are utilised effectively. The project team will also need to monitor the progress and make adjustments as needed. The first step in the execution stage is to assign tasks to the appropriate individuals and ensure that all stakeholders have the necessary resources to complete their studies. The project team must ensure that the charges are completed on time and that any problems are addressed promptly. The project team should monitor its progress to ensure it is on track. Once all tasks have been completed, the project team must ensure that all stakeholders know the project's completion. This includes providing feedback to the stakeholders, ensuring that all documentation is complete, and ensuring that all resources have been utilised effectively (Malacarneet al. 2018).

Closing

The closing stage is the fourth stage of the project life cycle, and it is during this stage that the project is formally closed. During this stage, the project team must ensure that all tasks have been completed, that all stakeholders are aware of the project's completion, and that all resources have been utilised effectively. The project team will also need to document the progress and create a final report to be submitted to the project sponsor. The first step in the closing stage is to ensure that all tasks have been completed and that all resources have been utilised effectively. The project team should also ensure that all stakeholders know the project's completion and that all documentation is complete. Once all tasks have been completed, and all stakeholders are aware of the project's completion, the project team will need to create a final report to be submitted to the project sponsor. This report should include a summary of the project's progress, tasks completed, and recommendations for future projects (Kavishe and Chileshe, 2019).

Work Breakdown Structure

A work breakdown structure (WBS) is a tool used in project management to break down a project into smaller, more manageable tasks. It typically includes a hierarchical decomposition of the project into levels that represent increasing detail. Each level of the WBS contains tasks that are necessary to complete the project. It is used to organize and define the scope of the project in order to develop an appropriate schedule and cost estimate. Using a WBS helps to ensure that all of the necessary tasks are identified and accounted for in the project plan.

The WBS is divided into five parts and each part is subdivided into different tasks:

Planning and Admin

- Design and Architectural Rendering
- Plans and Drawings
- Specifications
- Permits

Substructure

- Excavation
- Foundations
- Footings

Envelope

- Frame, Beams, Ties, Trusses
- Sub Floor
- Exterior Walls
- Exterior Doors
- Windows
- Siding

Finishes and Finish Carpentry

- Paint
- Tile
- Flooring
- Cabinetry
- Drywall, Plaster
- Baseboard, Molding

Utilities and Systems

- Electric
- Heating and Air Conditioning
- Plumbing
- Gas
- Water
- Internet

Resources

Human

Architecture and Design: An architect or a designer will help plan the layout and design of the house, taking into account your preferences, budget, and local building codes.

Construction: A general contractor will oversee the construction process, hire and manage subcontractors, and ensure that the work is done according to the plans and within budget.

Engineering: Structural, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing engineers will design and specify the systems that make up your house, such as the foundation, roof, walls, heating and cooling, and plumbing.

Tradespeople: According to Suresh (2020), a team of skilled tradespeople, such as carpenters, electricians, plumbers, and roofers, will perform the hands-on work of building the house.

Materials Suppliers: Companies that supply building materials, such as lumber, roofing, and electrical components, will provide the materials you need to construct the house.

Inspectors: Building inspectors from your local government will periodically inspect the work to ensure that it complies with building codes and standards.

Financial

Purchasing the land to build a standard house is the first step in the setup process. According to Krajewska, Szopinska, and Sieminska, (2021), land costs can differ significantly depending on the location, size, and other aspects. The materials needed to construct a typical house include lumber, roofing, electrical parts, plumbing fixtures, and more. It's crucial to budget appropriately for these materials because they can be pricey. The price of labour can be high, mainly if you work with experts like architects, engineers, and contractors. The wages of the tradespeople who will perform the actual physical labour of building your house must also be paid. It can be expensive to obtain all the permits and inspections needed to build a house.

Material

The house's walls, floor, and roof are all constructed from lumber. The house is shielded from the elements by roofing materials, which can be made of tiles, metal panels, or asphalt shingles. Windows and doors allow access to the house and natural ventilation and lighting. According to Paraschiv, Paraschiv, and Serban, (2021) insulation lowers energy costs by keeping the house cool in the summer and warm in the winter. The wiring, outlets, switches, and lighting fixtures that make up an electrical system are necessary for the house to be powered and illuminated. Sinks, toilets, and showers are examples of plumbing fixtures that provide water and waste removal for a home. Carpet, hardwood, or tile are flooring materials that add comfort and style to a home.

Services

The various services needed for setting up a standard house are Architecture and design, site preparation, construction, cleaning and landscaping, financing, legal services and inspections. These services are essential for constructing a new standard house. These services cover all aspects of the project.

Data

Different types of data are needed for building a standard house by a company. The floor plan, cross sections, and material list are important design data. The budget data is also essential to have a clear understanding of funds distribution. The schedule and contractor information together gives the company a good idea regarding the project's timeline.

Project Timeline

Figure: Gantt Chart
Source: (Self-made, 2023)

The project timeline for the construction of a new standard house includes following steps such as acquisition of land, contacting engineers, house design, land clearance, labour, construction materials, foundation and finally construction. These events happen one after another and the overall time required for these events to complete defines the total timeline for the project. The house shall need an approximate value of 15 weeks to be completely usable after it is done with furnishings, interior and other small detailings. The legalities shall be done with the buyers by the company and the timeline acts as an estimate for the company to understand the investment to be made for the project.

Scheduling Flowchart

A scheduling flowchart is a visual representation of the steps involved in a scheduling process. It is typically used to help organize and streamline the scheduling of resources, such as personnel, equipment, or materials. The steps of the scheduling flowchart are as follows:

- Schedule an initial consultation
- Gather information about the space
- Prepare a design plan
- Estimate cost of materials and labor
- Make any changes to the plan
- Order materials and schedule delivery
- Confirm delivery date and begin setup
- Assemble furniture and install fixtures
- Arrange accessories and decor
- Clean and inspect the space
- Finalise the setup and document the process
- Follow up with the client for feedback

Critical path

Critical path is a project management technique used to identify the sequence of activities that must be completed in order for a project to be completed on time. It is the longest path through all of the tasks that need to be completed in order to finish the project. Identifying and managing the critical path can help project managers ensure that the project is completed on time and within budget.

Risk Assessment Plan

Risk analysis has been a tool for allowing and supporting determining the level of risks and their impact, which can cause some potential threats. Depending upon the results obtained, the analysis of changes in constructing a house can assess the existing risks and assign the factors with specific weight. To a great extent, the risk assessment plan influences the business continuity management development strategy (Paunescu and Argatu, 2020).
The primary risks are:

- Cost Overrun: Cost overrun is defined as the increased cost of the whole project of the construction than the estimated cost that was calculated during the beginning of the project. Several factors can be responsible for cost overrun, such as significant errors in designs and extra labour costs can be the reasons. Because of the competitive nature, a construction organisation's expectations beyond reality can suffer the project. In some cases, the cost of the projects exceeds due to meeting unrealistic deadlines from the architects and the contractors. This is a common risk factor in the construction industry.

- Incompetent contractors: One of the significant problems in the construction of a house is the incompetency of the labours. Unprofessional contractors can increase troubles in paperwork and with subcontractors. They delay the project, which leads to missed deadlines. Communication with the owner is also a problem. If multiple tasks are happening for the same contractors, possibilities are there that they will need help to perform with a specific speed and concentration.

- Design Errors: Because of the inadequate design of the structure, design errors can arise. The concrete of the house will be under more significant stress. The symptoms of these kinds of errors are due to insufficient design of the structures, which show spalling cracking of concrete. Moreover, high pressure and shear torsion can result in the cracking of concretes. Additionally, the size of the rooms can get distorted due to design errors. Abrupt changes in the design plan can cause stress on the construction, which may result in cracking. For instance, when thin sections are tied rigidly with massive teams as well as replacement concrete which is ununiform in the dimension of the plan.

- Safety hazards: The primary safety hazards in the construction of a house are:

- Vibration syndrome
- Working at height
- Trips, slips and falls
- Noise
- Handling of material by labour and equipment
- Moving of construction objects.

Mitigating strategy for the most critical risk and Action Plan:

Mitigating strategies help to implement mitigation in decision making (Stehn et al., 2021). Design error is the most critical risk of house construction (Sharma and Gupta, 2019). To identify errors in design that can lead to structural damage, the first inspection should be conducted on the plan of the structure. With the help of petrographic analysis, testing the concrete's strength can be done. And proper communication regarding the design should be conducted.

References

PRJ6001 Applied Project Report 1 Sample

Assessment 1: Project Brief

Report outlining what research project could be carried out and how the project could be analysed and evaluated to address the project or business goal/problem.

Assessment 1 Detail

A report outlining the project to be carried out, analysed and evaluated to address the business goal/problem.

A Research Proposal Brief early in the semester is to ensure feedback about the suitability of the topic and which informs others of a proposed piece of research and its significance. This is the outline of the Research Proposal that could be used as part of an application to undertake a research degree or to apply for funding to conduct the research.

For Assessment Task 1 you need to prepare an outline of your proposed research topic and research plan for investigating the topic using a structure like shown below:

1. Project Title: This is a brief descriptive summary of the proposed research topic. For ideas on how a project title should look, see the articles in Project Management journals such as the International Journal of Project Management.

2. Research Overview and Justification: This is a summary of the research topic that describes the topic and why it is important for a research study to be conducted to investigate the topic.

3. Brief Literature Review: Outline the objectives, methodologies and findings of at least three most relevant literatures recently (within last 5 years) published that provide a background for your research topic.

4. Research Objectives, Research question and Sub-questions: Linking back to sections (2) and (3), present and justify the question that your research project will be designed to answer.

5. Methodology: Details about how you would answer your research question (e.g., by reviewing trends in national / international statistics, by conducting a survey of consumers, by undertaking interviews with employers) and start to consider any advantages, disadvantages, materials needed or practical limitations of the methodology.

6. Significance of the research of the project. A summary of the sections ending with a statement of why it is important to conduct the research using the methodology proposed.

7. Ethical issues. This section would cover any ethical issues (following APIC policy) that are
considered in the research.

8. References and Resources: provide references to key research studies, government reports and/or industry reports using Harvard Referencing.

Solution

Project Title

Pertaining to the research topic is “Rise of interest rates Reserve bank of Australia”, the title that will be chosen for the research will be “Traversing through impact: Elucidating the Rise of Interest Rates by the Reserve Bank Of Australia”. The research will focus on an integrated comprehension of the implied surge in the rate of interest by the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA). For Assignment Help, Laying emphasis on the complicated interconnectedness between the variables of economy and formation of policies, the study will aspire to elucidate the impacts which are multifaceted on the financial landscape of Australia, providing perspectives to formulate strategies for makers of policies.

Research Overview and Justification

The topic for the proposed research is concerned with the latest orientation in the rates of interest in Australia, especially the one of the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA). The imperativeness of the study lies in its consequential implications such as fluctuations in the rate of hold of different stakeholders, such as businesses and customers, incorporating the broader economy as well. To have a cognizance of the dynamics behind the heightened rate of interest is pivotal for policymakers and businessmen to form monetary policies which would be effective and which can help in the mitigation of prospective unpropitious impacts on the growth of economy and inflation. Moreover businesses can foster an indispensable perspective towards the transformative financial landscape, corroborating their interests with informed decision making about investments, expansion of strategies and borrowing money (Nanez Alonso et al. 2020). Consumers too can make an integrated evaluation to remain illuminated about the prospective effects of their spending and borrowing behaviour, enabling their financial welfare.

Brief Literature Review:

Objectives

- To analyze the causes which make RBA raise their rate of interest in Australia.

- To comprehend the economic benefits associated with the raising of rate interest by RBA.

- To investigate the factors that cause high rate interest and high rate of inflation.

- To explore the reasons which led to the RBA to raise their rate of interest.

Methodologies

The methodologies that will be used for the research will be qualitative in nature.

Relevant literatures

- “Interest rate smoothing and optimal monetary policy: a review of recent empirical evidence” by Brian Sack and Volker Wieland offers an exploration in the process of making decisions of the RBA related to the rates of interest (Sack and Wieland 2000).

- “Is the RBA Economic Logic Faulty?” An original article by Eduardo Pol deals with the economic argumentation of the bank to deal with inflation (Pol 2020).

- “RBA review a missed opportunity” by Anis Chowdhury deals with the discrepancies which are laid within the reviewing panel to gauge opportunities (Chowdhury, A., 2023).

Research Objectives, Research question and Sub-questions

Research questions

The research which has been proposed focuses on dealing with the question-

- What are the complicated factors which prompted the RBA to heighten the rate of interest?
- How do these resolutions influence the economy on the broader landscape, incorporating the rate of inflation and economic equilibrium?
- What will be effects on the businesses, consumers and economy at a broader scale?
- What is the interconnectedness between rate of interest and inflation?

The research or project will venture to seek the intricate factors which performs the role of causatives behind the decisions of the RBA to raise the rate interest, consequently offering an integrated comprehension of the contrivances which are in execution. Through the exploration of the economic advantages of modification of the rates, the project will intend to provide expository insights into the imputations it has on various businesses, consumers and to the economy at large. The project will also evaluate the interconnectedness between high rate of interests and inflation, focussing on reasons which foster these circumstances.

Methodology:

In order to give a proper addressal to the questions of the project or research, a multi directed qualitative method will be incorporated. A qualitative method of research is directed in focussing on the exploration of the opinion of people, their response and behaviour, and listening to their experiences to fathom complex ideas and occurrences (Roller 2019). It incorporates collection of data which are non numeric in character by techniques such as interviewing them, observing their behaviour and responses and focussing on a particular group. The aim of this method is to foster an insight which will be profound in nature, paving way for an integrated comprehension in the context of society and behaviour. The project will aim at evaluating government websites, laying focus on information pertaining to the RBA’s decisions of raising rate of interest. Moreover, the research will conduct surveys amongst businessmen and consumers to achieve commendable perspectives of their responsiveness towards the increase in rate of interest and to gauge an understanding about how much they have benefited or struggled under its impact.

Significance of the research of the project.

The importance of the research will lie in focussing on the evaluation of the factors which prompt the RBA to heighten the rate of interest. It will also signify towards the contribution of an understanding of the economic benefits associated with the decisions of the RBA to increase the rate of interest. A section of the project will also conduct an investigation into the interconnectedness between the high rate of interest and the levitated interest in the rate of inflation, seeking to identify the reasons which confer these occurrences. The importance of the research will also lie in the exploration of the determined catalytic agents which has precipitated in hiking the rate of interest, assessing both external and internal factors. The project might benefit policy makers to plan their strategies and empower consumers to make logical and advantageous decisions based on information.

Ethical issues

The Australian Research Integrity Committee (APIC) lays guidelines for the maintenance of ethics which would be a peremptory concern for the research or the project to follow (Zulfikar et al. 2020). The ethical issues that the project might face will be while gaining information through interviews. Obtaining consents about information can be a challenge from stakeholders and policymakers. Collection of data exempt of any prejudices will be essential for transparent and honest findings for the project. It will be essential to circumvent situations giving rise to conflicts, safeguarding the rights of participants of the interview.

Conceptual framework

Gantt Chart

References and Resources:

 

Reinforce Key Concepts Essay Sample

Task Description:

The objectives of this reflective essay are for students to:

1. Summarize, critically review and reinforce key concepts and theories learned from four selected topics from week 1 to week 8 of this unit.

2. reflect on these concepts/theories’ potential impact on students’ decision making, and how this learning is being applied and could be applied in their current jobs, development of future career and/or their life generally. Students will also complete at least 2 diagnostic tools related to learning styles and critical thinking and reflect be these results.

3. Reflect on new insights gained about oneself as a result of learning the unit, and propose a plan for self-development. Students are expected to reflect on the topics (week 1- week 8) this unit has covered and evaluate which topics have inspired their thinking or influenced their decision-making. You must pick only FOUR topics covered during the first eight (8) weeks of the term.

Each topic needs to contain a CONVINCING and PERSONAL justification of why these topics are chosen and how the mentioned topics have changed/might change the students’ thinking or the students’ decisions.

Are the following questions well addressed?

• What have you learned about yourself through the course activities?

• What skills do you possess and what skills are you lacking?

• How are you going to improve your decision-making in the future? (Self- knowledge and self-development)

You should tie all your arguments/insights together at the end of your paper, highlighting how you think you will be able to use your learnings in your future For example, students could identify the topic of “automatic versus critical thinking” as a theme for one week’s reflection, and illustrate with personal examples of how having learned about the differences has enabled him/her to be more effective in making a certain decision at work. Close to the end, the essay needs to reflect on self-knowledge and highlight implications for future self-development.

To successfully complete this assessment task, students should answer the following reflective essay questions:

• Which concepts/theories from which week’s learning activities are significant or important to you?

• Why are these concepts/theories you have identified important or significant to you? (Theoretical review)

• How are the concepts/theories you have learned influencing/impacting your decision-making in relation to your current interpersonal relationships, professional workplaces, and/or personal life? (Practical Application)

• What have you learned about yourself through the unit activities? What skills do you possess and what skills are you lacking? How are you going to improve your decision-making in the future? (Self-knowledge and self- development)

Solution

Significant concepts/theories from learning activities

I have gone through the learning materials covered in weeks 2, 4, and 6, 8 and I think the discussion included in the analysis has the most relevance.

The analysis in week 2 makes a clear discussion in terms of active through inductive and abductive reasoning and analogies. For Assignment Help, Pragmatism is crucial in leading towards enriched decisions (Kelly & Cordeiro, 2020). The sense-making theory of Karl Weick, as described in week 6, is significant in demonstrating the learning activities. Week 2 reinforces critical thinking, as opined by Paul and Elder, the concept of judgments and analysis is highlighted in this is interrelated to decision-making and defines sensible personal approaches. The process of structuring the unknown process is aligned with the systematic values of rationality and logic. The demonstration of theories is connected to the concepts linked with the effective system. Information is conceptualised in an effective decision-making manner that connects to the entire personality. Retrospective action is reinstated through the process dealing with the decision-making resilience and strongest perspectives (Dahlander, Gann & Wallin, 2021). The significant activity also shows pragmatism and puts forward a strong belief system, values and principles. I think this is effective for me as I have a reputation for stating what I think. Week 8 helps me delve into brainstorming ideas to be creative and analytical. I learned how to solve problems through risk management and mitigation. As seen from Appendix 3 (Kolb's learning questionnaire), I indulge in seeking out novel experiences and diverse ideas, my results resonate with the theoretical implications.

Another important concept encompassed by the RCT in week 4 is the inclusion of rationality in decision-making. Discussions regarding the negative points also have an impact on effective decision-making. The guidelines affect the opportunities in the system to be developed and this essentialises the opportunities and the methods. The interests embedded in the concepts are correlated to the management of activities sensibly. The sensitive feelings are evoked through the learning activity in weeks 8 and 6 that affects the personal as well professional concepts. I encountered various challenges, too, that prevented the best outcome of the situation. The choices are pertinent in managing the complexities of the situations and this is effective in consolidating the decision-making powers (Dusdal & Powell, 2021). The rationalising process is also helpful in mitigating the risks of uncertainty. The fundamental constituents are at the core of the system that set the way for affecting the decisions. The collective and the individual outcomes are impacted through the learning styles.

The Significant Concepts/Theories

The sense-making theory of Karl Weick described in week 6 is important because it helps me in making decisions. The decision-making potential of the sense-making theory is that it allows reviewing the collective experiences of different situations for rationalising the work done by different people. As the theory is based on retrospective development, it helps me understand complex situations and gives effective solutions to them. Therefore, the decision-making process using the stated theory is sense-making for enhancing the productivity of an organisation. The lecture of week 4 is based on a sense-making concept, which is based on Karl Weick's sense-making theory. Sense-making is important for understanding the core values of an organisation. However, poor sense-making skills lead to the unsuccessful development of a learning culture in an organisation (Karekar, 2023). The lecture of Week 2 helped in boosting my critical thinking skills. This is made possible due to effective reasoning for solving an organisational problem. Critical thinking theory refers to disapproval of a widely accepted idea with proper reasoning. The critical thinking theory provided the scope for executing deductive and inductive arguments. However, on the other hand, limited auditory skills pose problems in terms of career development. Limited active listening skills lead to not focusing on every part of the statements and opinions of others. This leads to bypassing necessary information required for organisational progress. Active listening is important for responding correctly to the things spoken by others (Cuncic, 2022). Rational thinking helped me enhance my analytical skills for making correct decisions and framing solutions to certain problems. The concept of rationality helped me in framing solutions related to organisational benefits, which consequently would help me in enhancing my career graph (Refer to Appendix 2). The concept of deductive reasoning from week 2 is beneficial for me as it helped me enhance my critical thinking skills.

Conversely, due to limited communication skills, I face problems in expressing my views on solving organisational problems. Verbal skills are important for influencing others by effectively interacting with them. Brainstorming for concluding a phenomenon by retrospection circumstances that happened in the past is possible due to deductive reasoning. The week 8 lecture helped me broaden my knowledge regarding effective planning for resolving problems. The lecture is enhanced by a brainstorming ability for converting the weaknesses of an organisation into its strengths. It helps in showing creativity in terms of ideas for solving organisational problems. However, having low creativity skills leads to poor organisational productivity (Refer to Appendix 3). This is because low creativity skills do not allow you to see the bigger picture for solving a problem due to too much focus on smaller details (Soken-Huberty, 2023).

Concepts/theories impacting decision-making in relation to interpersonal relationships, professional workplaces and personal life

Based on the learning of Week 8, brainstorming and mind mapping are impacting the overall decision-making procedures positively, influencing me to generate new ideas in my academic and professional fields as well. Benjamin Franklin's method provides the required scope to understand and observe the current situation, especially before implementing any decisions. Thus, the concluding critical thoughts are induced by these concepts. Additionally, logical reasoning is effective in deriving key facts and information to assess the situation appropriately and make corresponding decisions. The quality of my conclusion and judgment over the circumstances helped me gain more acceptance among others.

Along with these crucial facts, RCT (according to week 6 learning) plays a huge role in enhancing my decision-making capabilities. The elements of RCT, such as preference, choice and others, are crucial to making predictions of the future, which is quite important to perform managerial tasks effectively in the professional field. As an example, it also enhances emotional intelligence and its corresponding factors to build an adequate relationship with other workers and create a free-flowing stage to explore interpersonal development skills. The skills such as interaction- communication, influencing, motivation and many more implicate problem-solving skills in the real field (Osborn, 1953).

Based on the learning of week 4, sense-making has been greatly influenced by me. The lecture helped me understand the importance of sense-making. The concept of sense-making helped me understand complex organisational problems and helped me learn the appropriate way of responding to those problems. Moreover, sense-making made me realise the core values of an organisation. Core values refer to the guiding principles of an organisation that drives the mission and goals of a business organisation (Rossini, 2023).

Besides these, the lecture of week 6 helped me in making appropriate decisions utilising the sense-making theory of Karl Weick. The theory helped me in providing solutions to certain problems by reviewing the collective experiences of the past regarding similar problems. This helped in enhancing my analytical skills. Analytical skills refer to gathering information and reviewing it to solve a problem (Kaplan, 2023). Therefore, it can be said that the lecture enhanced my problem-solving skills. In addition, the lecture helped me understand the organisational goals and make rational decisions. The rationality of decisions helped in maintaining the stability of the business processes.

Self-knowledge and Self-development Through Analysing Skills

There are so many crucial learnings present that flourish my knowledge along with boosting self-confidence in terms of implying adequate decisions in any circumstances. The key concepts of Week 6 provide a detailed idea about managerial decision-making and its associated factors related to rational and non-rational decision-making procedures. All the aspects such as Sense-making (week 4), the Theory of Karl Weck (week 6), the Reasoning model of decision-making (week 2) and Brainstorming (Week 8) are interrelated with emotional intelligence, which is quite important in professional field to achieve personal goals. According to the answers to decision-making style questionnaires, I have learned the systematic decision-making style, which provides the opportunity to assess the situation systematically. There are several corresponding factors related to this test, such as collaboration, interpretation, observation and many more. Self-involvement and awareness are two prime factors of systematic decision-making style. The units that I have studied through 8 weeks provide me with the knowledge of dependent decision-making as well. Support, guidance and other aspects enhance the interaction and communication skills within me. This particular skill is essential in the professional and academic field to induce acceptance and to be a great leader.

Considering self-awareness and self-engagement, I sense that situational observation is the key skill that belongs to me. Additionally, collaboration is a natural tendency that helps a lot in terms of assessing the situation and making adequate decisions to overcome any obstacles. Critical thinking capability is another skill that makes the decision-making process transparent and effective in terms of practical application (Lau, 2011). On the other hand, sudden decision-making, avoiding other personnel opinions and promptness seem to be lacking in my skill sets. Thus, it can be said that my avoidant and spontaneous decision-making style does not reflect my capabilities and needs to be improved on an urgent basis.

Based on the facts and honest self-analysis, it is clear that deductive logical reasoning will be a great option to enhance the overall credibility of decision-making. Such a reasoning method will provide adequate vows of the situation and set the scope to implicate observational decisions to overcome any kind of issues (Yazdani & Tavakkoli-Moghaddam, 2012). Development of thought process is another aspect that can induce the decision-making process in the future through inducing the capability of argument. The argument will be the key to an appropriate analysis of the circumstances, along with the discussion with others. Regular practice of mind mapping and brainstorming will be effective in enhancing the decision-making process in the future through the generation of new insights (Rossiter & Lilien, 1994). It refers to critical thinking related to objectives and situations as well.

The insights highlighting the significance of learning in future career and life

The insights, as per me, have given prominence to the discussion that is comprehensive in demonstrating the RCT theory. Conclusions are drawn from the premises that are active, resourceful and engaging.

The rationality contained in the process is congruent with the systematisation of personal decisions (Van et al., 2019). From Kolb's learning questionnaire, it is shown that the theorist approach has significance in determining a future career. I think this is effective in impacting my individual growth, too. I have developed my decision-making and rational skills at the end of the discussion. The pragmatic perspective is strong in strengthening my approaches as well as the critical analysis part. My perception is strong and this will work on illustrating my future career. I have strong problem-solving skills and this is related to creative ideas and innovative aspects. I have knowledge, skills, and expertise on this particular matter. I have implemented the logical structures in categorising the stages in perceiving the differentiation among all the concepts. The effective approaches define the theorist analysis, which is effective for the cognitive viewpoint (Acciarini, Brunetta & Boccardelli, 2021). The results, as demonstrated in Kolb’s learning model, show the effectiveness of decision-making powers.

I have gone through the stages of self-awareness and motivation that affect my future career. I have collaborated on all the decisions that impact my future course of action and critical analysis. The concepts of learning are conducive to the handling of future goals and aspirations. The concept of self-awareness can be improved to sharpen innovative methods in decision-making approaches (Kreibich, Hennecke & Brandstätter, 2020). I have learned from the weekly module 4 that speculation is only important while dealing with innovations, as well as intuition. The focus on execution will help me get over any critical situations and negative perspectives. The modules on weeks 8 and 6 help in the regeneration of thinking and critical analysis perspectives. Putting forward the agile concepts, I will be able to apply the brainstorming ideas. The aspects of critical learning will help me walk in a positive direction and accomplish the required objectives. The method, as propounded by Benjamin Franklin, is interesting to me as I have acquired the novel aspects of learning based on storytelling.

Reference List

MBA6301 Event Management Report 3 Sample

Assessment 3: Individual Project

This is an Individual assessment. Each student is required to write a report on success of the event.

Task

It is important to critically evaluate and recommend improvements to an event management project in order to ensure that the event is successful. There are a number of factors that need to be considered when planning an event, and it is essential to have a clear understanding of all aspects of the event in order to identify potential problems and make recommendations for improvement.

Submission Instructions

Your report must include:

Cover Page:

Executive Summary

Table of Content

Introduction: A statement of the purpose for your report and a brief outline of project (one or two paragraphs).

Body of Report: Describe the tasks you performed as mentioned in the task.
Findings and Recommendations

Conclusion: A summary of the points you have made in the body of the paper. The conclusion should not introduce any ‘new’ material that was not discussed in the body of the paper. (One or two paragraphs)

References: A list of sources used in your text. They should be listed alphabetically by (first) author’s family name. You are required to have at least 15 scholarly references. The footer must include your name, student ID, and page number.

Solution

Introduction

Even management is a type of practice that is use to govern an effective support towards systematic functioning of any event with each function arranged as per the requirements of client (Shone and Parry, 2019). Reb Bull is an energy drink making company which organised event for promotion of brand new courses of energy drinks. The re-evaluation of respective event in context with project management governed for Red Bull in prior project will be examined in the report. For Assignment Help, The effectiveness and manner in which Red Bull event could be more done in order to articulate success of event.

Red Bull protein was new drink which recites in healthy section and was newly to be launched by the brand. In order to govern an effective support of event management the various types of sections that is communication and control, safety and emergency measures, stewarding, security and crowd management, removal of structures and environmental facilities with monitoring. The bifurcated was allotted teams to handle and governance of each work was intensely managed by each team head. The main aim of event was to promote the drink by creation of awareness about its goodness and governing organisation effective customer base through promotional event. In current report, the manner in which communication and control within the entire event was governed will be analysed.

Body of Report

Communication plays a vital role in governing any task in prominent manner. The connecting link between stakeholders is drafted by communication and the voids in communication might revert adverse effects on systematic functioning of event. In the Reb Bull event management, the communication plan was sectioned into two sections that is internal communication and external communication (Bladen, et al., 2022). The internal communication was governed between the stakeholders functioning for the event and the manner in which event was handled. External communication was governed for stakeholders who were not directly linked in event plan working but were major part of the respective. Different types of strategies in communication and controlling section were used in order to govern channelizing function for information transfer.

The major seven elements of Red Bull event were event, infrastructure, audience, attendees, organisers, venue and media (Zhou et al., 2020). Communication plan was managed by event management software initially in which all types of information regarding any type of plan, new changes, orders, requests, time line, today’s goals etc. was communicated in simple language to all stakeholders. It can be analysed that event management is a type of building and going practice so that effectiveness in communication needs to be regularised in effective manner. Aim of communication plan was to inform all stakeholders about any decision, link people with status of work and consolidate a channelizing flow of communication with the organisers (Viola et al., 2021).

Red Bull is a very big company and offering healthy protein based drink in order to target the audience of wider range was the major theme of event (Wang, 2021). Communication plan was sectioned majorly into four parts which was information governance, effective two-way communication, allocation of change and monitoring the working in an effective manner. Use of tech based services were governed in such a manner that all types of data such as reports, brochures, designs, lists etc. were recorded so that access to stakeholders can be provided.

Communication strategy for Red Bull event that was used was centralised system working. The software was used to govern communication between the stakeholders in both official and unofficial manner. Groups of each task and activity was made and whole on official group was made in order to govern effective communication (Lachance and Parent, 2021). Event management the various types of sections that is communication and control, safety and emergency measures, stewarding, security and crowd management, removal of structures and environmental facilities with monitoring had one single group each and whole Red Bull event was governed with one group. Additionally, one team managers of each section was linked with organisers to keep communication clear and clean (Tkaczynski and Rundle-Thiele, 2020).

The software was used so that effective controlling of data and communication can be governed. Using of social media channels like What’s app was avoided as it has forwards option which actually creates confusion within the stakeholders. Communication and monitoring team worked for all types of sections and tried to link any type of query with the other stakeholder. The internal communication plan had steps like posting one day before event related work, time wise scheduling for work, delay time addition and implementation of work. Monitoring of work in a span of 1 hour of gap for each sectional team was governed (Lee et al., 2015).

The surveillance was not based on commanding but supporting attitude which is any issue faced by a department will be solved by communication team (Venkatesan, 2017). Additionally, quality and assurance was always matched by the designs and creative content which was posted in the morning. Red Bull required a theme based even in which many types of theme based functions were governing. End of each day had a meeting session which was held on the video calling through team managers in order to govern effective status wise analysis of each team’s work. It can be understood that team managers were handling the team so can choose any type of leadership or working style they like to. Planning was drafted in bifurcation of segments and task asked functioning which as governed by internal and external communication sectioning.

Later, the organisers were governed with the report, pictures and status of work to keep them well informed. The part that I was allocated was team management for external communication that is for the communication with audience (Heagney, 2016). The communication plan governed for audience engagement was drafted by social media, television and informed sessions in education centres. Thea aim of external communication was to create awareness and sense of attraction within the audience in order to have larger groups and crowds reaching in the events. Innovation was the key in our section and we tried to use innovative marketing strategies in order to promote the event.

We used reverse strategy for social media engagement that is instead of governing information about the event we tried to show activities and fun that event will have through influential reels in Instagram. We choose to show people how the fun and enjoyment is being planned and manner in which event will happen. The Instagram reels were highlighted by sponsored marketing technique in which we intended to involved local social media influencers of Australia. Making attractions like prices and passes reduction cost, we made an image of organisation that was thrived to announce its drinks and intends to govern an event which is like one-day party. The reverse strategy governed attraction of audience and high indulgence due to celebrity based sponsorship was also governed (Lock, 2020).

Passes and assistance centre was made in which link to garb the passes using different types of discounted offers was governed. Communication plan with the external stakeholders was made in very informal language but all ethics were governed in strict manner. Additionally, issues and queries of customers were solved by another panel. I was appointed as social media handler in external communication team and was asked to govern best content possible on social media. Red Bull is a big brand and do not need any type of new brand image. Coordination with the social media handling team of Red Bull was governed and event related data was posted. Working in form of collaborative manner with the Red Bull team was governed (Bahrami and Kiani, 2023).

Ethics and awareness wise data posting was governed which was assisted and approved by the managers of Red Bull first. Engagement of youth was also governed by awareness small boots in educational institution. In this placing of empty newly launched drinks was governed on the canteen tables of mess. Additionally, sugar content wise visual and informative labels about the drink was focused on (Tuten and Solomon, 2017). Students intend to learn through visual effects more so during breaks Red Bull drink wise dance was governed as surprise in canteens. These reels were made and again posted on social media, students were requested to tag so that they can govern more discount on passes. In this manner indulgence of students and signing up was governed in innovative manner.

However, on the spot planning was major concern which in some cases did not governed in an effective manner. Many times permissions took very long, many universities did not allow to govern event promotion, customers online were handled by one person initially which was not sufficient and issues in monitoring of KPI for each day due to lesser time was seen (Hammerl et al., 2019). Technical issues that is hanging, bugs and security issues were seen in one or two cases due to high traffic volume within the media channel and links. Initially the working of plan and customer acquisition was governed in an optimised manner as per the plan, but the communication wise governance of customers and audience with entertaining the social media engagement governed stressed and tedious job for the team.

Feedback many times was not assisted in effective manner and selection of new team member for supportive work required training and information governance for new member. Hence, the only solution that was governed was work distribution and just handling the customers with quick replies using Chat GPT. Tech based services were governed is that effective solution to issues in communication plan could be swiftly managed (Shafeeg et al., 2023).

Findings and Recommendations

Planning for Red Bull event in communication and monitoring was governed in prominent manner which not only linked all stakeholders but customers, audience and organisers within the event function. But communication linking was governed without monitoring. No such big or focused monitoring techniques were used. KPIs were used to understand the customer engagement on social media but it’s utilisation or application was not governed. For any event the highest selling of passes is governed when the event is about to occur and in that section of time stressed situation was rendered. This was due to lack of managerial functions in forecasting of the volume of customers going to get indulged (Vinerean, 2017).

Overall, it can be understood that effective planning and innovation in attracting of customers from all types of sections that is through social media and educational institutions was governed. The event management planning and communication could be improved by understanding about the risk factors and possible outcomes that might cluster and govern quality issues for later stages. The use of software based function was positive decision as it to only controlled the forwards bit also had records that could only be accessed through permissions (Lee et al., 2015). The use of technology reduced the work of team managers in team handling. Additionally, the reverse strategy for social media with pumping function of influencers was aid the managers to have good customer engagement.

Communication with external stakeholders needs to defined, quick, clear and effective with information transfer and good assistance function. In order to have systematic communication the rendering of each attributing function with communication needs to be examined in intense manner.

Recommendations

Red Bull has very high brand name and equity and event by the respective company will govern attention of many people so crowd handling on online channel required consolidated strategy that can function throughout for the event plan. Following recommendations could be used in order to govern effective support to issue procured in current planning of communication and monitoring team.

Monitoring techniques: consistency is key to any type of systematic communication. The monitoring techniques used in current plan could be changed and assistance of a person to govern monitoring the numbers and volume of capture on social media could have been done. In initial days, the number of audience might be less but later the volume will increase and the assistance will be required as well. The monitoring can be governed by understanding social media engagement and KPI reporting. These can be analysed and informed to respective stakeholders that technical team and social media handlers so that channelizing the information transfer can be governed in procured manner.

Technical assistance: FAQs reply, use of Chat GPT that is AI based communication and handling crowd so that secured channel is required to be governed by current team. The use of technology in terms of such big event could be imposed before handed so that event planning in later stages has no issues. Additionally, technology will aid in communication as well as recording and no audience will be left un-heard (Maijanen, 2023).

Data recording: from day one both online and offline data recording of audience engagement must be governed so that capacity of event can be matched up by the volume of facilities. Online recording can be governed by KPI reporting and offline can be managed by employees handling offline modes of passes taking (Hammerl et al., 2019).

Theme regulation: energy drink with protein was lesser known fact within the social media communication channel so the customer’s eccentricity towards the new product by brand needs to be increased in order to have Red Bull promotion event. Same customer base can be attracted by informative videos, Red Bull tags etc. types of simple techniques with current innovative techniques.

Conclusion

Communication and monitoring task for Red Bull’s promotion event has been elaborated in the current report. It can be analysed that effective planning and good analysis was functioned within the plan in order to have good communication. The various types of sectioning, bifurcation, team regulation and assisting types of strategies on real grounds has been explained in the above report. Social media handling was major task assisted and its intensified analysis has been presented in the report. Innovation was the key for successful audience attraction and engagement on social media pallet. However, many types of issues in handling the traffic was seen in the current management which was due to lesser risk based analysis. The larger perspective and frames in selection of mode of communication and number of members to be handling the social media team was required. In procuring the solution the of respective the last section governs recommendations for communication and monitoring strategy.

References

MGMT6009 Managing People and Teams Report 1 Sample

Assessment Task

This assessment requires you to explore and critically discuss the models, concepts, and theories presented in Modules 1.1, 1.2, and 2.1 and their practical application through your experiences and observations by contributing to a group discussion and then submitting an individual critical discussion report.

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

Successful managers take a 360-degree view of their environment and are cognisant of opportunities to learn and apply ideas from other industries and disciplines. The first three sub-modules (Modules 1.1, 1.2, and 2.1) of this subject serve to orient you to the varying roles and contexts in which managers must operate and introduces foundational skills in managing people and teams. This assessment is designed for you to demonstrate not only an understanding of managerial concepts but also their practical application. In doing so, you will demonstrate critical thinking and evaluative skills as well as effective communication skills required in a virtual environment.

Instructions

Report Structure

Please structure your report as follows:

• Cover sheet: With student details (student name, ID number, subject code & name, assessment number and title)

• Introduction: Outline the context, purpose, and structure of your report (5–10% of word count)

• Main discussion section: Answer each of the questions above (80–90% of word count)

• Conclusion: Provide a summary of the report (5–10% of word count)

• Reference list

• Appendices: You MUST include a copy of your posts and replies to your group discussion activities

Please note that this is a short report with a word limit of 750. Therefore, it is important that you make use of tables, figures, and diagrams as these are not part of your word count.

5. You will be assessed against the assessment rubric below and your level of insight and application of knowledge from Modules 1.1, 1.2, and 2.1.

You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment—this will give you a clear picture of what a successful critical discussion report looks like.

Solution

Introduction

This report covers subjects relevant to my electrical engineering and managerial roles. The subjects addressed include project management, organisational behaviour, project leadership, and negotiation. Each topic provides significant insights and skills for project management, team collaboration, and success. For Assignment Help, I want to study these topics and improve my managerial skills and career success.

Discussion

Module topics

I find the topic “The Role of Management” relevant since it emphasises some of the most important ideas in management. As an electrical engineer, I often work in teams on various projects and may be put in positions of leadership where strong management skills are essential. Mintzberg's classification of managerial roles has helped me better appreciate the breadth and depth of managerial duties.

Figure 1: Mintzberg Managerial Roles
(Source: Relivingmbadays.wordpress.com, 2012)

“Understanding Organisational Behaviour” is relevant because it highlights the need to understand organisational behaviour in managerial roles. As an electrical engineer, I often collaborate with others and learn from their unique experiences and viewpoints. I draw on my understanding of human behaviour, team dynamics, and organisational behaviour to successfully communicate, interact, and encourage team members.

Because it emphasises the significance of project leadership and the manager's role in accomplishing project goals, I find the topic “Project Leadership” relevant. Working knowledge of good project leadership and the ability to steer and influence team behaviour is essential for completing projects successfully.

“Project Management Defined” is relevant to me since it emphasises the basics of project management and the most important subfields. To succeed in project management, one must appreciate the transient nature of projects, their individual qualities, and the variety of teams involved.

The need for efficient conflict management is highlighted in “Conflict”, which is relevant to me since it addresses a prevalent issue in the workplace. It is essential for everyone interested in team dynamics and collaboration to be able to tell the difference between healthy and unhealthy forms of conflict.

Since negotiation is a skill that may be used in many contexts, including personal and professional interactions, “Negotiation” is relevant to me. Every day as a manager or team member, I face circumstances requiring negotiation to establish mutually beneficial agreements or settle problems.

Discussion Forum

Due to my technical background and competence in the sector, my perceptions and experiences vary from those of the other group members. My concentration on electrical engineering concepts and problem-solving methodologies moulds my perceptions and experiences, while others may have intuitive or functional communication styles. My communication style may differ from those who take a more intuitive or functional approach since I value facts, figures, and empirical proof more. Through this conversation, I've understood how crucial it is to strike a healthy balance between my analytical and other communication styles, including personal and functional, to promote efficient communication and the development of strong relationships. The need to support a diverse work environment and be receptive to various communication styles is essential for employees (Project Management Institute, 2017). I plan to put these lessons into practice by listening carefully to others, thinking about their perspectives, and tailoring my communication style to their requirements while still using my analytical talents when necessary.

Figure 2: Communication styles
(Source: Author)

My perceptions and experiences vary from those of the other group members, mostly because of my technical background and knowledge in the sector. As an electrical engineer, I have a more in-depth appreciation for the technical requirements and difficulties of overseeing electrical systems, including power generation, transmission, distribution, and utilisation. Since then, I've become an expert in electrical engineering and the management techniques that stem from it. By incorporating engineering principles and practises into the management strategy, people can ensure the efficient and effective execution of electrical engineering projects in the future, considering technical constraints, safety regulations, and industry standards (Cun et al. 2021).

In the information technology (IT) industry, I have emphasised the significance of technical skills, supply chain management, and government regulations. In contrast, others have concentrated on work from home rules and market competitiveness. I can provide a fresh point of view to discussions about the future of work, technological progress, and AI's effects because of my electrical engineering background. The need to work across disciplines and the worth of including technical skills in strategic decision-making are essential (Al Dabbagh, 2020). In the future, I want to continue using my engineering background to make meaningful contributions to diverse businesses via discussion and problem-solving.

Conclusion

In conclusion, the talks and courses on management themes have given me significant insights and views applicable to my profession as an electrical engineer. I'll be more successful as a professional if I grasp management concepts, organisational behaviour, project leadership, conflict management, and negotiation. Using these lessons, I may improve teamwork, resolve issues, and achieve project success.  

References

MBA5003 Operations Plan Report 2 Sample

Developing an Operational Plan

Operational planning takes the broad strategies and objectives outlined in the Strategic Plan, turns them into specific tasks and allocates the people and other resources of the organisation to get them done. It addresses the question – ‘What do we need to do to make it all happen and know we are on track?’ It provides the staff and volunteers in the organisation with their day to day and week to week tasks, lets them know where they are going and gives them a measure of what they are expected to achieve. It makes sense that the people who are most directly responsible for ensuring that the outcomes are achieved are included in the development of the workplans. Specific activities are nominated that are necessary to achieve the strategies and goals set by the board or management committee. Specific staff, timelines and resources are allocated to these activities which then form the basis for reporting and evaluation. Assignment task requires a description of the allocation of resources, a timeline, and the performance indicators against which the plan will be measured and assessed. This will involve a description of:

Allocation of Human Resources (Who is responsible?)

Allocation of Financial Resources (How much budget?)

Setting Timelines (When does this happen?)

Setting Performance Indicators (What are we aiming to achieve?)

Word Limit : 1500 words (excluding references).

TASK: develop a detailed Operations Plan for an operation relating to a product or service to be delivered across national borders (Australia)

Structure of the Report

VIT Assessment Task Sheet with Student Details

Executive Summary

Table of Contents

Introduction

Background

Scope or Theory

Suggested Operations Plan

Recommendations

Conclusion

Reference List

Appendices

Assessment Task Sheet with Student Details: Title of the report, Student name, Student ID, Lecturer, Course Code & Title

Executive summary: Write a 250-word abstract or summary of what you did in the Operations

Plan report

Introduction: Introduce what you are going to do in this report, what critical material will you use to support your arguments, and include any relevant or previous study on this issue

Background: (a) Brief background of the company - reason for selecting this particular company - a brief current situation of the company based on analysis of its operation, vision, finances, etc - describe the key operations in this company and how these operations relate to the company’s strategy, its competitive priorities, and the key performance indicators used by the company; (b) a brief background of the country of origin and Australia – use PESTLE (Political, Economic, Social, Technological, Legal and Environmental factors) – just 1-2 lines each key area (no need to go into detail) Scope: or Theory: Describe the theory used and the specific question or idea that you are trying to raise – operations management theory

Suggested Operations Plan: identify a product or service and describe the detailed Operations plan - clearly identify the transforming and transformed resources, the transformation process, and the outputs and outcomes of the operation: Analysing the Market – existing Product/Service or designing New Product/Service Management of the Operations/Supply Chain - Operations Timeline Allocating Human Resources – who will do what and how?

Allocating Financial Resources - Organizing Finances, Resource Repurposing, and Finance Management Plan

Results or Outputs – Value Addition

Recommendation: Provide a critical review of this key operation and its management that might underpin its future improvement and contribution to the company’s competitive priorities

Conclusion: Explain the significance of the operations plan for you and what can be learnt from it

Reference List: This needs to be in the latest APA Style - at least 10-15 references including the latest relevant journal articles, books, and company annual statement - also note that these references should be used within the case study report to support your arguments as in-text citations

Appendices: Please take a screenshot of the relevant tables from company profile/annual statement and paste it here with the source (Company name, Annual Statement 2022, page no. XYZ) – you can refer to a table or graph given in an appendix within the case study report (See Appendix 1).

Solution

1. Introduction

The crucial process of creating an operational strategy for the well-known international e-commerce behemoth Amazon, with an emphasis on cross-border delivery of goods and services, especially in the context of Australia (Wang et al., 2019). Operational planning is a crucial process that converts the company's strategic plan's high-level goals and strategies into concrete activities. For Assignment Help, This plan is essential to provide an answer to the issue of how to implement those methods and monitor outcomes. Cite prior research and industry best practices on global development, cross-border logistics, and e-commerce operations to bolster claims. Look at the essential elements of operational planning, such as allocating financial and human resources, defining delivery and implementation schedules, and creating performance metrics to gauge and evaluate progress (Wang et al., 2019).

2. Background

2.1 Background of the company

The selection of Amazon, a multinational e-commerce behemoth, for this investigation, was based on its importance and significance within the digital marketplace, especially with respect to Australia. According to the most recent information available, Jeff Bezos established the international company Amazon in the United States in 1994 (Bader Althafairi et al., 2019). With its expansion into e-commerce, cloud computing (Amazon Web Services), streaming services (Amazon Prime Video), and other areas, it has become one of the biggest and most varied corporations in the world. Amazon's activities in Australia are mostly focused on e-commerce, using a large network of fulfilment centres, logistics, and delivery services to provide a broad selection of items to consumers (Wang et al., 2019).

2.2 PESTEL Analysis

1. Political (U.S and Australia)

Amazon's headquarters will benefit from the political stability and robust legal system of the United States. However, the company's operations and market domination may be impacted by political changes and possible regulatory changes, particularly in the IT sector. Although the political environment there is stable, Amazon may face new regulatory obstacles as a result. The company's market entrance and operation may be impacted by strict import controls and competition policies, necessitating compliance with local laws (Bader Althafairi et al., 2019).

2. Economic (U.S and Australia)

Amazon's expansion is supported by the substantial consumer market and robust economy that the U.S. has to provide. However, shifts in the economy and disparities in income might affect consumer spending, which would affect Amazon's earnings. Australia's economy is solid, albeit it is not as large as that of the United States. Consumer behaviour, the state of the economy, and exchange rates all have a significant impact on Amazon's financial success in this market ( Akash Desai, 2021).

3. Social (U.S and Australia)

Amazon's customer centric strategy is in line with social trends in the U.S., such as the acceptance of ecommerce, convenience driven buying, and an ecologically concerned client base. Comprehending the constantly changing tastes of society is essential for Amazon's service and product lines. Online shopping and convenience are driving changes in consumer preferences in Australia. Amazon has to follow these trends while also taking into account regional cultural quirks, such as holiday customs and purchasing patterns (Amiri & Vida, 2023).

4. Technological (U.S and Australia)

The United States leads the world in technological innovation, providing Amazon with access to cutting-edge resources and know how. In terms of supply chain, logistics, and cloud services, the firm has a competitive advantage because it utilises cutting-edge technology. Australia's technical landscape is developed, however, it may not be the same as that of the United States. Taking into account elements like internet penetration and digital infrastructure, Amazon must modify its technical solutions and infrastructure to meet local demands (Amiri & Vida, 2023).

5. Legal (U.S and Australia)

The U.S. legal system is well established and business friendly, but to stay out of trouble with the law, Amazon must comply with and modify constantly changing legislation about labour practices, data protection, and antitrust. A unique set of legal requirements, including consumer protection, competition, and tax legislation, apply to Amazon in Australia. Maintaining compliance with Australian legislation is crucial to avoid legal conflicts and limitations on market access ( Akbalik, 2020).

6. Environmental ( U.S and Australia)

American consumers and authorities are beginning to place a greater emphasis on sustainability and environmental issues. To comply with changing environmental regulations, Amazon has to make investments in environmentally friendly operations and lower its carbon footprint. Due to the country's particular environmental issues, such as bushfires and conservation initiatives, Amazon must pay close attention to social responsibility and ecofriendly practices, such as waste minimization and supply chain sustainability (Akbalik, 2020).

Table 1 PESTEL Analysis
Source (Akbalik, 2020)

3. Scope

This paper seeks to investigate, within the field of operations management theory, the important subject of how global ecommerce behemoths, like Amazon, modify their operational strategies when venturing into new markets aside from the US and Australia (Umar, 2022). Examine several aspects of operations, such as resource allocation, supply chain management, logistics, and adherence to regional laws. The concepts of operational efficiency and flexibility serve as the foundation for the overall theory that directs this examination. By examining how multinational corporations handle the intricacies of heterogeneous marketplaces, may get a deeper understanding of the more comprehensive approaches and procedures that facilitate prosperous globalization within the domain of operations management (Umar, 2022).

4. Suggested Operations Plan

1. Analysing the Market

The first step is determining customer preferences, doing in-depth market research, and evaluating the current selection of electric bicycles. The goal of this stage is to create a distinctive selling proposition and improve the product design (Dobni & Sand, 2018).

2. Management of the Operations/Supply Chain

A clear operations schedule is essential. It covers the following: distribution, production, quality assurance, and raw material procurement. Every stage has a deadline to guarantee production and delivery efficiency (Dobni & Sand, 2018).

3. Allocating Human Resources

Human resources are distributed among several positions, including engineers for product design, assembly workers for factories, supply chain management professionals for logistics, and sales and marketing teams for market penetration (Ciocca, 2019).

4. Financial Resource Allocation

The budgetary allotment for every operational stage is specified in a finance management plan. This involves managing expenses for production and marketing, securing funds for research and development, and repurposing resources to maximize costs (Ciocca, 2019).

5. Results or Outputs

By combining cost, environmental sustainability, and inventiveness, the process adds value by converting raw materials into electric bicycles. In the end, this results in a superior product, a more efficient supply chain, and commercial success, which in turn helps to lower carbon emissions and satisfy customer demand for environmentally friendly transportation (Ciocca, 2019).

5. Recommendation

1. Improving the Resilience of the Supply Chain

Strengthening supply chain resilience is one important area where Amazon's cross-border operations, especially in Australia, need improvement. The foundation of Amazon's international operations is its supply chain, and interruptions may have far reaching effects (Garcia, 2023). To do this, the business should work with many suppliers in various locations to diversify its sourcing tactics and lessen reliance on a single source. Predictive analytics and technological investments may also aid in the early identification of possible bottlenecks and supply chain disruptions. Improving ties with regional logistics suppliers and partners in Australia may help to increase distribution effectiveness even more. Lead times may be shortened and customer satisfaction raised by putting in place a real-time tracking and monitoring system for items that are in transit (Pi & Wang, 2020).

2. Localized Market Strategies

In order to improve its competitive standing and adaptability to local consumer needs in Australia, Amazon need to use more regional marketing tactics. Even though Amazon is renowned for its standardized processes, it is crucial to adjust to the unique requirements and preferences of the Australian market (Pi & Wang, 2020). This entails adjusting product offers, marketing strategies, and customer service in addition to comprehending cultural variances. Data-driven analytics teams that track regional market trends and consumer behavior may be established by Amazon. In order to get additional knowledge and establish a stronger connection with the Australian market, the business have to think about working with regional influencers and brands. By doing this, Amazon will be able to increase its market share, meet the particular requirements of the Australian market, and fortify its competitive objectives in this area (Pi & Wang, 2020).

6. Conclusion

The suggestions made about Amazon's cross-border activities in Australia are in line with how dynamic the world of business is. Amazon's flexibility and ability to address regional issues are critical to its sustained success in global markets. Through the implementation of tailored market strategies and the reinforcement of supply chain resilience, Amazon can maintain its competitiveness and adaptability to the unique needs of the Australian market. These suggestions not only support Amazon's customer-first approach but also recognize how crucial operational adaptability is in the face of changing and varied markets. Having the capacity to recover from supply chain interruptions and provide customized solutions to clients is essential to keeping a competitive advantage.

References

Appendix
Appendix 1: Amazon

Appendix 2: PESTEL Analysis

MEM602 Engineering Risk Management Report 2 Sample

Task Summary

The case study shown below provides an overview of Road Transit Systems (RTS) - a specialist preventative vehicle maintenance program operator in NSW, Australia. A number of attributes have been provided in the case study to give the reviewer (i.e., you as student) the opportunity to draw on material and construct a response that is relevant to the information provided (in the case study). Reference to the case study is required for ALL three assessments and your critique of the case study will differ across ALL three assessments.

For assessment 2 the Managing Director of RTS has assigned you as Project Engineer to oversee the development of a risk management plan for the organisation based on the findings provided in the Risk Strategy Report. Critical to the Risk Strategy Report were a number of external and internal risk-based issues that impacted RTS’s approach to compliance and governance. The findings from the Risk Strategy Report, suggested to RTS senior management that the engagement of key personnel across the organisation and engagement of interested parties external to the organisation was inadequate. To rectify this situation, a stakeholder analysis together with a risk management plan has been benchmarked for action. As Project Engineer, you will work with other colleagues in providing a formal report in 2500 words (+/- 10%) that outlines a risk management plan as an action plan for RTS. Your group report will be broken into 4 main categories: discussion of the risk issues, review of risk controls, performing a risk assessment (identify and analyse) and undertaking a cause and effect analysis. Within these categories you will address the likelihood and consequence of the risk occurring, evaluating the risk (treatment) and prioritise the significance of the risk. Please note, this is a group assessment and it is expected that you undertake appropriate academic cues in preparing your submission.

Task Instructions – Assessment 2

To complete this assessment, you need to critically analyse the case, develop appropriate plans and review of current systems for further action and benchmark an innovative approach to furthering compliance and organisational effectiveness in view of actioning an ‘organisational risk evolving culture’.

Report criteria:

1. Refer to the Case Study. Take into account ALL of the case’s context;

2. Produce a risk management plan;

3. Develop and map a stakeholder analysis;

4. Address the risk issues identified in the strategy report by:

• discussing the risk issues;

• reviewing the risk controls;

• performing a risk assessment (identify and analyse risks–some of which must be process-based risks);

• undertake a cause and effect analysis

5. From addressing the risk issues determine the likelihood and consequence of the risks occurring and;

6. Prioritise the significance of the risk through the use of a risk register

The following diagram will aid you in this process:

Report structure:

1. Executive Summary (what is the purpose and nature of the report);

2. Contents page;

3. Introduction - Background information;

4. Body (as outlined in report criteria);

5. Conclusion;

6. Recommendations;

7. List of References;

8. Appendices

This assessment is relevant to the following SLOs (subject learning outcomes):

a) Develop a systematic risk management approach to strategically and operationally identify, evaluate, analyse, manage and govern risks in an engineering context;

b) Implement a risk management approach in engineering practice workplace situations;

c) Assess and apply methodologies and tools to improve safety, reliability and to reduce hazards;

d) Develop risk management plans for engineering projects and systems in accordance with appropriate risk management standards;

e) Consider and be able to adapt technologies and innovative ideas to improve risk management processes.

Assessment criteria and weighting is as follows (also refer to the assessment rubric).

1. Evidence of addressing the SLOs for the assessment: 20% of this assessment

2. Analytical depth and discussion: 35% of this assessment

3. Academic and Industry evidence to support arguments: 45% of this assessment

4. Quality of the style and structure of the response: 10% of this assessment 

Solution

Risk Management Plan

The above Figure 1 represents the steps involved in the Risk Management Plan. Risk management helps the project manager to look ahead of the potential risk and reduce its negative impact. Academic interest in risk management has significantly increased in recent years (Rampini et al., 2019). In reducing the risk related to preventive maintenance programs, the Road transit system (RTS) has to undertake a series of steps to maintain a smoother flow of vehicles and prevent risk regarding vehicle maintenance.Risk management process requires to identify the inherent risk and optimal avoidance measure of the project(Banerjee Chattapadhyay et al., 2021)

Establishing the Context

RTS is involved in pricing vehicle maintenance programs in New South Wales in Australia which is mostly preventive. It is involved in reducing the maintenance cost of vehicles and reducing the cost due to unpredictable behaviors. The maintenance of vehicles has to be done based on the local policies and conditions. For Assignment Help, Topography, Urban services and weather must be considered. A proper risk management plan is to be adopted by RTS to prevent the risks and accidental hazards which could happen during the vehicle maintenance program.Assessments of interassociation are required in mega projects among the risk for segmenting them in various categories(Banerjee Chattapadhyay et al., 2021).

Communication and Consultation

After identifying the extent of the risk and mitigating tool RTS will be required to acquire and contact the local regulatory authorities to inform them about it. Effective communication must be maintained with the vehicle owner and vehicle maintenance centers for taking the preventive measures.The present situation regarding the defects in the vehicle maintenance is to be consulted and communicated with regulatory authorities.Risk management help to determine the future consequences nad help to identify possible risk factors which have a significant impact on risk management(Banerjee Chattapadhyay et al., 2021)

Identifying the Risk

As RTS works as a preventive vehicle maintenance program operator in Australia RTS will be required to identify the issues vehicles are facing like unpredictable repairs, increasing maintenance costs and unpredictable reports. The preventive maintenance program must be loaded so that it will be able to identify the issue more quickly so that necessary action can be taken to deal with it. Maintenance and operation have their own impact in each field (Kamlu et al., 2019).

Analyzing the Risk

The scale of the damage that can happen to vehicles while running off the road must be measured on the basis of the local conditions throughout Australia. The scale of damage must be measured with the help of the PMP inspection process. The solution which is to be used for mitigating the risk must be considered after calculating the damage it may cause to the individual. Risks are considered as the negative or positive probable events which impact any of the project objectives (Ullah et al., 2021).

Evaluating the Risk

RTS needs to adopt the principle and framework of ISO 31000 for managing the risks. ISO 31000 provides a certain level of reassurance in terms of economic resilience, professional reputation and environmental and safety outcomes (ISO, 2023). It will help RTS to determine whether the uncertainty of the objectives is considered negative or positive. Business decisions are made under risks and uncertainty (Dvorsky et al., 2021)

Treating the Risk

Risk treatment for RTS can be conducted by including proper safety management, forecasting working conditions, providing proper PPE to maintenance workers and by implementing proper supervision and management on work sites. Complying with ISO 31000 guidelines for safety and risk management is a vital part of risk treatment.Risk management policies are important in the construction of megaprojects(Banerjee Chattapadhyay et al., 2021))

Monitoring and reviewing

After identifying the risk RTS needs to grow the project to staff which poses the necessary qualification to deal with the preventive maintenance of the vehicles. The local road condition and life of the vehicle are to be reported to the necessary steps for vehicle maintenance can be undertaken. Reporting must be done to local authorities regarding the conditions of the road and conducting changes in the transport infrastructure to avoid accidental hazards and risks.Risk management is considered as a rapidly changing field which helps to navigate the complexities for a rewarding career(Chance and Brooks, 2021).

Stakeholder analysis

Figure 2: Stakeholder Matrix
(Source: self-created)

Stakeholder analysis involves the process of collecting information regarding any person who is to be impacted by the project. It helps to identify all of the stakeholders and their needs and importance in the project. It helps to identify the individuals who are involved in the process and communicate the plan and goals regarding the ways RTS will be able to conduct risk management in activities. Stakeholder analysis has helped to identify who is the stakeholder and how it has helped to understand the interactions between them (Heslinga et al., 2021). Customers, employees, suppliers and manufacturers are required to be kept satisfied. Employees are ordered to adopt the risk management standard of ISO 31000. ISO 31000 helps organizations increase the likelihood of achieving objectives and improve the identification of threats and opportunities (ISO, 2023). These people are considered at the forefront of the services which RTS provide so taking necessary steps to reduce the risk which will not impact them is necessary. Government authorities and policymakers must be managed closely. Primary and secondary lenders must be managed with minimum effort as they do not play such an important role in the function of the business. Insurers and local communities are required to be kept informed about the risk as they are the most affected by it. They are to be informed of the changes RTS is implementing in its operation so they can be aware of it which will help to remove any kind of misunderstanding.

Table 1: Stakeholder Analysis
(Source: Self-created)

Table 2: Stakeholder Concerns
(Source: Self-created)

Figure 3: Risk Analysis
(Source: Self-created)

Risk analysis involves the process of identifying the potential future events which will adversely affect the company. It helps to understand the financial implications of the event. In the above figure, the risks which are severe and are more likely to happen are highlighted in red while the risks which are not significant are highlighted with yellow and light colors. This risk can be faced by RTS while providing its vehicle maintenance services.

Figure 4: Strategic Risk Management Plan
(Source: Self-created)

A risk management plan helps to define how the project risk management will be executed and enables the project manager to see ahead of the potential risk and reduce its negative impact. It helps to identify the potential problems before they occur. In the above figure the activities which are to be taken by RTS to deal with the calculated risks of vehicle maintenance are highlighted.

Recommendations

Implementing Routine Maintenance programs

Routine maintenance activity involves machine serving regular inspections which is important for keeping the vehicle system up to date and functional. It will help RTS to reduce the cost of maintenance. It will lead to fewer failures, increased productivity and improved safety for the vehicle which will help to manage and prevent risks. Routine maintenance can be done on the basis of the ISO 31000 principles and guidelines of risk management. It will help in improving the performance. ISO 31000 quality management standards help to work more efficiently and help to reduce product failures (ISO, 2023). It will help to customize the maintenance process. Regular maintenance will also help in providing mechanics with a detailed idea of the road condition in Australia which will help to deal with the issue. As mentioned in the identification of the risks in the Risk management plan Routine maintenance programs will help to identify the risk associated with vehicle maintenance which will contribute to improving the safety of passengers

Hiring Experienced staff

RTS should focus on hiring mechanics to reduce risk in conducting the preventive maintenance of vehicles. Experienced individuals will be able to maintain the railways applying the knowledge of the industry regulations and standards. They will more likely remain in compliance. It will help to reduce the cost of repairs and ensure that the same issues are not raised further with an increase in the level of safety and maintenance. It will help to conduct activities in a scheduled manner. It will help RTS to evaluate the inspection process which will help to put more emphasis on the tracking reports and the work order and maintaining the guidelines and principles of ISO 31000. . As mentioned in the measurement in Risk Management Plan Staff who possess experience in vehicle maintenance will be able to analyze the extent of damage to the vehicle which will help to reduce the chances of further risk.

Using Data

RTS must focus on obtaining data about the road condition, and the vehicle features. It will help to manage the risk-related issues. Data plays a vital role in preventing risk. It will help to conduct top decision support making. Data risk assessment helps to shed light on the necessary sensitive information which is vital for the job. Implementing data management will be vital for the RTS which will involve the process, procedures, governance and compliance and will help to reduce the data risks. Data regarding the rural area where the trains run, the local topography and weather and service designs are to be collected for providing maintenance services to vehicles in accordance with their place of use. As observed in the measurement in the Monitoring and Reporting Risk Management Plan will help to assess the future risk which may arise during vehicle maintenance and necessary steps can be undertaken to mitigate it.

References

MBA5008 Business Research Methods Report 3 Sample

Case Study Report

Introduction

The student will be asked to write a research-based project building on their annotated bibliography in Assessment Task 1, articulating a research problem / issue / question, discussing a thorough literature review, analysis and discussion of the various issues identified from the literature review, using different perspectives and coming up with conclusions, solutions, and recommendations.

Task

Students are to work on a selected research problem/question, conduct a narrative literature review, and prepare a research report.Students are to work on a selected research problem/question, conduct a narrative literature review, and prepare a research report.

Aim

The primary aim of this assessment is for you to understand the research process and get familiar with conducting a literature review, exploring relevant theories, methods, and concepts. The secondary aim of this assignment is to give you the opportunity to enhance your research skills, critical thinking, theoretical applications and report writing skills.

How to write a research report step by step:

To start with your research report, you need to be clear on below questions.

ï What is the aim?

ï What is the topic? (A topic may be given by your lecturer, or you can make your own choice in consultation with your lecturer, this process needs to be determined through Assessment 1)

ï What is the expected research report format?

Use proper in-text referencing as well as list of references. The referencing style must follow the APA referencing style.

Solution

Introduction

The restaurant and hotel business, as well as catering services and food manufacturing, are just a few examples of the diverse and dynamic industries that make up the food and hospitality sector. For Assignment Help, In this industry, motivation is essential since it has a direct bearing on service quality, client contentment, and the general prosperity of firms operating there. Employees must retain their motivation to deliver great service, uphold strict standards of cleanliness and hygiene, and adapt to shifting consumer trends and preferences in this fast-paced and customer-focused industry (Sthapit et al., 2023). The pursuit of personal and professional advancement, financial incentives, a love of the culinary arts, a desire to produce exceptional guest experiences and other considerations can all serve as sources of inspiration. For the food and hospitality sector to continue to develop and evolve while providing consumers with the finest experiences, it is imperative that management and front-line personnel can be inspired and engaged. In the culinary industry, chefs and cooks frequently find inspiration in the artistic preparation of food, the pleasure of trying new things, and the joy of making clients happy with their creations.

A strong motivator is the satisfaction that comes from making sure that clients feel welcomed, pampered, and happy. Positive evaluations from visitors may improve this pleasure even more, and word-of-mouth advertising boosts the success of businesses. Another crucial component of motivation in the food and hospitality sector is the goal of personal and professional progress. Workers in this industry frequently value the chance for skill improvement, job promotion, and exposure to various cultures and cuisines. Motivated employees are more inclined to look for training opportunities, attend seminars, and partake in industry events to keep current on the newest trends and approaches, helping to enhance their workplaces continuously (Abdelhamied et al., 2023). In addition, financial incentives like tips, bonuses, and the prospect of profit-sharing in managerial positions can have a big impact on employee motivation in the food and hospitality sector. The prospect of material gain can strengthen work ethics and dedication while luring brilliant people into the field.

Aim

This study's objective is to learn more about and comprehend the dynamics of motivation in the food and hospitality industries. It aims to investigate the numerous motivating elements that affect management and personnel in this business and evaluate how these aspects affect the sector's success, level of customer satisfaction, and quality of service.

Objectives

• To determine and classify the main motivators that influence management and personnel in the sector.

• To determine how customer satisfaction, job advancement, and a love of the culinary arts affect staff motivation.

• To research the connection between pay incentives and employee happiness and performance

Methods

Categorize the primary motivational factors driving employees and management in the industry.

In the words of Idriz et al. (2023), Extrinsic and intrinsic motivational variables may be roughly categorised as what drives managers and staff alike in the food and hospitality sector. Genuine love for the culinary arts and a desire to provide outstanding guest experiences are examples of intrinsic motivators. Employees who are driven by the culinary arts and the joy of satisfying consumers typically have strong work ethics (Ramanathan et al., 2023). Their passion is maintained by the sense of accomplishment they gain from their job and the ongoing search for culinary innovation. The acknowledgment and admiration from colleagues and customers also frequently fuels the inherent urge to succeed in this business. Extrinsic motivators, on the other hand, include monetary rewards like tips, bonuses, and the possibility of profit-sharing in management positions.

These rewards have a big influence on employees' prospective earnings, which helps to motivate them. Employees in the quick-paced, customer-focused food and hospitality industry value the financial benefits that come with providing outstanding service. These rewards encourage employees to give exceptional customer service and also entice smart people to work in the field since they may potentially make money from it. The food and hospitality sector is therefore motivated by a combination of inner and extrinsic reasons, which improves the quality of services provided, employee happiness, and overall corporate performance.

In what ways customer satisfaction, job advancement, and a love of the culinary arts affect staff motivation

Within the food and hospitality industries, employee motivation is influenced by a variety of interrelated factors, including work growth, a passion for the culinary arts, and customer pleasure. In the beginning, employee motivation is greatly influenced by customer happiness. According to Schrobback et al. (2023), a feeling of purpose and success is frequently instilled in employees when they see the direct results of their efforts on the satisfaction and pleasure of visitors. Opportunities for career progression are a key motivator. The possibility of climbing the professional ladder is a powerful motivation in a field where career advancement and development are highly valued. Because they regard their current positions as stepping stones towards their professional ambitions, employees who perceive a clear route for promotion are more likely to be driven to achieve in them (Kalenjuk et al., 2023). The prospect of promotions, more responsibility, and greater compensation can motivate employees to keep developing their abilities, taking on new tasks, and proving their commitment to the position. A passion for the culinary arts, especially among chefs and cooks, is crucial for employee motivation. Food and the culinary arts are strong passions for many who find inner inspiration in their everyday job.

Connection between pay incentives and employee happiness and performance

A difficult and important part of human resource management in a variety of businesses, including the food and hospitality industry, is the relationship between pay incentives and employee satisfaction and performance. Bonuses, commissions, profit-sharing, and gratuities are examples of pay incentives that directly affect employees' performance and happiness. Financial incentives, first and foremost, frequently result in happier employees. Receiving compensation for one's efforts and devotion not only validates one's efforts but also increases one's level of job satisfaction (Sreen et al., 2023). A sense of justice and recognition may be fostered by the possibility of earning more through incentives, which in turn raises morale and drive.

The food and hospitality business, where many employees rely on gratuities as a large portion of their salary, is one sector where this enhanced contentment is particularly noticeable. They have a strong motivation to deliver outstanding service since gratuities are directly correlated with their performance.
In the words of Kalargyrou et al. (2023), This frequently translates into better customer service, quicker reaction times, and a higher degree of attention to detail in the food and hospitality industries. Employees are inspired to continuously do their best work when they can perceive a clear connection between their efforts and cash benefits. To maximise employee satisfaction and performance, a well-designed compensation and incentive system that accounts for both monetary rewards and other non-monetary aspects like recognition is essential.

Results

Discussion

The success and calibre of service within this dynamic profession are greatly influenced by motivation, which is a varied and crucial factor. The exploration of this subject shows several important concerns and insights. The primary factor influencing staff performance in this sector is intrinsic motivation, which derives from a sincere passion of the culinary arts and a desire to provide great visitor experiences (Chang et al., 2023). Passionate chefs, cooks, and front-line employees frequently exhibit higher levels of dedication, creativity, and engagement. This inner incentive acts as a constant source of inspiration, encouraging an innovative and excellent culture and raising the level of service.

Extrinsic motivators, in particular monetary rewards like tips, bonuses, and profit-sharing, also have a significant impact on performance and job satisfaction. In addition to rewarding great service, these incentives help the business recruit and keep talent. When workers can directly link their work to financial benefit, they are inspired to constantly outperform in their positions, which improves both the general customer experience and the company's profitability. The influence of motivation also affects prospects for professional advancement. Within the industry, the possibility of career progression, skill improvement, and more responsibility is a strong motivation.

Additionally, the food and hospitality industries' motivation directly affects customers' levels of satisfaction (Alnasser et al., 2023). Employee motivation increases the likelihood that they will deliver outstanding service, creating memorable visitor experiences. Positive customer reviews provide as more evidence of the intrinsic motivation of employees and demonstrate the close relationship between employee motivation and overall business performance.

Conclusion

In summary, motivation is a major factor in the food and hospitality industries, affecting both worker productivity and client happiness. Approaches to employee recognition and remuneration that is well-balanced and takes into account both intrinsic and extrinsic motivators are crucial. The continued success and progress of the sector depend on comprehending and using these motivating elements.

References

MBA6304 Hospitality Management Report 3 Sample

Introduction

This is an Individual assessment. Each student is required to write a report on the contemporary ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges faced by a hospitality operator in relation a situation of a change management or a crisis.

Task

The purpose of this assessment is to assess the contemporary ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges faced by a hospitality operator in relation a situation of
a change management or a crisis. They will report on their analysis and possible strategies to assist management of that organisation.

Your report must include:

› Title Page: The title of the assessment, your group name and name and student ID for each of the students within the group.

› Executive Summary

› Table of Content

› Introduction: A statement of the purpose for your report and a brief outline of project (one or two paragraphs).

› Body of Report: Describe the tasks you performed as mentioned in the task.

› Findings and Recommendations

› Conclusion: A summary of the points you have made in the body of the paper. The conclusion should not introduce any ‘new’ material that was not discussed in the body of the paper. (One or two paragraphs)

› References: A list of sources used in your text.
They should be listed alphabetically by (first) author’s family name. You are required to have at least 15 scholarly references.

› The footer must include your name, student ID, and page number.

Solution

Introduction

With the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, critical global responses such as travel restrictions, lockdowns, shelters-in-place, international travel bans and social distancing orders were introduced (Davahli, et al., 2020). For Assignment Help, These travel bans impacted major parts of the world’s population because of partial or complete border closures imposed across countries. The hospitality industry was one of the worst affected sectors with millions of people becoming unemployed, global fears of spread and future waves and uncertain economic situations (Davahli, et al., 2020). The report here aims to assess various contemporary ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges present during such crisis by considering the example of a hospitality operator. It has also conducted an analysis and suggested possible strategies for better management of the organization. In this regard, Hilton Hotel has been undertaken as the hospitality operator, which is one of the world’s fastest-growing and largest hospitality companies (Hilton, 2023a). It comprises of 22 brands across 123 countries and territories with around 7295 properties worldwide. In this report, the analysis has been emphasized mainly on the Hilton Hotels present in Australia for identifying and evaluating different ethical and legal, social and cultural challenges during the pandemic crisis.
Analysis of Challenges Faced by Hilton Hotel

Impact of COVID-19 on Hospitality Industry

The COVID-19 pandemic generated catastrophic effects on the hospitality industry of Australia, forcing around 70% of business to decrease their staff hours while 43% sacking workers or placing them under unpaid leaves (Knaus, 2020). Around 78% of various accommodation and food service businesses were also required to bring changes to their workforce. In this regard, more than 30% of these businesses ceased down because of the impact from the pandemic outbreak (Knaus, 2020).

Fig 1: COVID-19 Impact on Hotel Industry Performance in Australia

(Source: Statista, 2023)

From the figure 1, it can be observed that around 24 out of 90 respondents opined about how they expected revenues to reduce by 81% or more in the upcoming years, while 19 of them expected about the decline in occupancy rates (Statista, 2023). Thus, this implies the negative impact on sales and revenues of the hospitality companies in Australia because of the pandemic crisis.

Furthermore, Victoria, Australian Capital Territory and New South Wales were the worst affected states for the hospitality sector because of lockdown and travel restrictions (Deputy, 2021). The pandemic outbreak also transformed this industry by causing an 80% decrease in shift-hours during April 2020, thus, leading of operations of businesses with half of their employment capacity. Besides, Hilton Hotels was also affected across various countries, which resulted in its laying off around 22% of its global corporate workforce (Valinsky, 2020). It also extended existing furloughs for numerous staff members for additional 90 days alongside pay cuts for executives. This was the first global crisis faced by the hotel chain that brought travel to a virtual standstill, thereby causing huge losses for the hospitality company (Valinsky, 2020). In addition, the hotel chain’s revenues and occupancy rates were also badly affected with the lingering effects of the pandemic.

Ethical and Legal Challenges

Various ethical and legal challenges were residing in the hospitality industry with the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic. Australia introduced a mandatory 14-day quarantine period in designated facilities like hotels or hotel-like service apartments for responding to the threat of infection (Haire, et al., 2022). Hilton Hotel in Australia also became a part of providing such quarantine facilities. While travelers supported this concept of quarantine in the hotels, this public policy was criticized as they often felt exposed to various risks (Haire, et al., 2022). This is because of the apparent inadequate system of infection control provided within such hotel facilities. It was also pointed out that often hotel facilities seemed inappropriate or inadequate for health and wellbeing of people living with their children (Haire, et al., 2022). Thus, systematic issues regarding infection control in hotel quarantines were common that generated risks to safety of individuals. Here, hotel quarantine points out towards ethical issues of human rights and infringement of liberty of individuals, who could have also quarantined at their own homes (Williams, et al., 2022). This is because strict restrictive measures were being imposed by the government in such emergency quarantine situations, which could be viewed as threat of harm to such individuals. COVID quarantines further involved larger populations at these hotel facilities. These measures can often be viewed inconceivable both legally and ethically in the public eyes (Williams, et al., 2022). Thus, its imposition cannot always be termed as ethical or legal as part of a risk-based measure to be undertaken at the hotel facilities.

Furthermore, the pandemic outbreak changed various legal aspects of contracting issues and employment laws of the global hospitality and travel industry. Force majeure clauses rose in commercial contracts that could excuse the hotel companies like Hilton from performing their contractual obligations (Edwards, 2021). Issues with payment of fees and negotiation of payment holidays were also being faced by these hospitality operators. They were further bound to rethink their cancellation policies with customers because of shifts in their expectations amidst uncertain travel (Edwards, 2021). Various employment issues also increased for the hospitality industry during the pandemic crisis because companies had to deal with the dilemma of imposing vaccine mandates and handling employees refusing to get vaccinated. Moreover, hospitality businesses were also faced with stricter data privacy laws, making it difficult to provide personalized services to the customers (Edwards, 2021).

Social and Cultural Challenges

Various social and cultural challenges were also faced by Hilton in ensuring health and safety measures for its workforce and customers alongside maintaining diversity and inclusion in the workplace environment. Hospitality companies were forced to lay off thousands and millions of workers without customers. Employment casualties led to around 290,000 hospitality workers being laid off in Australia (Goh & Baum, 2021). Hilton Hotek participated in the innovative strategies of ‘quarantine hotels’ that enabled it to change it service delivery standards. In this regard, the company made sure to introduce contactless services alongside providing increased hygiene control measures (Goh & Baum, 2021). These were essential for ensuring a safe working environment for both its employees and guests. The hotel had to be more mindful of these social measures as the workers in quarantine facilities became more exposed to risks of transmission from guests sharing the same hotel space (Goh & Baum, 2021). Such risky environment further often resulted in the spread of the pandemic cases being transmitted to hotel workers. This shows how it became generated numerous social and cultural challenges for Hilton Hotel. Thus, this made it essential for the company to provide more meaning work and safe working conditions to its employees at different hotel facilities. Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic caused disastrous effects on the hospitality sector alongside the people working in this industry (Mehta, et al., 2022). Social distancing measures, travel restrictions and lockdowns affected businesses of hotels like Hilton, which further impacted employment conditions of its employees. Their professional and personal wellbeing were majorly hampered, thereby giving rise to social and cultural challenges for the hospitality operator (Mehta, et al., 2022). This shows that changing variants of COVID-19 created profound effect on the psychological and personal health of the workers in the hospitality sector, thus, making it difficult for Hilton Hotel to deal with social and cultural challenges.

Despite these challenges, Hilton successfully responded to the pandemic crisis by implementing various health, safety and security programs like Hilton CleanStay and Hilton EventReady, where were solutions for cleanliness and customer service (Johann, 2022). It already consisted of some pre-pandemic innovations in place, which helped in providing contactless experience to guests in the hotels. The hospitality operator further constantly tracked various travel restrictions and requirements for better responding to crisis circumstances (Johann, 2022). This shows its adaptability towards the changing environment in offering safe traveling conditions alongside dealing with potential social and cultural challenges.

Findings

From the above analysis, it has been observed that Hiton Hotel faced various contemporary ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges while operating during the COVID-19 pandemic. It had to deal with ethical issues of human rights and infringement of liberty for providing quarantine facilities at its hotels. It also faced the risks of causing threats to potential health and safety conditions of its guests and workers at such facilities because of lacking proper infection control mechanisms in those areas. Furthermore, the company faced legal challenges of employment issues and contractual laws like cancellation policies, paid or unpaid leaves, vaccine mandates, data privacy laws, commercial contracts and payment of fees and negotiation of payment holidays. These challenges were dealt with abiding with the new legal realities put forward with the pandemic outbreak. Besides, it also had to manage the social and cultural issues regarding healthy and safe working environment of its workers working at the quarantine hotel facilities, dealing with increased transmission of the disease and managing impact on employees’ psychological and personal wellbeing arising from employment issues. However, Hilton Hotel handled these challenges successfully by ensuring safe, healthy and secure environment for its guests and workers alongside undertaking all preventive policies to deal with social and cultural challenges.

Recommendations

The Hilton group has faced significant challenges due to the outbreak of the pandemic. The objective of the following part of the report is to recommend actions that can help the firm recover from these challenges.

Plan-Do-check-act model

Plan

Managing the safety of the customers, employees and other stakeholders of the organization must be the primary goal of the firm.

Do

Communicate necessary actions to the employees. This can help them to initiate strategies that aims at visitors’ safety. Customers who are travelling must be provided with services like new towels, washroom essentials, masks, and many more in order to ensure safety.

Check

The feedbacks from customers must be checked in order to ensure improvement.

Act

The feedbacks of customers must be used as their opinions. This can help the firm to think creatively and ensure a safer environment for the visitors.

Six Sigma model

The organizational leaders of Hilton group are suggested to use this model in order to avoid social challenges and ensure diversity within the workplace. Lean six sigma projects are responsible for collaborative approach. They ensure amalgamation of employees from different departments. The objective of this collaboration is to improves the quality of services. Such approach not only fosters collaboration but ensures diversity within the workplace (Seiler, 2023). Hilton group can use this model to form teams with team members from different cultural backgrounds. These diverse teams can focus on innovation and creativity. Such creative ideas can also help the firm to overcome drastic impact of the pandemic.

Lean thinking

According to this model, it is the responsibility of the organizational leaders to focus on the values of customers and what they are willing to pay. While analyzing challenges, it can be found that the organization was bound to rethink their cancellation policies. In such situation, lean thinking can help these leaders to communicate the safer environment that visitors can get while staying in their hotel. Such value addition can empower customers and prevent them from cancelling their bookings.

Conclusion

The report aimed at assessing various contemporary legal, ethical, social and cultural challenges of the chosen hospitality operator Hilton Hotel during the COVID-19 pandemic crisis. The first section of the report provided a brief background about the pandemic and its implications for hospitality sector alongside company overview of Hilton. The body found out how this pandemic impacted the hospitality industry and identified various ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges for the companies operating under this sector. Ethical issues were human rights challenges and infringement of liberty and legal challenges were changes in employment laws and commercial contracts. Besides, social and cultural issues were related to health and safety of guests and workers alongside implications on psychological and personal wellbeing of the employees impacted by the pandemic. However, it was observed that Hilton has been successfully operating with various measures to respond to such challenges. Despite this, some strategies for managing the company going forward were suggested, which include plan-do-check-act, lean thinking and six sigma approach.

References

The Positive Correlation Between Climate Change and Ocean Identification Report Sample

There are two written assignments in this topic, namely:

- Assignment 1: Select a theme and summarize selected scientific publications (10% of the total mark)

- Assignment 2: Write a science-informed article on the selected theme (30% of total mark)

Instructions for Assignment 2

Select one of the following themes:

a. Climate change & population growth
b. Climate change & deforestation
c. Climate change & emission gaps
d. Climate change & ocean acidification
e. Climate change & wildfires

Write a science-based newspaper article on the selected theme that should be as informative and interesting as possible. See https://www.sciencenews.org/ for examples.

Your article must be based on verifiable scientific facts.

Here are the requirements for your article:

1. The title should reflect the content.

2. The text should be split up into three or more sections, each of 2-3 paragraphs.

3. The first section must introduce the reader to your theme and explain why your theme is relevant. The last section should be a summary with some open questions.

4. Include 1-3 scientific illustrations to underpin your text. The illustrations must have captions including reference to the source.

5. Add a reference list as an appendix.

6. A strict word limit of 1000 words (exclusive references) applies to your article. You must include a word count.

Notes: News articles do not use us reference links such as (Miles et al., 2022). Instead, you should rather write that “Dr Miles and her colleagues from Flinders University demonstrated that …”. You are allowed to use short quotes, but only if these are necessary.

Use exclusively your own words. No plagiarism! Plagiarism will be reported to the university.

The marking rubric for this assignment is shown on the next page. 

Solution

Introduction

The world has witnessed mass extinction of marine life, 250 million years ago. The major reason behind 90% extinction of marine life was due to ocean acidification. This extinction has disrupted the ecological system in the most devastating way. In the last few years, scientists, researchers, and environmentalists are worried because they are predicting a repetition of such event. For Assignment Help, Massive changes in climate are causing ocean acidification. The Economist published that, deep sea coral reefs, baby oysters are getting killed due to such acidification and contamination. Therefore, if people, governing bodies, and other responsible authorities fail to take immediate actions it can cause massive destruction to the plant earth.

Climate Change and Its Relation to Ocean Acidification

Fossil fuels are burning and this is increasing the level of carbon-di-oxide. Increase in the level of Co2 is the major reason behind global warming. The heat that is generated due to global warming are stockpiled by the ocean. This is leading to ocean acidification, which is further having a detrimental impact on the marine life and ecosystem. According to the reports of NRDC, the ocean water is slightly basic because its PH level is 8.1. However, researchers and experts are currently predicting that the PH level of the ocean can dip down to 7.8 units. This can make the ocean water acidic. This change in the PH level of the ocean looks small. However, the ocean has encountered such dip in the PH level about 14-15 million years ago. Scientists are predicting that this slight dip in the PH level of the ocean can have serious implications. Marine species will not only get impacted. It can also have an impact on the organisations who are operating the marine industries.

Illustrations

The Science behind Acidification of Ocean

Professor Jason Hall-Spencer who is one of the researchers in the University of Plymouth says that ocean is the quick absorber of Carbon-di-oxide. Once Co2 is absorbed in the ocean water it reacts with the molecules of water (H2O). This reaction further forms carbonic acid. Carbonic acid can also be broken down into an Hydrogen ion (H+ ) and bicarbonate. The Hydrogen ion is further responsible for decreasing the PH level of the ocean. With the decrease in the level of PH, ocean starts becoming acidic. This reaction concludes that ocean acidification and climate change are interconnected environmental crises.

Henry’s Law

Sander says that according to Henry’s Law, for a dilute solution, the equilibrium ratio between the abundances in the aqueous phase and the gas phase is constant. This means with Co2 concentration in the atmosphere and ocean is increased simultaneously. CO2 emissions have started increasing following the industrial revolution. Along with Co2 harmful gases are eliminated in the atmosphere which is further leading to major changes in the climate.

Implications on marine life

The marine life is highly affected due to ocean acidification. With the rise in the temperature of water, the oxygen levels are decreasing. This is further leading to a difficult living of aquatic animals. Marine heat waves and bleaching of corals are few events in the ocean that are results of ocean acidification. In 2019, the Union of concerned statistics published in a report that the absorption rate of CO2 by ocean in the polar regions is more. When the water of the ocean is cold, it absorbs more Co2 than warmer tropics. This is one of the major reasons marine lives in the polar regions are getting highly affected. This difference in ocean acidification can be identified as regional acidification.

Mitigation

The problem that has been identified is serious. Climate change is real and this is having an impact on the lives of millions of aquatic species. Therefore, it is the current responsibility of each people in the world to take preventive actions. Crises like climate change and ocean acidification not only threatens the lives of marine species but it also can have life threatening impact on human and other terrestrial species. Therefore, if immediate and necessary actions are not undertaken then the earth will become a difficult place to live in.

The primary mitigation strategy is reducing the emissions of greenhouse gases and Co2. This is a long and time-consuming mitigation strategy. Organisations operating in different industries must take actions to reduce the impact of business operations on the environment. However, growing sea plants is the most favourable option. As said by Jones, sea grasses are capable of increasing the PH level of ocean by 0.38 units. This is how the acidity level can be decreased in the ocean. Moreover, the author also states that the saturation level of aragonite can be increased with the help of Sea grass. This can further increase the growth of Corals. Thus, from the above discussion it can be found that Sea grass can reduce ocean acidification and protect marine species simultaneously.

Conclusion

This article clearly identifies the interconnection between climate change and ocean identification. Due to industrial revolution, the emission of greenhouse gases and Carbon-di-oxide is increasing. This is further leading to global warming. The atmosphere along with the ocean is getting warmer. Ocean absorb Co2 from the atmosphere. It reacts chemically with water molecules and form carbonic acid. The Hydrogen which is an integral part of the carbonic acid are responsible for decreasing the PH level of the ocean. With the decrease in the PH level, ocean becomes more acidic. This article is relevant in the current scenario because it discusses about the implications of ocean acidification on the lives of aquatic animals. Conserving energy, reducing emission of greenhouse gases, and planting more sea grasses are solutions to this major problem. However, environmentalists, researchers, marine engineers, and other responsible authorities must come together to develop more innovative strategies and reduce the impact.

Reference List

HI6008 Business Research Project Report Sample

Purpose:

This unit aims to give you an opportunity to combine many facets of your acquired MBA skills into the production of a high-quality research Literature Review. Your tutor’s main role will be to FACILITATE you through the process, week by week. You will need to be watching to the weekly video lectures as well as attending tutorials and engaging in discussion with your tutor during the interactive tutorials and drop-in sessions.

Literature Review

Your Literature Review research must and include a mix of academic articles from relevant English language peer- reviewed journals that are current (post 2018) and may also include some industry / company-specific information obtained from published online open-access sources. You will form a group with three other students (i.e. the specified size of an assignment group in this unit is 4 persons). Please follow the instructions in the Blackboard site of this unit regarding assignment group formation.

Assignment 1 – Literature Review – Required Structure

Your Literature Review Report should be in accordance with the following structure:

1. Page 1: Official Group Assignment Cover Sheet (from Blackboard site)

2. Page 2 and main body of report: Use a new sub-heading for each of the 4 RQs you selected. For each RQ, discuss relevant literature and demonstrate how it has provided you with a good contextual understanding of each of the Research Questions (RQs).

3. Append your Team Charter

Team Charter Appendix

Your ‘Team Charter’ must be included as an appendix within your Literature Review submission. The Team Charter appendix must indicate what roles were undertaken by each member of the team.. [note: If you are working SOLO, the team charter appendix is NOT required.]

1. Explain the team’s agreed goals and timeline for completion (Due dates, meetings, milestones, deliverables)

2. Who will be responsible for each activity? and/or What particular team-roles will each member contribute to the team?

3. How will your team ensure that members contribute as expected to the team and that the team performs as expected, including: What are your team’s expectations regarding meeting attendance (being on time, leaving early, missing meetings, etc.) and what process will team members follow if they have an emergency and cannot attend a team meeting or complete their individual work promised to the team (deliverable)?

Solution

1.0 Introduction

In this analysis of relevant literature, Kiana's successful "Dragons' Den" business proposal is dissected, along with the endorsement of her idea by the show's titular investors. It delves into the ways in which the concepts of good negotiation and communication played a major part in her proposal, which in turn piqued the interest of the Dragons.

2.0 Literature Review

2.1 Kiana’s Pitch to the Dragons and their Validation

Kiana's pitch to the dragons on the TV programme "Dragons' Den" is an excellent example of numerous principles of good negotiation and communication. For Assignment Help, She explains how those factors made the dragons' validation and investment possible in her pitch.

Clarity and Conciseness: Kiana begins her pitch with a clear and concise introduction. She introduces herself, reveals her hometown of Montreal, and lays out her exact request: $200,000 for a 10% ownership in her business (Yellow TV, 2022). Her presentation starts on the right foot, and the dragons can grasp the fundamentals without any misunderstandings because of her crystal-clear explanations. The theory of effective communication stresses the need for a brief message to attract and hold the target audience's attention (David & Quang, 2015, p73(3)).

Engaging Storytelling: Kiana expertly engages the dragons with storytelling. She discusses how the pandemic caused her to lose her job at a soap shop. This story helps to humanise her and connect with the investors on a more personal level. According to negotiation theory, sharing a story is a great way to create rapport and trust with the other party (David & Quang, 2015, p73(2)).

Product presentation: Kiana's decision to include the dragons in a live product presentation was inspired. She gives them a once-in-a-lifetime experience by having them help her set off her cocktail bombs (Yellow TV, 2022). According to negotiation theory, this is similar to establishing a common ground, which may lead to more cooperation and confidence (David & Quang, 2015, p73(6)).

Visual and Sensory Appeal: The fizz and effervescence of the cocktail bomb not only appeal to the sense of taste but also to the senses of sight and sound. Capturing the dragons' attention requires appealing to all of their senses. The communication theory indicates that using more than one sense might increase the message's effect and longevity (Van Ruler, 2020, p43(4)).

Market Validation: Strong proof of market validation is provided by Kiana. Within a year of her product's release, she reports a staggering $1.5 million sales (Yellow TV, 2022). This proves that people want to buy her stuff, and her business model is sound. Data and facts may help you seem more credible and reinforce your position in a negotiation.

Problem-Solution Approach: Kiana draws attention to a widespread issue in the industry—the unavoidable messiness of liquid cocktails. She then pitches her wares as the answer, demonstrating the many uses for which her cocktail bombs may be used. This problem-solution framework is a tried-and-true method of communication that wins over investors because it addresses a real issue and proposes a workable solution (Budiyono et al. 2021, p76(2)).

Scalability and Growth: Kiana made a smart move by admitting that her business is expanding quickly and needs assistance. One of the major tenets of negotiation theory is that of open communication (Ashcraft, 2021, p584(4)). She positions herself favourably in the negotiation by acknowledging the need for strategic partners.

Handling Multiple Offers: Kiana expertly handles the situation when presented with multiple offers from dragons (Yellow TV, 2022). She stops to think things over, not wanting to make a snap decision. The theory of successful negotiations suggests that careful consideration of an offer is a wise tactic. Kiana's hesitation shows that she intends to choose carefully.

Leveraging Competitive Bidding: Kiana makes the most of her negotiation advantage by enabling a group of dragons to make a single, combined bid. Commonly utilised in negotiations, this strategy forces the dragons to make their best offer as a group (Van Ruler, 2020, p43(4)).. This helps Kiana get a better bargain than she would have gotten alone.

Closing the Deal: Kiana's decision to accept the combined offer from Robert, Vincenzo, Michele, and Manjit demonstrates her negotiation abilities. She attracted the $400,000 investment in exchange for a 20% equity stake, a positive development. In the theory of negotiations, this highlights the significance of a successful deal close and the satisfaction of both parties (Yellow TV, 2022).

Kiana's pitch to the "Dragons' Den" investors is a model of persuasive communication and negotiation. She has been successful in getting investment due to her clarity, narrative, product presentation, and market validation. Her negotiation skills are on display in her skill with various proposals and taking advantage of competitive bidding (Budiyono et al. 2021, p76(2)). Kiana's pitch is a wonderful example of how a well-crafted presentation, anchored in negotiation and communication theory, may lead to a mutually beneficial conclusion in the business world.

2.2 Future opportunities for this business

The reasons why the "Dragons' Den" investors were so enamoured with Kiana and her cocktail bomb business are grounded in entrepreneurship theory. These factors clarify their enthusiasm and explain why they think her enterprise has such promising prospects.

Innovative Product: Kiana's cocktail bombs are a cutting-edge offering in the alcoholic beverage market. Entrepreneurship theory places a premium on creative problem-solving when starting and growing a business (Baker & Welter, 2020, p188(1)). Her cocktail bombs are a creative take on the classic drink, and the dragons see this as a selling point for her business as customers seek new and exciting ways to enjoy cocktails.

Market Demand: Identifying market demand and satisfying unfulfilled wants are central to the entrepreneurship theory. Kiana's invention solves a widespread problem: the time and effort required to mix cocktails. Consumers looking for convenience, quality, and pleasure in their beverage options have the dragons convinced of the market potential (Rauch, 2020, p852(3)).

Scalability: The capacity to expand a business to a larger scale is key to entrepreneurship success. Kiana's business has already reached remarkable success in a very short period, demonstrating the scalability of her offering. According to entrepreneurship theory, Scalable enterprises may increase their market share and income significantly (Porfírio et al. 2020, p256(5)). This potential piques the interest of the dragons.

Diverse Product Line: Kiana's product line has 15 distinct flavours, providing customers with various options (Yellow TV, 2022). The entrepreneurship theory emphasises the need for diversification and meeting the needs of a wide range of consumers. The dragons see this variety as a strength, allowing the company to appeal to a wide range of customers and respond quickly to shifting consumer preferences.

Strong Sales Performance: Kiana's business has reportedly generated $1.5 million in sales since its inception (Yellow TV, 2022). Financial results and future development opportunities are typically examples of why entrepreneurship theory is important. The dragons are optimistic about the company's prospects because of the proven sales success.

Retail Presence: Kiana's goods are already accessible at 500 distribution points throughout Canada, including retail locations and online platforms (Yellow TV, 2022). This is consistent with the entrepreneurship theory's emphasis on market penetration and distribution tactics. The dragons see this storefront as groundwork for future development and market penetration.

Consumer Engagement: Kiana's interactive product presentation, which included the dragons in the fizzing process of her cocktail bombs, demonstrates her ability to engage customers. The theory of entrepreneurship stresses the significance of consumer participation and satisfaction (Mehmood et al. 2019, p7(4)). The 'dragons' believe this exciting strategy will increase consumer retention and popularity.

Adaptability: The entrepreneurship theory stresses adjusting to a rapidly changing business environment (Porfírio et al. 2020, p256(5)). Kiana's ability to switch gears during the pandemic and make cocktail bombs instead of hot chocolate bombs indicates her flexibility and fortitude. The dragons admire this trait because they know it will serve them well when they face new chances and overcome new obstacles in the future.

Strategic Business Partnerships: Kiana's desire to seek help growing the business and her openness to strategic partnerships are consistent with the entrepreneurship theory. Growth and expansion are both possible outcomes of cooperative efforts (Mehmood et al. 2019, p7(4)). The dragons respect her as an innovative businesswoman who is open to bringing in outside help.

Global Expansion: Although Kiana has launched her company in Canada, worldwide growth is often explored in the literature on entrepreneurship. The dragons should see a chance to capitalise on their worldwide connections and knowledge to help Kiana's revolutionary cocktail bombs break into new markets worldwide.

Entrepreneurship theory lies at the heart of the dragons' optimism for Kiana's cocktail bomb business (Rauch, 2020, p852(3)). They have an optimistic outlook because of their novel product, high market demand, capacity to scale, impressive sales success, and flexibility. Kiana's proven customer engagement, interest in exploring strategic collaborations, and potential for global expansion are all consistent with the principles of entrepreneurship, which prioritise development, flexibility, and invention.

2.3 Mentoring issues

Beyond the funding infusion of $400,000 from Kiana's four investor-mentors on "Dragons Den," there are positive and negative mentoring aspects to consider in this multi-investor arrangement (Yellow TV, 2022). Mentorship from several people may be a great boon regarding knowledge and connections, but it can also lead to complications and tensions.

2.3.1 Advantages of Multiple Investor-Mentors

The four investor-mentors in this venture each contribute something special to the table regarding expertise. Kiana may learn from a wider variety of perspectives and perspectives than she would from a single mentor due to this diversity. One investor could have a knack for product design, while another might be great at e-commerce (Alaba, 2020, p.15(5)). Kiana benefits from having numerous investor mentors because she can tap into their combined spheres of influence. Partnerships, distribution channels, and new suppliers are some of the many opportunities that may present themselves via these networks (SOUTHEAST, 2021, p45(2)). The business's development and market penetration may be sped up considerably by the combined influence of the four mentors. Business decision risks may be reduced by increasing the diversity of mentors.

Kiana may consult her other mentors for guidance and perspective if the advice or approach she receives from one of them runs into problems (Alaba, 2020, p.15(5)). The partners' willingness to share risk may bolster the venture's robustness. With four role models to draw from, Kiana can gain a more well-rounded perspective in her decision-making. The chance of making biased or one-sided conclusions is decreased when other perspectives and areas of knowledge are considered (SOUTHEAST, 2021, p45(2)). The investor-mentors can distribute tasks and duties under their respective skill sets and areas of expertise. One mentor could deal with issues of promotion and branding, while another would handle money management. This division of labour may help establish a systematic approach to mentoring.

2.3.2 Challenges of Multiple Investor-Mentors

There is a higher chance of disagreements and tensions arising when four investor-mentors are involved. Kiana may get confused if she receives advice or techniques at odds with one another. The success of the enterprise depends on how well these tensions are managed. Maintaining open lines of communication among a group of mentors may be difficult (Burns, 2019, p52(7)). Kiana has to ensure that all of the business's mentors are on the same page, communicating effectively, and working towards the same goals. Misunderstandings and inefficiency may result from sloppy communication. There may be a wide range of expectations for how much time and focus Kiana devotes to each investor-mentee. When the priorities and deadlines of various commitments conflict, it may be difficult to strike a balance between them. Kiana may need to establish firm limits and guidelines in order to deal with this problem (Alaba, 2020, p.15(5)).

When faced with conflicting advice and feedback from several mentors, indecision makes it easy to get paralysed. When Kiana hears two opinions contradicting one other, she may feel paralysed by indecision. It may also reduce the speed at which decisions are made and the flexibility with which the business can respond to changing conditions. Dealing with numerous investor-mentors and determining how much ownership each should get may be tricky (Burns, 2019, p52(7)). Kiana may want to consider how the distribution of shares would affect her stake in the business and her ability to make decisions. A mentor-entrepreneur relationship's success depends on accommodating both parties' needs. Getting all of the business' investor mentors on the same page might be difficult regarding the company's long-term vision and objectives (Alaba, 2020, p.15(5)). Conflict may arise when people have divergent goals or expectations. To promote harmony, Kiana must actively participate in honest and open dialogue.

2.4 Ethical Dilemmas and Mitigations

The presence of alcohol in Kiana's product and its possible effect on customers raises several ethical questions about its advertising and selling. Maintaining honesty and openness in business practices requires discussing these ethical issues and considering solutions (Citeseerx.ist.psu.edu, 2023).

a) Responsible Alcohol Consumption

- Marketing a product that can be mixed with alcohol raises ethical questions about encouraging responsible drinking. The cocktail bombs might be abused by customers, resulting in drunkenness or underage drinking (Dumbili et al. 2022, p.103646 (3)).

- Kiana can solve this problem by adopting ethical marketing policies. There must be prominent warnings on the packaging stating the product is only meant for those of legal drinking age. Ethical drinking may be encouraged by educating customers on how to drink responsibly and connecting them with relevant resources (Delobelle, 2019, p.727(6)).

b) Misleading Advertising

- Ethical problems arise when advertising exaggerates the product's advantages or uses other deceptive techniques. Disappointment and scepticism on the part of consumers might result from overpromising or otherwise misleading advertising (Fayazi et al. 2021, p.40(7)).

- Kiana has to make sure that the product's attributes and advantages are fairly presented in all marketing materials. Having no secrets is essential. Potential purchasers may get honest opinions through reviews and testimonies. Ethical standards require adherence to advertising rules and laws (Cheah & Shimul, 2021, p.690(4)).

c) Health and Safety Concerns

- Concerns about the product's possible impacts on one's health or the lack of clear instructions on using the product safely are reasonable.

- Kiana has to identify all ingredients, allergies, and possible adverse effects of their products on their packaging and promotional materials. It is also important to provide directions for proper storage and usage. The product's security may be guaranteed by means of constant testing and inspection (Matzopoulos et al. 2020, p.486(5)).

d) Environmental Impact

- Waste and carbon emissions may be produced during the manufacturing and packing of the cocktail bombs.

- Kiana could look into sustainable packaging and manufacturing practices to ease environmental worries. The environmental impact of a product may be minimised via waste reduction and the use of sustainably sourced components (Matzopoulos et al. 2020, p.486(5)). She should share the eco-friendly initiatives openly with customers.

e) Product Quality and Consistency

- As a company expands, it might be difficult to keep product quality constant. Quality changes that negatively affect customers raise ethical considerations.

- Rigorous quality control techniques and constant monitoring of manufacturing operations may achieve consistent quality. In addition, showing concern for the customers' happiness and doing business ethically by responding quickly to quality complaints and replacing or refunding their purchases when appropriate (Akanmu et al. 2023, p.337(2)).

f) Pricing and Accessibility

- The issues of cost and availability might raise ethical concerns. Concerns regarding social equality may arise if the product is priced so high that only a select group of people can afford it (Wirtz et al. 2021, p46(8)).

- Kiana should provide flexible price tiers to solve this problem and attract a wider audience. These moral issues may be addressed by investigating collaboration opportunities or programmes that expand service to underprivileged groups (Hecht et al. 2020, p.7381(8)).

g) Impact on Local Businesses

- Local businesses like bars and restaurants may feel the effects of the cocktail bomb industry's potential growth as consumers seek for at-home drink experiences.

- Kiana can ease this worry by working together with established companies in the area. She may, for instance, team up with local watering holes to develop innovative cocktail menus using her wares (Björklund et al. 2020, p.56(7)).

h) Ethical Sourcing and Labor Practices

- Ethical standards can only be maintained if every supply chain step is conducted with integrity, from selecting ingredients to treating workers.

- These issues may be resolved by the practice of due diligence in selecting vendors and in acquiring ingredients. Additional confidence may be gained via certifications or collaborations with groups that advocate for ethical practices in the food and beverage sector (Erhun et al. 2021, p645(9)).
3.0 Summary

Kiana's pitch supported negotiation and communication theories by emphasising clear communication, compelling narrative, product presentation, and market validation. Inspired by entrepreneurial theory, the Dragons are excited by her business's creative product, market demand, scalability, wide product range, and great sales success. A multi-investor mentorship model has pros and cons, and product marketing ethics must be addressed openly. Kiana's business's profitability and ethics depend on these factors. 

References

HCCSSD101 Case Management and Understanding Community Services Sample

Assessment Task

Reflect on and discuss the importance of the four key principles underlying the code of ethics of case management (Case Management Society of Australia and New Zealand’s National Code of Ethics for Case Management (2013) or ACWA Code of Ethics and Practice (2017) to the development and delivery of community services. Under what circumstances may it be necessary to limit the application of the principle of autonomy and how might you compensate for this? Use examples toillustrate your analysis.

Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

1. To complete this assessment task, address the following questions in your 1,500-word (+/- 10%) essay and provide examples as required:

• What are the four key principles underpinning professional community service practice?

• How are these articulated in codes of ethics?

• Why are they important to informing practice?

2. Choose an example where, in working in the role of a case manager, you are attempting to develop a case management plan with a person who has limited understanding of the process (i.e., this may be due to reduced cognitive and decision-making capacity, confusion brought about due to a mental illness or impairment, or due to language and cultural issues which may result in the person finding the experience of this engagement intimidating and alienating):

• Use your example to explore the challenges this situation contains.

• How may you continue to operate in ways which respect client autonomy.

What strategies or adjustments to your practice will you need to engage in to achieve this?

• One way of reflecting on their importance may be to reflect on and analyse the implications of their absence in the relationship between a client and a service.

The structure of your essay should include:

• A separate cover page with the subject name and code, your name, the assessment number and title, and your Learning Facilitator’s name.

• Introduction (approximately 250 words) which contains a clear statement of the purpose of the essay and what you will cover, together with any relevant background information.

• The Main Body (approximately 1,000 words) which should contain identification of issues and their disassembly into parts and critical perspective to be applied in analysing the constituent parts.

• Conclusion (approximately 250 words) which summarises the key points of your essay.

Solution

Introduction

Ethical principles play a fundamental role in professional practice, serving as a foundational basis that establishes a moral framework to direct professionals in their engagements with clients and communities. Ethical decision-making and conduct within the realm of community service practice are significantly influenced by four fundamental principles: beneficence, nonmaleficence, justice, and autonomy. The aim of this essay is to thoroughly examine these principles and their importance in guiding professional community service practice. For Assignment Help, This essay covers a comprehensive description and analysis of the four fundamental principles that underlie professional community service practice, namely beneficence, nonmaleficence, justice, and autonomy. Every principle is thoroughly examined, providing a comprehensive explanation of its meaning, importance, and applicability to practical situations. The essay elucidated the manner in which these principles are expressed in codes of ethics, furnishing professionals with a lucid framework of directives and benchmarks for ethical behaviour.

Moreover, the essay covers concrete illustrations and situations in which professionals face difficulties in implementing these principles, such as when dealing with individuals who possess restricted comprehension or decision-making capabilities. This study examines the strategies and adjustments made in practice to ensure the preservation of client autonomy and rights during the case management process.

Main Body

There are four key principles underpinning professional community service practice such as beneficence, nonmaleficence, justice, and autonomy. Professionalism in many disciplines, including community service, is grounded in the ethical principles of beneficence, nonmaleficence, justice, and autonomy (Moore, 2016).

The idea of beneficence stresses the significance of enhancing people's and societies' well-being and welfare. It mandates that service providers put their customers' needs first and work to enhance their quality of life and the likelihood of a successful result. Practising professionally in a way that tries to have good outcomes and promote a feeling of caring and support is an example of beneficence (Tost et al. 2015). In community service, Volunteers in the community work to help those in need, whether they are members of disadvantaged groups or those with special circumstances. The concept of beneficence directs professionals to promote the welfare of their communities by facilitating access to healthcare, education, social services, and community development projects (Moore, 2016).

The concept of nonmaleficence, sometimes known as "do no harm," stresses the need to protect service receivers from any potential pain or distress (Della Croce, 2023). It necessitates that those in the field be alert to possible dangers and take the required safety measures to avoid injury. In community service, Professionals doing community service have a responsibility to avoid making matters worse by introducing unanticipated complications. To do so successfully requires careful evaluation, awareness of cultural norms, and cooperation with customers and communities (In K. Crinall & L. Berends, n.d.)

Fairness, equality, and reasonable distribution of goods and services are all central to justice. It stresses respecting all people and groups without bias or prejudice (Rahimzadeh et al. 2022). Community service professionals are responsible for fighting for social justice by identifying and addressing systematic injustices (Martin et al. 2018).

Autonomy allows people to make their judgements and choices without interference from others (Susser et al. 2019). This guiding concept acknowledges the importance of autonomy and individual choice. In community service, autonomy entails giving people and groups a say in the decisions that impact them (Martin et al. 2018).

These four principles are important because they provide a firm ethical foundation and guarantee that professionals operate honestly and decently. By sticking to these guidelines, professionals earn the confidence of their clients and the respect of their communities. Individuals are more inclined to actively participate and work with specialists they trust, improving the quality of services given (Qalati et al. 2021). The significance of these concepts in informing practice is strengthened when they are included in codes of ethics. Codes of ethics lay forth explicit principles and standards for conduct to ensure uniformity and responsibility among professionals in a certain industry. Ethics codes serve to remind professionals of their ethical obligations and to assist them in prioritising ethical issues in their day-to-day work by defining the principles of beneficence, nonmaleficence, justice, and autonomy (Beauchamp & Childress, 2009).

In community service sectors, including social work, counselling, and healthcare, the values of beneficence, nonmaleficence, justice, and autonomy are stated in codes of ethics (Acwa.org.au, 2023). The idea of beneficence, espoused in professional codes of ethics, requires service providers to put their customers' interests ahead of their own (Tost et al. 2015). Guidelines for delivering high-quality treatment, improving outcomes, and showing compassion and empathy might all be part of such a document. Professional ethics codes also encourage practitioners to actively look for ways to improve the lives of their clients and the communities in which they work (Beauchamp & Childress, 2009).

The idea of nonmaleficence is enshrined in ethical codes when it is clear that professionals are responsible for putting their patients' or customers' health and safety first (Della Croce, 2023). It might contain recommendations for minimising risk, evaluating possible hazards, and taking appropriate safety measures. The notion of justice, as outlined in ethical codes, calls for professionals to ensure that all people and communities have the same opportunities to benefit from their work (Rahimzadeh et al. 2022). Making sure the most vulnerable people in society get the help they need requires fighting for structural changes, removing obstacles, and raising awareness about existing ones. The dedication to getting informed permission from those receiving services, maintaining confidentiality, and recognising cultural and individual diversity in decision-making are all examples of how autonomy is expressed in codes of ethics (Beauchamp & Childress, 2009).

The following list is the most important principle to consider when deciding whether to buy a home. Professionals are obligated to put the needs of their customers and communities first and work tirelessly to improve their situation. The principle of nonmaleficence emphasises doing no damage to those receiving care and taking all reasonable measures to keep them safe (Della Croce, 2023). Justice promotes justice and equity by resolving inequities within the system. When people are given the freedom to make their own choices, it is called autonomy (Susser et al. 2019). These guidelines give a moral compass, patient-centred treatment, risk reduction strategies, and an emphasis on good results. They ensure moral behaviour and beneficial effects on persons who receive community service by guiding decision-making, increasing responsibility, and encouraging continual development in practice (Moore, 2016).

For example, an individual I'm dealing with as a case manager has a poor comprehension of the case management process owing to cognitive impairment. This person has difficulty understanding and making choices about their care, which makes the engagement process daunting and perplexing.

The key problem here is respecting the individual's right to autonomy and self-determination as part of the case management process (Susser et al. 2019). It's critical to get their input before making any choices on their behalf. In addition, it is hard to grasp the individual's preferences and wants due to language and cultural limitations, which further alienate the person and impede effective communication.

Several tactics and adaptations to my practice will use to ensure that the client's autonomy is respected at all times. I will start by making an effort to put myself in the other person's shoes by learning as much as I can about their history, values, and preferred methods of expression. To overcome language hurdles and facilitate clear communication, I will work in tandem with interpreters or cultural liaisons. Involving the person's loved ones or support system is another way I plan to learn more about the individual's priorities and priorities.

I will use clear language and visual aids to clarify difficult material and boost understanding in order to produce a case management plan that respects the client's autonomy. If it takes numerous sessions, I will make sure that the individual has enough opportunity to voice their opinions and preferences in order to facilitate meaningful involvement in the decision-making process. During these discussions, it is crucial to be patient, empathic, and attentive so that the other person feels heard and respected.

If the values of autonomy and beneficence aren't followed in this relationship, the other person may feel disempowered and cut out of the decision-making process (Susser et al. 2019). A less efficient case management strategy results if their requirements and preferences are not properly considered. In their absence, trust and communication between the client and the service break down, which in turn increases the risk of the customer not following the plan or dropping out of the service completely.

Conclusion

The essay identified that the four guiding principles of professional practice—beneficence, nonmaleficence, justice, and autonomy—are crucial ethical notions that educate and drive community service professionals in their relationships with clients and communities. To ensure that professional practice is founded on integrity, compassion, and respect for human rights, these principles serve as a moral compass and provide a framework for ethical decision-making and behaviour.

It mentioned that the idea of beneficence encourages professionals to actively pursue good results and enhance the quality of life for the people they serve, putting the needs of their clients first. Together, nonmaleficence and beneficence encourage practitioners to avoid damage and take steps to avoid unintended outcomes. Justice places an emphasis on justice and equality, putting pressure on professionals to combat inequalities in society and fight for the rights of marginalised groups. By definition, practitioners must respect their clients' right to self-determination by giving them a voice in, and ultimately benefiting from their decisions.
The value of these concepts is reaffirmed in practice by the codes of ethics that codify them in the form of explicit norms and standards. A solid ethical basis is provided by codes of ethics, which guarantee uniformity, accountability, and adherence to professional norms in all areas of community service practice.

References

MBIS4008 Business Process Management Report 2 B Sample

Assessment Description

In this project, you will write a comprehensive report analysing the current As-Is of an organisation. You will evaluate the existing business processes and then using the concepts, BPM frameworks that you have learned in this unit you will design a To-Be business process model that addresses the main limitations and challenges of the previous scenario. There are many cases that students can explore. This includes services across different industries such as e-Health, telehealth, transportation, online banking, online studies etc. Students should discuss their topics first with the unit coordinator to confirm their preferred topic.

You are encouraged to attend the workshop on Referencing and Research Practice organised with the Academic Success Team (AST). You may also schedule a one-on-one workshop with the AST by emailing academicsuccess@aih.nsw.edu.au.

The structure of the project is a 2000-word report, the contents of which are detailed below. It is the report that requires submitting as the finished piece of work and this will be marked based on the rubric provided on page 5. Ad hoc work in whatever form will not be marked if submitted.

The word count is 2000 words. This is subject to plus or minus 10%. The word count does not include the executive summary, the table of contents, the list of references or any appendices. However, please note that appendices should be used for supplementary information only: they will NOT be considered for marking.
The report content will comprise of the following sections:

Title page: this must contain the title of the report and your names, unit name, unit number and date of submission.

Table of contents (TOC): ideally, but not necessarily, constructed using the hyperlink functions in Word. Lists of figures and tables are not required.

Executive summary: an executive summary provides an overview of the ENTIRE report. It is NOT an introduction section. It is NOT a background section. The purpose of an executive summary is to provide an understanding of the document without having to read the complete report. Ideally, half to one page in length (but no longer), the executive summary will contain a summary sentence or two on each section of the report. Do not use headings or titles in the executive summary; it should be written in essay narrative format and read seamlessly.

Introduction: the introduction informs the reader of the aims and methods applied in the project. It also defines the scope of the project (what is included and what is not). Whilst it may mention the chosen organisation by name, the introduction DOES NOT talk in detail about the chosen organisation or its industry.

Background: a background informs that reader of the context to the project. Here the organisation and its industry are described. Information about the past performance is presented along with any notes about major milestones. It is easy to ‘go overboard’ with this section and consume much word count; one page is all that’s needed to set the scene for the project.

Moreover, in this and other sections, too many students often over-rely on company websites. Most times, these websites present an organisation’s promotions (advertising) or opinions masquerading as facts. Because of the convenience and profusion of this type of information, it is too easy for students to ignore the authoritative sources of data that can be reached through AIH library databases: however, the use of AIH library databases is the way to higher marks!
Methodology: This section highlights the methodologies applied to your given case. You need to clearly state a reason as to why they used that technique and provide supporting references especially if the technique is relevant for that particular industry.

Results: In this section, students will provide the results of their analyses. The results need to be provided in a logical sequence to ensure that the document is coherent and well synthesized. The results need to clearly show the application of the techniques covered in this unit and that the relevant assumptions in terms of the data have been given due considerations.

Key Findings: The findings of the analyses will be explained in this section. You are expected to be elaborate, and provide an in-depth explanation of the results and why they support or don’t support the results of the analyses. You need to provide the necessary reference to support any claims to ensure that the findings are supported by others in that field.

Recommendations: The recommendation highlights any key findings from the analyses that would help the business and organisation address areas that can be improved based on the findings. Recommendation sections are usually concise and provide practical advice to an organisation on areas that needs to be addressed.
Conclusions: Through logical reasoning, this section should summarise how the project objectives have been achieved using appropriate business analytics tools and techniques.

List of references: this should be formatted in Harvard style.

Solution

Introduction

The intention of the study is to analyses the present condition (As-Is) of the organization and determine its existing business processes. The report will construct the future state (To-Be) business process model that solves the primary constraints and problems of the organization's present situation using concepts and BPM frameworks taught in this unit. The purpose is to give a broader analysis and recommendations for improving efficiency, effectiveness, and customer satisfaction inside the selected organization. For Assignment Help, As well as it discussed the existing business processes inside the chosen organization, identifies constraints and obstacles, and develops a future state (To-Be) business process model that addresses those concerns. The study will concentrate on a certain industry or service, taking into account its unique requirements and peculiarities.

Background

Cuppa and Co. is a well-known Australian coffee and tea business. The business has established itself as a leading supplier of premium beverages thanks to its dedication to providing exceptional taste experiences. Cuppa and Co. get its ingredients from reputable suppliers to make sure they are of the highest quality and done so in an ethical way. They have a wide selection of coffee and tea blends to choose from, each one carefully crafted to make a variety of tastes. Cuppa and Co. are concerned about sustainability and advocates environmentally friendly packaging and sustainable farming practices as well as the company show to delight coffee and tea enthusiasts with its dedication to excellence and flavor innovation, and it has a strong presence in Melbourne (Huy et al., 2021).

Cuppa and Co. have achieved significant milestones and performed admirably which insists to enhanced revenue and market presence steadily. They have successfully expanded their product line by introducing novel coffee and tea blends that have received favorable customer feedback. Cuppa and Co. have received praise for their eco-friendly packaging and support for fair trade practices as a result of their commitment to sustainability. They are able to reach a larger global audience thanks to their strong partnerships with suppliers and distributors. Also, Cuppa and Co.'s commitment to quality and customer satisfaction has earned the company a devoted following and a solid brand reputation in the sector.

Figure 1: Logo of Cuppa and Co.
(Source: https://finefoodwholesalers.co.nz/listing/cuppa-and-co-wholesale-tea-suppliers)

Methodology

There are a number of reasons why this report makes use of the To-Be and AS-IS business models:

Understanding the Situation Right Now: The AS-IS model provides a comprehensive examination of Cuppa and Co.'s current processes, challenges, and workflows. It assists in locating inefficiencies, bottlenecks, and limitations that hinder organizational performance. Before making any changes or improvements, it is essential to have this understanding.

Identifying Obstacles and Obstacles: The limitations and difficulties of the current business processes can be thoroughly examined using the AS-IS model. It provides a clear picture of the areas that need to be improved, assisting in the process of prioritizing and concentrating efforts on the most pressing issues (Lindgren, 2022).

Evaluate the Future State: Cuppa and Co's desired future state is depicted in the To-Be business model, which incorporates proposed enhancements, process redesigns, and technological advancements to overcome the identified limitations. It offers a path to operational excellence, customer fulfilment, and competitive advantage.

Analyses of Gaps: A gap analysis can be carried out by contrasting the To-Be model with the AS-IS model. The differences between the current state and the state that is desired in the future are emphasized by this analysis. It provides a foundation for the creation of action plans to close the gap and assists in identifying specific areas that require adjustments.

Measurement and Evaluation: Process enhancements' efficacy can be assessed using the AS-IS and To-Be models as benchmarks. The organization can assess the efficacy of implemented changes and, if necessary, make additional adjustments by comparing them to the proposed future state (Turner et al., 2019).

This way, the report's use of the AS-IS model and the To-Be business model makes it possible to take a methodical and structured approach to improving processes. It provides a foundation for driving organizational transformation and achieving strategic objectives by assisting in the identification of limitations, the development of specific solutions, and the visualization of the desired future state.

Gateways

- AND gateway works as a representation of parallel process flows for highlighting task which are carried out concurrently.

- XOR gateway works as a representation of a decision point where only a specific path should be chosen.

- NOR represents a decision point which creates only an output signal at the time of there being no signal in the input convection.

Results

Using the AS-IS model, we can examine Cuppa and Co.'s current state to gain insight into the business processes, structure, and performance of the company.

Figure 2: Using methods for coffee extraction of Cuppa and Co Company
(Source: Self-developed)

Process analysis: Coffee and tea products are sourced, produced, and distributed as part of Cuppa and Co.'s processes. In order to guarantee the freshness and flavour of their blends, the organization follows a meticulous process of selecting high-quality ingredients from reputable suppliers. Examining inventory management practices, mapping the flow of materials from sourcing to packaging, and evaluating production timelines are all possible components of this process analysis (Olegovich, 2020).

Evaluation of Performance: Cuppa and Co.’s key presentation pointers might incorporate consumer loyalty levels, deals development, and functional effectiveness measurements. It is crucial to evaluate the company's ability to meet customer expectations, address questions or concerns, and maintain consistent product quality. In that case, sales data have been used to understand the trends in revenue, market share, and customer loyalty. Operational efficiency measures, such as order fulfilment time, production yield, and waste management, can help pinpoint areas where process efficiency and resource utilization can be improved.

Stakeholder Participation: Understanding the current circumstance necessitates speaking with stakeholders such as customers, suppliers, and employees. The relationships between suppliers, customer preferences, and employee satisfaction can all benefit from the insights gleaned from focus groups, surveys, or interviews. Stakeholder feedback can assist in determining areas that need improvement, such as potential process bottlenecks or customer concerns, as well as areas of strength, such as excellent customer service (Lufti et al., 2022).

Culture and Organizational Structure: For determining how well the organization supports efficient processes, it is important to examine its structure and culture. Improvement opportunities can be found by comprehending the company's roles and responsibilities, communication channels, and decision-making procedures. Additionally, assessing the company's culture, which includes its dedication to sustainability, innovation, and employee development, can reveal potential areas for utilizing strengths or addressing difficulties.

Systems and Technology: It is essential to evaluate the existing technology infrastructure and strategies to better understand the technological capabilities. Opportunities for data analytics, automation, and integration can be discovered by analyzing the current systems for inventory management, order processing, and customer relationship management. Identifying potential areas for improvement or investment in new solutions is made more accessible when the alignment of technology and business requirements is evaluated (Zimon et al., 2020).

Risk and Conformity: It is necessary to evaluate Cuppa and Co.'s compliance with industry regulations, health and safety guidelines, and ethical sourcing practices. The effectiveness of the organization's risk management procedures, such as supply chain resilience and quality control, is guaranteed. In order to safeguard the brand's reputation and earn the trust of customers, this evaluation enables the identification of areas in which additional compliance measures may be required.

Key findings

Key findings for Cuppa and Co. based on the AS-IS analysis include manual and fragmented processes, limited process visibility, inconsistent quality control, poor inventory management, limited customer engagement, sustainability practice gaps, and limitations in technology and systems. These findings highlight the need for process streamlining, enhanced transparency, standardized quality control, improved inventory management, customer-centric initiatives, stronger sustainability practices, and technology upgrades to address the limitations identified and drive organizational improvement (Masoud, 2023).
Limitations and challenges

Cuppa and Co.'s AS-IS model faces a number of significant obstacles and limitations that must be overcome:

Fragmented and manual procedures: The organization is heavily dependent on manual procedures, which can lead to errors, delays, and inefficiencies. There is a lack of integration between the various departments, which results in information silos and fragmented workflows (Li et al., 2021). Communication, coordination, and process efficiency are hampered as a result.

Limited Process Visibility: Since the company doesn't have real-time visibility into its processes, it's hard to find bottlenecks, monitor performance, and make decisions based on data. Effective process management is hampered by this lack of transparency, which also prevents timely improvements and interventions.
Quality Control inconsistency: The organization's quality control measures are not always used at all stages of the production process. Variations in the quality of the product and dissatisfaction among customers can result from this inconsistency (Ulfah et al., 2021). Standardized procedures and monitoring mechanisms for quality control are essential.

Inadequate Inventory Control: It is difficult for the organization to effectively manage inventory levels. Production schedules are impacted as well as the fulfillment of customer orders by stockouts and overstocking. The efficiency of the supply chain as a whole can be increased and stock levels can be optimized with the help of robust inventory management systems and demand forecasting methods.

Limited Engagement from Customers: Cuppa and Co. does not have a comprehensive strategy for engaging customers. In order to better tailor products and services, it is necessary to improve communication channels, gain a better understanding of customer preferences, and collect feedback. Long-term success will depend on building relationships with customers and implementing customer-centric initiatives.

Practices for Sustainability: There is room for improvement, even though Cuppa and Co. have demonstrated some commitment to sustainability. Promoting eco-friendly waste management, researching renewable energy sources, and improving eco-friendly packaging can help the business stay in line with sustainable practices and keep up with changing customer expectations (Abdou et al., 2022).

System and technology limitations: The technology infrastructure and systems of the organization are constrained. Obsolete frameworks and manual information section processes thwart computerization, coordination, and information investigation capacities. Current technology investments and system upgrades can support growth in the future and make operations run more smoothly.

Recommendations

The following elements can be incorporated into a To-Be business process model to effectively address Cuppa and Co.'s main limitations and challenges:

Integration and automation of processes: For making streamline operations and increase productivity, integrate systems across departments and use tools for process automation (Butt, 2020). Order processing, inventory management, and production scheduling can all be automated to reduce manual labor and boost productivity. Better collaboration and seamless information flow are made possible by integration.

Real-time Process Monitoring and Analytics: In order to gain insight into key performance indicators (KPIs) and identify areas for improvement, real-time process monitoring dashboards and analytics tools should be implemented. For improved process control and optimization, this enables proactive decision-making, early issue detection, and continuous performance monitoring. Insights based on data aid in decision-making and operational excellence.

Procedures for Standardizing Quality Control: To guarantee consistent product quality, standardize quality control procedures at each stage of the production process (Schallmoser et al., 2020). To maintain high standards and reduce variability, implement quality checkpoints, inspections, and testing protocols. To guarantee that quality control measures are adhered to, regular audits and compliance checks should be carried out.

Management of Inventory Based on Demand: Improve order fulfillment and stock levels by utilizing advanced inventory management methods and demand forecasting techniques. Precise interest forecast assists in adjusting acquirement to request changes, diminishing stock holding costs, and limiting stockouts. To guarantee effective inventory management, follow just-in-time inventory practices.

Enhanced Engagement with Customers: Create a comprehensive strategy for engaging customers to increase their loyalty and satisfaction (Liu and Jo, 2020). Put mechanisms in place for customer feedback to record preferences and expectations. Make use of personalized marketing strategies and digital platforms to strengthen relationships and improve communication. Utilize customer insights to tailor products and services to meet individual requirements.

Improved Strategies for Sustainability: Integrate principles of sustainability throughout the organization. Explore renewable energy sources, use eco-friendly packaging materials, and work with suppliers who source their products ethically. Customers should be informed about sustainability efforts and the benefits of their choices. To lessen the impact on the environment, implement recycling programs and waste management strategies that are environmentally responsible.

New technologies: To overcome system limitations, make investments in cutting-edge technology solutions. In order to facilitate effective data management, integration, and analysis, you can either implement new software and tools or upgrade existing systems. Customer relationship management (CRM) software and an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system can boost operational efficiency, customer relationship management, and data-driven decision-making.

Conclusion

The main aim of the project is to find out the current business process of the organization. The organization is very renowned for making authentic coffee and tea. But from their current business process by using the AS-IS model, it is found that there are various loopholes in that. The limitations or gaps are identified in the result analysis part of the report. From that, it is found that the main issue related to their business process is their lack of use of technologies as they still use a manual process which can delay the process and creates a quality issue. On the basis of that the future business process using advanced technologies is recommended.

Reference

MBA673 Business Analytics Lifecycle Report 3 Sample

Your Task

Creating an analytics project roadmap

• This report is to be done individually and submitted via Turnitin on Tuesday week 13 23:55 AEDT.

• Covers LO1 to LO4

Assessment Instructions

Section 1: [ 500 words, 10 marks]

a. Describe the different phases of the business analytics lifecycle that you have learnt about week by week during this trimester, i.e. asking meaningful business questions, data discovery and preparation, forecasting, etc.

Section 2: [ 750 words, 15 marks] Consider the ‘garments_worker_productivity.csv’ dataset that you used in assessment 2 and answer the following:

b. Articulate a few business questions in relation to that data set.

c. What type of data cleaning and preparation would you possibly apply to this data?

d. What type of analytics (or models) did you apply to the data and could you potentially apply to this data in the future?

e. Compare correlation and causation. Consider variables such as incentive and actual_productivity. What methods could you use to find evidence for causality in this case, i.e. incentives cause higher productivity.

f. By considering the task you did in assessment 2 as a project, describe how you could extend or automate it.

g. Section 3: [ 250 words, 5 marks] Create a cycle or flow chart to represent the project road map and summarise each component of the cycle/flow chart.

Solution

a. In order to use data effectively to generate actionable insights and make wise business decisions, each stage is essential. The many phases I have researched week by week are described as follows:

1. Understanding the business challenge and Formulating Meaningful Business Questions: This is the first step in the process. University Assignment Help, As it establishes the framework for the entire analytics procedure, this phase is essential. Analysts identify the main areas of concern and create quantifiable targets to direct the following steps in collaboration with stakeholders.

2. Data Discovery and Preparation: Following the identification of the business questions comes the phase of data discovery and preparation. Finding and gathering the pertinent data from numerous internal and external sources is what this stage comprises. To assure the quality and suitability of the data for analysis, analysts must clean, validate, and convert it. Dealing with missing values, outliers, and inconsistent data may also be part of this procedure.

3. Exploratory Data Analysis: To comprehend the dataset more thoroughly, exploratory data analysis (EDA) is carried out after data preparation. Data patterns, correlations, and trends are found using EDA techniques including data visualization, summary statistics, and correlation analysis. EDA aids analysts in producing hypotheses for additional research and identifying prospective variables of interest.

4. Statistical Modelling and Analysis: During this stage, statistical modeling methods are used to analyze the data and provide answers to the queries posed by the company. To create models that can explain and forecast the phenomenon under research, many statistical techniques such as regression analysis, time series analysis, classification algorithms, and others are used. The models are verified with the proper assessment criteria and improved as required.

5. Predictive analytics and forecasting: A key component of business analytics is forecasting, which is speculating on potential future trends, demands, and consequences. Key variables of interest are forecast using time series analysis, machine learning algorithms, and other predictive modeling methods. Businesses may foresee changes in the market, allocate resources efficiently, and take aggressive action during this time.

6. Reporting and visualization: After the analysis is complete, it is important to properly inform the stakeholders of the results. Reporting entails delivering the findings in an understandable and succinct manner, frequently making use of visualizations such graphs, charts, and dashboards. These visual representations make it easier to understand complicated information and to make decisions.

7. Making decisions and putting them into practise: The last stage of the business analytics lifecycle is using the insights gained from the analysis to guide decisions. Decision-makers analyze the results, weigh possible risks and advantages, and choose the best course of action. Monitoring and assessment occur concurrently with decision-making in order to gauge the effectiveness of the selected course of action.

An iterative and collaborative approach must be maintained throughout the business analytics lifecycle. The relevance and efficacy of the insights produced are ensured through feedback from stakeholders, ongoing model review, and improvement of analytic tools. To ensure ethical and reliable analytics practices, regulatory compliance, data protection, and other factors must be incorporated across the whole lifespan.

b. Based on the 'garments_worker_productivity.csv' dataset, here are a few business questions that can be explored:

1. How does the authority's intended productivity compare to the actual productivity of the workforce?

2. What connection exists between productivity and overtime? Does working extra hours result in increased or decreased productivity?

3. Is there a connection between the volume of style modifications and output? Do frequent changes in style affect employees' productivity?

4. Does the money given to employees have a beneficial impact on productivity? Does the quantity of the incentive correlate with actual productivity?

5. How does productivity differ depending on the department and team size? Do certain teams or departments routinely produce more than others?

6. Does the actual productivity obtained depend on the standard minute value (SMV) allotted for each task?

c. To make sure the "garments_worker_productivity.csv" dataset is trustworthy and appropriate for analysis, there are a number of critical procedures that may be taken during data cleaning and preparation.

1. The first step is to locate and deal with any missing values in the dataset. Missing values can be filled up with appropriate values based on the nature of the variable or, if required, the relevant rows or columns can be removed. This makes sure that a whole dataset is used for the study.

2. Outliers and other data anomalies should be controlled. Making a decision on how to manage outliers is crucial since they can have a major impact on the analysis's findings. If extreme findings are found to be inaccurate or deceptive, they can be removed. or they can be transformed or replaced with more appropriate values.

3. The next step is to make sure that each variable's data type is valid and that the appropriate format has been allocated. Dates, for instance, need to be translated to the suitable date format, and categorical variables need to be given the right data type. This guarantees correctness and consistency in subsequent analyses.

4. If necessary, approaches for normalizing or scaling variables can be used. When using some methods that are sensitive to discrepancies in magnitude, normalization guarantees that variables are on a comparable scale.

5. To analyze patterns at a deeper level, data aggregation may also be taken into consideration. To determine average productivity or other aggregated metrics, the data must be aggregated by team, department, or other pertinent characteristics. This offers a wider perspective and aids in seeing patterns or trends that might not be obvious at the level of a single record.

6. Validating data is also very important. To find any differences or errors, it is necessary to compare the data with domain knowledge or other trustworthy sources. It makes sure the data is of a high caliber and increases the validity of the analysis's findings.
The dataset is made more trustworthy, consistent, and analytically ready by carrying out extensive data cleaning and preparation. By doing this, the possibility of bias is reduced and the accuracy and reliability of the insights and conclusions reached through the analytics process are guaranteed.

d. One might use numerous analytics models and methodologies on the dataset from the prior assessment. Some of the potential strategies include:

1. Descriptive statistics: Descriptive statistics give us quick access to metrics that provide a spotlight on the structure, dispersion, and central tendency of the variables in the dataset. A quantitative summary of the data is provided by measures like mean, median, mode, standard deviation, and range. These statistics serve as a starting point for additional study by allowing us to spot patterns, trends, and variances in the variables.

2. Regression analysis: Examine the link between different independent variables (such as overtime, incentives, and SMV and the dependent variable (actual productivity) using regression models in order to discover key variables that have a substantial impact on production.

3. Time Series Analytics: Analyze productivity trends over time, taking into account seasonality, trends, and possible patterns, using time series models like ARIMA or SARIMA.

4. Classification Models: Build classification models that forecast levels of productivity based on other factors, such as department, team, or style changes.

5. Clustering analysis: Utilize clustering analysis to find teams or groups of employees who have comparable productivity trends.

6. Predictive analytics: To forecast future events, predictive analytics uses historical data and a variety of statistical modeling approaches. Predictive analytics may be used to anticipate productivity levels in the context of the dataset depending on elements like department, team, incentive amount, and other variables. Predictive models may be built using machine learning techniques such as decision trees, random forests, or gradient boosting.

7. Prescriptive Analytics: By offering suggestions for the best courses of action to take in order to achieve desired results, prescriptive analytics goes beyond predictive analytics. Prescriptive analytics can assist in determining the most productive course of action for the dataset. For instance, it can recommend the best distribution of resources across teams or departments, identify the best incentive system, or offer suggestions for process changes to boost efficiency.

8. Forecasting models: Create forecasting models to project future productivity using data from the past and other pertinent factors.

e. The concepts of correlation and causation are different. A statistical metric known as correlation shows the degree to which two variables are related, whereas causation suggests that one variable causes the other.
Some techniques that can be used to determine whether there is a causal relationship between elements like incentives and actual production are:

1. Conduct a controlled experiment in which one group of employees is given incentives while the other is not. If the group receiving incentives continuously outperforms the other group, causality can be deduced by comparing the productivity levels between the two groups.

2. In randomized controlled trials (RCTs), workers are divided into two groups, one of which is given incentives and the other is not. Causal linkages can be established by contrasting the results between the two groups.

3. Use statistical approaches like propensity score matching or instrumental variable analysis to account for confounding variables and establish a causal association as part of a causal inference process.

It's crucial to remember that proving causation necessitates careful study design, accounting for potential confounding variables, and reproducing findings in order to guarantee dependability.

f. To extend or automate the project from Assessment 2, several steps can be taken:

1. Include other data sources: Include data from extra relevant sources, such as staff performance measurements, client feedback, or market trends, to get a more in-depth insight of what influences productivity.

2. Construct real-time dashboards: Make dynamic dashboards that continuously update with fresh data to give stakeholders access to current information on productivity levels, trends, and performance indicators.

3. Using predictive models Create artificial intelligence models that can forecast future productivity based on a variety of variables. This may make it possible to plan resources and make preemptive decisions.

4. Establishing methods for detecting anomalies Utilize machine learning tools to spot odd production trends or anomalies so that timely action can be taken to prevent disruptions.

5. Automate the preparation and cleansing of data: Create automated workflows or scripts to perform routine data preparation and cleaning chores, such as missing value imputation, outlier identification, and data type conversions.

6. Utilize machine learning algorithms to deploy recommendation systems that make suggestions for process enhancements, resource allocation, or incentive structures based on past trends and industry best practices.

7. Put automatic reporting into practice: Create automatic reports that highlight performance data, provide actionable advice for various stakeholders, and summarize significant results.

8. Keep an eye on and assess: Follow up on any comments you receive, keep an eye on how well the solutions you've adopted are working, and keep refining your models and procedures to get better results over time.

Organizations can gain from more timely and accurate insights, simpler procedures, and data-driven decision-making by extending and automating the project, which will ultimately increase productivity and performance.

G.

Summary:

1. Problem Identification & Defining Objectives: During this phase, the project's business problem is located and its specific project objectives are specified. In order to comprehend their requirements and concerns, stakeholders must work together.

2. Data collection, Preparation & Exploratory Data Analysis: This stage focuses on gathering pertinent data from multiple sources, both internal and external. The gathered data is subsequently checked, converted, and made ready for analysis. The prepared data is then utilized for exploratory data analysis to uncover new information and comprehend the properties of the dataset. Patterns and relationships are found using visualizations, summary statistics, and correlation analysis.

3. Statistical Modelling and Analytics: To analyze the data and respond to particular business problems, statistical modeling techniques are used. These techniques include regression analysis, time series analysis, and classification algorithms.

4. Predictive Analytics, Reporting & Visualization: Developing models and methods to predict future trends, requests, and results based on previous data is the goal of the phase.. It supports future productivity forecasting, risk detection, and resource allocation optimization. Clear and succinct reports, visualizations, and dashboards are used to convey the analysis' conclusions. In this stage, the results are presented to the stakeholders in a clear and usable form.

5. Decision Making and Implementation: During this phase, analysis-derived insights are applied to make well-informed judgements. Decision-makers analyze the results, weigh the risks and rewards, and take action according to the suggested solutions.

6. Monitoring and Evaluation: During this stage, the decisions that have been put into action are monitored and their effects are assessed. In order to evaluate the success of the solutions and pinpoint opportunities for development, key performance indicators are monitored.

References:

PRJ5106 Research Methodology and Data Analysis Research Report 3 Sample

Assessment 3:

Research Design

Identifying appropriate research design and methods to achieve the research objectives.

Assessment 3 Detail

Students need to identify appropriate research design and methods to achieve the research objectives. Provide adequate references to the research studies which used or discussed the proposed research design, using Harvard Referencing. Please note, websites are not acceptable resources for the purpose of the assignment.

Solution

Research Design

Introduction

Within a dissertation or research proposal, the application of a proper research methodology plays a critical role. According to Pandey and Pandey (2021), research methodology describes proper methods, approaches as well as designs while detailing the highlighting throughout the study. For Assignment Help, by including suitable research methodology, the respective authors can be able to justify the choices of each approach taking into account along with their practical applicability.

Research Philosophy

Research philosophy is generally represented as a vast topic, associated with the assumption of the given research topic. As per Abu-Alhaija (2019.), research philosophy idealizes the nature of the study as it deals with developing knowledge. In order to idealize or shape the assumptions of research in a specific way, the learner needs to address research philosophy accordingly. Since there are three types of research philosophy including positivism, pragmatism and realism, however, in this particular research design plan, realism research philosophy shall be taken into consideration. Following that, realism research philosophy is dealing with the assumption while developing knowledge through a scientific approach (Bianchi, 2021). Since the chosen topic is reciprocated human experiences as well as contributions of social media and hence, the study needs to capture the potential respectively.

Research approach

According to Snyder (2019), the inclusion of a research approach primarily deals with the aspect of relevance of hypotheses within a particular research study. The research approach is segmented into a few aspects including deductive, inductive and lastly, and abductive approaches respectively. In this study, the deductive research approach shall be taken into consideration. This is because the inclusion of the deductive approach helps the learners and /or authors to develop a concerning the existing theory, followed by designing a research strategy to test the hypothesis accordingly (Patel and Patel, 2019). Since the present study reciprocates the proposed relationships between the mentioned aspects including social media contribution and business performance, hence, the deductive approach will imply methods of data collection as well as data analysis concerning qualitative and quantitative concerns in particular.

Research Design

Within a research methodology, the research design is often classified as a framework to make the right choice between quantitative and qualitative research methods respectively (Al-Ababneh, 2020). Hence, the research design is called a master plan to conduct a research project along with the most authentic explanation. In this given study, conclusive research design shall be taken into account to idealize the findings, used for decision-making. In addition to this, since the study evaluates the contribution of social media on business performance and hence, a conclusive research design shall be able to test the hypothesis and relationships of variables accordingly.

Research Strategy

In order to conduct the present study, the inclusion of a random probabilistic sampling strategy seeks much attention. According to Patel and Patel (2019), a random probabilistic sampling strategy helps the learners and /or authors select the samples or members randomly. Following that, this significant approach, in turn, can strengthen the concerns of subjective participation, especially in the data collection process. Apart from this, to gain flexibility throughout the data collection process, the learner also shall consider the multistage sampling method. This type of sampling method will help the study to generate greater flexibility, especially at various levels respectively.

Data Collection Method and Tool

The chosen process is known as one of the most significant ones as it helps the respective study with properly collected data from all the relevant sources. Following that, the data collection method is divided into two segments including primary and secondary. The primary data reciprocates the responses, especially from live respondents whereas the secondary data includes already published information (Greening, 2019). Since the chosen study is reciprocated human experience as well as contributions of social media and hence, the study needs to capture the potential through both primary and secondary data. Hence, in this regard, the primary qualitative and secondary thematic analysis will be taken into consideration accordingly.

Sample Size

In order to collect the data, especially from the respective resources, it requires authentic sources accordingly. Since the chosen study includes primary qualitative data and hence, in this regard, 5 to 7 organizational managers shall be considered as participants, especially during the interview sessions. On the other hand, the study also gives much focus on the secondary data and hence, peer-reviewed journals, authentic magazines, books, and reliable online sources will be involved respectively.

Data Analysis

The inclusion of proper data analysis helps the learners and /or the authors to achieve the research objectives respectively. Since the chosen research is dealing with the primary qualitative research approach, hence, in this regard, the learner will be able to identify the common patterns of the involved variables within the responses. In this regard, the learner shall ink research findings to hypotheses with the help of analyzed qualitative data respectively. On the other hand, the study also involves secondary data and hence, in this regard, the thematic analysis shall be the ideal one. By incorporating thematic analysis, the research study can generate greater flexibility while testing the hypothesis and relationships of variables accordingly.

Ethical Consideration

In this regard, the learner will be maintained a few ethical considerations which are discussed in the following section

- The research participants should be voluntary participants while proceeding with the interview sessions
- In this regard, there should be the maintenance of mutual respect for research participants for dignity.
- The participants shall perform the interview by signing the consent form accordingly.
- The study will also be ensuring the viewpoints of every participant

- An adequate level of confidentiality shall be prioritized in the given research
- The anonymity of individual participants shall be ensured in the study
- The study will also include the Data Protection Act (2018) to maintain transparency accordingly.

Summary

Since the chosen topic is reciprocated human experiences as well as contributions of social media and hence, the study needs to capture the potential respectively. Hence, a conclusive research design shall be able to test the hypothesis and relationships of variables accordingly. In order to gain flexibility throughout the data collection process, the learner also shall consider the multistage sampling method. Furthermore, the chosen study is reciprocated human experiences as well as contributions of social media and hence, the study needs to capture the potential through both primary and secondary data.

Reference list

Corporate Governance of Hyper-Energy Ltd Assignment Sample

Instructions

1 Your assignment should address the question(s) and stated learning outcomes by drawing on appropriate learning from Modules 1 to 6 of the subject materials.

2 The assignment is an opportunity to demonstrate your learning, including theory and its practical application. To address the question(s) in this assignment, you are to draw from the core materials in the subject notes, prescribed readings and textbooks, and the resources provided in the Governance Institute Learning Management System but should not be limited by these materials.

3 The assignment counts for 30 per cent of your total mark in this subject.

4 The total word limit for this assignment is 3,000 words. You are cautioned that there are penalties for exceeding the word limit, namely a deduction of marks. There will be no penalty if the assignment exceeds this word limit by 10 per cent or less.

However, for every 500 words or part thereof beyond the stipulated assignment word limit of 3,000 words, ten marks will be deducted from the total of 100 marks available for the assignment. You must declare the total number of words (excluding footnote references) in your assignment.

5 The Assignment Assessment Rubric provides guidance on the criteria and performance indicators against which your submission will be assessed.

6 Answers must contain original thought and ideas. You must acknowledge, through accurate in-text citation and referencing, any idea supported by or contrasted with the work of another author. Note that academic work created by the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) online software or a contract cheating website service (a website posing as a ‘study support’ or similar service) and claiming it as your own work, will be subjected to an allegation of academic misconduct investigation per the Student Academic Misconduct Policy.

7 The date for submission is Tuesday, 2 May 2023.

Objectives

This assignment is designed to:

- Review your knowledge of the relevant principles of corporate governance as found in the ASX Corporate Governance Council Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, 4th edition (Principles and Recommendations) and test your understanding of these principles and how they might be applied to a particular organisation.

- Assess your capacity to identify and analyse the elements of good corporate governance for companies that operate in particular circumstances and are planning to undergo change. In particular, you should identify and apply the following aspects:

− the role of the board and its relationship with management, including how the board can be as effective as possible during a time of change

− risk management issues arising in the particular industry

− the role of the board in ensuring timely disclosure to the market

− the membership and structure of the board, including the composition of the board and the role of any committees that should be established, and

− the role of the board to produce a system of governance which will assist the company to successfully navigate through a period of change.

Solution

Question 1:

1.1 The important functions of the board of Hyper

The board of Hyper performs crucial roles amidst a period of notable transformation, which entails supervising and directing the enterprise's strategic trajectory, mitigating risks, and guaranteeing that the company conducts its operations in a conscientious and principled manner. For Assignment Help, in the specific context of the company's plan to augment its retail operations by incorporating compact 'supermarket-type' stores into its current distribution centres, the board ought to take into account the subsequent factors:

Strategic oversight: The governing body of Hyper assumes a pivotal function in establishing the enterprise's strategic trajectory and overseeing its execution. When contemplating the expansion of its retail stores, the company's management team ought to consider various factors, including but not limited to the magnitude of the market opportunities, the competitive environment, and the company's current capabilities and resources (Nili, 2022, p.92). It is recommended that the board oversee the evaluation of advancements made towards the strategic objectives and goals and make modifications to the strategy as deemed appropriate in light of evolving circumstances (Nguyen, 2021, p.78).

Risk management: As Hyper seeks to broaden its business activities, the board must exercise caution in recognising and regulating the hazards linked to the expansion. The potential risks involved in a business operation may encompass operational risks, financial risks, and reputational risks. Operational risks may arise from supply chain disruptions, while financial risks may stem from price hikes or pricing pressures (Wang et al. 2020, p.36). Reputational risks may manifest in the form of adverse publicity or dissatisfaction among consumers. It is imperative that the board guarantees the implementation of suitable risk management procedures and mechanisms and that these are periodically assessed and revised as required (Nili, 2022, p.79).

Corporate responsibility: Hyper bears the obligation to conduct its operations in an environmentally and socially conscious fashion while considering the concerns of all stakeholders (Dhar et al. 2022). It is recommended that the board of directors take measures to make sure that the company has established suitable policies and procedures to regulate its conduct and that these are efficiently disseminated and executed across all levels of the organisation. This could encompass domains such as ecological sustainability, corporate social responsibility, and moral business conduct (Beji et al. 2021, p.150).

The decision regarding if the board should modify its role to align with the evolving business landscape is contingent upon the unique circumstances of the organisation and the characteristics of the transformations. Nevertheless, certain overarching principles and guidelines may prove beneficial in facilitating this determination.

The ASX Corporate Governance Fundamentals and suggestions can offer a valuable framework for implementing appropriate corporate governance measures. According to Principle Two of the ASX Principles, the composition and responsibilities of the board should be such that it comprises a suitable blend of abilities, expertise, and diversity, thereby facilitating the effective discharge of its duties (Czernkowski et al. 2019, p.720).

In general, it is recommended that the board of Hyper adopt a proactive and strategic stance towards overseeing the company's expansion efforts while simultaneously upholding rigorous standards of corporate governance and adhering to ethical and responsible business practices. Through this approach, it can facilitate the attainment of enduring prosperity and viability of the enterprise, concurrently engendering worth for every concerned party (Cooke et al. 2019, p.78).

Moreover, regarding the potential modification of the board's role to align with the evolving nature of its business, those crucial factors need consideration, and these are discussed widely in the following:

Board compositions: As previously stated, it is imperative that the board of Hyper possesses a suitable combination of competencies, expertise, and inclusivity to facilitate proficient supervision of the organisation's broadened retail endeavours. The implementation of this strategy may necessitate the enlistment of novel directors possessing pertinent proficiency or the formation of consultative committees to furnish direction on particular matters (Merendino & Melville, 2019, p. 75). Given the growing popularity of its retail business, it may be necessary for the board to consider the recruitment of new directors who possess specialised knowledge in retail-related areas, including but not limited to retail design, retailing, and customer experience.

This would aid the board in gaining a more comprehensive comprehension of the challenges and prospects associated with the new enterprise, thereby enabling them to deliver efficient supervision (Fernández-Temprano & Tejerina-Gaite, 2020, p.67). As Hyper allocates resources towards the establishment of new stores and broadens its operational scope, the board will be required to evaluate the financial ramifications of these strategic choices. The task at hand may necessitate the involvement of directors possessing specialised knowledge in the areas of finance, accounting, and handling risks (Merendino & Melville, 2019, p.78). It is imperative for the board to endeavour towards achieving diversity in its composition to facilitate the consideration of a broad spectrum of experiences and points of view. Those mentioned above may encompass diversity with regard to race, ethnic background, age, and professional experience (Fernández-Temprano & Tejerina-Gaite, 2020, p.65).

Board procedures: It is possible that the board will have to make modifications to its procedures and processes to accommodate the alterations in the organisation's operations. As an illustration, it could be imperative to convene meetings more frequently or obtain more comprehensive progress reports from the management regarding the expansion. It is recommended that the board consider implementing novel reporting procedures to guarantee the prompt and pertinent dissemination of information regarding the efficacy of the recently established retail operations (Kao et al. 2019, p.190).

Those, as mentioned earlier, may encompass periodic assessments pertaining to the performance of the store, prevailing sales patterns, and feedback from customers. It is recommended that the board convene more regularly to ensure effective monitoring of the company's advancement and to deliberate on matters pertaining to its expansion (Baker et al. 2020, p.236). As an alternative course of action, the board may institute a subcommittee that would be responsible for supervising the retail operations.

At the same time, this subcommittee would convene independently from the primary board. As previously mentioned, the board must exercise caution in recognising and controlling potential hazards linked to the expansion. In order to guarantee efficient risk management, it may be necessary for the board to institute novel risk management procedures and safeguards and continuously assess the efficacy of said procedures (Kao et al. 2019, p.191).

Ultimately, the board must engage in routine evaluations of its own performance in order to ascertain whether it is furnishing proficient supervision and direction to the organisation. The process may encompass self-evaluations, evaluations by peers, or evaluations conducted by a specialist in corporate governance. The outcomes of these assessments ought to guide any modifications to the board's structure, procedures, or ethos (Baker et al. 2020, p.240).

Board cultures: The board should also cultivate an environment that promotes transparent communication, wherein board members are motivated to inquire, contest presumptions, and express their viewpoints. This measure will facilitate the board's ability to make well-informed decisions regarding expanding retail operations while promoting inclusivity and mutual respect among all board members (Newman & Ford, 2021, p67).

The governing body ought to assume responsibility for its determinations and conduct. This entails guaranteeing that directors possess comprehensive knowledge of the firm's performance and hazards and undertake suitable measures to tackle any emerging challenges. In addition, it encompasses the responsibility of being responsible to investors and other stakeholders and ensuring transparency in the board's decision-making procedures (Bilan et al. 2020, p.70).
The board must put an emphasis on doing the right thing and making choices that are consistent with the company's principles. That means running an honest and open business in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations.

Finally, the board should prioritise improving itself and the firm. If the board is to manage the business's operations and strategy properly, it must frequently assess its own makeup, methods, and culture, making adjustments as necessary (Newman & Ford, 2021, p.198). The process also involves polling shareholders, customers, and workers for their input to determine where the firm is falling short and where it is succeeding.

In conclusion, it can be said that Hyper's board of directors plays a crucial part in the company's overall strategy for growing its retail presence. In order to ensure that Hyper continues to grow in a sustainable and ethical way, the board of directors should adopt an anticipatory and proactive strategy for managing the company's development (Bilan et al. 2020, p.243).

Question 2

2.1 Determination of Hyper’s appropriate mix of skills and diversity:

To determine whether Hyper’s board has the perfect mix of diversity and skills, the following steps can be useful:

Conduct skills audit: The audit of skills is a systematic evaluation of the competencies, knowledge, and proficiencies of every board of directors member. The implementation of a skills matrix can facilitate the identification of both the existing proficiencies and expertise within the board, as well as any potential gaps in these areas (Duchek et al. 2020, p. 389). The skills audit should take into account the proficiencies and knowledge necessary to facilitate the organisation's strategic trajectory, encompassing the foray into the retail sector. The board may consider the proficiency and knowledge of the recently designated managers with prior experience in the retail industry to discern any deficiencies that require attention (Amyar et al. 2019, p. 389).

Assess diversity: The evaluation of diversity entails an examination of the board's makeup with respect to various diversity dimensions, such as race, age, gender, and other related factors. A diversity matrix can be utilised by the board to evaluate the extent of diversity and pinpoint any potential areas that require enhancement (Duchek et al. 2020, p. 390). It is recommended that the board of directors take measures to ensure that it accurately represents the variety of the stakeholder group, including consumers, staff members, and shareholders. This measure will aid in guaranteeing that the decisions made by the board are comprehensive and considerate of the concerns and viewpoints of all parties involved (Gomez & Bernet, 2019, p.390).

Consider the impact of retail growth: The firm’s board should consider the potential effects of retail development on the composition of the board of the firm in relation to diversity and skill. The maximisation can require the board of Hyper’s directors who have skills in retailing, activities of promotions, supply chain systems, and logistics. The firm’s board can also deliberate on the possible influence of the development on the risks of the business and the importance for the directors to have knowledge of risk management (Fountaine et al. 2019, p. 89).

Review board policies: To ensure that the board's policies are consistent with the values of diversity and inclusion, a review should be conducted. The board may want to examine its hiring practices to make sure they are welcoming to all kinds of applicants. To ensure that directors are afforded enough chances for learning and development that foster diversity and inclusion, the board may choose to reevaluate its policy on education and training (Fine et al. 2020, p.70).

Involvement with stakeholders: The process of engaging stakeholders comprises asking for feedback from those with a vested interest in determining the best composition of board members in terms of skills and diversity. The board may consult with employees, customers, and stockholders via surveys, focus groups, and other means of communication (Song et al. 2020, p.1029). Incorporating the viewpoints and perspectives of stakeholders is crucial to inform the board's decision-making process and to ensure that the goals and principles of stakeholders are represented.

At the same time, the board should seek feedback from various stakeholders, including customers, shareholders, and employees, to gain insight into their viewpoints regarding the composition and structure of the board. Conducting an assessment of the board's performance can facilitate the identification of areas that require improvement (Pucheta Martinez and Gallego Alvarez, 2019, p. 89). Additionally, such an assessment can enhance the board's reliability and credibility with participants. The board may consider implementing various methods, such as conducting surveys, organising focus groups, or utilising social media or other communication channels to engage with stakeholders (Song et al. 2020, p.1022).

Regularly evaluate the board performance: The board must engage in consistent evaluations of its own performance in order to ascertain whether it is furnishing proficient supervision and direction to the organisation. The process may entail various methods such as self evaluations, peer assessments, or external evaluations conducted by a specialist in corporate governance. The outcomes of these assessments ought to guide any modifications to the board's structure, procedures, or principles (Gomez & Bernet, 2019, p.27).

Overall, it can be said that by adhering to the prescribed procedures, the governing body of Hyper can guarantee that it possesses a suitable blend of competencies and inclusivity to bolster the organisation's strategic pattern, at the same time it can ensure that the board of Hyper resolutions are comprehensive and considerate of the concerns and viewpoints of all parties involved.

2.2 Steps to deal with challenges:

To ensure that Hyper’s composition and structure allow it to deal appropriately with the challenges it faces, the firm must take the following eight steps:

Review the strategic direction and challenges: It is recommended that the board undertake a comprehensive evaluation of the organisation's strategic orientation and ascertain its obstacles. This will help the board in finding the essential experience and skills required to manage such issues effectively. For example, if a company tends to broaden its activities into the markets, this can be important for the board to appoint new directors who have the expertise in global business and marketing (Benbya et al. 2020, p.37).

Evaluate the board’s structure and composition: The board of Hyper also must evaluate its composition and structure to discover its appropriateness for achieving its organisational objectives. The evaluation should consider the competencies, professional background, and proficiency of every director and assess whether these are congruent with the organisation's strategic orientation and predicaments. Suppose a company is seeking to expand its operations into retailing. In that case, it may be necessary for the board of directors to seek out individuals who possess a background and skill set in retailing or marketing (Wessel et al. 2021, p.128).

Find gaps in experience and skills: After assessing the composition and structure of the board, it is recommended that the board identifies any potential deficiencies in abilities or previous experience. This approach will assist the board in identifying the requisite skills and experience necessary to address the gaps, as mentioned earlier. In the event that a company intends to expand into a new market, it may be necessary for the board to seek out directors who possess relevant experience in the declared market (Grimes et al. 2019, p.840).

Review the appointment procedure: The process of appointing board members is crucial in guaranteeing that the board of directors comprises individuals possessing the necessary expertise and knowledge to tackle the obstacles confronting the organisation effectively. It is recommended that the board undertake a review of its selection process to ascertain its suitability and ability to attract a varied pool of candidates. Job descriptions, hiring practices, and selection criteria all need to be assessed for accuracy (Kulkarni & Anantharama, 2020, p.56).

It is advised that the job title be reviewed carefully to ensure that it accurately represents the qualifications for the position. Reviewing the hiring procedure may help determine whether or not it is successful in drawing applicants from all backgrounds, especially those from underrepresented groups (Benbya et al., 2020, p.204). It is suggested that the criteria for selection be carefully examined to ensure that they are objective, transparent, and well-defined.

Consider the firm’s risk profile: The firm’s board of members should check that it has enough resources to cope with any risks. Involving a risk panel or knowledgeable board members might be helpful here. Depending on the nature of the company's risks, the types of knowledge and experience that should be represented on the board will change. For instance, in a highly regulated business, the board may benefit from having directors with experience in safety and regulatory affairs (Wessel et al. 2021, p.110). A similar requirement for directors skilled in financial risk management may arise if the firm operates in a particularly unstable market.

Review the board committee: To make sure the readiness for the business's strategic direction and difficulties, the board should examine its committee structure. In certain cases, this may call for the dissolution of existing committees and the formation of new ones.

The strategic focus and problems facing the business should inform the board's committee set-up. For instance, if the firm is venturing into retail, the board may have to form a separate committee to manage the retail division (Grimes et al. 2019, p. 192). Similarly, the board can have to form an oversight committee to manage regulatory matters if the firm operates in a highly regulated sector.

Implement a program for director growth: To guarantee that board members get the education and experience they need to do their jobs well, the board should institute a director development programme. Governance, handling risks, and other related courses may be included.

It is possible to increase confidence in directors' abilities and performance by investing in a director development programme. The programme should cater to the board's unique requirements and incorporate formal and casual learning settings (Kulkarni & Anantharama, 2020, p.89). Directors may improve their abilities and expertise by, for instance, participating in conferences, seminars, and workshops.

Regular review and refresh of the board: The board's composition should be evaluated and updated on a regular basis to ensure it continues to serve its function effectively. This may call for the resignation of current board members or the selection of new ones.

The board's continued relevance to the strategic direction and issues facing the organisation may be ensured by periodic reviews and renewals of its membership. Assessing the knowledge, abilities, and experience needed to meet the issues facing the organisation should be part of an open and impartial evaluation process (Benbya et al. 2020, p.89). This might entail the resignation of current board members or the appointment of fresh candidates to fill vacancies.

In conclusion, Hyper will be able to fill its board with directors who have the knowledge, experience, and competence to help the firm overcome the obstacles it confronts. The board will be better able to make choices in line with the business's overall strategy and strengthen the company's position to achieve its goals. Let's go through each stage in further depth.

References

CSM80017 Managing Quality and Safety in Construction Site Operations Report 2 Sample

General Instructions for CSM80017 Assignment 2

• The assignment 2 of CSM80017 Managing Quality and Safety in Construction Site Operations unit in 2023 Semester 1 (SUT-Hawthorn) is for 30% weighting.

• The deadline for submission of CSM80017 Assignment 2 is: 5th May 2022 (11:59 PM).

• The questions of Assignment 2 are from Component 2 of this unit on Safety Management in Construction Site Operations covered during Week 5 to Week of this unit delivered in current Semester.

• Please ensure that your response demonstrates a thorough knowledge of the materials covered from Week 5 to Week 8 of Semester 1. You need to address the requirements in a coherent report format with typical headings supporting the report’s beginning, body, and conclusion.

• The list of questions and break-up details of marks are in the following page.

• Upload your assignment submissions in designated submission portal under assignments 2 section in CSM80017 unit canvas.

• Use Microsoft WORD or Adobe PDF document file format.

• Use Harvard referencing style.

• Tentative, maximum page limit (excluding coversheet and list of references) for this assignment 1 is 10-12 A4 pages.

CSM80017 Assignment 2

Background

Assume that you are having a key responsibility for occupational safety of construction site operations in a major hospital complex expansion project in Victoria. A large accident happened recently in your project in which one fatality of a site personnel and some serious injuries for two construction workers of your organization and another one from your subcontractor have been noted. Also, there were some property damages have been recorded from this incident. Your staff records revealed that the age of that deceased person was 44 years. Age of other two workers from your organization got seriously injured in the same accident are 58 and 24 while the injured subcontractor staff was 36 years old. All three injured remain in critical condition after having admitted at the same hospital. Given this brief case-study background, you are required to develop a concise description of the accident scenario (around 250 words) that is relevant to this accident case-study. In developing the scenario, you may consider consulting one or more of the following sources: published case studies of similar accidents, suitable articles, accident records, or personal observations/experience.

Once the scenario is established, you are required to produce a case analysis of the accident in the form of a professional report addressing the following:

Question 1 of CSM80017 Assignment 2

a) Description of the accident process - the sequence of relevant events prior to, during, and immediately after the accident.

b) Your analysis highlighting both findings and justification (evidence that substantiates your findings) of:

1. Main root cause(s) of the accident (up to 3); and

2. Safety arrangements/ protocols that

i. should have minimised hazards

ii. might have prevented and/ or eliminated serious harms/ injuries and fatalities.

Question 2 of CSM80017 Assignment 2

Discuss regarding the following:

a) Strategies and arrangements for preventing similar accidents in the forthcoming construction site operations of this project and future projects.

b) Suggestions regarding safety management system improvements in your current project (e.g. revise and improve the programs, plans, policies, processes, and proceduresthat indirectly caused/allowed the hazardous conditions or unsafe behaviours, etc.)

Question 3 of CSM80017 Assignment 2

Provide your:

a) Recommendations to enhance safety leadership and promote safety culture in your organisation’s projects.

b) Recommendations to ensure occupational health and safety of manual handling works in your remaining construction site operations for this project.

Solution

Introduction

Workplace safety on a construction site is crucial to ensuring the health and safety of employees and avoiding incidents that could lead to death or serious injury. A fatality and three serious injuries were reported in this case study of an accident that occurred during the expansion of a hospital complex in Victoria. For Assignment Help, The accident's chain of events was dissected in the case study, with the underlying reasons, preventative safety measures, and recommendations for bolstering the company's safety management and culture in projects being highlighted. The report also included recommendations for improving the safety and health of workers performing manual labor during the project's remaining construction phases.

Scenario Description

The given scenario is about the casualty taking place at the expansion project of a major hospital complex in Victoria. This accident results in one fatality and three serious injuries to the workers along with property damage. A worker 44 years old was deceased and the other two workers 58 and 24 years old were seriously injured. Also, a subcontractor of a 36-year-old and other three workers remain in critical condition as they are admitted to the hospital. This incident took place with the digging of the trench without any solid support. Due to this, the wall collapsed and the injury took place to the workers under it. Then the emergency service was called and the rescue operation take place. According to the investigation, the primary course of this accident includes insufficient risk assessment, ineffective communication, and the failure of safety procedures. A similar incident took place in 2021, when a worker fell 3.3 meters from the second floor to the first floor and suffered from facial and rib injuries (Health, 2021).  

Question 1

a)

The fatal accident that occurred on the Victoria, Australia, building site of a major hospital complex expansion project left one worker dead and three others seriously injured. The accident process can be thought of as the chain of events leading up to and including the incident itself. There had been a great deal of renovation work going on at the construction site before the tragedy, including excavation, demolition, and the building of new structures. To keep everyone on the job site safe and reduce the likelihood of an accident, strict safety procedures and standards had to be implemented. The risk has been generated from the hazards which result in harm to the system elements and led to accidents.

On the day of the incident, the crew was working on the building's upper floor, installing electrical wiring. There was a tremendous boom, and then a massive object fell from the top of the structure, according to the people who were eyewitnesses, however, what caused this remains unclear. Several employees were injured as the object crashed through the floor below them.

There was one fatality and three major injuries as a result of the falling object, which severely damaged the building and many pieces of equipment. The injured workers were taken to the hospital quickly, where they were treated by doctors and later listed in critical condition.

The area was sealed off and the injured workers were taken to the hospital immediately after the tragedy. To guarantee the workers' safety and secure the site, the emergency response team responded quickly and investigated the situation. Authorities were alerted, and a probe into the incident's origins was initiated.
According to the results of the investigation, the incident occurred because standard safety measures weren't followed. The construction company had not performed a thorough safety inspection before beginning work, and workers lacked essential protective equipment including safety harnesses. Not only were workers not properly supervised, but they also lacked the proper education and training to do their jobs safely.

Tragically, seven construction workers were killed and many more were seriously injured in an accident at the Victoria, British Columbia, site of a project to expand the city's hospital complex. The incident occurred because standard safety measures weren't followed, highlighting the significance of making safety a top priority on building sites. This incident underlines the importance of construction firms providing their employees with proper safety training, education, and equipment to avoid similar incidents in the future.

b)

1. Multiple factors contributed to the accident that occurred on the Victoria Hospital complex expansion project's construction site. Among these are:

- The construction company's insufficient safety culture contributed to a lack of safety consciousness on the part of both employees and upper management. The utmost priority is given to safety and employees are trained and encouraged to follow safety measures only if there is a strong safety culture.

- The building firm did not conduct a thorough enough risk assessment or hazard identification, which led to a lack of precautionary measures being used. To guarantee that possible dangers are uncovered and the right steps are taken to remove or minimize them, hazard identification and risk assessment are crucial (Houcks, 2019).

- Inadequate communication between management and employees prevented safety issues from being identified and resolved. The safety of the workforce depends on the open exchange of knowledge about potential dangers and the means to avoid them.
The basic risks related to constriction are burns, breathing issues, eye injuries, fractures, tripping, falling, spillages, electric shock, explosions, dirty water, and falling from height. According to the investigation, the construction firm in question had a low-level safety culture in which worker protection was not a top priority. There was a breakdown in communication between management and workers, as well as a failure to properly identify and analyze hazards, according to the assessment.

2. Safety measures and processes have eliminated or greatly reduced the likelihood of harm. The building firm should have applied the following safety practices to reduce risks and eliminate or reduce major injuries:

- The construction firm ought to have implanted a robust safety culture by giving safety training to employees and management and rewarding them for following these guidelines.

- Before beginning construction, the organization should have carefully identified potential dangers and assessed the associated risks. This method would have let the organization spot possible dangers and take preventative action (SafetyCulture, 2023).

- The construction firm should have facilitated open communication between supervisors and employees by setting up proper lines of communication. Workers should be informed of potential dangers and given the tools they need to avoid accidents through regular safety meetings and updates as part of this line of communication. This will also eliminate the confusion and waste of resources.

- Safety policies should be implemented that comply with the Work Health and Safety framework defined by the Australian Government like the WHS Act, Regulations, and Codes of Practices.

- The construction firm should have given its employees ongoing safety training so that they would be prepared for any potential dangers on the job site (Karthick, Kermanshachi, and Ramaji, 2022).

- The identification of the hazards is a very crucial process that can be done by site analysis and finding things that can affect workplace safety. Training of the workers about site safety is required. Analyze the risks and unsafe hazards and inspect the equipment regularly.

- These precautionary measures have been established because they are consistent with established best practices and industry standards. According to NIOSH, preventing accidents in the construction sector requires a strong safety culture, the identification, and assessment of hazards, efficient communication, and regular safety training.

Last year, in Australia, 18% of casualties belonged to the construction industry. Inadequate safety culture, inadequate hazard identification, and risk assessment, and a lack of communication all contributed to the accident that occurred on the construction site of the Victoria Hospital complex expansion project.

Question 2

a)

It will be necessary to put into place appropriate plans and measures to prevent such accidents in the future operations of the construction site for this project and future projects. Among these plans and measures are:

- The culture of safety at the construction company should be one of the highest priorities at all times. All employees should be educated on the significance of following safety procedures, and the company culture should emphasize this value from the top down. In addition to providing regular safety updates, the employer should incentivize safe work practices (Nicholas, 2020).

- The construction company should perform a comprehensive hazard identification and risk assessment before beginning any work. The first step in this procedure should be to catalog the many risks that could arise. The results of this analysis will inform the development of safety protocols designed to either eradicate or significantly reduce the identified threats.

- The construction firm should give its employees ongoing safety training to keep them apprised of potential dangers and how they can be avoided. There should be a focus on issues like hazard recognition, risk evaluation, PPE, and emergency procedures in this training.

- A consistent means of communication is the basic requirement for every construction firm. This can guarantee that clear and concise information has been conveyed to all staff members and supervisors. This will also help workers to inform about the vulnerable dangers and get knowledge on how to mitigate them onsite.

- The building firm should think about implementing technological measures to boost security on the job site. Drones may be used for inspections, wearable devices can track employee well-being, and simulated environments can be used to teach employees proper safety protocols.

Safety requirements that must be followed by building firms include the primary and applicable safety regulations and standards. This involves making certain that all employees have the necessary certifications, that all safety equipment is regularly serviced and inspected, and that all safety protocols are strictly adhered to. The construction firm should examine and enhance its safety protocols regularly to guarantee that they are efficient in preventing accidents. Accident and near-accident records, as well as employee comments on safety practices, should all be part of this examination (Scanlan, 2023). The performance indicators – leading and lagging can be used to identify whether the current policies of safety are effective and appropriate for the workplace.

Figure 1 Safety measures at the construction site

The construction firm is responsible for the supervision of its subcontractors and the training of its workers in safety procedures. The organization should also perform safety checks on its subcontractors regularly to see if they are following the rules. Best practices and industry standards back up these plans and procedures. OSHA, or the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, places a premium on a company-wide commitment to safety, as well as the discovery and evaluation of potential dangers, the provision of ongoing safety education and instruction, the maintenance of open lines of communication, and the observance of legal requirements. Construction companies are increasingly adopting the use of technology to boost site security.

The execution of effective plans and procedures is necessary to prevent similar mishaps in the future operations of the construction site for this project and future projects. To name a few examples, there is the need to ensure effective communication, review and update safety procedures, use technology, comply with safety regulations, identify and assess hazards, train employees regularly, and manage contractors and outside workers with care. Construction firms may do their part to protect their employees and reduce the likelihood of accidents by adopting these policies and procedures.
b)

Several options exist for enhancing the current project's safety management system. Programs, plans, policies, processes, and procedures that contributed to or enabled risky situations or actions are among those suggested for revision and improvement.

Figure 2 Use of safety equipment

Specific recommendations include:

These recommendations were developed using safety management system best practices and industry requirements (Wei and Gang, 2018). A full safety management system will include enhancements to hazard identification and risk assessment, safety training, communication, policy and procedure revision, increased supervision and oversight, enhanced reporting and investigation, and enhanced subcontractor management. Moral obligations, regulations, and cost-effectiveness are the reason for the requirement of an effective SMS. It includes examining the hazards, risk management procedures, continuous monitoring, and improvement. It has three phases – planning, performance, and assessment. If the building company follows these recommendations, it can reduce the likelihood of future incidents and boost site safety. To ensure that safety management systems are efficient and in line with current best practices, they should be reviewed and updated regularly.

Question 3

a)

The following suggestions can be used to improve safety leadership and spread a culture of safety throughout the organization’s initiatives:

Generate a safety vision and purpose statement. This safety vision includes the work health and safety policy that provides information about the goals, obligations, scope, responsibilities, application, monitoring and review, laws that abide by the policy, and communication of this policy. This will aid in conveying the organization's dedication to safety and serve as a foundation for safety management and culture. Hire a safety manager to ensure that safety policies and procedures are followed, that employees receive enough safety training, and that all applicable laws and requirements are met. Staff members should be encouraged to take part in safety committees, offer suggestions on how to improve workplace safety, and contribute to the formulation and implementation of safety policies and procedures (Fang et al., 2020). Produce a reward program for those staff who followed safety procedures regularly and for promoting safety at the workplace. Consistently, safety audits should take place to examine any risks that compromise the safety guidelines. An effective method for reporting should be deployed which will work as the alarm in case any mishappening takes place. Based on research on effective safety leadership and culture, these guidelines have been developed. Moreover, establishing a reporting and investigation system, conducting regular safety audits, providing ongoing safety training, and establishing a safety vision and mission statement are all essential components of fostering a strong safety culture (Zhang, Shi and Yang, 2020). WHA site management plan can be used to plan before starting work on the project which will help the companies to meet the safety standards and health and safety requirements of the site.

b)

In the construction business, the risk of injury is high due to the prevalence of manual handling activities. The following suggestions can be applied to improve the occupational health and safety of manual handling works in the remaining construction site operations for this project:

- Risk assessments should be performed before beginning any manual handling work to identify potential hazards and establish control methods for mitigating such risks. Employees should also receive instructions on proper manual handling techniques.

- The risk assessment at the construction site can be done by analyzing what are the prominent hazards, and risks, their impact and seriousness, and the action plan used to mitigate them.

- The use of cranes, forklifts, and conveyor belts can help reduce the amount of manual labor required, hence they should be made available whenever possible.

- The Safe work method statements can be used to define the set of instructions at the job for every person which will eliminate the chances of confusion and clear communication can establish.

- Workers can lower their risk of harm when performing manual handling jobs by donning protective gear such as gloves, safety goggles, and shoes.

- Workers who conduct manual handling duties regularly should get regular checkups to detect any musculoskeletal diseases or injuries early on (Ajith, Sivapragasam, and Arumugaprabhu, 2020).

- Encourage workers to take breaks frequently while performing manual handling jobs to prevent weariness and injuries.

- Workers should be educated and trained on safe manual handling practices regularly. This includes instruction in good lifting techniques, the appropriate use of mechanical aid, and the value of rest periods.

- Set up a system for reports and probes: Encourage employees to report any incidents or near-misses involving manual handling, implement an investigation mechanism to determine the reason for the occurrence, and create preventative measures.

These suggestions will help the company guarantee the health and safety of its employees performing manual handling tasks during the project's final stages of construction. Musculoskeletal disorders and injuries can be avoided by conducting regular risk assessments, employing mechanical assistance, using appropriate PPE, monitoring workers' health, encouraging rest breaks, providing training and education, and instituting a reporting and investigation system. 

Conclusion

The case study stresses the significance of safety management systems and processes in preventing accidents on construction sites. Inadequate risk assessment, poor communication, and disregard for established safety procedures were some of the primary factors pinpointed by the accident sequence analysis. Plans and procedures for safety that might have prevented more serious incidents or perhaps deaths were also considered. Accidents of a similar nature can be avoided in the future if the organization implements the suggested changes to its safety management systems, leadership, and culture. The study concluded with suggestions for improving the safety of physical labor on the construction site as a whole. By adhering to these guidelines, businesses will be able to provide their employees with a healthy and risk-free workplace.

References

PRJ5108 Project Delivery and Procurement Report Sample

Assessment 2: Written Report

Working in small groups, students (a) analyse a real project and develop and write a delivery management plan including procurement documents, bid preparation and evaluation, and select delivery method, (b) analyse potential contract types, analyse the risks related to each type and select appropriate contract type including contract administration and communication.

Assessment 3 Details:

Following are some of the high priority infrastructure projects in Australia which are currently in construction phase. After completion of these projects the Australian people will get huge benefits from the outcomes.

1. Stage 2 of Pacific Motorway, Eight Mile Plains to Daisy Hill Upgrade (QLD)

2. Ichthys Gas Field Development (WA)

3. Mount Peake Vanadium-Titanium-Iron Project (NT)

4. Gawler rail line electrification Project (SA)

5. Sunrise Battery Materials Complex Project (NSW)

6. Western Sydney Airport (NSW)

7. Metro Tunnel Project (VIC)

8. Level Crossing Removal Project (VIC)

In this assessment task, students are required to choose ONE of the above six projects and answer all the questions stated below. There are three parts of this assessment task:

Part I: In this part of the assessment task, students are required to write a report based on the answers to the following questions and submit the report in week 5. Although this part of the assessment task will not provide any grading points, but the lecturer/tutor will provide feedback based on which students are required to write part II and the final part of the assessment task. Students are reminded that this part of the assessment task must do because the performance of the final part of the assessment task will depend upon the incorporation of the feedback of this part of the assessment task.

Answer the following questions in Part I of the assessment report:

1. Briefly describe the background and the objectives of the case project.

2. What is the delivery method of this project? What are the reasons behind the choice of this project delivery method for the case project?

3. Which organisation is the main construction contractor of this project, briefly describe the background of the construction contractor organization?

4. Briefly describe the bidding processes and the selection of the construction contractor.

5. Briefly describe the current updates of the case project.

Part II: In this part of the assessment task, students are required to summarise about the improvement of the first part of the assessment task based on the feedback obtained from the lecturer/tutor and students are also required to answer the following questions. There are no grading points for this part, but it is a must do task because the performance of the final part of the assessment task will depend upon the incorporation of the feedback of this part of the assessment task.

Answer the following questions in Part II of the assessment report:

1. Write a summary about the improvement of the first part of the assessment task based on the feedback provided by the lecture/tutor.

2. Are there any variations of contract types (fixed-price, cost-type or labour and material) for different works of this project such as design, construction, construction management or operation and maintenance?

3. Are there any issues (environmental, source of funding or political) associated with the case project which are obstructing the project progress?

4. Is there any cost overrun or schedule delays for the case project? Discuss about these issues using numerical values such as cost overrun in millions and schedule delays in months or years etc.

Final part of the Assessment task: In this part of the assessment task, students are required to summarise about the improvement of the first and the second parts of the assessment task based on the feedback obtained from the lecturer/tutor and students are also required to answer the following questions.

Answer the following questions in the final Part of the assessment report:

1. Write a summary about the improvement of the previous two parts of the assessment task based on the feedback provided by the lecturer/tutor.

2. Finally, you need to interpret the findings in the discussion section, draw conclusions, and make recommendations. The conclusions and recommendations must be directly related to the data about the case project that you have collected and analysed based on the literature review on the case project.

3. You are also required to verbally present the analysis of the case project in week 12. Please
see the presentation details in Assessment 4.

Solution

Part I: Assessment Report on the Western Sydney Airport Project

1. Background and Objectives of the Western Sydney Airport Project

The Western Sydney Airport project is a significant infrastructure development in Australia, aimed at addressing the growing demand for aviation services in the Sydney region. The project was initiated in 2014 by the Australian government, which recognized the need for an additional airport in the region to cater to the increasing number of passengers and air traffic. For Assignment Help, The project aims to develop a new airport facility in the Western Sydney region, which will provide economic, social, and environmental benefits to the local communities and the wider region.

The project's main goals are to increase aviation capacity, foster job creation, encourage economic development, and enhance regional connectivity. Around 10 million passengers per year are anticipated to use the Western Sydney Airport, which is also estimated to support up to 28,000 direct and indirect jobs both during construction and after it opens (O’Neill 2020).

2. Project Delivery Method and Reasons for the Choice

Public-private partnership (PPP) is the mechanism of delivery selected for the Western Sydney Airport project. The PPP approach entails cooperation between the public and private sectors in order to fund, plan, develop, construct, operate, and maintain infrastructure projects (Infrastructure Pipeline 2022).

The PPP model was chosen for the Western Sydney Airport project because it has the potential to be cost-effective, to transfer risks to the private sector, and to guarantee project completion on schedule. The PPP model also enables the government to keep ownership of the asset while entrusting the private sector with the risks and obligations of development and operation.

3. Main Construction Contractor Organization and Background

The main construction contractor for the Western Sydney Airport project is the Western Sydney Airport Company (WSA Co). The WSA Co is a government-owned corporation established in 2017 to oversee the construction and operation of the airport (Senaratne and Rai 2022).

The WSA Co has engaged several contractors and consultants for different aspects of the project, including the design and construction of the airport infrastructure, the procurement and installation of airport equipment and systems, and the development of the surrounding infrastructure and facilities.

One of the major contractors for the project is the CPB Contractors, a subsidiary of CIMIC Group Limited. CPB Contractors construct the airport's runway, taxiway, and other airside infrastructure. The contract includes the construction of a 3.7-kilometer runway, parallel taxiway, aprons, and other associated infrastructure (Western sydney airport airside works 2022).

4. Bidding Processes and Selection of the Construction Contractor

An open and competitive bidder selection process was used for the Western Sydney Airport project. In order to solicit bids for the planning, building, and management of the airport, the government published a request for proposals in 2016. Entities from the private sector were invited to respond (Wastnage 2018).
Numerous private sector organizations, including both domestic and foreign businesses, submitted their proposals. These were then evaluated according to a number of factors, including the proposed design and construction methodology, financial capability, and experience completing projects of a similar nature.
The Western Sydney Airport Company (WSA Co) chose a group led by CPB Contractors as the project's primary construction contractor following a thorough evaluation procedure. The CPB Contractors consortium also consists of a number of other businesses that are in charge of various project-related tasks, including Multiplex, Aurecon, and Jacobs (Western sydney airport airside works 2022)

5. Current Updates of the Western Sydney Airport Project

The Western Sydney Airport project is currently in the development phase, and major advancements have been made on a number of project-related fronts. The runway, terminal, and other crucial infrastructure are still being built as of March 2023, keeping the project's 2026 opening date on schedule (Hotchkies and Philippon 2021).

The runway's development is one of the project's noteworthy accomplishments. It will be one of Australia's largest runways, measuring 3.7 kilometers long and 60 meters wide. Almost 22 million cubic meters of soil were extracted and used to build a flat and sturdy basis for the runway during the extensive earthworks necessary for its construction. The runway's construction is essential to the project's success because it is the major infrastructure needed to meet the region of Western Sydney's rising demand for aviation services.

The first phase of the airport terminal building, which is now under development, is scheduled to debut in 2026. The terminal building will be a striking construction with a floor area of more than 300,000 square meters and a capacity for up to 10 million passengers annually. Critical infrastructure, including communication networks, luggage handling systems, and electrical systems, must be installed prior to the terminal building's construction (Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications 2022).

The project's environmental management is also a critical aspect of the construction phase, with the project team implementing various measures to minimize the project's environmental impact. The creation of the Western Sydney Aerotropolis is a further noteworthy accomplishment of the project. The 10,000-hectare Western Sydney Airport precinct known as the metropolis will have a positive impact on the area's economy, society, and ecology (Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications 2022).

Overall, the Western Sydney Airport project is a significant advancement for the Sydney area because it will increase connectivity within the area, provide much-needed aviation capacity, and foster employment growth and economic development. Effective management and cooperation between stakeholders will be crucial to the project's success in ensuring that it is finished on schedule, within budget, and to the needed quality standards.

References

MBA401 People, Culture and Contemporary Leadership Report 3 Sample

The Assessment

Task Part A

Students will participate in workshop activities throughout the semester to help develop the depth of their knowledge and understanding. Student’s participation during Weeks 10 and 12 will be graded in relation to the quality and relevance of their contributions during those two subject workshops.

The Assessment

Task Part B

Students will write an individual report to demonstrate the depth of their learning and development of knowledge arising from their participation in the MBA401 subject. This report will require undertaking research that is relevant to the topic statement.

• Students must draw on key academic theories (minimum 3) relevant to the chosen topic.

• The topic proposition posed for the assessment cannot be answered definitively. The assessment requires students to discuss possible assumptions, make effective arguments, and with a logically detailed conclusion.

• Students will use a report structure for the writing of this assessment.

Trust and workplace relationships

Trust is an important influence for effective communication, co-operation, problem solving and performance in the workplace. Social conflicts in the workplace can hamper personal relationships and limit group cohesion and effectiveness. In an organisational context, trust can also be treated as an issue of behavioural competence, with people trusting those that they believe can solve problems and deliver desired outcomes. Is conflict always negative or can it also be constructive? Leaders, therefore, need to build a culture of trust in the workplace towards organisational effectiveness.

Assessment Description

This is the summative assessment for the subject. Students are to demonstrate the level of their overall subject understanding, drawn from a semester’s learning, subject engagement, and with considerations of theory, drawn from academic research, that might also be applied in a practical setting. The following should be explored and be included in the report:

1. Explore the critical nature of relationships between people in an organisation especially with regard to leaders and followers.

2. Identify how leaders may create, reinforce or even destroy organisational culture by their interactions with the organisation’s employees.

3. What role, if any, might trust between leaders and followers play in the decision making process?

Discuss with reference to at least three theories or concepts you have explored in MBA401. You may also provide practical examples drawn from contemporary business.

Report Structure (this is a guide to assist in how you can frame your report)

Introduction (150 words) – Present your response to the statement and outline the aim and structure of the report Discuss the critical nature of the relationships between leaders and followers (400 words)

– here you are responding to statement 1.

Analysis of how leaders may influence organisational culture (400 words) - here you are responding to statement 2.

Analyse the role of the leader and the importance of trust (400 words) here you are responding to question 3.

Conclusion (150 words) – a summary of the analysis and key theories discussed.

Reference List

Solution

Introduction

People and culture is the unseen way in an organization as it helps to take a progressive approach of managing job seekers. Finding the right culture is increasingly important for people to create a positive environment in the workplace and make them happy at work. For Assignment Help, as the present world is growing rapidly, there is a need for strong management and leadership within the organization to foster a knowledge- based economy. Modern leaders have the tenacity to challenge the current landscape and destroy the social conflicts that predominate within the workplace and hamper personal relationships between people. The aim of the study is to highlight the concepts of trust and human behavior to discuss the ways by which a leader can develop better workplace relationships. It has discussed the critical nature of relationships between leaders and followers, while exploring their effectiveness on organizational culture and underlying the importance of trust played by the leadership approaches.

Discussing the critical nature of the relationships between leaders and followers

Both leaders and followers influence their team either by positive or by negative collaboration. This helps to instill the leaders as well as the followers to trust, listen and solve problems by finding new solutions (Daft, 2019). Every organization has significant individuals such as followers who are responsible to monitor and manage the organizational processes by implementing them effectively. On the other hand, every leader has been once a follower within a team to accomplish the required tasks through their passion and dedication. According to contemporary thinking, there is a close relationship between followers and leaders as they are primarily participative and share all the responsibility with employees. Through a dominant personality, leaders can assure right people at right positions within the organization and hire competent employees instead of punishing the low-skilled ones. For instance, Mark Zuckerberg follows the transformational leadership style practically, which is known to inspire the followers with a clear vision of company's future. Developing effective working relationships between people in an organization with regard to their followers and leaders can induce a collaborative environment within the workplace and ensure team building by addressing the concerns of each team member. Application of the five-factor model of personality is effective to draw inference on the nature of relationships between people and leaders in an organization (Wren and Bedian, 2017). These factors include surgency, adjustment, agreeableness, conscientiousness and openness to experience. As the leaders have emotional stability traits, they maintain a focus on challenging things and inspire communication as well as confidence with employees in the workplace. Being open to experiences can allow the followers to be broad minded, imaginative and strategic thinkers, which can build strong connections with the people in an organization. Promising to support people through proper tools and techniques can allow the leaders to identify any problems within the organization in terms of policy changes or discontent among the people. With regard to followers and leaders, they should be open to receive news of glitches and maintain staff respect to build a positive relationship with people. For instance, Tesco follows the policy of diversity and inclusion to treat their employees due to which employee satisfaction increased from 3.6% to 3.7%, showcasing strong emotional traits of leaders (Moss, 2020). Granting autonomy is more effective in creating positive relationships between people and followers instead of micromanaging. Correspondingly, creating a mutual interaction between employees and leaders can develop better relationship quality and ensure greater performance within the business process.

Analysis of how leaders may influence organizational culture

Leaders reinforce organizational values by allowing employees to maintain organizational effectiveness through goal setting, recognition and opportunities. While interacting with the organization's employees, the leaders have open and ongoing dialogue that can strengthen their relationship as well as develop trust. This can be elevated through regular communication, two-way feedback and frequent one-on-ones meeting. As the leaders have a tremendous impact on an organization, they are allowed to prioritize work as per the demands of the employees in relation to accomplish organization's objectives. For instance, Mahatma Gandhi's strong leadership attributes were the success criteria of establishing a successful post-Independence India nation and challenging the British government with the help of the nation's party and general people (Acharya, 2019). In relation to business intervention, the role played by the leaders in terms of driving organizational culture is through the successive pathways of Herzberg two factor theory, which allows the leaders to identify the motivation and job satisfaction rate of the employees in terms of improving the organizational effectiveness. By maintaining an adaptive culture, the leaders provide a sense of purpose and mentorship to their employees, which build on a diverse workforce within the organization. While interacting with the employees, the leaders are responsible to actively monitor the internal and external environment for creating a better organizational culture. Moreover, working mutually towards reinforcing exchanges and linkages are the stepping stones of leaders in reinforcing a positive culture within the workplace and maintaining good relations between employees as well as departments. By fostering open communication with the employees through a feedback session or participation in seminars, the leaders can create a better organizational culture and reinforce the company's values and goals. Integration of A model of organizational behavior is utmost effective to understand the three levels of organizational boundaries such as organizational system level, group level and individual level (Brauer and Proyer, 2021). This is important in creating and reinforcing a strong organizational culture as it helps to empower employees with greater innovation and more problem solving redundancies. Poor communication of leaders with the employees and focusing on hyper-competition, micromanagement and bullying behavior can affect the company culture. The leaders can also destroy the organizational culture by insulting the employees publicly and taking the credit of their work, which results in low morale, and high turnover of employees.

Analyze the role of the leader and the importance of trust

Trust is the primary attribute associated with followers and leaders in the decision making process as it helps to increase their power over the employees with regards to raising productivity. Successful leaders can maintain employee trust through practices that create intrinsic motivation and work engagement with the people in an organization. Application of OODA model relates to observation, orientation, decision-making and action, which allows the leaders to make up a composite of data and knowledge as imparted by their followers. For instance, people having obesity rush into judgments of doctors without addressing their causative factors such as individual psychology, societal influence and food consumption. People trusting their immediate leaders develop high job satisfaction rates and induce more commitment to the organization. For instance, Martin Luther King followed transformational leadership to induce decision making ability in the economy and allowed American people to fight for their civil and equality rights through his rhetorical speech and universal message (Campbell, 2021). It is due to the trust between leaders and followers that helps to create a collaborative environment, where people are treated equally and resources are allocated in an equitable way. In the decision making process, the role of leaders is to communicate the impact of organizational changes through day-to-day activities and allowing employees to adapt the changes. On the other hand, the followers are responsible to meet the overall goals of the team and organization, making the employees feel valuable through potential trust. Trust is the positive expectation of the people within the organization that creates a stable foundation for employees and allows the leaders to maintain a tone of commitment, compassion and capabilities. Application of The Rational Economic Model is effective to draw inference on the rational approaches of decision-makers to trust between leaders and followers in the decision making process (Robbins and Judge, 2017). This encourages both followers and leaders to identify a problem situation and generate alternatives that can increase the trust between them as well as ensure strong organizational operation. Implementing such alternatives as a part of the decision making model, the followers trust the leader to feel positively about the alternative and exert extra effort to accomplish the tasks effectively. Trust acts as a mediator between leaders and followers, while inducing respect as well as fairness for the employees and maintaining organizational credibility. For instance, Nelson Mandela's strategic decision of turning down Botha's offer of conditional amnesty in 1985 by living in a cold, dark prison cell elevated the face of ANC's opposition in regard to his personal sacrifice (Schoemaker, 2022). This reflects the fact that building trust is most effective in the decision making process as it embarks a positive change on organizational culture as well as smoothen the relationship between leaders and followers.

Conclusion

It can be concluded from the above that trust is a crucial intervention in an organization as it ensures strong communication, commitment and problem solving capacities within the workplace. The human behavior reflected by the leaders and followers can develop better workplace relationships that can treat the issues of behavioral competence and improve group cohesion in a positive way. They are the only ones to destroy organizational culture if their personal attitude towards the employees is irrational or unexpected, which can further affect the decision making process. Implementation of the five factor model of personality and rational economic model were some of the important theories to understand trust and human behavior to enforce a stronger and better workplace relationship. Immediate attainment of constructive leaders through contemporary leadership approaches can build trust in the workplace and also improve the organization's context.  

Reference list

MGT602 Business Decision Analytics Research Report 3 Sample

Context:

Workplaces today are changing rapidly in parallel with rapid advances in technology and means of communication with teams separated by distance and time. We need to take into account not only time and space, but other elements of diversity to collaborate effectively for organisational outcomes. In such complex environments much can be learned by observing and analysing the decision-making process of business managers. This task requires you to select a decision you have observed in the work place and using MGT602 theory gained from Modules 1-6 on Blackboard, undertake a comprehensive critical analysis and evaluation of the decision maker and the decision-making process.

This assessment has been designed to:

Critically reflect on the application of key concepts and theories of MGT602 in the analysis of a decision from your current or previous workplace. In doing so, you MUST consider a meaningful work challenge that you observed another person or persons make. If you do not have previous workplace management experience, then you must analyse the group decision-making processes undertaken by your team in Assessment task 2.

In successfully completing this assessment task you are to:

- Evaluate the sources of data, and the use of data analytics to identify trends/ patterns that form the evidence for the decision-maker.

- Show visualisation of the decision-making process, and analytics to support the decision making;

- Select between three decision-making theories and concepts from within the subject modules and show their application in analyzing the decision. Evaluate how the decision would be the same/ different by using different theories or concepts.

- Present the findings of your results in a business style report that includes clear headings to guide the reader and visualisation of the data sources/trends/ patterns, and is underpinned with evidence from relevant contemporary literature.

- Reference according to the APA reference style guide

PLEASE NOTE: It is highly recommended that you discuss the selected decision with your learning facilitator to ensure efficacy of the assessment task.

Solution

Introduction

Ethics refers to standards of behavior which represents the manner one should act in various situations in which they do have to play role of professional or in person. They are set by social system and do evolve slowly as changes are adapted in society (Jurkiewicz & Giacalone, 2017). For Assignment Help, in absence of ethical standard it is not possible to make appropriate and effective decision in different situations faced as a professionally. A variety of approaches including virtue approach, common good approach, and fairness of justice approach could be applied in order to make effective decision.

Organization / Area of Emphasis

Present report provides assessment of decision relating to adaption of virtual leaning in pandemic scenario which I observed as my personal experience along with analysis of different theories relating to decision making. Even the ethical challenges which I assessed during my learning period have been also included in reflective assessment. The report does represents the manner learning and acknowledgments have changed my perceptions relating to decision making and significance of ethical principals while making decisions whether professionally or personally.

Research Question

“Evaluating significance of ethics in decision making in scenario such as change in management or organization structure”

Analysis and Evaluation

Learning’s and Acknowledgement

In existing high-tech era, major disruptions could be witnessed due to technology, negative impact on work, community and environment. However through incorporating moral values and ethical dimension in decision making procedure, it is possible to reduce same to significant extent (Schaltegger & Burritt, 2018). Moral refers to internal values and judgment which are applied in order to make decision or the manner one should act. Further, ethical values are theoretical construct which represents group behavior and decision i.e. the manner in which an individual should behave (Vinnari, Vinnari & Kupsala, 2017). I acknowledged that it is the reason code of practice in organization is developed along with standards of behavior so that one could comply with operational ethical standards while accomplishing organizational obligations. I also assessed that various aspects of ethical dimension not only assist in making effective decision but do provide support making decision that which decision theory is to be applied.

During my learning period I got opportunity to learn about value of ethics for an organization and its impact on performance. I assessed that through complying with ethical values an organization does follows laws as well as regulations and does not have to deal with issues such as corruptions, conflicts within management etc. As ethical standards of entities does increase scrutiny by emphasizing of triple bottom line measures which include economical performance, environmental and social measures; it eventually leads towards success as it enhances firms performance (Fichter, 2018.). On the contrary in absence of ethical standards not only negatively affect reputation and financial performance but also affects internal management adversely. Further, I also analyzed the manner in which decision differentiate in case different model has been taken as base. For instance in case decision has been made on basis of Utilitarian Approach than emphasis would be made on good or least harm i.e. balance of good over harm; however in case of right approach emphasis is made on moral rights which are being affected in the situation. Previously I was not aware about the manner in which different approaches of decision making same but after being enlightened in same context I assessed their value in context with decision making. These sources are Utilitarian Approach, Rights Approach, Fairness Justice Approach, Common Good Approach and Virtue Approach. From specified approaches, virtue approach has influenced me to significant extent. Even though it is ancient approach but it does have adequate significance in present modern era. As, it emphasizes on being consistent with ideal virtues which leads to development of our humanity. I personally believe that through complying with specified approach it is possible to develop characteristics such as honesty, compassion, generosity, tolerance, friendly, self control, fairness etc which are necessary for making prominent decision being a professional. As far as I have assessed each of ethical approach does assists in ascertaining which standards of behavior can be considered ethical. However, each individual does not agree with similar human and civil rights; thus is possible to ascertain ethical course of action through ascertain the facts of the case, determining ethical principles, exploring the options and acting accordingly (Schiavo, Villafiorita & Zancanaro, 2019). The learning relating to specific approach of ascertaining course of action does changed by my perception relating to making decision. I learned that on the basis of important variant in different situation specific decision approach is being selected for making prominent decision. As previously I do make decision in accordance with emotions or by assessing perception of one side which is available. However, after being aware regarding the appropriate course of making action I assessed that it is necessary that one should assess the whole situation and determine the principles on the basis of which decision could be taken. Even learning’s relating to difference decision styles such as Vroom and Yetton Decision Model does assisted me acknowledging the way through which it is possible to solve decision problem through attainment of available information on time.

Figure 1: Decision Making Styles
(Jurkiewicz & Giacalone, 2017)

In present modern era, escalation in rate of connectivity has eventually increased increasing demand of information processing within organization and entities. In order to attain exponential growth in sped it is necessary for management to make decision which are high quality and does result in positive outcome for enterprise (Vinnari, Vinnari & Kupsala, 2017). I acknowledged during my learning period that one could make appropriate decision through application of rational decision model. The specified model is base of reasoning between observed data but not emphasizing on emotions to significant extent. It is possible to convert same decision into prominent through complying ethical approach. Thus, I learned the significance of ethical approaches in decision making whether relating to organization or in personal life. It is true that decision model which does accomplish need of fast, high quality decision which yield positive outcome could only be applied in 21st century (Kolev et al, 2019) Thus, dual process model can be specified appropriate for same as it does applies two approaches in order to make effective decisions within organization. Lastly, learning’s related to Simon’s bounded rationality model assisted me in gaining knowledge relating to management decision behaviour i.e. making decision in a way which could be good enough through satisfying rather than focusing on maximizing. In specified approach decision in made prior assessing all the alternatives available in order to gain main goal of satisfying the need of organization or project (Rozenwig, 2013).

Personal experience in context with ethical challenges

Good ethical decision could be made only through gaining experience and training in context with ethical issues and practicing ethical aspects (Rendtorff, 2019). Through complying same it is possible to explore different aspects which require significant considerations and does influence choice or course of action. During my learning period I got opportunity to do same while working on assignment where our team has to assess the manner in which concept of online study has affected higher education and ethical challenges assessed with its context. I was learning and challenging experience for me because the idea was to be implemented without making children ready for same.

I assessed that change management process in education is equally important like all other industries. Thus, it is necessary that ethical decision approach such as Common Good Approach and Fairness Approach should be complied while making dynamic changes tend to revolutionize the entire process of education and bring forth the growth of the students (Jurkiewicz & Giacalone, 2017). The fact cannot be denied that educational growth of the students will need to be undertaken so the COVID19 does not entangle the growth. As the challenging effect might diminishing of the capacity of the government and the investment is based on higher education. Thus, the ethical challenge which I assessed during this assignment was acceptance of virtual learning approach for those students who are not comfortable in e-learning as they could understand things only through live education system (Rozenwig, 2013). Thus, I assessed that same has been resolved through application of Dual processing decision making model. The cited model does have significant relevance as its attempts to explain two system applied in order to process information (Marchesseault, 2019). The initial system processes intuitive i.e. on the basis of unconscious and experiences and another system process on the basis of consequences i.e. making decision by being rational. As the pandemic situation has enforced to reframe the structure of the education system has been developed and it clearly states the impact of the reorganization of the workforce and universities.

Figure 2: Procedure of identifying ethical course of action
(Porter, 2017)

As far as I have assessed that the cited model assists in making dual decision within one single framework i.e. fast and automatic thinking as well as slow and deliberate thinking in context with issue or decision making. Another ethical dilemma was to evaluate the adaptability of students and continuance of learning through virtual learning approach. As students are habitual to understand or focus while their mentor or teacher is there and even for teacher it is a tough job to review whole class virtually and to assess the one who is facing issues in understanding. During this learning period I got opportunity to assess ethical challenges relating to educational industry in context with online learning approach. The insights and acknowledgement gained in similar context made in understand the manner in which different approaches of decision making i.e. virtual approach, fairness approach etc could be applied (Morales-Sa´nchez & Cabello-Medina, 2013). I analysed the manner in which one could deal with ethical challenges in order to make adequate decision for making adequate changes in structure or management. It is not an easy job to convince for such a major change but in order to ensure that learning and knowledge of students in not restricted in present pandemic era, education system has to look out for appropriate alternative. Thus, through fairness approach it could be dealt as defensible standard would be applied for resolving same (Fernandes, 2008).
Even I got opportunity to assess difficulties relating to dealing with information which is base of ideological biases and resolving issues relating to organisational subculture. As my main goal is to be manager of big corporate; thus I need to access knowledge in context with different scenario which could be faced in future. Another instance during my project where I have to resolve conflict between team, I applied fairness approach so that the final decision could be accepted by whole team. Thus, through learning and acknowledgement attained during this course I assessed the manner in which one could use relevant data which is complex to access in competitive environment of organization. It is possible that I do have to experience transformational change or strong competition in future being a manager. Thus, I have gained knowledge in similar context through which I can access information resources in order to collaborate between functional areas of entity. On the basis of learning and experience I gained during my learning period, it would be appropriate to state the manager does play vital role in supporting and developing collaborative environments. It is possible only through complying which ethical decision making approaches so that one could align team and organizational members for not only to share information but also to collaborate in order to make positive decision making (Eisenbess, Knippenberg & Fahrbach, 2015). Thus, through complying with same it is possible to gain overall growth and sustainability.

Conclusion

In nut shell it can be concluded that ethical principals does play vital role in making prominent decision by a manager. Further, the learning and acknowledgement gained from this course would not only assist me in taking appropriate decision but would also assist me in dealing with different ethical dilemmas in future while playing role of manager or executive of an organization. It can be analyzed that one could make good ethical decision only through gaining experience and training in context with ethical issues and practicing ethical aspects. As through assessing appropriate knowledge of ethical models and approaches one gets aware regarding the principles which are required to be complied while making decision whether professionally or personally. In context with dual process model it would be appropriate that is effective model which does assists in making effective decision as it considers both the perspective i.e. rational and intuitive. Further, as the model assess two perspectives in order to make final decision it is more appropriate comparatively. Lastly, as far as learning and experience of my journey is concerned; I would state that it was like a roller coaster ride as I got opportunity to analyze variety of new aspects including decision making approaches as well as models within it. Thus, in future when I will be part of a corporate or organization; I would be able to make appropriate decision even in case when adequate changes are to be made within management or to deal with relevant ethical dilemmas effectively.

References

MBA652 Strategy and Leadership in Tourism and Hospitality Report 1 Sample

Your task

Individually, you are required to record an 8-minute video in which you will address an executive leadership team based on the below assessment instructions.

Assessment Description

The purpose of this individual assessment is to foster students’ ability to analyse and select the most appropriate contemporary leadership practices for the tourism and hospitality industries by demonstrating skills in critical leadership, problem-solving and reflective learning relating to the tourism and hospitality industry.

Assessment Instructions

Organisational restructuring is a strategy commonly deployed when a business needs or wants to transform its people and operations for the better. Such a strategy can be challenging to implement effectively, especially when an organisational restructuring occurs due to the business engaging in unethical and illegal practices. Presume that you have been asked to provide strategic advice on the most suitable leadership profile and associated human resource processes for a tourism and hospitality organisation that seeks to hire a new Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The CEO would need to address the toxic organisational culture that fostered unethical and illegal misconduct demonstrated through systematic breaches of relevant legislation and rules.

More specifically, you are required to record an 8-minute consultancy webinar addressing the executive leadership board by advising on the:

• Preferred leadership style/s to address immediate needs of highly dependant stakeholders. Your advice must be based on a thorough analysis of various leadership style/s and relevant theories and concepts covered in week 2.

• Associated human resource processes needed to find the right candidate. Your advice must be based on relevant theories and concepts covered in week 3.

• Required strategies for improving employee engagement and motivation to facilitate organisational change in leadership. Your advice must be based on relevant theories and concepts covered in week 4.

The findings presented in the webinar must be accompanied by PowerPoint slides and be based on a minimum of 10 scholarly and peer-reviewed sources of information published no longer than five years ago and relevant to the field of tourism and hospitality leadership. These sources must be presented in the video in the form of in-text citations and a reference list adhering with Kaplan Harvard Referencing Guide. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

For Assignment Help,

MBA5007 Managing Strategy and Innovation Case Study 2 Sample

Assessment 2 - Case Study Development – Strategic Plan

Task:

You must write a Case Study Report about a production based company discussing the strategic plan of an organisation. This should draw on learning from Modules C and E (Chapter 5, 6, 9, 10) of this subject. Furthermore, key terms and concepts should be defi ned wherever possible. Be analytical within your report and examine key terms and theoretical relationships in depth.

The Case Study report should be written in appropriate business language so that your analysis and discussion have an objective tone. Your writing should be clear and concise and be in your own words. Use headings to guide the reader and include tables or diagrams that make the case clearer.

Aim:

To present a case study based on the selected organisation’s current business strategy and the recommended strategy. The Case Study report must be in the range of 1,500-2,500 words in length excluding references. The referencing style must follow the APA referencing style.

In a case study report, include following:

› 1. Introduce the case study, including the background.

› 2. Describe the purpose and the background of the study and the specific questions you are addressing.

› 3. Discuss the possible competitive strategy options focusing on the strategic planning activity of the chosen enterprise.

› 4. Understand and be able to research the impact that strategic planning has on organisations and the consequent changes that have occurred to the role of business managers.

› 5. Explain the signifi cance of the study and what can be learnt from it.

› 6. Note that a case study is a study of a situation, so you must not generalise the results to all other situations. That means your report should focus on what can be learnt about that particular situation and the individuals involved.

› 7. Recommendations that provide proposals for future action to solve the problem or improve the situation. Each company typically seeks to enhance its performance and build competitive advantage via its own custom- tailored competitive strategy based on more attractive pricing, greater advertising, a wider selection of models, You must demonstrate what type of competitive strategy options the selected organisation has decided to em- ploy, e.g. low-cost leadership, differentiation, best-cost provider, focused low-cost, and focused differentiation— to pursue competitive advantage and good company performance.

Solution

1. Introduction

Online grocery shopping is beneficial for customers. Online grocery or fresh food services companies have achieved popularity in recent days. For Assignment Help, Several companies can flourish their business growth with the help of online grocery shopping. Therefore, the venture AmazonFresh by Amazon inc. is trying to provide the home delivery of grocery due to recent pandemic situations amidst Covid-19 situations, people need to maintain distance. By this, they can easily bring or collect their essential grocery items online. This will help to save their time and money. Online grocery shopping will help customers to prevent impulsive shopping. They can easily buy their products online which will help customers to track the exact amount which they spend on grocery items. With a couple of clicks, the customer easily grabs all the essential products on their doorsteps. This report will be discussed about the online grocery services of the well-known company Amazon. Amazon has expanded its area of the network in grocery and included perishable items in it (Polacco& Backes, 2018). For this change, Amazon has revised and added significant changes in its distribution and warehousing model.

Background of The Study

Amazon launched its online grocery services in the year 2007. The name of this online grocery service is AmazonFresh. AmazonFresh got success on a national scale in a short period. AmazonFresh has to face numerous challenges to get success. Before AmazonFresh started their business there were countless competitors available in the market. Grocery refers to the largest retail sector with a 2010 revenue of $600 billion (Cdn.fbsbx.com, 2021). Consumers shopped for grocery items online 2.2 times per week. AmazonFresh develops partnerships with local merchants to get fresh items for their customers. They serve several delivery options for their customers. AmazonFresh also created its tagline 'ConvenienceDelivered' to promote convenience over price to draw the attention of the customers in the year 2009 (Cdn.fbsbx.com, 2021). In the process of selling their grocery items to the customers, they face several problems which have to be mitigated to better the business growth of the company. Amazon has expanded its area of the network in grocery and included perishable items in it. For this change, Amazon has revised and added significant changes in its distribution and warehousing model. There are numerous competitors available such as Safeway, Wal-Mart, and Stop & Shop which will be a great threat for AmazonFresh.

2. Purpose and Research question

Purpose of this project to identify the competitive strategies of the company named AmazonFresh. This project will be discussed about the impact of the strategic plan of the company. The other purpose of the research question is to understand the challenges of the company to mitigate all the issues to better the growth of the company. Amazon has expanded its area of the network in grocery and included perishable items in it. For this change, Amazon has revised and added significant changes in its distribution and warehousing model.

Research Question

What are the competitive strategies of the company AmazonFresh?
What is the impact of the strategic plan of the company AmazonFresh?
What is the significance of the case study?
What are the learning outcomes of the company?
What are the recommendations for the company to mitigate all the problems?

3. Competitive strategy

Amazon, which is a well-known or famous retail company worldwide, was launched to sell books. But in the year 2007, the company introduced their new online grocery services named AmazonFresh. There are numerous competitors of AmazonFresh such as Safeway, Wal-Mart, and Stop & Shop which will be a great threat for AmazonFresh. Amazon becomes a common name carrying major significance in the online retail business. However, Amazon has overcome all of its market entry barriers through drawing strategic plans. The first barrier to the business was the freshness of the products. Here the AmazonFresh company uses 'Focus Strategy’ to sustain itself in this competitive and globalised world (Etumnu&Widmar, 2020). The other retail company faces several problems regarding their products and delivering the products in a short period. By this, the AmazonFresh company uses Focus Strategy. Focus strategy will help to match market attributes with the company's competitive advantages. As evaluated by Galea & Walton (2017), quality is important to sustain in the competitive and globalized world. This strategy helps the company to focus on its products, revenue, and profit. By this, the company focuses on giving fresh products to the customers (Phillips-Connolly & Connolly, 2017). Customers prefer good quality products in a short time. By this, the company serves high-quality fresh grocery and perishable items to their customers. AmazonFresh gives its products to their customers on their doorsteps. This helps the company to grab the attention of the customers. Customer service is highly focused by the retail online companies. With a couple of clicks, the customer easily grabs all the essential products on their doorsteps. AmazonFresh provides a unique facility to its customers (Easter & Dave, 2017). The customers can select the timing for delivering their products to them at their doorsteps. This will enhance the competitive strategy of the company. Customers are the most important key to sustain in the competitive and globalised world. The AmazonFresh company took care of the customer satisfaction segment by creating a feedback section. The customers easily share their reviews with the company which will enhance customer satisfaction.

4. Impact of The Strategic Plan

Amazon started its career as a business by selling books. Gradually, it further moved to grocery sales. Today Amazon becomes a common name carrying the major significance of online retail business. However, Amazon has overcome all of its market entry barriers by drawing a strategic plan. As assessed by Robischon (2017), the first barrier to the business was the freshness of the products. Earlier, E-commerce businesses have majorly relied on FedEx and other delivery options to ensure the freshness of grocery and other food items. Webvan, a grocery selling online platform, has collapsed in the US market in the beginning for not having a proper business model (Galea & Walton, 2017). Different experts in this field also have voiced their opinion about the business model because many companies failed just because of not having it. Amazon has expanded its area of the network in grocery and included perishable items in it. For this change, Amazon has revised and added significant changes in its distribution and warehousing model. On the other hand, Amazon before launching “AmazonFresh” had conducted the beta test with the help of Paul Allen, co-founder of Microsoft, to monitor customers' experience in the website. A dedicated website and “bucket” have been proposed as a technical change in the business apart from supply chain management.

The focus of AmazonFresh was to deliver the items as quickly as possible to bypass the competitiveness of the industry. As reviewed by Kang et al. (2016), to promote goodwill, Amazon has distributed free samples along with delivery initially. To provide fresh items, Amazon is also agreeing with local businessmen and merchants. For instance, fresh fish from the neighbouring Pike Place Market is distributed across Seattle within a few hours (Polacco& Backes, 2018). This has also increased the reliability of customers and added more competitive advantages to the company. Delivery options were increased as the customer can order any items at any time without any complication. As assessed by Lamas & Liang (2016), the company has planned its "Tight Sleep” service for the late orders where groceries are getting delivered at midnight. This wide range of delivery options has fetched nearly USD 5.2 billion in profit to Amazon during the peak time of the Covid-19 pandemic (Geekwire.com, 2021). The company modified the warehouse plan as it has seen many businesses in the industry have failed for not maintaining the warehouse properly. Amazon strategically re-built the distribution channels and created ample space for perishable items. The scheduling system has also been modernised and reliance on the third-party provider has been minimised gradually. The strategic plan has helped the company to establish its feet in the industry efficiently.

5. Significance of The Case Study

The case study of AmazonFresh has provided a significant journey from selling books to becoming one of the world's largest E-commerce. The case study has shown different aspects of Amazon from different perspectives. For instance, the company was facing a challenge for extending its sphere in the grocery market. However, later on, the leadership in Amazon has curbed the issue by adopting a strategic plan for the business establishment. The significance of the case study can be analysed from different perspectives. In the supply chain system, Amazon has started selling perishable items since 2007 and it has been widely adopted by the customers as well because the company delivers only fresh and quality items (Lingyu, Lauren &Zhijie, 2019). Initially, the company rented cars and refrigerators from third-party businesses. Later on, it has purchased the essential equipment to avoid delays in supply. The company is one of the earliest companies that introduced one-day delivery.

In the delivery of items, Amazon only delivers fresh items from the local market by not degrading the quality at all. Added to that, Amazon offers several options for delivery of packages including "pick and drop" services. Most interestingly, the company also launched an initiative namely "tight sleep" for those customers who need fresh groceries early in the morning. Thus, it can be said that the company has adopted very unique and different strategies to make itself successful in this e-commerce business. In technology, the company has dedicated a separate website for AmazonFreshand tracked its traffic rate regularly (Etumnu&Widmar, 2020). It was recognised that the new website lacks reviews related to products and thus the leadership of AmazonFresh has decided to include this aspect quickly in the platform. In leadership, the company has performed great because of its leadership only. The company majorly focused on digital technology for growth.

Thus, this case study has almost detailed each aspect of a business in a broad framework. From the case study, the aspects of supply chain management, delivery, leadership, digital technology and other aspects also.

6. Learning Outcomes

The online grocery selling market of the United States is quite big and AmazonFresh has successfully occupied its place in it through its elaborated strategic plan. The growth rate of AmazonFresh in the United Kingdom stood nearly 76.2 per cent in the year 2020 (Theguardian.com, 2021). The company has fetched positive growth amid the Covid-19 pandemic. The company has started from scratch where it has seen the major failure of Webvan, an online retailer, and learned a different perspective from this lesson. The company majorly focuses on competitive strategies and introduced an extensive digital platform as per the customers' convenience. Amazon has taken a focus strategy to improve the quality of its products and introduced new benefits for the customers through this strategy. The company has increased its minimum size of order and offered "prime membership" on the other to waive the additional charges (Bongard, 2017). This has proved a success factor to the company because it flows regular profit to the company.

Comparison between AmazonFresh and Their Rivals

1. How does the mean wholesale cost of AmazonFresh for retailers contrast with the estimated spending per industry for wholesalers?

- The mean wholesale cost of AmazonFresh for retailers can be determined as the success of Amazon Fresh could rest in the counting of its operations. Brick and mortar food businesses consist mostly of fixed expenses, however, AmazonFresh is trying to provide promotional offers in order to gain the market share. The aim is to achieve a little increase in the narrow gross sales margins to profitability, considerably more than operating expenses (rentals, utilities, shop workers). The cost is largely changeable in comparison with online foodstuffs. Therefore more purchases, the more pickup, packaging, transportation and shipping the firm must pay. Hence, profitability has few possibilities (Lingyu, Lauren &Zhijie, 2019).

2. How does every quality of the product contrast broad effectiveness/excellence to the sector?

- On the other hand, though, there are more — preferably more — items to load the shipment. Hence, Amazon Fresh begins to seem smart here. The firm has a distinct supply chain set up than its competitors such as Big Basket and Grofers. Additional participants often transfer orders to shops that choose either in conjunction with and even as business segments of supermarket local companies delivering from the supermarket shelves directly on customers doors. Amazon Fresh employs rehabilitation centres outside city centres. This offers Amazon offering approximately 500,000 non-consumable products for shipping with AmazonFresh to enhance the standard offer assortment (Etumnu&Widmar, 2020).

3. How does AmazonFresh's weekly sales effort count towards the local average amount of weekly incentives for each province?

- Calling for sales is not what they have been formerly for AmazonFresh before the Pandemic situation. Firstly, because of the accessibility of online and in-person platforms, sales employees deal with clients who are equipped with masses of previous studies. Contemporary salespeople meet more individuals and are supposed to market new sorts of complicated digital items. They must influence consumer groups. The typical purchasing cycle is therefore lengthier, such that consumer demand is tougher to foresee and used for objectives (The Guardian, 2021).

4. How can we assess the extent of each AmazonFresh's retail reductions to the average residual discounted throughout advertising campaigns?

- Many organisations have undertaken key modifications, such as the development of a new online platform, Similar steps were taken by the venture of AmazonFresh. Hence, the inclusion of specialist jobs and the implementation of team sales to develop in this changed and competitive market climate. However, it is nevertheless important to disregard this shift. Taking the current difficulties fully into account requires developing new, deliberate models of remuneration that clearly motivate a sales staff to keep selling efficiently. Salesmen need not be taught what to perform; they ought to be convinced of conducts that complement the marketing approach of a corporation (Robischon, 2017).

5. How do the annual spending of individual companies relate to the area average spending on marketing?

- The combination of incentives, quotas, wages and business unit incentives may be a driving factor for growth. Intelligent modifications of pay models showed a 50% larger sales effectiveness than adjustments in advertising spending. The perception of the company through various engagements and several conversations with the marketing professionals demonstrate that the functional requirements are necessary to redesign sales pay models and to assist sales organisations in responding effectively to some of the most important concerns presently (The Guardian, 2021).

7. Recommendation

The company AmazonFresh faces several problems as they launched their online services in a competitive market. By this, the company has to know the exact knowledge about market growth. Without knowing about the market growth the company cannot improve its quality of work. The company should know about their competitors' market policies and market growth to better sustain in this competitive and globalised world. The company has to make a good relationship with other companies to know their strategic plan.

On other hand, it is discussed that the Amazon company was not good at all in their technology. They create another website for AmazonFresh which creates a problematic and complicated situation for the customers. The company has dedicated a separate website for AmazonFresh and tracked its traffic rate regularly. It was recognised that the new website lacks reviews related to products and thus the leadership of AmazonFresh has decided to include this aspect quickly in the platform. The company has performed great because of its leadership only. The company majorly focused on digital technology for growth. By this, the company has to take good care of their technological error. They also have to create a single website for them. By this, the customer easily shops their essential items through the main website.

8. Conclusion

The case study report highlights the business of AmazonFresh and discusses it elaborately. In the report, the sections are allotted to explain the key insight about the company and its business extensively. Amazon has successfully operated in the field of e-commerce from the beginning because of its wide competitive strategies. Thus, the element of competitive strategy that the company has gained through its journey is elaborated in this report. The learning outcome of this case study is also attached in the bottom section of the report. Finally, the report ends with some suitable recommendations that the company may follow for its future ventures.

References

MBA505 Business Psychology, Coaching and Mentoring Report 3 Sample

Your Task

The purpose of this assessment is for you to demonstrate and develop your knowledge and skill in mentoring and coaching as an important people development technique within organisations. This subject requires you to thoughtfully develop your abilities in coaching and mentoring, and in weeks 8, 9,10 and 12 we will explore styles and techniques in doing this. These skills will serve you well in many facets of your life. To assist with developing your skills, you will be using these skills to interact with your fellow students or others to sharpen your abilities, allow you to observe others and receive assistance so you can learn to work meaningfully with others in the future.

Assessment Description

In weeks 8-10, you will have opportunities to take the role of a mentor, coach, observer or employee through in-class or online discussions and role plays. In week 12, you will be exposed to content to do with the role of coaching in organisations.

To strengthen your understanding of these experiences, you will be required to write a reflection of the experience of your role as mentor, coach, observer or employee of around 650 words. Over each week you will be required to use your experience to assemble three of these reflections as you engage in the week’s exercises, bringing your work to a total for this task of 2000 words.

In writing up your experience of these coaching and mentoring experiences you should reflect on:

• What happened in the interaction, including what aspects went well and what needed improvement,

• How relevant theoretical reading or research you have done applies to the situation,

• What you learned or gained from the experience, and

• Practical actions you could take to improve your approach in the future based on your reading, reflection, experience and observation.

Assessment Instructions

• This is an individual assessment to be submitted via Turnitin.

• You are to write 2000 words, composed of three pieces of 650 words each as follows-

→ One reflection related to your experience of mentoring (covered in week 8),

→ One reflection related to your experience of coaching (covered in weeks 9 and 10),

→ One reflection related to the application of coaching in the workplace (covered in week 12).

• You are expected to include references to strengthen your understanding of the theoretical bases of your work.

• Your writing should be based on very recent experiences only, ie those which have taken place during the in-class sessions or in the workplace during the period of the subject.

• As with all scholarly work, competent and relevant citing and referencing is essential.

The completed assignment of three reflections is due in Week 13 (one week after completion of formal classes). You should aim to complete your work each week during the class or soon after to minimise workload and maximise accuracy and then consolidate and finalise for submission in Week 13.

SOLUTION

INTRODUCTION

Organizational mentoring can be related to strategic approach which does assist in developing employee i.e. mentee through pairing them with some more experienced i.e. having more knowledge and experience in context with management and taking effective decision. Present report presents reflective assessment relating to experience on mentoring and coaching. I have made efficient effort to provide explanation relating to acknowledgement and insights of my learning period. For Assignment Help, I have also included discussion relating to learning’s which I gained from experience along with action plan which I would apply for improving approach in future on the basis of reflection, experience and observation.

REFLECTION ON EXPERIENCE OF MENTORING

Mentoring can be specified as positive development partnership between two members or a group managed by mentor so that mentees could be provided appropriate resolution for issues faced by them (Jackson, 2019). I acknowledged that in order to develop bond between mentor and mentee it is necessary that confidentiality, trust and positive expectation should exist so that both does have faith that things are working well between them. During my learning period I got to know that mentoring does act as efficient tool for developing skills within an individual i.e. for mentor as well as mentee. I did not know previously mentoring approach is beneficial for mentor also but during my learning period I got to know it does assist mentor as well in enhancing his skill relating to promotion of diverse culture and application of resources in prominent manner.

Figure 1: Phases of Mentoring Cycle

Even I got opportunity to attain learning relating to establishment of mentoring program and practically applied and got opportunity to assess the areas where I could perform well and which required improvement. I assessed that I do have strong forte at developing stage of plan as I consider strength and weakness of members of my team and requirement of specific project or assignment and develop plan accordingly. However, a variety of issues have been faced by me in implementing same efficiently as I do lack in skills such as coordinating, resolving issues, managing different issues within members etc. I acknowledged that mentoring does assist mentees in provide advice with which they could make their own appropriate decision; thus mentoring does not leads to bounding rather it does promotes freedom to mentees so that they could grow or develop to maximum possible extent (Koopman et al, 2021). The six phases of mentoring cycle are building rapport, contracting, direction setting, progress making, maturation and closure. While analysing mentoring cycle I assessed the role of mentor in detail. I realised that planning stage does have significant role in developing program as one could attain predetermined goal only in case where all significant areas are covered at planning stage. I do have to work on skill relating to development of plans and for same I have indulged practice of developing plans of projects and analyse same so that I could analyse the areas where I do lack. I acknowledged that it includes attaining clear understanding to company goals, vision and mission, motivating mentee, ensuring confidentially at which I was strong and challenging mentees so that they could perform in best way, providing constructive feedback at which I have to work so that I could enhance my capability in same extent (Bush et al, 2018). Overall the learning and experience relating to mentoring assisted me in to ascertain areas I am required to work on which includes providing constructive feedback and providing challenges in constructive manner as both the qualities are necessary to encourage mentees to make out the best possible.

Action Plan:

In order to work on areas on which I am presently weak i.e. providing constructive feedback, I would provide habit of providing written feedback to team members during project and would take review for same to assess its impact on team members. Through practicing same in continuous manner I would be able to not only assess the extent to which I have succeeded in same but would also get to know its impact on mentees. Further, in order enhance skill relating to providing challenges in constructive manner I would work of personal characteristic such as confidence, supportive and other skills which are available in prominent leader so that mentee could trust me and I could successfully present myself in correct manner. Incorporation of these skills within me would assist me to enforce my team members or mentees to perform in best manner and develop their skills to next level in best way.

REFLECTION RELATING TO EXPERIENCE OF COACHING

A variety of models are available which can be applied for providing structure of coaching conversation (Bernard, 2018). However, the model which influenced me the most in GROW model which stands for Goal, Reality, Options and Will. The specified model does comply a linear pattern even though in exceptional circumstances it does require flexibility. During my learning period I assessed the way in which a coach does practically applies this model in order to attain main objectives of an organization. I analysed that the primary stage i.e. Goal does play main role in developing the idea which does enforce to create better experience in future for themselves. As far as I have assessed initially GROW model emphasizes on setting goal and then asses real option which are available to attain same and finally make decision in context with action to be taken for establishment of targeted commitment (Panchal and Riddell, 2020).

During my learning opportunity I got opportunity to apply GROW model practically; it was a new experience for me as I got a chance to learn new approaches. For instance; I assessed that the coach is require to emphasize on interest of client rather that curiosity of coach. Even I attained acknowledgments relating to skills and competencies required in a coach i.e. active listening, direct communication, designing actions, planning and goal setting, powerful questioning. I analysed that I do have strong forte on planning and designing action but I do require working on direct communication and powerful questioning so that I could play role of coach in prominent way in future.

Figure 2: Perspectives of SMART goals

Smart Goals does set up one for success by transforming goals specific, measurable, achievable, realistic and timely (Whitmore, 2009). It does provide assistance in providing sense of direction along with organizing the way through which one could reach goals easily. I do have basic knowledge of SMART goals concept but through learning’s and acknowledgments of this course I analyzed it real worth that a goal is vague with no sense of direction. Further it can be indulged only through developing SMART goals. I acknowledged that learning is persistent process as it is represented through continue change in performance which is attained through experience. The learning relating to SMART goal approach and GROW model would assist me in future in playing role of coach in form of manager in organization of which I would be part. As through these approaches I would be able to make understand my team how can one assess available real option and make appropriate choice within same for accomplishing goals. Further it would also assist me in developing SMART goals rather than goals having no direction and through same I would be able to achieve within specific time period and revise same if required.

Action Plan

In order to work on skills relating to powerful questioning I will have emphasize on questions which evoke discovery, insights. It is necessary to ask question which are open ended as it does provide greater clarity and new learning to significant extent. Thus, prior asking question I will have to note down same and analysed that would it work as powerful questioning or not. Direct communication does assist in articulating another perspective of client in which he or she is uncertain. I have started working on my communication skills and also participated in personal development seminars so that I could enhance my communication skills overall and make efficient direct communication

REFLECTION RELATING TO COACHING AT WORKPLACE

It is a bitter fact that organizations do face high competition in constant manner and this trend would be sustained in future also. Thus, these changes have enforced organizational leaders to seek ways through which they could make employees learn adapt and demonstrate right behaviour to be successful (Grant, 2020). During my learning period I assessed role of coaching at workplace. I analysed that it is responsibility of coach to analyse and provide objective prospective on what is working and what is not working. In other words manager is required to take responsibilities as coach so that they could transform employee to perform in competent and efficient manner. During this course I got opportunity to assess variety of role to be performed by manager as a coach i.e. managing, mentoring, counselling, mediation, teach etc so that they could provide intrinsic as well as extrinsic solutions. Prior to this course I was not aware that counselling and mediation are the key roles to be played as a coach at workplace. However, through acknowledging learning attained through this course I got to know about same and assessed that as a manager it is his responsibility as coach to focus on performance and potential by counselling and acting as mediator between employees and goals of company.

A coaching management style is considered less directive in comparison to traditional management style. The reason behind same is manager applying coaching management style has to conduct ‘coaching conversation’ for encouraging employee to develop their own thoughts and action which are more self-directed (Whitmore, 2009). During my learning period I got opportunity to analyse management style of applied by manager of different organization and to assess the extent to which they do indulge coaching style method for management of operations. As far as I have analysed the experienced I gained assessing different management style outcomes of cited approach makes employees feel that they are valued and significant part of organization of team which motivate them to perform in best manner. It eventually results in production of superior performance of employees. This management style would assist me in playing role of manager in future appropriately as I learned the way I have to act in different scenarios and how to encourage employees or colleagues for attainment of predetermined goals. Even I learned the significance of ensuring to let employees know what is expected from them so that they assess their performance goals and accomplish same.

Action Plan:

In order to perform role of efficient manager in future; I have to develop coach mindset so that I could apply coaching style approach appropriately. I have decided to work on different skills such as indulging empathy so that I could deal with others in better manner, keeping helpful attitude; as these can be incorporated only through practice; I will work on these skills in each activity in which I participate and project of which I am part so that I could enhance them to significant level. I will also take assistance of my mentors by taking reviews and feedback about my performance so that I could make changes adequately.

CONCLUSION

It can be concluded that the whole learning journey was adventurous and it is still continued as I am practicing on areas and skills which require more concern such as confidence, supportive and other skills which are available in prominent leader so that I could accomplish goal of being successful coach and mentor in form of manager. The learning attained during this course would assist me in playing role of manager in efficient manner in organization of which I would be part in future. Moreover, I would able to develop my personality in required manner and perform well at different phases till I reach my main goal. Lastly, these acknowledgements made me realise in order to attain success one has to keep learning in continuous manner even though various achievements or accomplishments have been made.

REFERENCES

HI6008 Business Research Project Report Sample

Assignment 4 Specifications

Purpose:

This unit aims to give you an opportunity to combine many facets of your acquired MBA skills into the production of a high-quality research project.

Assignment 4 - the Individual Reflective Journal - is to ensure each student is able to contribute to document a critical reflection of their personal learning process, as experienced during this unit. It will be best to build your journal progressively, by making notes each week, starting at week 1 and going through to week 12.

Your notes will serve as a reminder of which sections you personally contributed to, what you learnt, and how you experienced the learning process. A significant aspect of the learning journal will be your reflections on how well you co-operated with your team in the various phases of the Business Research Project, i.e. Topic Approval, Literature Review, and Methodology BUT your emphasis should be on what you experienced, what challenged you personally, how you dealt with that and what you gained as a result. It is NOT enough to objectively summarise what was done. This assignment must reflect and describe your own personal deep learning AND be convincing to the reader that you were integrally engaged throughout the learning process.

Assignment Structure should be as the following:

1. Based on my personal contribution to the topic selection, problem definition, research question, writing of topic approval submission, and team charter, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

2. Based on my personal contribution to the literature review report, i.e. search process, summarising of relevant articles, designing the outline/argument/structure of the literature review, writing up the literature review, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

3. Based on my personal contribution to the research methodology report, i.e. my role in discussions about methods, sampling, questionnaire design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

4. Based on my reflections of the total research process, the insights I gained and any issues, struggles, challenges, synergies I experienced, both individually and in the teamwork, how I experienced this, what challenges I faced, and what I learnt from that.

Solution

Reflections about Topic Identification

While doing the assignment, I came to understand and learn a lot of things that were quite interesting to my knowledge. For Assignment Help, However, not only was it limited to learning and knowing new things, but also I faced several challenges in commencing different tasks of the assignment. This particular report will deliver a thorough understanding of the thing that I have learnt while doing the assignments and will also provide an in-depth understanding of the challenges that I have faced along with the ways by which I overcame those challenges to generate a complete and illustrative research assignment.

The selection of the topic, i.e., the role of Artificial Intelligence in the healthcare department of Australia for commencing the task was not at all challenging due to the fact that there are several types of research already going on the Artificial Intelligence (AI) and its areas of implications. The utilization of AI has the potential to develop the existing infrastructure and performance of various sectors (Panch et al. 2019, p.2(1)). Therefore, AI technology is perhaps the most researched topic as of the current time. Researchers and other top minds in the field are busy discovering new possibilities of the utilisation of AI in various sectors; one of them is the healthcare sector. Several developmental processes are going on in the field of healthcare and the global healthcare sector is witnessing something that they have never witnessed before (Panesar, 2019). With the utilization of AI in the existing healthcare systems, there have been numerous possibilities that have come into the light in recent years.

Modern-day healthcare systems are using AI in almost every process starting from diagnosis of a disease to the prevention of it. The process of the development of treatment protocol has also been facilitated by AI. Moreover, I have also learnt that the utilization of AI is not only limited to that, but also it has the potential to manage large datasets and records of any healthcare facility regardless of its size (Davenport & Kalakota, 2019, p.94(2)). AI has also given new dimensions to critical patient care, customised medicines, developing drugs and healthcare monitoring systems. Therefore, cumulatively I have learnt that the contribution or role of the modern-day AI systems in developing the existing health care setups is unparalleled, given that it is implemented and explored in the best possible manner.
In the case of Australian healthcare systems, it came to my knowledge that several pieces of research are going on to effectively implement AI within the healthcare facilities to ensure the best possible outcomes and optimize its performance (Yu, Beam & Kohane, 2018, p.720(1)). But, due to the lack of proper infrastructure, training or other reasons the development of healthcare facilities in Australia is limited or in some cases not yet started. Therefore, I could say that I faced some issues while developing the research questions as I was not able to understand the exact problem. There were many questions attached to the topic which I found to have some connection with my research topic, however, they were not answering the exact dimensions of the research.

In my response, I analysed the topic and its various dimensions in an illustrative manner and tried to find out the exact reason/reasons that limited or obstructed the implementation of AI within the healthcare systems of Australia. After careful consideration, I was able to sort out the most relevant questions that would suffice the reasons for doing my research. Other than these I did not face any significant difficulty in commencing with the research, the team members of my research were also very cooperative and did the assigned tasks in the best possible manner. Moreover, there was proper coordination and discussions between all the team members regarding the best way to conduct the research.

I have also portrayed the team charter that consists of the individual works that have been conducted by the team members. In order to complete this study, we have worked together and distributed our tasks evenly so that the required goal can be met. Eventually we have gained sufficient knowledge and skills about the topic and increased our efficiency in performing a research in an appropriate manner.

Reflections about Literature Review

While doing the literature review segment I faced various challenges regarding the different processes. In the initial step i.e. the search process I was unable to get hold of the precise and accurate data and information that I was quenching for. The fact that AI has not yet been implying in the majority of the Australian healthcare systems created the insufficiency for available data. The process for implementation is under rigorous research and it will be implemented in the not so distant future (Reddy et al. 2019, p.23(2)). However, I managed to find some scholarly articles that have the same dimensions, unlike my research. All of those articles were largely related to the type of reach outcomes that I wished for. Therefore, I utilised those articles to derive relevant information from them and commerce my research. While summarizing the articles that I found I looked into two important things, one is its aim and the other is its outcomes. I went for the articles that had major similarities to my research aims and outcomes so that I could address the pre-set aims and objectives in an efficient manner and by achieving the desired results.

As for the design of the literature, first I identified the gaps left by the previous literature and then explored those particular areas. The primary gap that I identified was that previous literature was not able to underpin the exact functions and possibilities that the AI systems behold in the context of health care systems. So naturally, I underpin those areas and commenced any research. I found out that there were several implications of AI within the modern healthcare systems, especially when it comes to Australia. AI technology can be utilised and is proved to be efficient in the healthcare department for the well-being of humans (Jiang et al. 2017). AI performs various tasks like presenting, analysing, and comprehending complex data of medical and healthcare, for this purpose it uses software and algorithms capable of machine learning or artificial intelligence. Moreover, in the latter part of the literature review, I wrote down the ways by which Australian healthcare systems could use AI and improve their performance by minimising or eliminating the possible complications.

Reflection About Methodology

Using the appropriate methodological tools is imperative for deriving accurate outcomes for any research. Therefore, while conducting my research I was very cautious and selective while identifying the best suitable methodological tools. The team members and I had thorough discussions regarding the selection of the best suitable methodological tools for the research. It was finalised that we will commence the research by using the SLR or Systematic Literature Review method. The primary reason for opting for this particular method is that it enables students to study both qualitative and quantitative variables for addressing the different dimensions of the research topic (Larasati & DeLiddo, 2019). Moreover, it is a widely used method in business and management areas and at the same time, it is also effective for research related to Healthcare. The next step in the methodology of this research was to identify a strong method for analysing the acquired data and information. I played an important role in commencing with this particular step as I suggested to my other team members to take assistance from the PRISMA statement methodological article. This particular model helps in reporting systematic reviews and also helps in performing meta-analysis which evaluates the positives as well as the negatives of different healthcare interventions. Finally, we analysed the accumulated data by assessing particular search strings or keywords such as artificial intelligence, healthcare etc. There were challenges in this area such as collecting appropriate data and getting adequate sources. Problems were experienced while getting such data that could be helpful in obtaining expected result and increase the efficiency of the study as well.

Reflection About Research Experience

In this research, I was assigned the task of doing the literature review section. It was a relatively new experience for me so at the same time, I faced challenges as well as learnt a lot. The primary challenges that I faced in doing the literature review are problems to depict proper data sources, identifying the appropriate gap/gaps in the literature, aligning them with my research and collecting all the elements together and writing them down by showing their inter-relation. Implementation of AI in healthcare systems is an entirely new frontier and therefore, the availability of information and data is limited. However, I managed to do the literature review by finding relevant scholarly articles and the gaps that were left.

I also learnt many new things from this research. The main thing that I have learnt is that the areas for applications of AI in the modern-day are neigh limitless. The possibilities and benefits that it beholds are unparalleled to any other price of technology. I also learnt that AI could give healthcare systems the much-needed spark so that they could improve and optimise their performance. Several pieces of research are being done by humans to determine and implement AI in modern healthcare and we hope to get the best of both worlds in the not so distant future.

Reference List

MGT605 Business Capstone Project Report 1 Sample

Context:

This subject allows the student to synthesise the knowledge and skills gained from all other subjects studied up to that point. The main deliverable in the subject is a major project. In this first assessment, the project is proposed.

Instructions:

In this assessment, you are required to propose how you are going to study in the capstone project. Before you can do that, you first need to identify a project idea on which to develop your project proposal . Your project proposal must include the pain statement or problem statement. The capstone project proposal serves two basic functions. Firstly, it presents and explains how you are going to study and analyse the issue of your capstone project. This is essential to make clear what you aim to achieve by the end of this study period, what data you will collect and analyse and what MBA subject theory applies to your project. Secondly, how you will conduct the capstone project. This is an account of the steps you will take until you produce the final report. This includes a timeline. The timeline will help you track your progress. With this information, your facilitator will be able to guide you concerning the suitability and feasibility of your capstone project.

Formulating a project idea

As mentioned above, before you can develop your capstone project proposal, you need to identify a problem or opportunity. Please refer to the “Broad Business Capstone Project Ideas.pdf” file for help with identifying project ideas. You can find the “Broad Business Capstone Project Ideas.pdf” in the learning portal.

Structure of the project proposal

Include all relevant content expected in a project proposal.

Cover Page – provide a cover page with identification information including, your name, the subject and code, the capstone project title, date, word count, etc.

Introduction or Context – background information including a description of the country, the industry, the organisation (case unit) and the problem or opportunity (the issue(s)). Discuss the circumstances through which the problem or opportunity has arisen.

Aim/purpose of project – the specific aim of the capstone project is to identify the problem or opportunity and to summarise what your project intends to achieve.

Method – identify the proposed sources of information or data. Also consider how your knowledge from your post graduate program will apply in your project. Ensure that the project is feasible within the available time. Also describe the relevance and significance of your capstone project.

Conclusion – a brief statement about what the project is all about, its suitability and feasibility.

Indicative timeframe – itemise what you will cover in each week.

Solution

THE USE OF ACQUISITION STRATEGY FOR GROWTH AND SURVIVAL: THE CASE OF HCL TECHNOLOGIES

Background

HCL technology is one of the leading IT companies that provides a wide scope of IT services that include application development, digital transportation, support, project management as well as consulting. For Assignment Help, This company is continuing its business procedures for 20 years in the global marketplace (Businessinsider.in, 2020). The primary focus of any business is to expand its marketing shares in the specified marketplace (Kazem, Rice& Adzhyan, 2018). That is why this company is trying to enhance their growth rate as well as expanding their marketing shares with the help of an effective acquisition strategy. In order to expand the business area, the core executives of HCL want to acquire DWS Limited. Both companies have already occupied a secure place in the Australian market.

According to the annual report of Australia, 2020, the revenue rate of DWS Limited is $ 167.9 million (Businessinsider.in, 2020). On the other hand, the revenue rate of HCL is $9.93 billion based on the Australian marketplace. Therefore, it will be an advantage for both companies if they combine with each other. HCL will be able to become a top brand with a maximum effective workforce whereas DWS Limited will be capable of continuing its business in the Australian marketplace. In this proposal, the purpose of this project as well as issues are going to be elaborated by the researcher based on the case study of HCL in an efficient manner.

Main issue

The main issue that will be researched in the project report is how a Strategic Acquisition can help in growth and success of a business. The concept of Acquisition is generally buying majority share of another company. Only The research will be digging deep in aspect of acquisition as a mode of survival in future competitive market. The research will be dwelling around the very prospect of acquisition will enable HCL in future to determine next course of business and financial action. HCL follows a total of three types of acquisition strategies for building a strong reputation in the specified marketplace that includes improving the performance of the company, removing competition as well as using current trending technologies for developing the products.

In this case, HCL tries to acquire DCL Limited that might help to remove the competition from the marketplace as well as improve the performance of the organization with an effective workforce (Businessinsider.in, 2021). In this case, there are some other issues that can be faced by this company that include managing cash flows, monitoring performance, managing overheads as well as retaining customers (Mckinsey.com, 2017).

Purpose of this project

The main purpose of this project is to identify the acquisition strategies that are being followed by the HCL Company for survival purposes. It is also required to understand how HCL Technologies acquire DWS Limited by managing the cashflows as well as overheads. Therefore, it is required for HCL Technologies to understand the use of acquisition strategy for survival as well as growth purposes. It might help to analyze the benefits of following the acquisition strategy for enhancing the growth rate of the business in the specified marketplace. According to the case study of HCL Technologies, they follow the acquiring strategy for expanding their business area as well as remove the competition from the specified marketplace (Businessinsider.in, 2021). It will help to attract more target customers because they will be able to provide a superior quality service to the customers within a minimum time. This is because they will have a large number of employees after acquiring DWS Limited.

Related Theories

The main objective of running any business is to build a strong reputation based on their products and services as well as enhance the profit rate within a minimum time. That is why HCL is trying to follow the same policy. During the Covid-19 situation, customers are portraying a lesser demand based on the services. Therefore, it is impossible to enhance the growth rate because of the lesser market demand. However, a total of 1.1% growth rate of HCL has been increased in 2020 (Businessinsider.in, 2020).

Theories are critical concept in discussing the feasibility of acquisition. Therefore the search for rrlated theories which be coincided in the research project is essential.

“Theory of Market Timing” is one among many theories that will be used to understand the very prospect that HCL took into order to go forward for the acquisition of the DWS. The very advice that guides one to judge the future growth ratio of other concerned companies is from the theory of Market timing. Overvaluing of the company to be processed under acquisition is something theory of market timing suggests.

Decision theory will be followed by the HCL technologies to manage the business procedures. As per the case study, HCL wants to acquire DWS Limited. In this case, they can be faced many issues that include employee overloaded issues as well as monitoring-related issues. Therefore, decision-making theory helps the core executives to make a crucial decision for solving those issues within a minimum time (Entrepreneurshandbook.co, 2020). It will also help to mitigate certain risks in an efficient manner.

Data Collection Procedure

The data collection procedure helps the people to gather the relevant information depending on the specific research topic. The data collection procedure are of two types that include a primary method as well as a secondary method. However in this case the use of secondary data will be considered. Secondary data is efficient in collecting data could be easily searched for authenticity. The information about acquisition and other critical factors those are needed to be consulted before proceeding with acquisition could be easily gathered from peer reviewed secondary sources.

This researcher will develop five themes based on the research samples. Along with this, the 10 research samples will be used by the researcher to evaluate the use of acquisition strategy for enhancing the growth rate as well as survival purposes. This research study will be based on the HCL company that will help the reader to understand the acquisition strategy that is being followed by the HCL company for expanding their market shares as well as survival purposes.

Journals that could be of use in the future endeavour of the project are:
http://abd.teikav.edu.gr/articles/journal_ERS.pdf
https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1255298/FULLTEXT01.pdfTheoretical foundation of Diversification Decisions: (virtusinterpress.org)

Websites those could be used are:

HCL technologies | DWS Ltd: HCL tech acquires Australian IT firm DWS for $115.8 million (indiatimes.com)

Data Analysis Method

The researcher will perform secondary thematic analysis for evaluating the use of the acquisition strategy of HCL Technologies in a proper way. A total of 5 themes will be developed by the researcher based on ten research samples. Authentic articles, as well as journals, will be collected by the researcher to meet the research criteria. Graphs will be analyzed by the researcher based on the sales rate, turnover rate, growth rate as well as marketing shares of the HCL to describe their acquisition strategy in a proper way. It will help the reader in understanding the journey of HCL for 20 years. This company has already expanded its business area in the global marketplace. Now, they are trying to remove the competition by following any effective acquisition strategy. It will also help the reader in analyzing the importance of using acquisition strategy in order to run the business effectively. Therefore, the research articles will help to collect the relevant information about the HCL technologies.

Deliverables of the Project

According to this research study, the reader will be able to analyze the enhancing growth rate as well as revenue rate of the HCL Technologies. At the same time, this research study helps to measure the predicted growth rate of this company based on following the acquisition strategy within a minimum time.
The research will be well poised with information related to the factors that determines when and how to invest at time of acquisition. The central factors that the project will be supporting are the search for relevant theories that could guide an organisation in future opting for acquisition as an option for future growth. The outcome of the project will suffice the ways acquisition could boost future aspect of a business.

Timeline of the Project

References

MBA643 Project Initiation, Planning and Execution Report 3 Sample

Your Task

This assessment is made up of two parts:

• Part A students are asked to imagine they have been engaged by a Renewable Energy (utilities) company to develop a report on key aspects of project risk management and how they might be used in proposed future projects in order to manage and limit risk.

In Part A you are asked to write a report based on one of the below companies:

Infigenergy: https://www.infigenenergy.com/

Tilt Renewables: https://www.tiltrenewables.com/

The company you will analyse will depend on the LAST digit of your student number:

o 0 and 5 = Tilt Renewables

o 6 and 9 = Infigenergy

In Part B you are asked to conduct a capital budgeting analysis for the second company Tilt
Renewables. Answer the short answer questions.

Assessment Description.

PART A

The report should begin with a short executive summary and conclude with several, short general recommendations. The content you include in the report should link the project management principles detailed below with the practices of the renewable energy company you have been allocated.
The topics on which students need to make recommendations in their report include:

i) Project selection – How should the company you select determine what projects to undertake and what ones to avoid? What tools, measures, and practices are available to project analysts in this industry?

ii) Cost management – What is the role of project cost management for your chosen company? Why is it important? What strategies or approaches should the company you have chosen adopt in order to
effectively manage project costs?

iii) Financing – What financing measures or options are generally available to assist companies like the one you have chosen to fund proposed new projects? The report should include reference to any implications associated with different funding types or models.

iv) Implementation and winding up – Are there any particular issues associated with commencing a project that your company must consider? Why are they important? Who do they impact or affect? What happens when the project finishes? How are projects wound up? Do they just end or are there resource or infrastructure considerations? Are there environmental issues associated with the end of a project?

Where possible, students should relate each section back to the renewable energy company they have been allocated. The executive summary should bring together general recommendations for the student’s chosen company relating to i)-iv).

Students should provide between 200-400 words per topic, together with approximately 200 words in total for the executive summary and final recommendations.

PART B

Consider the following three sources and answer the following questions directly. You do not need to write a lot for each question and for some you will need to use excel calculations. Submit you excel spreadsheet together with your report in the separate submission inbox on the assessment table.

Source 1: Tilt Renewables Snowtown North Solar Energy Farm
https://www.tiltrenewables.com/assets-and-projects/Snowtown-North-Solar-Energy-Farm/

Source 2: Tilt Renewables (TLT.NZ) Yahoo Finance https://au.finance.yahoo.com/quote/TLT.NZ/

Source 3: Tilt Renewables Financials
https://au.finance.yahoo.com/quote/TLT.NZ/financials?p=TLT.NZ

You have been employed as a project manager by Tilt Renewables and asked to evaluate a solar farm project at Snowtown run by Tilt Energy (See Source 1).

You have been asked to evaluate whether Tilt Renewables should undertake the Snowtown North Solar Energy Farm based on the above sources. Assume this project has not yet been approved.

• Assume this is a twenty-five-year project.

• Consult source 1 for the estimated initial outlay/investment today (year 0)

• The investment will be depreciated on a straight-line basis over twenty-five years to 0 book value. It is estimated that the solar farm can be sold at the end of year 25 for $10 million.

• The solar farm will sell $15,000,000 worth of electricity each year into the grid from year 1-25

• Operating expenses for 25 years are $5.50 per solar panel per year (see number of solar panels from Source 1)

• The tax rate is 30%. All cash flows are annual and are received at the end of the year. The discount rate is 10%.

a) Based on the above information calculate the FCFs of the project. (10 marks)

b) Calculate the NPV for the solar farm. Should Tilt Renewables undertake this project? (5 marks)

c) Does the NPV take into account the CO2 emission reductions that the project will lead to (See Source 1)? Should it take this into account? Why or why not? (2 marks)

d) What is the debt to equity ratio in 2019 of Tilt Renewables according to source 3? How does this compare to other utility companies? What is the current share price according to Source 2 and when were shares first issued? (3 marks).

Solution

Part A

Executive Summary

Tilt Renewables is an electricity generation company based in Australia. The company was founded in 2016 and has been listed in both the New Zealand stock exchange (NZX) and the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX). The company deals with the production of wind energy and solar energy. The company aims for a cleaner world which will give a head start to the future generation. For Assignment Help, This report has been written in order to provide a structure of the company adopted in order to select a project after assessing risks. The readers will be enlightened with the cost management concepts adopted by the company while dealing with a project. The brief narrative provides a summary of the funding strategies latched onto by the company, which helps the company to raise capital for its renewable energy projects. Techniques such a debt funding and equity funding have been discussed briefly. The company also follows a certain procedure for starting a project which has been briefly discussed. In addition to the above, the report also deals with the process of winding up of a project followed by Tilt renewable energy.

Project Selection

Tilt Renewables deals with mostly wind and solar assets. Due to the rise in the risk of such projects, often company find it very difficult to measure the risk-reward ratio which can be extracted from a given project (Sailiand Mwiya2018). The most threatening risk which the company faces is the volume risk of wind. It is a very concept that wind energy is produced due to the flow of wind. If the volume of wind on a particular day is not up to the mark, then electricity generation is very less.

The company has been newly established and is just five years down in the business; hence it uses the Agent-Based Modelling (ABM) method to solving the complexity of any kind of problems which can arise from renewable sources (DeAngelisand Diaz2019). The ABM method is very flexible, which efficiently analyzes renewable sources.

The company being very new, has adopted the feed-in tariff method where the company is paid for the surplus energy produced. The company selects a project which can provide a high feed-in tariff (Ye, Rodriguesand Lin2017). Generally, a renewable energy project is started keeping in mind a long-term goal. The company is very new, has a long way of generating revenue from its investments. Therefore, Tilt Renewables uses this method which serves the purpose of a long-term contract mostly from 15 to 20 years.

Cost Management

A cost manager is an integral part of the project management team who surveys the quantity required for the completion of the project.

Role and importance of cost manager

• The cost manager takes care of estimating the project’s viability by using appraisal techniques.

• It is the duty of a cost manager to look after the capital expenditure and revenue expenditure of a project which will provide an overview of the project’s total cost allocation.

• The budgetary estimations are conducted by the cost manager.

• The cost manager takes charge of controlling the cost of constructions and other activities. Cost control is a very important aspect while developing a project because it is a way of finding alternate measure to reduce the cost of a project.

• He or she must prepare the contract documents for the purpose of the project.

Project cost management strategies

• Expert judgement: Advice taken from the expert in concern to the project cost.

• Analogous estimate: It involves budgeting the project and finding out the time required for the completion of the project.

• Parametric estimation: It is a way of finding the cost of an activity encircling the project by using algorithms backed up by historical data.

• Bottom-up estimation: Estimation from the lower level of activities (Alhassan et al 2021).

• Three-point estimation: Analyzing the risk involved.

• Cost of quality: Estimation of both cost of conformance and cost of non-conformance.

Recommendation of strategies for the company

• Use of vendor database in order to provide the clients with information about the cardholder.
• Establishment of project management guidelines for the Core team within the group of networks.
• Development of a newer project initiation process to improve the project program.

Funding

Funding a renewable energy-based project can be done by the following methods.

• Funding from cash reserves: Tilt Renewables is a large company with a larger reserve of cash. Hence the company can easily fund the project by the cash reserve.

• Equity financing: Tilt renewables is a listed company. Hence it can raise capital by the selling of shares. In order to fund any project, the company will supply shares in the market. This kind of funding entails high strategic growth, which might involve fund expansion or merger and acquisition opportunities.

• Debt financing: Tilt Renewables is relatively a newer company with $522.99 million as debt outstanding to date. The company has the opportunity to grow in the market because it invests in renewable sources of energy. Hence it can procure loans from financial institutions in order to fund the projects. Debt financing will help the company enjoy tax deductions also (Muellerand Sensini2021).

• Government schemes: The government of Australia has provided a large range of funding schemes for companies who are trying to form successful renewable source of energy. Government schemes such as Clean Energy Finance Corp or CEFC helps the Australian renewable energy companies with increased cash inflow in the energy sector. The South Australia Government provides grants to the company in order to sustain itself in the market.

Implementation & Winding Up

The process to start a new project

• Awareness about the energy situation: Survey of the nearby area to assess the current condition of the energy consumption by houses.

• Choosing an energy source: As per the goal, try to choose an energy source that can be used to supply energy to the area.

• Assessing risk: Since the risk involved in starting a new project is very high hence the risks must be assessed prior to the investment.

• Cost determination: It is a very important aspect of a project. Before initiating the project, one must know about the finances required for the project. The cost must be estimated.

• Choosing an installer: The project shall be initiated by the installation of the technology required to generate energy.
Issues and recommendation to tackle it

• Change in management: At times, inputs are to be made using the available budget, which can be very tough. Hence a free up budget may be prepared if things go haywire.

• Design issue: The architecture of the project may not support the work. Hence proper blueprint of the design must be prepared in order to assess the flaws with the project.

• Integration: Often, machines do not work, which can create problems in the project. Hence the machines used must be properly checked, and quality must be assured.

• Budget failure: The improper estimation may result in underestimation of a budget which will result in lack of finances. Hence before initiating the project, the project manager should try to thoroughly check the cost and, if possible, over-allocate the cost (Frefer et al 2018).

Winding up a project

• Transferring the necessary deliveries.
• Confirmation of the project completion.
• All the contracts must be reviewed.
• The team members must exit.
• Post completion checks must be conducted.
• All the necessary documentation must be duly protected.

Conclusions & Recommendations

Renewable sources are very important for the long run in the future. Hence more and more companies are cropping up in order to invest or start a new project which will help the mankind in future. However, the risks are gradually increasing. In case of Tilt Renewables, the risk of volume is a prime concern which can be avoided by proper assessment of the environment or the energy model by using the ABM techniques. The company is very new in comparison to the other market giants even then it is performing very well in the renewable energy sector. The company has funded the project mostly by debts which can be beneficial as the company is aiming for long term investments which can be observed as it uses the feed-in tariff model. The company takes minute analysis while implementing a project. However, the company should try to avoid frequent investments as it has already invested and started many projects. Moreover, the company has accumulated a debt of over $500 million in just a span of 5 to 6 years which can cause problems in the future as the leverage ratio might go down. The company should post project completion service unlike other companies which will significantly increase the goodwill of the company in the market.

Part B -Tilt Renewables: Snowtown North Solar Energy Farm
(Refer to my ‘Content Guidelines & Resources’ document)

Bibliography

MGT600 Management, People, and Teams Report 3B Sample

Context:

This assessment is designed for you to experience the challenges that managers face in thinking strategically, conceptually and analytically to create effective organisations and productive work environments. You will need to clearly communicate your ideas and critique the ideas of others. Assessment 3 is in two parts and this is Part B.

In Part A, the thinking focused on strategic issues from modules five and six in relation to management, people and teams, whilst forcing you to integrate the underlying principles discussed in earlier modules.

Part B requires you to critique the Part A video of another student. Though challenging, this process requires you to consolidate your own understanding of relevant concepts and principles, as well as drawing on your communication skills to provide effective feedback.

Instructions:

Part B

You will be required to review the Part A video presentation of another student. Your facilitator will pair you with another student and you will be provided with a link to view the relevant presentation. You are not required to meet, hold discussions with or provide any feedback to the other student. Your review is submitted to the facilitator only.

This review will be a written response of no more than 1250 words and whilst you will have limited information and understanding of the other student’s context and challenges, you are to provide feedback in the following:

• Consideration of relevant theory and concepts and their application to the issues raised.
• Integration of concepts and appreciation of their implications
• Communication style and effectiveness
• Strengths of the presentation
• Areas for development or further consideration

Your response should take into consideration the key principles discussed in relation to communication and performance management.

A constructive review will require you to have a solid understanding of all topics covered in this subject.

Your review may take a variety of forms but must be within the word limit and include:

• Cover page
• A short introduction
• A review of the presentation including the points mentioned above
• A short conclusion
• Reference list

Your review will be assessed against the learning rubric below taking into consideration the above requirements.

Solution

Introduction:

The below assignment is prepared to study the behaviour of the organization and how important it is for the organization to make the employees happy to improve the performance. For Assignment Help, The assignment also includes a peer review of a video that reflects that the organization is facing issues regarding employee retention because employees are not happy as they are working in an unethical manner and includes suggestions for improvement as well.

A review of the presentation:

Relevant theories and concepts:

For every organization, managing its people and team is the biggest task. This is because as globalization is increasing, the demand in the market from consumers is also changing, due to which it is very important to have a diversified workforce. However, this gives rise to conflict and hence, management is required to take strict actions, or use various theories to ensure that the management of the company is successful in managing their people and team. Because it is the workforce of every organization which gives them a competitive advantage because the human force will never thinks alike.

On a review of the video, it has been analyzed that no reference was made to theories or models which can be used in the entity. However, reference to these suggested theories could have made to find better solutions.

Hence, some of the management theories which can be used to manage people and teams are discussed as follows:

1. Scientific theory:

This is the traditional theory of managing people and teams. This is the classic theory that was given by professor Taylor and questions the ways in which the efficiency of the workforce can be improved. The theory states that before understanding the behaviour of employees, it is very important to analyze the efficient way of doing the tasks and then taking measures or train the employees to do the task accordingly. However, in modern times the theory is not applicable, because you cannot expect employees to only work hard to get better results (Pyszczynski, et al, 2021, p45(8)).

2. Administrative theory:

This theory was given by Henry Fayol and works on the principle of giving freedom to employees to nake their own decisions and making the organization flexible to change according to the needs of employees. The theory promotes concepts like dividing the work, taking accountability and responsibility, etc. Hence, if an organization wants employees to improve their efficiency it is very important to value their views and give them a chance to showcase their talent (Liem, et al, 2018, p56(8)). It has been analyzed that he was facing problems in the organization due to unethical practices going on in the organization. He has been working as a service manager and share some responsibilities with the company where the main task is to gain the highest customer satisfaction (Alnoukari, 2020, p12(8)).

Because if my peer is working ethically, other employees in the organization will follow. Hence, it is the responsibility of leaders, and team heads to show ethical behaviour and motivate the employees to make organizational goals their goals (Olden, 2019, p3(8)).

Some other recommendations which were issued in the video was to take steps to build the communication gap with top management and lower staff, as it will bring harmony and it will become easier for top management to understand the problems faced by employees. Also, it is very important to keep the employees and team motivated to work as an entire group, and that performance of one employee impacts the entire team and the organization.

Integration of concepts and application of their implications:

As studied above, it is very important to integrate different concepts in the organization so that the efficiency of the company can be increased. From the above case study, it can be seen that as the company is facing ethical issues it is the responsibility of management to ensure that actions are taken to improve the morale of employees and build the gap between the team members (Odor, et al, 2018, p7(2)).

In the video, recommendations have been given to integrate team work in the company as it can help to gain success and change the unethical behaviour. Hence, it is very important that reference is made to the leaders to showcase their skills to motivate the employees and keep them in line. However, team performance will not be improved automatically and steps are to be taken by the management.

Communication style and effectiveness:

It has been studied that the company of peer is facing issues relating to building a gap between the top management and the employees. Hence, the company should use different communication styles to build the gap. One such form of communication which can be used is assertive communication. Under this, the freedom is given to employees to share their ideas and values, and management tries to implement the same in their working style.

The peer has explained the issue correctly in the video and the problem that the company is facing was clearly understandable. Also, as the video progressed, some suggestions were also made, which can be used to resolve the issue. However, there were three or four suggestions which were made, but no reference was given to theories which can be used to improve the issues. For instance, if unethical behvaiour persists in the company, then what are the steps management is taking to resolve the same, i.e. getting behind the reason for unethical behvaiour etc.

Strengths of presentation:

The presentation was very impactful, it contained all the points which were necessary. The peer had raised the issues effectively and has suggested several methods which can be used to solve the issues. However, some other methods could have been suggested such as what kind of effective communication can be used and what strategies can be used to improve and fill the gap between the management and the employees. Such as taking counselling sessions, etc.

Following are the strengths of presentation:

1. The issues to the case were communicated clearly.

2. It was explained well in the video as how leadership, team work, and giving rewards can help to resolve the issue to a certain extent.

3. The video was short and easily understandable.

Areas for further development:

The areas for further development in the presentation is to make more compelling ideas and though the theories which were used were right, some real-time suggestions can be used to make the argument.

The areas of further development are:

1. No reference were made to the theories which can be used by company to improve people behaviour.

2. No models were used to suggest ways in which problem can be solved, and reference was made to general solutions, and no emphasis was done on a particular issue, or how can one solution, can help to resolve the issue.

3. For instance, one employee left because he or she was not feeling motivated, for which incentive scheme is introduced by the company.

Conclusion:

From the above report, it can be concluded that for every organization it is very important that their people are satisfied and working effectively towards the success of the organization. Because the employees decide the future of the company and if the employees are not happy or are working in an unethical manner the performance of the company will not be good. Hence, there are various theories that can be used by management to make the employees satisfied.

Reference:

MBA5007 Managing Strategy and Innovation Report Sample

The following instructions are strictly applied throughout our MBA programme:

› 1. The assessments are an important part of unit progression and are to be attended to diligently. Hence, no attempt at an assessment task means no marks.

› 2. Assessment tasks must be submitted within the timeframe given. Late submission will attract a 10% deduction in the mark for each day the submission is late.

› 3. Assessment guidelines must be followed, for example, if the assessment involves a written report of 2,000 words, the word count is important. If the word count is more than ±10% outside the guideline, there will be a deduction of 5% off the final mark.

› 4. All assessments must be submitted to VIT, Australia. The primary place of submission is LMS (refer to LMS User Guide). In case of unavailability of LMS, assessments need to be submitted by email, MBALSA@vit.edu.au.’

› 5. Students are required to achieve at least 50% of the overall marks to pass the unit.

› 6. The authorised agent/local facilitator can help students understand the various parts of the assessment and also will be appointed as “Invigilator” (supervision only) for the assessment.

NOTE: For all assignments, the preferred layout is in 12-point Calibri, with 1.5 line spacing, 5 centimeters left-hand margins and bold headings. Whenever you use the ideas and arguments of other writers, you must make reference to the writers and their work. By acknowledging the work of others, you avoid plagiarism. The APA style requires a reference list at the end of your assignment. It is arranged in alphabetical order by author surname.

For further clarification you can contact the coordinator via email.

Further details on each assessment for MBA 5007 can be found on the following pages.

Assessment Guide

For the assessment of MBA unit 5007, there are five assessment tasks you have to complete in order to satisfy the unit requirements. Details are given in the unit descriptor and on “Studyboard@VIT”.

Solution

1. Introduction

1.1 Context and background to the report

The unprecedented challenges unveiled by the global pandemic of Covid-19 has disrupted the existing operational and functional dynamics across all the different industries of the organisation leading to many challenges like restriction in people’s visits to the physical stores except the essentials amongst others. For Assignment Help, However, the online shopping, delivery, and e-commerce channels have gained huge prominence and momentum in the present time owing to their plethora of convenience.

1.2 Purpose and Scope of the report

The report herein tries to deal with Amazon’s online grocery venture named Amazon Fresh which the brand introduced in 2007 and delivers grocery items upon getting the orders being placed online as well as facilitates takeaways and physical stores. However, to enhance its present dimension of grocery services, Amazon could modify and develop the existing service criteria through the incorporation of the innovative facets of operations. This’s what underpins the report as the report endeavours to develop an innovative plan for Amazon Fresh after ascertaining the influences of macro-environmental and micro-environmental factors on the business as well as determining the internal strategic resources and capabilities of the firm. This would be done by recognising the opportunity and exploiting the same for the betterment and welfare of the brands and integral stakeholders.

Figure 1: Amazon Fresh
(Source: Butler, 2021)

2. Determining the goal and context of the Amazon Fresh initiative

2.1 Charting company’s direction

2.1.1 Vision

Amazon.Inc holds the vision of achieving the position as one of the most customer-centric organisations’ across the globe where customers can find anything of their need in their online platform (Alassaf et al., 2020).

2.1.2 Mission

The mission of the Amazon Company is guided by four key principles that are an obsession with the customer rather than focusing on the competitors, passion towards invention, commitment towards operational excellence, and long-term planning. These four principles of the company act as the mission of the company. They remarked in their mission statement that they strive to offer budget-friendly and best-selected products to their customers (Rivet, 2017). Its mission is to offer attractive services of e-commerce for satisfying the needs of the customers.

2.1.3 Objectives

The objectives of Amazon are:

• To assure safety to their customers by providing grocery delivery services by maintaining all the safety protocols keeping the Covid-19 situation in mind.
• To innovate new technology so that the customers find it easy to buy groceries.
• To help the customers find any item in the store with the help of technology and internet services (Wadhwa et al., 2020)
• To learn about the habits of shopping of the customers after the Covid-19 pandemic.
• To bring significant changes in its warehousing and distribution model.

2.1.4 Strategy

The marketing strategies that were adopted by Amazon during the Covid-19 pandemic are:

Figure 2: Covid-19 increased the E-commerce sales of Amazon by 70%
(Source: Teresa Hernandez, 2020)

The sales of e-commerce have bolt up during the pandemic, Covid-19. Online shopping became the primary source of shopping for a major demographic that is maintaining the social distancing norms so Amazon has planned to shift their product catalogue (Majed et al., 2017).

With the increase in the number of online shoppers, shopper behaviour is becoming deliberate. For competing with the foreign manufacturers' Amazon has decided on making their customer services stronger so that they can uphold a trusted presence in the market.

Volatility in the market has increased due to the pandemic so a lot of delay in service takes place and the customers have several queries so it Amazon has adopted this business strategy after the Covid-19 pandemic to deal with their customer with more patience and flexibility (Robischon, 2017).

2.2 Exploring the competitive environment of Amazon Fresh through the framework of Porter’s Five Forces

The external analysis of Amazon‘s e-commerce business will be done using Porter's Five forces that will mainly focus on the online retail market of Amazon. These external factors will help in understanding the condition of the e-commerce industry. Therefore, the five forces that affect the success of the company are:

Figure 3: Porter’s 5 Forces
(Source: cgma, 2021)

Competition with Amazon (Strong Force)

Amazon strives against strong competitors in the market. Some of the external factors that increase the intensity of competition in the retail industry are: Extreme aggressiveness of the other firms (strong force), the high accessibility of the substitutes, and the low cost of switching (Robischon, 2017). After the Covid-19 pandemic Amazon is facing high competition in the e-commerce market and competing with huge giants like Walmart, the organisation is also having to compete with other foreign manufacturers who are serving the customers directly after the pandemic.

Bargaining power of the customers of Amazon (Strong force)

The customers have accessibility to high-quality information regarding the online retailer service. This macro factor affects the organisation in terms of the customer's ability for finding alternatives to the online retail service of the company. The low switching costs act as a factor that makes customers switch their services from Amazon to Walmart (Majed et al., 2020).

Bargaining Power of the Suppliers of Amazon (Moderate Force)

The product availability or supply is controlled by the suppliers. The suppliers impose their strong force on Amazon due to the small population. However, moderate forward integration acts as a limitation to the suppliers.

The threat of Substitutes (Strong force)

Amazon faces huge competition in the online retail market and they also face the fear of substitutes from their competitors like Walmart. For example, Walmart may try to deliver grocery products of their own brand at a cheaper price. Especially during the Covid-19 pandemic so there are higher chances that the preferences of the customers may change (D'Agostino, 2018).

The threat of new entrants (Mild Force):

As Amazon has successfully won the loyalty of the customers and the high cost for the development of the brand has weakened the new entrants so they do not have fear much regarding that.

2.3 Evaluating the influences of the macro-environmental forces on Amazon Fresh through the framework of PEST

Pest analysis of Amazon

For Amazon, the external factors that affect the development of the industry of e-commerce are the stability of politics in the developed nations like the U.S.A, the support of the government, and the escalating efforts of the government on cybersecurity. All these three factors will act as an opportunity for the company. Political stability helps the organisation affects the company positively and helps the company to bring innovative measures (Al-Marzooqi & Nobanee, 2020).

Economic Analysis

The Covid-19 pandemic has badly hit the economy and has led to economic recession but it has also acted as an opportunity for the company to make a profit from its online services. Since the entire population was homebound their shopping of grocery products was dependent on online platforms. Therefore, taking this as an opportunity Amazon started the service of Amazon fresh for online grocery shopping and saw a hike in their profits during the pandemic. According to the reports of the U.S.A Today, Amazon saw a profit of US$203 billion after the pandemic which is almost double what they earned before the pandemic (Takefman and Takefman, 2021).

Social Factors

After the onset of the pandemic, the preferences of the customers have changed and there has been an increased demand of the customers for online grocery services and the customer preferences towards contactless services have escalated (Preuss, 2019).

Technological Factor

Since the preferences of the customers towards contactless services have increased so Amazon has thought of innovating robotic services for enhancing contactless services. The U.S.A government has plans for transforming a few services with robotic automatic so Amazon can use this opportunity to invent this new technology (Jain & Sharma, 2017).

3. Recognising The Opportunity

3.1 Demonstrating The Sources of Opportunity

Apart from the existing provisions of delivering fresh grocery products through the attended delivery, doorstep delivery and pickup options, one new service innovation could be introduced in Amazon Fresh that is robotic services at the various outlets of the US’ Amazon Fresh outlets. These robots would be helping out the customers in selecting the grocery products that eliminates the needs of the salespeople or assistance. Since the contemporary social and technological factors revealed that people have been inclining towards the "contactless" and online grocery shopping in the wake of pandemic coupled with the advanced technological developments in the areas of artificial intelligence, automation, and robotics respectively, the innovation plan of installing robots at the amazon fresh is put forth. This would not only enable the brand in upgrading the grocery services superseding its rivals but also cater to the present demands of social distancing due to Covid-19 pandemic and online shopping. This because from ordering to billing everything would carried over online and handover to stationed robots and vice-versa.

3.2 How to make use of the individual and organisational entities for driving innovation

Though the cooperation of the customers is of utmost importance in these new innovative services, trained and skilled employees must also be employed in the outlets so as to effectively monitor the functioning of the robots and make sure that the robots are competent in delivering convenient and viable services to the customers. In addition to this, the organisation has to very specific about the usage of proper technology that would do justice to the planned innovation. These contactless grocery services would be available to anyone signed up to the Amazon app and the customers before ordering their required groceries to the robots must scan a code with the robots to access entry and leaving. Even the customers could wait at the store and the robots would help them with all the needful with the need for human interactions and contact.

4. Determining The Critical Resources and Capabilities of Amazon Fresh

In order to make the innovative idea successful, it is integral and very essential for the organisation to recognise its resources and capabilities so as to channelise them into the execution of the plan effectively and exploit the organisational resources and capabilities in the best interests of the organisation and its crucial stakeholders. In the words of Kellermanns et al. (2016), resources could be defined as the organisation’s skills, assets, and knowledge and exist in the form of tangible and intangible resources while capabilities stand for the company’s efficacies and potentiality to effectively use the organisational resources to accomplish the desired outcome. Therefore, the integration of the capabilities and resources in an organisation according to the theory of Resource-based View acts as an antecedent for driving strategic opportunities and advantages for the firm by strengthening its core competencies. These core competencies empower the organisation in procuring competitive precedence in its operating market by offering unique and differentiated service offerings.

In this respect to determine the internal strengths including the resources and capabilities of Amazon Fresh the theoretical framework of VRIO has been contextualised that would be helpful in ascertaining whether the organisational assets are valuable, rare, and non-imitable and supported by organisational efficacies. The framework would also help to understand what type of competitive advantage does Amazon employs.

Figure 4: VRIO framework
(Source: lumenlearning, 2021)

Table 1: VRIO analysis
(Source: aboutamazon, 2021)

All these resources identified helps in ascertaining that most of the resources empowered Amazon Fresh to perceive a sustainable competitive advantage on the part of the organisation in the market. Moreover, since Amazon Fresh strives to cater to the well-being of the customers by aligning to the contemporary safety and health demands as well as enhancing the brand’s service dynamics by exploiting the internal capabilities and resources, it is inevitable that Amazon Fresh would be generating value for the customers. This is because it could be evidentially stated that innovative resources would assist in the installation of the robots while the leadership and employees efficacies would help to sustain the innovation effectively. Furthermore, the sustained corporate reputation and market positioning would help in attracting customers to the new robotic grocery services at Amazon Fresh.

5. Conclusion

The Covid-19 pandemic has changed the needs and preferences of the people and they have started depending more on online services. Amazon.Inc has utilised this situation as an opportunity and they have planned to undertake some innovative measures to bring about some changes in their services. Since the customers prefer contactless delivery services so Amazon has planned to invent robotic automation services so that they can deliver fresh grocery products to the people using robots. In this study, the various micro and macro-environmental factors have been discussed that has helped in recognizing the opportunities which would allow the company to make new innovations with that opportunity.

6. Recommendations

As Amazon has decided to bring about an innovation in technology like the use of robotic automation services, so for continuing that operation without any kind of hindrance they must plan for proper training and development for unwavering services and hire a skilled mechanic or technologically skilled personnel so that if the robotics start malfunctioning then they can mitigate that problem.

7. References

POLITICAL DECISION-MAKING PROCESS AFFECTING GLOBAL LEADERSHIP IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Topic is Decision Making in Global Politics

Your paper should be on your content specialty area focusing on the political decision-making process affecting leadership. Content specialty areas include: (Religion/ Ministry, Math, History, English, Criminal Justice, Student Personnel Services, Information Systems, Instructional Technology, Education, Business, Nursing, Health Science).

This is a good opportunity to further research for your dissertation topic. Term Paper due November 29, 2021 at 11:59 PM EST. Paper should be ten double spaced pages, plus title page and reference page.

I Term Paper Format - APA - (Refer to the UC Dissertation Handbook Posted in Content)

Title Page

Chapter One. (Introduction)

This is where you present a short summary on the importance of your selected topic.

Chapter Two. (Review of Literature)

This where you will summarize the information and data from your references.

Chapter Three. (Procedures and Methodology)

This is where you provide your own analysis of your topic anchored in fact and reason.

Chapter Four. (Research Findings)

Summarize the meaning of your analysis and findings.

Chapter Five. (Summary, Discussion and Implications)

Practical assessment of research and implications for future study.

Reference Page

II Overall Evaluation: Excellent (A) 270 – 300; Very Good (B) 240 – 269; Acceptable (C) 210 -239; Un-Acceptable (F) >210

Solution

Chapter 1: Introduction

1.1 Background

In political psychology, political decision making is one of the most renowned domains. From the post cold war period, decision making dynamics is a very important key for predicting the behaviour of different political leaders. Political pressures inside a country can have an impact on the political leaders for formulating their policies. For Assignment Help, As opined by Babic, Fichtner & Heemskerk (2017), political decision making involves complex interaction with the ideas and interests and ideologies and individuals. The current changes in government structure also impact the decision making process that consists of compelling evidence in the decision making process on different government programs. This paper focuses on how the political decision making process affects the global leader in international business.

1.2 Aim

This research paper aims to identify how the political decision making process is affecting the leadership in international business.

1.3 Objectives

- To identify the political decision making process
- To identify the relationship between global politics and international business
- To evaluate how the political decision making process impacts the leadership
- To identify the effects of political decision making in international business
- To evaluate the different strategies for analysing the political decision making process

Chapter 2: Literature Review

2.1 Political decision making process affecting leadership

Political psychology can emphasize that the leader's personality and motives and the different situations can influence the decision-making process. Many political psychology scholars also stated that political leaders use the elite to decide which group processes and media are important. It has been identified that complex political decisions sometimes influence leadership personality factors and propaganda. As Berry & Fowler (2021) coined, political psychology also contributes to understanding complex decision-making by introducing rational theories. Whenever a political leader makes decisions, stress provides an impact that entails complex decision-making; however, this curvilinear change affects the decision quality. Several studies have been made on different political personalities and leadership styles. It has been identified that leaders' personal history also contributes to their personality and leadership style; however, personality traits also affect leaders' policy preferences.

Political leaders are mainly responsible for establishing a process through which all the decisions will be made. As suggested by Johnson & Orr (2020), this process is severe for the country or world as it can hinder and facilitate job execution and increase the overall effectiveness of the decision. Before making any decision, it is very important to evaluate the general nature of any leader's culture and decision-making style, which can help make the decision-making process more effective. Leaders can also recommend strategies that should be involved in the overall decision-making process, considering how it will affect the rest of the world.

2.2 Effects of political decision making in international business

The political decision-making inside a country or world generates laws and legislation for controlling the business environment. All the companies doing business inside a specific country or internationally must follow or comply with this regulation, or they can face hefty penalties. All these laws and regulatory requirements indeed reflect the social value and objectives of any specific country. However, regional differences can also impact the business. All the global companies doing business in different continents need to obey these laws. For different countries, laws are different, so they need to adjust their business structure and procedure according to the host country (Howarth & James, 2020). The government leader mainly implements these policies and legislations, and the political stability of any country also directs the business activity.

For example, Apple is a global tech giant, and recently they stopped charging their phones. Asian and American countries do not have any legislation or rules regarding it; however, in European countries, they have strict laws and quoted the company that if they need to do the business inside the region, they have to provide chargers for their customers. This is how the political decision impacts international business. Apart from these things, sometimes political stability is important for conducting business activities. As suggested by van der Zwan & Nijhuis (2019), if any uncertainty or political disruption takes place, then it will be difficult for the business to conduct their day to day activities as they have to face problems to perform their routine activities such as purchasing equipment or getting investment from the stakeholders.

2.3 Theories

2.3.1 Decision Theory

Decision theory is related to underlying choices such as agent choices. This is also a mundane choice when a person thinks about whether it is important to take a bus or taxi. The decision theory is mainly structured with normative decision theory, which evaluates the preferences and attitudes that must be justified by any leaders personality and generic circumstances. As said by Davis Sramek, Thomas and Fugate (2018), this theory also sets accounts of rationality and has more substantial questions about the leaders desire and beliefs on an ongoing situation. However, this theory also demonstrates an uncertainty risk present on which the value can be understood according to the leaders decision. Preferences and prospects are the main Central concept of this decision theory, which clarifies that the preference has a comparative attitude. Decision theory also stated how different leaders make decisions based on risk and uncertainty. It analyses and sets axioms that define how different individuals behave when they face any challenges in the empirical and theoretical ground. However, political decision making forced us to adapt and apply the different rational choices for the private or governmental organisation efficiently.

Chapter 3: Methodology

3.1 Research Design

The main aim of the research is to evaluate the impact of the political decision-making process in global leadership in business. Here, in the research for gathering accurate and transparent data on research, a descriptive research design has been considered. The characteristics of descriptive research design for non qualified issues helped the researchers analyse the problems faced while performing the global leadership approaches in business. The descriptive research design also can help in completing the research in a more time efficient way. Here, for finishing the research more quickly, a descriptive research design has been considered. It also helps in observing all the phenomena of research in a more detailed way. For collecting the data more naturally, a descriptive research design has been considered.

3.2 Data collection Method

The research paid attention to how the political decision-making process affects the global leader in international business. For the process of gathering data on the research, secondary qualitative data collection procedures have been considered. Voleti (2019) opined that secondary data could be collected from both internal and external sources. For cost-effective and time efficient characteristics of secondary research here, secondary research methodology has been selected that helped the research complete within a limited time and a limited cost. Secondary research methodology has been conducted to incorporate a wide range of information about the research topic. Choosing secondary data on research also helped in working with a set of pre-existing data on the research. The data for the research has been collected from several journal articles, websites that are related to the topic.

3.3 Data Analysis Method

For the data analysis to identify the impact of political decision making procedures on the leadership approaches in global business, thematic analysis has been chosen. As coined by Nowell et al. (2017), thematic analysis can be recognised as one of the most appropriate approaches for qualitative data analysis. Thematic analysis helps in producing flexibility in research that can help in incorporating more analytical options. Here, for giving the research more detailed analytical options, thematic analysis has been considered. The quick and easy characteristics of the method helped in analysing the data with a quicker process. It also helps in exploring the qualitative data on research. For more exploration of the qualitative data on the topic, a thematic analysis has been considered.

3.4 Research Ethics

Reducing the legal and contractual consequences on research to maintain the privacy of the research became a prime concern. In the process of collecting secondary data, only authentic websites have been considered. As per the views of Dooly et al. (2017), before starting a research, it is important to ensure that the research will not harm anyone. No patent has been used. For gathering information, no transaction has been preferred. Only free websites have been preferred to collect secondary data on the research. Information has been collected while maintaining The Privacy Act 1988 (Australian government, 2019). After finishing the research process, all the data on the research has been deleted. No animals were being hurt during the data collection procedures.

Chapter 4: Analysis & Findings

Theme 1: Areas covered by the political decision-making process

Political decision-making can be considered as one of the main domains in political psychology. Several theoretical frameworks have been used for creating the decision-making process. It includes the process of making decisions by parties and the government. The political decision-making procedures pay attention to the social aspects. As opined by Christensen et al. (2020), process satisfaction, the index of legitimacy, the confidence in political decision-making, and support can be considered as the variables for capturing the legitimacy in the decision making procedures. It also helped in providing advice on the effect of several events that created several social problems. The political decision-making procedures help in making initiatives that can help in reducing the impact from the society. The decision making process also helps in reducing a certain impact on the health care systems. It helps in making the decisions for diminishing the impact on health care systems. It also can help in making decisions to reduce and to manage the economic fallout in the society. It also examines the impact of a certain situation in the business, employment, loans at the international level, micro and macro economic development, and others. Decision making helps ensure each of the responsibilities with the help of parliament, political stakeholders, and others.

Theme 2: Roles and responsibilities of persons associated with the political decision-making process

Choosing the right people in the decision making procedures can be considered one of the main approaches to success in the decision-making procedures. There is also the necessity of understanding the effectiveness of the decisions and understanding the roles and responsibilities that can help produce effective decisions. There are certain roles among the people who have participated in the decision making procedures. As stated by Kaszkur & Kapsa (2019), citizens are also included in the decision-making procedures. They are the chair, ministers, senior party leaders, the secretary, subject matter expert, senior information officer and communication advisor, external stakeholders, Governmental representative, financial expert, and legal expert. The chair of the decision making body has the responsibility of leading and coordinating. The chair also plays a crucial role in communicating with the citizens and the external stakeholders. Ministers play an important role in providing sector specific expertise. The secretary has the responsibility of developing the rules for better decision making procedures. The senior information officer helps gather the information from the different sources that will help produce effective decisions. A communication advisor helps in communicating political decisions with citizens, media, and also stakeholders. The political leader completes the responsibility of managing the political process. The external stakeholders also play a crucial role in the process of making political decisions. The security advisor helps in providing the solutions for the security-related issues in the decision-making procedures. The financial expert pays attention to the financial activities needed to be performed in the decision making procedures. On the other hand, the legal experts include legal advice on the decision making procedures.

Chapter 5: Summary, Discussion, and Implication

5.1 Discussion

5.1.1 Relation between global politics and international business

The world has entered the era of global order changes, and the population and technology are increasing rapidly and maintaining a strong connection between the people. On the other hand, the government faces several issues and threats such as climate change, pollution, and covid19. Suedfeld & Tetlock (2019) stated that geopolitics is one of the most important topics, which implies international laws that help the government maintain different businesses inside their territories. There is a close relationship between global politics and international business, which helps both government and business to maintain a healthy business environment and allows the government to control different international businesses from operating inside the country. Several businesses are doing infrastructure-related programs, which allow the country e to get a financial boost. Geo political interest for the companies makes a difference in the international business environment and employees’ legal requirements for eliminating potential threats of war or terrorism. As Niessen (2019) coined, it also helps to make a momentum inside a country to take the initiative and mechanism for engaging other countries in different parts of the world. Sometimes the business faces challenges, and they want help from the government, and under the policies and legislation, the government provides the business with the help they require (Sniazhko, 2019). This is the reason why the businesses can run smoothly inside different territories.

5.1.2 Changes in international business due to decision making global politics

Global politics has a huge impact on international business and trends by changing the business policies inside any specific country or region. It has been identified that environmental changes and unemployment, nationalistic pressure, and poverty are some major reasons why the government changes its policies. Pugliese & Senna (2018) opined that sometimes it brings more restrictions for any specific type of business, and foreign companies or domestic companies need to change their business process to cope with the changes. Companies indeed need to change their business process; otherwise, they will not get finance and enough business from that specific market. On a similar note, sometimes policy changes can have a favourable impact on the overall business environment. To run the global business and trade smoothly, different governments are working together, and sometimes trade acts as a political tool that can cause a trade war or embargo. Pritzlaff Scheele & Nullmeier (2018) stated that this is one of the main reasons why international businesses sometimes face several changes in business regulations that add additional costs for the big international companies. Foreign example, due to the increase in pollution, several governments put restrictions and imposed a ban on coal power electricity plants. It is an effective change; however, it damages the business of power plants. On the other hand, the government lifts off restrictions and gives additional information to car manufacturers who produce electric cars. So, this decision making is favourable for the electric car business, and this is how global politics is impacting international business.

5.3 Summary

The research mainly aims to identify the effect of political decision-making processes on the leadership styles and approaches of international business entities. The research can be considered an appropriate approach for evaluating the political decision-making process that has a greater impact on the leadership of international business activities. The provision of a clear background helped the leader in getting a broader assumption about the topic. From the analysis of the literary sources, it can be found that the political decision-making process plays a crucial role in determining the leadership styles in global business organizations. The effects of the political decision making process on the operational activities of international business. The inclusion of several methodological approaches also helped in making the research more appropriate.

5.4 Practical assessment of research and implication for future study

The research can be considered an appropriate approach for identifying the impact of the political decision-making process on international business leadership. The unexplored areas and the flaws of the research helped in identifying the future scope of the research. The research only considered secondary method research methodology. The inclusion of primary research methodology added the future scope of the detailed analysis of the topic. The limitation of time and cost also affected the projection of the research in case of conducting primary research it will help in operating realistic data on the research.

Conclusion

The main aim of the research is in evaluating the impact of the decision making in political aspects and the impact of the decisions in the global leadership of the international business. Here for getting accurate data on the research process, secondary data collection methodology has been considered. The information has been collected from different secondary sources. The inclusion of the analysis of the literary sources can significantly impact the leadership approaches in global business. The effect of the global political decisions on the leadership approaches of the business has been included. Thus, it can be concluded that appropriate political decision making procedures are an effective approach for the growth of the business also.

References

MGT605 Business Capstone Project 2A Report Sample

Context:

In Assessment 1, you proposed to tackle a problem or to explore an opportunity of your choice. In Assessment 2A you must produce a final report of the outcomes of the work you have done as per the proposal you made in Assessment 1.

Instructions:

This submission should be in the appropriate format required for your context and workplace. If your report is a Marketing Plan, a Business Report or New Venture Proposal it should be in the usual format and if your report is an academic paper then you will use the commonly accepted format. It should be presented as part of an overall package consisting of a form of presentation and supporting documentation. The supporting documentation may follow a report format, or it may be a set of supporting appendices that are referred to in your presentation submission. The two will be reviewed together and need to relate to each other and fit together. The submission should be a result of following the steps/method that you laid out in the proposal that you submitted in Assessment 1, and must include a reference list with a minimum of 6 academic sources presented in APA format.

Your reference list must be in the format of an Annotated Bibliography detailing why and where you have used each reference.The APA 7th Edition referencing guide can be located in the Academic Writing Guide at http://library.think.edu.au/ld.php?content_id=1882254

Your final report must use and list a minimum of 6 references books & peer-reviewed journal articles) to theoretical literature sources. You must make sure that all factual statements are referenced. You may have up to 20 data source references (newspaper article, trade publications, websites, company documents, government reports, online databases, social media, etc.). Unless it is a seminal author, use recent literature sources preferably less than 10 years old.

Solution

Introduction

COVID19 is one of the most impactful aspects in the higher education industry all over the world. Many educational institutions including colleges and universities have faced uphill challenges in catering to the overall cognitive development of the students in several ways. The impact of online education has not been up to the desired mark as well (Mele, Russo-Spena & Kaartemo, 2020). For Assignment Help, The division into the virtual teams and initiatives for the change management processes have always been important so the situations could be properly brought under control. This paper will highlight the concept of leadership and innovation through the higher education industry on how innovation in online studying could help out the students. Apart from that, the outcomes of the virtual teams while studying online would also be measured. It has to be said that the impact of COVID19 has completely dismantled the progress of the world and forced everyone to shift their processes in the virtual teams.

Aims of study

A new design of higher studies could be created through the online approach. The impact of change management in higher education could be evaluated. The role of leadership in higher education could be evaluated. The students in higher education will be able to apply new solutions to their existing problems. The students will be able to understand the depth of the problems in virtual learning. The students will be able to remember the approaches through which they can get successful in online classes.

Literature Review

Changes in pattern of higher education

According to the critics, it has become very important that higher education should be regarded as one of the most crucial aspects for the growth of the students. It is the role of the leaders in the higher education industry to promote something innovative that will help the students in better learning. Various new aspects of learning are coming through and online platforms are offering free or paid courses to the students. These courses are offering certificates that will help them to get better jobs indeed (Mele, Russo-Spena & Kaartemo, 2020).Moreover, the preparedness of the teachers to go through digital learning should also be measured for the benefit of the students. It seems that most teachers are not friendly or familiar with the digital learning process and taking classes online through platforms like Zoom, Google Meet or others.

The Federal Government also has to take the stand to finalize when and how they are going to reopen the schools. Otherwise, this habit of online learning forever will have negative impacts on the students. Lockdowns have proven the insufficient infrastructure for the schools and they believe it would be one of the greatest challenges for the students to cope up with these habits (Scull et al., 2020).The socioeconomic conditions of the students also matter over here. It is because the students must have smartphones or laptops and an active broadband connection so they can participate in the lectures. Unfortunately, many parents have lost their jobs due to the rise of COVID19 and they are struggling to provide these important things to their children.

Role of the Federal government

The government has to prepare a guideline on how the educational organizations should act as per the new situations. They have to help out all the needy people so the education system does not halt. The educational policies must be prepared for the benefit of the common students. The socioeconomic differences should not create a barrier in the learning process at all. The funding for digital learning should be provided by the Government to deprived classes for the smooth flow of education.
The change management process in education is equally important like all other industries. It has to be kept in mind that the dynamic changes tend to revolutionize the entire process of education and bring forth the growth of the students (Pobegaylov, 2021).The educational growth of the students will need to be undertaken so the COVID19 does not entangle the growth. There are several processes where virtual teams could become very handy. Leadership in the education industry is really important in Australia since the marginalized sections are needed to be pushed more (Khan et al., 2021).They are still among the classes who are not able to gain the proper education at all. This is the reason why the leaders of educational institutions have to be proactive and innovate new processes to educate children. In this time of crisis, higher education should be more creative.

Innovation in higher education

The innovative teaching methods should be applied since students are only familiar with the physical classrooms and interact with their teachers face-to-face. They will need some time to get adapted to this. The leaders in the education industry have noted the biggest challenges in conducting the examinations (Koopman & Koopman, 2021). As there are no classroom exams with invigilators, the students might opt for cheating as they are giving their exams from home. This is the reason they had to customize the technology to make sure that students are not cheating at all(Pobegaylov, 2021).All of these measures could prove to be immensely helpful in future studies. The virtual teams have effectively helped the teachers to be proactive and learn lessons through online modes. Still, some challenges will need to be mitigated (Sundarasen et al., 2020).It is very clear from the experience over the past 18 months that innovation will drive the future higher education industry.

This is why all people should be very much active in providing the blueprint for restructuring the higher education industry (Ismaili, 2021). The leaders of the universities have to sketch out the perfect plans on how these change management processes will take place for the benefit of the students. Moreover, the introduction of these virtual students could help in better one-to-one learning opportunities. Some critics have also notified the fact that online students can also pursue part-time jobs in their leisure time (Koopman & Koopman, 2021). They can implement their knowledge and skills very well since they are learning still now. They can help their families and support them during these critical times. The national economy will also be boosted through this.

Research methodology

In this study, the focus has been to study various changes that have been witnessed across the higher education sector in Australia in the wake of covid-19 outbreak. During the year 2020, it was observed that both the students and teachers had to work and learn from their respective homes. Lockdown measures imposed by the government to contain covid-19 virus had caused white scale destruction across the education sector. Therefore a detailed analysis about various possibilities and challenges that have emerged duty covid-19 have been done by carrying out secondary data analysis where different journals, books, magazines, and company websites have been used to collect data. Interpretivism research philosophy has been found to be beneficial as it involves selection of small sample size as well as it is beneficial for carrying out qualitative or quantitative analysis. Exploratory research design will be followed to develop meaningful findings and present them in a logical sequence.

It is important to note that the study has followed a deductive research approach. Existing theories and models have been used to analyse the current situation of work delivery structure in the higher education sector. Along with this, relevant information and data has been collected to analyse the impact of each possibilities and challenges ahead of the Australian higher education sector in the coming future. Researcher has followed all the necessary at the ethical guidelines and consideration to ensure that only the relevant and valid information is presented in the study.

Data Findings and Analysis

The study has been conducted according to the qualitative and secondary analysis. Several articles have been compared to find out the challenges on how the situation could be made better despite all of these challenges. The research philosophy of interpretivism has been used in this paper to assume the difficulties caused by the COVID19. It has been found that the Australian universities are set to lose a revenue of around $19 billion by 2023 due to the impact of the pandemic. Many children challenged by their socioeconomic conditions had to leave the universities also(Ismaili 2021). This has always been one of the biggest problems why the pandemic has created barriers for better studying. The studies have also found out the numbers of student enrolments have decreased as well. It was around 4,608,520 during 2019. On the contrary, it has dropped down to 708,671 in the month of May 2020. This shows the unforeseen negative impact on the higher education industry.

Due to being unable to buy smartphones and having a stable internet connectivity options, many students of marginalized sections had to leave their studies also. Though the classes are taking place online, but classroom teaching creates more influence in the minds of children (Koopman & Koopman, 2021). The international flight restrictions have been very challenging for all these students to come back to Australia. The higher education industry is believed to be the fourth largest export in the country.

The studies have revealed that it contributes an amount of $40.4 to the Australian economy (Scull et al. 2020).When the studies were being conducted, the statement of Catriona Jackson, the CEO of Universities Australia was observed. It says “Universities estimate that more than 21,000 jobs are at risk in the next six months, and more after that”. The impacts are indeed deep since revenue generation has suffered a major blow along with employment opportunities in the universities(Pobegaylov, 2021).

It is no doubt that the students should be provided with the best kind of positive learning experiences. This is the reason they must be bringing in new creative aspects into the whole sphere of studies. Surely the educators have described several new options through the digital mode of learning (Ismaili 2021). Therefore, they will look to follow them and include the marginalized sections of Australia as well. These are the only ways that can give positive leverage to the Australian economy in the future.

Different Challenges and Possibilities That Rose Due To Covid-19 in Work Delivery Structure

Possibility: Growing acceptance towards online study

Covid-19 has taught people to work from home, learn from home and various other activities. It has been analysed that students are now accepting online study methods even if it is not a preferred method in their respective institutions. It has been noted that several Universities and institutions have transitioned from campus based courses to online delivery so as to enable students to experience and enjoy the benefits of online study (melbourne-cshe, 2021). This particular aspect has become a major possibility after covid-19 and even large institutions in Australia across higher education systems have made the shift. Although, it is expected that online course delivery will be considered inferior as face to face delivery among certain students. However, this particular perception may potentially change once the workforce is able to improve their quality and capability of offering a wide range of learning opportunities.

Challenge: Diminishing capacity of government to invest in higher education

It has been analysed that covid-19 situation has not just been a public health crisis, but, has also economically damaged several countries', companies and enterprises. Governments across the world are struggling to manage their revenue, thereby, leading them towards reduced funds as well as the challenge of vaccination, ensuring robust public health systems and other expenditure (melbourne-cshe, 2021). It has been realised that future governments will have less capacity to invest in the higher education sector. Several citizens have raised the demand to increase expenditure on public policy and public service delivery across health care and school education.

Possibility: Reorganisation of universities and entire workforce

Covid-19 has introduced sudden and serious changes in the higher education sector so much so that it has been realised that Universities and other higher education providers will have to progressively reorganize the activities and workforce to a certain extent.

The massive disruption that was observed during the 2020 has raised challenges for the workforce and other staff workers employed in the higher education sector. It has been realised that various casual staff workers and others employed on short-term contracts will have to seek employment opportunities outside the sector. Student demand has also changed significantly during the covid-19 for different courses and because of the shift towards online delivery methods (melbourne-cshe, 2021). This means that universities will have to rethink the number of staff workers required in different areas, as there is a change in the skills requirement.The nature of academic work has significantly changed in the past one year, emphasizing the role of learning designers, educational technologist and study support staff.
Future implications on higher education sector

Uncertain future due to COVID19 in Australian higher education

It has been analysed that covid-19 has called high uncertainty around future opportunities for research collaborations. Because of restricted international travel and a more shift towards on and communication, several questions have been raised regarding research systems and its ability to cope with new challenges (melbourne-cshe 2021). It is expected that there will be less number of collaborations and reduced opportunities among researchers. Along with this, because of reduced government funds and capacity to support projects, there will be decline in the number of new ideas and collaboration.

Analysing the impact of growing student acceptance towards online study, it can be said that Australia is currently unevenly positioned. Several universities have already developed their sophisticated modes of online delivery while some are still at the forefront of online education provision. Several of them have partnered with MOOC massive open online courses that form to transform their educational delivery methods (Mupenzi, Mude, & Baker, 2020).It is expected that the entire situation will be advantageous for Australia as it has close proximity with Asia Pacific countries, thereby, having a shared time zone. This will enable synchronous communication service and support.

Reorganization in the structure

The impact of reorganization of universities and the workforce may have future implications since the next generation of academics and researchers digress towards other careers. There is the risk of permanently reduced capacity in the coming years in research and development areas (Martin, 2020). It has also been anticipated that Australia may observe decline in its expertise in certain specific areas and lose its valuable Natural resource. Since, there would be lack of opportunities and research, thereby, students may prefer to move towards other international locations for higher education.
The impact of uncertainty around research collaboration would mean that the Australian higher education sector would witness slow growth International collaboration, there is a possibility that it may stagnate for coming years (Nash& Churchill, 2020). This would have long-term implications on the Australian higher education sector advancement in various research fields in Australia.

Conclusion

On summarising important points discussed above it can be said that leaders have played a very important role in the higher education sector to promote innovation as well as meeting all challenges during the covid-19 pandemic. Agility and flexibility adopted by educators have been highly crucial to enable continuous learning for students from remote places. The Australian government has taken proper note of the current situation and its influence on the higher education sector, thereby, it has promoted proper training among the workforce as well as connected assessments. The government has released new guidelines for universities to reduce challenges and barriers. It has been observed that various new possibilities and challenges have emerged with covid-19.

Recommendations

According to Thatcher et al, (2020), it has been stated that sudden closure of all universities in the wake of covid-19 had caused unprecedented transformative changes in the delivery of education. As discussed above, it can be said that the Australian Higher Education sector has been rethinking its strategy and education delivery model as a response to the covid-19 induced changes. Many universities and institutes adopted remote learning methods, however, it was affected because of substantial challenges. Currently, a vast number of Universities and institutes have opened up across different states and territories. In order to prepare leaders for the future, it is highly important to address ongoing professional development needs. Every University and Institute is required to operate in an accelerated digital environment, where it becomes necessary to provide all digital resources and related training to the workforce. This will significantly help in supporting critical teaching skills.

Secondly, in order to function smoothly in the post covid world, it is important that workforce across universities should develop and reinforce the importance of agility and leadership skills. These are considered to be too important hallmarks of success. During the covid-19 pandemic, it was the agility and leadership skills among the workforce which helped them to navigate the challenging time. Since, the future will continue to involve various social challenges, therefore, leadership and agility will be crucial.

It has been learnt that the overall education outcomes have been declining in Australia. However, the covid-19 pandemic has brought changes across the entire sector empowering the workforce to look for new ways and solutions (Thatcher et al, 2020). This particular situation should be capitalised by encouraging front line educators to act collaboratively and flexibly to ultimately lead to better learning outcomes for students. Therefore, universities and institutes should prioritise workforce wellbeing and sustainability to develop a more resilient workforce as well as reduce attrition rates.

Considering the impact of low government capacity to invest in the higher education sector, it would be that the modest scale of the Australian government package for universities will have the least prospect of supporting domestically focused universities. In the immediate term, universities will have to look for other areas together with necessary funds and resources (Ewing, 2021). It is also expected that universities may choose to increase fixed term contracts as well as casual employees rather than employing highly paid permanent academics for research and teaching. It is also expected that the Australian government make choose to introduce a radical policy option by introducing higher student fees, targeting equity and other support programs separating research funding. While universities in Australia will have to look for methods to reduce outlay in the immediate term so as to restructure their business model.

References

MGT600 Management, People and Teams Report 3 Sample

Assessment Task

You are required to critically assess the performance of your team and recommend improvements based on the relevant concepts and frameworks you have learnt in this subject in a 1,500-word team evaluation report.

Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

1. Review your team’s performance in completing the first two assessments and make recommendations for improvement.

 • In reviewing the team performance, considerations must be given to the following:

o How did your team come together and what phases or stages did it go through?
o What roles did team members play?
o What challenges were presented?
o How did individual, team, and contextual dynamics impact performance?
o What would you do differently to improve performance?
o How would you apply your learnings in your current or future workplace?

• Please note that you are not required to review the quality and content of the assessments you produced as a team. Instead, you are required to review the performance of the team in completing the assessment tasks.

• You are required to specifically apply and discuss concepts from Modules 4, 5, and 6 as well as any relevant processes and concepts from earlier modules.

• The evaluation needs to be supported with evidence from academic research as well as examples from your own experiences and or observations. You will also find the module activities useful in prompting your thinking.

2. Write a team evaluation report of 1500 words using the following structure:

Cover sheet: Student details (student name, ID number, subject code & name, assessment number and title)

Executive summary

Table of contents

Introduction: Outline the purpose and structure of your report.

Background: Briefly describe your team’s purpose and relevant contextual issues.

Main discussion: Review your team’s performance covering key concepts from all modules.

Exploring these within an appropriate theoretical framework would be appropriate here.

Recommendations / action plan: Provide recommended strategies and actions to improve your team’s performance.

Conclusion

Reference list

Appendices

3. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment—this will give you a clear picture of what a successful report looks like.

Solution

Introduction:

The current report is going to explore and analyse the performance of the team during assessment 2. Assessment 2 was a team performance, the team members belongedto different cultures and possess different ethics. Here, the study is going to interpret the performance of the team and the different issues and challenges they hadfaced during performing their tasks. The study is going to reflect on the effective relationships between the people and teams of an organisation or a team. For Assignment Help, For performing better as a team, the member wasrequired to possess effective communication skills along with a problem-solving attitude. The study intends to analyse the background of the assessment by explaining the purpose of the team as well as relevant issues faced by the team members during their performance. The main body of the essay explored the performance of the team in light of the cultural differences and time performance of the team. Last of all concluded the essay by evaluating the overall study and the relevance of the current study in the discussed context of management, people and team.

Background of the study:

The purpose of the team was to investigate the upcoming challenges for AccuSoft Medical Technologies in the next two years as well as provide appropriate recommendations to the organisation to face and recover from the issues. The assessment was aimed to assist the chief executive officer [CEO] of the organisation by optimising the findings with real-life examples to resolve the issues and achieve the organisational goals for the next two years by implementing some appropriate strategic changes in the ongoing system of the organisation.through the case study, the team had found three major issues which were inefficient management and leadership, low rate of employee turnover and an unhealthy working environment. The team had recommended solutions with real-life examples and theoretical explanations.

During the time of conducting the case study, the team members were given certain roles and responsibilities. The three team members had performed their tasks though there were some challenges in completing the given tasks. Due to the current pandemic situation, they had to conduct the overall case study through the online method for obvious safety reasons. Thus, the member could not conduct face-face to face discussions. The online mode was time-consuming and dependent on the technical amenities. Thus conducting meetings with the management of the organisation or the team members had been difficult sometimes or it would take more time to connect and fail to continue which would lead to another meeting arrangement. The overall process had taken more time than any physically conducted case study would take. Thus, time management had been a great issue for the team in order to conduct the overall study to get to the desired outcomes. Also, the team members belonged to different cultures. Different cultures had different rituals and beliefs. Team members had faced challenges regarding cultural diversity as they were working with people from different cultures (Xing, 2017). Different cultures had different values, communication styles, customs, etc. The virtual team faced issues while virtually communicating with each other and the management of the organisation for conducting their case study.

Reviewing the performance of the team:

The team contained three people from different cultures. A team could be defined as a group of individuals who performed a set of interconnected activities to achieve specific goals or objectives.The study had discussedthe overall performance of the team on the case study of AccuSoft Medical Technologies performance for the next two years. Here the discussed team had acted asa project team. In a good team, all members perform their part with sincerity and care. The team members communicated and assisted each other in their activities. Diversity among the team members broughtdifferent perceptions on the overall activities of the team (Kelley et al., 2019). With effective leadership, a team could perform in an organised manner.

Performance management is one of the major aspects of good teamwork. The performance of individual team members, units and functional couldbe improved through performance management skills (Kezell and Sonia, 2019). Effective performance management methods set objectives for the team members that were aligned with the strategic direction, mission and vision of the concerned organisations or the main aim of the building of the team in the first place. Tuckman’s five stages of team development theory had described the way a team wasbuilt with due time and team leaders influenced the performance, decision making and behaviour of the team members. Psychologist Bruce Tuck man had explained the different stages of team development which were forming, storming, norming, performing and adjourning. The team had clear roles for each team member with specified goals and roles to perform to contribute to the teamwork. Also, there was regular monitoring of everyday progress between the team members that influenced the performance of the team members (Annie Pullen Sansfacon et al., 2018).

Developing trust was one of the major aspects to perform as a team. When the team members were unable to be in contact physically or had diversity then trust among the team members could act as a pillar of the team. Cultural diversity demanded respect and appreciation from the team members for their diverse cultures to work together as a good team. Monitoring performance without observing, managing the workflow of the team and maintaining commitments towards the virtual team were some of the challenges faced by the team. Leading a virtual team in a virtual project had taken lots of trust, effort and commitments from the team members (Meltem and Hasan, 2016).

The cognitive theory was one of the most common theories that explained the impacts of cultural diversity on an organisation or a group. Through cognitive diversity theory, the differences such as perceptive, expertise and experience between the team memberscould be identified. According to cognitive diversity theory, every team member contributed some exclusive attributes as per their cognitive diversities (Loeb et al., 2019).The social cognitive theory helped people to develop their physical, mental, emotional, and behavioural attributes with a range of diversity (Berg and Watanabe, 2020).

The team of three students from different cultures had shown well-organised teamwork through proper performance management. As team members, they covered important areas and performed as required, though, with different locations and cultural diversity, they were bound to have communication issues. Attending team meetings were sometimes difficult for the students due to issues regarding time management and virtual procedures.

Through SWOT analysis, the performance of the team can be explained more precisely.

The above SWOT analysis had presented the overall performance of the team along with their strengths and weaknesses and future opportunities and threats. The team had completed the case study in an organising manner to reach the desired outcomes. Hence, it could be said that the team performed well, though there were some difficulties.

Recommendations for improving team performance:

By applying performance management skills, the team had performed well. The team had faced mainly two issues, cultural diversity and time management. As the team was working remotely. The members had created a virtual team. Therefore, monitoring daily performances had been difficult due to the time coordination issue. This could be solved by communicating with each team member frequently by arranging team meetings more often.The cultural diversity among the team members could develop miscommunications along with trust issues. This flaw could be avoided by developing a cohesive culture for conducting any performance with people from different cultures (Audretsch et al., 2021).This way the team could perform better than they had done before. Cultural diversity also improved the perceptions of the team regarding different behaviour, society, culture.

Conclusion:

The team of three members had conducted a case study to comprehend the upcoming issues in AccuSoft Medical Technologies for the next two years as well as some recommendations to rectify the problems. The team had faced challenges regarding cultural diversity and time management during their performance. The study had interpreted their overall performance along with the issues they had faced and some recommendations to resolve their issues. Tuckman’s five stages of team development theory, cognitive theory and SWOT analysis had been used to explain the overall performance of the team. The study had interpreted that the team had performed well despite the issues they had experienced and had the potentialityto do better.

References:

D31VR Value and Risk Management Essay Sample

Value and Risk Management of Conference and Community Centre project

Value Management at RIBA Stage 1

The client is considering commissioning a VM study at RIBA Stage 1 and has approached your consultancy for advice. Present a study proposal which

- Explains the benefits of a study at this stage

- Presents a proposed agenda for the workshop study

- Identifies the workshop participants who should be in attendance for an effective study Value Engineering the design at RIBA Stage 4.

The client has requested a cost saving VE proposal which saves a minimum 2% of the budget.

Present a VE proposal which identifies the element(s) affected and explains the impact on functionality (NB detailed costings are not required)

Risk Management Report The client decided to implement your cost saving Value Engineering proposal you recommended above. Considering you are the project manager for the project at the construction stage, carry out a risk assessment for the execution of the proposed option at construction stage and present it in the form of a short report and risk register. Your report should include risk mitigation proposals.

NB This next part is not related to the case study scenario

Risk Management Essay

Prepare a short essay which evaluates the construction industry contribution- in a country of your choosing- to the climate emergency. Your essay should argue how the industry should help manage the risks presented by climate change in the coming years.

The essay should cite references which support your arguments. Indicative word count for the essay is 1500 words, excluding the list of references.

You may wish to think about the following when preparing your essay. (These are pointers and not intended to be prescriptive. You may choose to concentrate on particular issues here or advance your own.

Solution

Importance of Value Management at Designing Stage

Quarry House Conference and Community Centre have developed their design and planning of the construction and therefore after processing the overall planning and construction, proper value management is necessary to evaluate various details related to the construction site.

Value management basically incorporates with series of interviews, workshops, and reviews, through which, project requirements are evaluated and achieved. The approach for value management depends on the route chosen for the acquisition, but it is generally a technique which useful to any construction project. For Assignment Help, The design of the Quarry House Conference and Community Centre construction and its details of measurements, equipment, and purpose already have been made, and now it is time to evaluate the VE properly (Zhang, Van and Leeflang 2014). It is important for that part of the project, which is viewed on a whole life basis, such as private finances initiative schemes.

Any construction project should only be projected after a proper value management process is done. Many projects use to suffer from poor management and failure due to lack of value management. These facts can include cost and time, excessive operation cost, user dissatisfaction, usage of tools, etc. value management can help to minimize these kinds of risks in construction projects.

The analysis of needs is much more than compiling a wish list of possible requirements. It needs a consensus from all the stakeholders to identify and objectify the needs and identify the weight of the relative value of the project.

It is a structured approach that shows, the establishment of the value which means to the client. Clearly, agreeing and defining the project objectives and establishing the best objective that can be achieved. Value management incorporates value engineering and it is a systematic approach to deliver the required function to determine the whole cist, reliability of the project, and performance (Zhang, Van and Leeflang 2014).

Here is the question, that when value management is is required. In this project Quarry House Conference and Community Centre, value management is needed to evaluate its success rate and risks involved in the project. As the basic planning and design of the project are completed, the Value management will evaluate its risk factors and evaluate the budget to identify the requirements of the project and objectives to achieve.

This is a systematic technique that depends in a project’s overall cost and risks involved in the project. For “strategic critical projects” a full value management procedure is always justified (high risk- high value). For “strategic security”, high-risk and low-value project, and “tactical profit”, low risk and high value, value management depends on the inputs stakeholders. However, for “tactical acquisition”, low-risk- low value, projects, value management is not that necessary (Vignesh, Priya and Gayathri 2018).

Here are the primary benefits of value management in the Quarry House Conference and Community Centre project.

• It will help to optimize the different balance of value between different stakeholders

• It will clearly define the mean of value to the owner and users

• It will help to develop the business according to the business needs

• It will make a clear picture of the project brief that will include the expectations of sponsors, and their priorities. Along with that, it will improve the communication between all the stakeholders related to the project (Vignesh, Priya and Gayathri 2018).

Propose Agenda for Workshop Program

This is a discussion phase, where the individuals will grow up a concrete view on possible outcomes regarding the project. The workshop will help to gain an idea on proper communication, secured and privacy in facilities in the construction and provide proper communication among the participants. Tere is a three days’ workshop agenda proposed and prep[ared for implementation (Saleh et al., 2017).

The implementation stage is the final stage of VM and it will compile formal plans at the end of the workshop. Tools and techniques used for the workshop are listed below.

Document analysis: this is the beginning of the workshop and it will be used in evaluating the aims and topics of the workshop. It will contain a document so that the value manager can understand the recent factors regarding the project and develop ideas according to it (Saleh et al., 2017).

ACID test or Authority consult inform and Do: this technique will be used in the diagnostic and orientation stage of the workshop in order to select the viewable participants to participate in the Value management workshop (Saleh et al., 2017).

Presentation: this will be conducted during the workshop to permit individuals to relate their opinions about the project.

Workshop Agenda 1

The three days’ workshop agenda is mentioned below.

Day 1

Learning outcomes

• Participants brainstorming about their individual roles and duties
• Developing an idea on the project overview
• Familiarity with the site by visiting
• Mutual interaction
• Positive thinking and reconstruction
• Business effectiveness to drive the profit
• A basic clear idea on the project (Saleh et al., 2017)

Day 2

Learning outcomes

• Understanding the stakeholders’ needs and demands.
• Best practice observation for community hub project development
• Innovation on individual ideas
• Turning the proposed project
• Create clarification, suggestions, and best options for the project development (Fletche and Satchwell 2019)

Day 3

Learning outcomes

• Days outlines for effective outcomes

• The community project will be considered as the most realistic, and essential findings for stakeholders
• Reviewing the high costing raw materials and replace with valuable sustainable materials to maximize the profit

• Mutual interaction

• the design will go through many changes and it will provide the most effective solution and measures for the value management of this project

• Set of question will clarify and promotes the best solutions

• The viable recommendation will be offered and adopted Workshop participants

For these three days of the workshop, the participation list is given below.

1. Client representative
2. Local community representative
3. Designer team
4. Environmental representative
5. Construction manager
6. Management team
7. Construction team

Workshop agenda 2

The two days’ workshop is left for the key participants who will gain a concrete element of the community hub projects related to execution and construction. The two days agenda is mentioned below.

Learning outcomes

• Outlining the project requirements
• Project evaluation
• The rationale for design choice
• Mutual interaction
• Effective understanding of the case
• Evaluation of different functional components and proposal for the community project

Learning outcomes

• Re-evaluation of the components
• Basic technical understanding of the project
• Mutual interaction and understanding
• Suggestion for any constructive improvements
• Implementation process discussion
• recommendation

Workshop participants

• VRM consultant
• Project manager
• Service engineer
• Contractors
• designers

Risk Management Integration of all RIBA stages

RIBA stage 1: business justification

RIBA stage 1: understanding the best process assessment route

RIBA stage 2, 3,4: design processing stage

RIBA stage 5: physical project construction (Mohamad, and Coffey 2010)

Value Engineering the design at RIBA Stage 4

Introduction

The proposal has been made in this section so as to decrease the budget by 2% in the construction of Quarry House Conference and Community Centre. There has been study of the proposed methods from the perspective of decreasing the material used as well as changing some of the building structure.
VE Proposal identifying the elements affected and impact on functionality

The Value Engineering (VE) proposal has been made so that the Quarry House Conference and Community Centre can be developed with a 2% less budget than the proposed one. Value Engineering is done so that the cost be saved along with maintaining the time and quality scope of the construction project (CooperandSlagmulder, 2017). It has been observed that with help of Value Engineering (VE), it is possible that the construction project is done with a reduced budget as it applies system thinking process to engineer buildings with reduced cost (Park,2017). In this case, there are certain elements identified which can be nullified or modified in actual implementation process so that the budget gets reduced and functionality does not change. This has been represented in the following manner:

In the first instance, there is proposal regarding removal of lobbies on the lower ground floors. It has been observed that with help of such process, the cost will go down and hence, the element identified in this case is that of lobbies which does not serve as foyers. It can be easily eliminated without must change in the building functionality (Park, 2017). Building functionality would have change if the strength of the overall building decreases. In the second instance, there is the proposal of replacement of spiral stair with L-shaped one. There is not much change in the building functionality other than the style of the staircase will be less. The benefit that one obtains from such style change is the reduction in cost. In making spiral shaped staircase, there is more cost incurred as more raw materials such as cement, bricks are required. L-shaped stairs are considered to be more cost-effective to be developed. Thus, the element identified in this case is the spiral shaped staircase.

The curved balcony is proposed to be changed and made into a cantilevered one. This is required to ensure that the cost goes down as the raw materials required in making curved ones are more. There will be no change in the functionality as the strength of the building does not get altered. There is always an effort made to reduce the labour pay within construction work wherever possible as per Value Engineering principle (VE) (Peurifoyet al., 2018). This has been maintained in the proposed method as there would be less requirement of labour in manufacturing the linear balcony. VE also looks forward in having a construction design in which the building can be developed with less raw materials. It is possible to be achieved when certain unnecessary parts get reduced and is not need to be constructed (Fewingsand & Henjewele, 2019). The balcony area at the back is one such proposition which can be made use of as it will decrease the construction time period. It will decrease the overall cost required in making the balcony.

The window size needs to be reduced so that the less cost is incurred in buying the material. The elements identified in this case is that of the frame required in making the windows and it will lead to the reduction of cost. The window size gets reduced and also will not the functionality of having light getting passed through. There is always an effort to substitute products in VE so that less cost can be given in developing the overall project. It has been observed that asphalt has been the material that will be selected in making the roofs instead of the timber shingles. Asphalt costs less and hence, it makes the project budget efficient (Barbosa, Woetzeland Mischke, 2017). There is also another proposition made in installing LED lights and solar panels. In the long-run, the solar panel will be helpful in reducing the cost as no non-renewable energy sources have to be used. It will help in decreasing the electricity bills, however, at the time of installation the cost is high. CAPEX or additional cost will increase for the project.

Laminated Veneer Lumberslide material will be used and is the element identified to replace bamboo. The Laminated Veneer Lumberwill be more cost-effective and there will be increase in functionality as the metal slides are more durable. There is also an effort made through Value Engineering to increase the functionality. There is requirement identified of covering the cut through slab. The functionality will go high as the increase in usable space will be obtained. This will make the cost to go down. There has been proposal made of using pre-cast concrete in place of normal concrete walls. The functionality will go high along with reduction of the cost. It has been identified that the pre-cast walls are less costly and also reduces the required time in doing construction work.

Prestressed concrete has been proposed to be replaced with the reinforced ones and it will make the cost to go down. It has been estimated to improve the functionality as the prestressed concrete is 23% less cost-effective. MS Steel stairs will be replacing the RC Stairs as per the identified proposal and it will increase the functionality as the steel material do not corrode. The cost will also go down through this process. There has been VE incurred in using recycled glass for partition instead of other forms. It will bring down the cost and also give the aesthetics to the building to be developed.

Conclusion

From the study done, it can be concluded that there has been proposed techniques according to which some of the additional spaces or structures have been decided to be nullified. It has been done with the estimation that less labour and material cost will be used. There is also replacement of some of the materials with more cost-effective ones so that overall project budget decreases.

Risk Management Report

Introduction

Our enterprise risk management is discussed in depth in the risk management report. The danger information in this section may not even be complete. Forward-looking comments may well be made throughout the conversation. Our company is subject to the risk and risks that could cause actual result differs significantly from those projected in the forward statements. Readers are encouraged to review our governmental filings for a more detailed description of risk factors and disclosures, as well as to use their own judgement when assessing the Firm's risks. The technique of combining managerial tools and procedures to get out in front of a process is known as value management. Furthermore, value engineering assists in achieving greater advantages while minimising project costs and risks. Value management, on the other hand, can be used to demonstrate careful planning, analysis, and progress of a building project in this scenario. The activities in our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) systems include detecting, analysing, assessing, treating, reducing, and monitoring strategy, functional, legal, and regulatory risks to the fulfilment of our primary business objectives. ERM attempts to mitigate the negative effects of these risks, allowing businesses to effectively harness market expansion and maintain its competitive advantage for the long term. A number of threats can jeopardise the achievement of a certain company objective. Likewise, a single risk could have a major influence on numerous company objectives. Risk management is concerned with identifying threats and devising measures to mitigate them. This is accomplished through regular meetings of the Club's risk and strategic committee. Value management can be seen of as a team-based method to providing benefits to a building project. It can be seen that value management takes into account the client's goals and objectives when planning a project. However, the major purpose and goal of value management in projects is to ensure that the best value is achieved for the research project.

Key Components of the Risk Management Framework

Risk reporting is a means for demonstrating the benefit that the Risk paying for basic to an organisation. It provides proactive risk mitigation by helping organisations to recognise and obsessing as they arise before or they appear evident, enabling them to handle corporate governance in a proactive manner. Effective risk accounting must focus on the effect of risk measures on individual enterprises and corporate risk assessments. It also ensures that risk management is embedded in leadership, decision-making, monitoring, and business processes. Focuses on outliers and analyses their root causes thoroughly. Uses retrospective outcomes to learn from and anticipate business issues before they arise. Gives regulators, management, and boards of directors certainty. Promotes continual development by providing transparency about exposures - by highlighting areas of concern within the organisation. Furthermore, maximum benefits can be realised early in the project. Value engineering, on the other hand, makes it impossible to simply introduce processes into project activity. Furthermore, by using a value management approach, suitable solutions towards the identified challenges in the building project activity can be achieved. We see this dynamic landscape as an excellent opportunity for businesses to rethink how the game has been played in the past. We've partnered with cutting-edge companies in a variety of industries to help them rethink their compliance and risk management strategies. Risk reporting is at the vanguard of these efforts, as it is often a disregarded component of Risk Management, with several organisations monitoring their key business activities using retrospective indicators, disjointed systems, and expensive information processes.Value management, on either hand, does not allow for straightforward implementation of processes in project work. Furthermore, by using a value management approach, correct solutions to recognised challenges in building company work can be achieved.

During the lifecycle of our service, we may be required to process Special Category Data given by you or other users of our service. Special category data includes information about a person's racial or cultural origins, political beliefs, moral or religious beliefs, party affiliation, genetic data, biometric information, health data, sex life, and sexual preference. In some extremely restricted cases, we may additionally process data relating to criminal and/or civil offences, as well as child data, and you will be notified if we need to gather this data from you. Only sensitive data will be collected if it is necessary for the fulfilment of the services for which we have been hired. The data subjects' basic rights are always considered to guarantee that the processing is fair, transparent, and legitimate.

Description Risk Management

It is necessary to identify the workshop participants who must be present in order for the project's information or signal to be received. This entails identifying the individuals who are critical to the conference center's construction. This is where the project's supporting client comes in. He must be present, together with officials from other administrative bodies, in order for the proposal to be debated in front of them. Their participation also aids the program manager in discussing the project's financial requirements and proposing project in-scope deliverable. Risk management is the process of identifying, assessing, and controlling hazards to a company's capital and profitability. Economic turbulence, legal obligations, technological obstacles, strategic management failures, catastrophes, and natural catastrophes are all possible sources of risk. Unforeseen events or circumstances that, if they occur, have a positive or negative impact on the project's objectives. The key element of this concept is that, if ambiguity develops, the impact on the planned endeavor's goals might be either positive or bad.. Under the legal basis of 'performance of the contract,' we handle information in order to maintain and preserve our actual or prospective contractual relationships. Personal data may be processed in order to just provide various client support services, accept payments, and enhance our website. We keep track of all calls made to our employees, whether they are internal, inbound, or outbound. Our 'legitimate interests' are the legal basis on which we frequently treat data for the length of maintenance on your accounts and for the decision to enter an initial or succeeding contract. This includes ensuring that our administration and IT systems are safe and resistant to unwanted access.

An organization's risk management process aims to identify, assess, monitor, and control the risks it confronts. Complexity breeds danger in the business world. Business executives face numerous decisions, limited resources, conflicting interests, and environmental considerations to weigh. Ecological, political, business, economic, and other dangers confront businesses.The goal of risk management is to determine which risks a company confronts, assess and quantify those risks, devise means to monitor hazards, and lastly devise treatment procedures that mitigate or reduce hazards. The main goal is to develop a business that is less vulnerable to risks, hence increasing the security of investors. The next phase in risk management objectives is risk measurement. Once the hazards are identified, it is necessary to develop a system for measuring and quantifying the risks' potential impact. The received confirmation standard, ISO 31000 on Risk Management, has been updated. The risk register is a document that is used to measure risk values in financial terms and determine the risk's likelihood of occurrence. Let's stick with the crop farmer as an example. The likelihood of drought or floods is determined by prior weather patterns, while the impact is determined by the crop's susceptibility to the circumstances. These details would be recorded in a risk register, which would provide our farmer with a summary of the degree of risk associated with each variables as well as the value - at - risk (the quantity that may be lost if the variable were to fail.

The next risk management goal to achieve is to constantly monitor hazards after we have both monitored the risks that exist in a business. Risks are not constant; in actuality, the likelihood of risk things happening changes with time. Weather-related dangers are a wonderful example of this for our farmer. The weather department would have supplied an assessment on the climate that would prevail throughout the farming period at the proposal stage and planting. It is typical for the department to keep people informed about projected weather patterns because it is extremely difficult to predict climate effectively, especially over extended periods of time.

Conclusion

The study indicated that there is a need to develop project briefing sessions, which is why the workshop programme was held. According to the findings of the study, there are numerous advantages to conducting a value management study and implementing value engineering principles into a building project. This is one of the reasons why the cost of completing a project is frequently lowered. It is necessary to arrange a workshop where project team members can be briefed on team objectives and building deliverables of the project. It is critical to ensure that the client and funders are present in the workshops so that they can get a sense of the cost of the project that has been determined as well as the natural resources that will be present in the team. It is necessary to comprehend project deliverables and communicate them to team members such that they may have a grasp of the project. As a result, having project members on the workshop attendee team list is critical. It has been seen that the building project has become more innovative as a result of their contributions (Janani, Chakravarthy, and Raj, 2018). It has been noticed that suppliers must attend the meeting and workshops in order to gain a better grasp of the raw resources necessary for the construction of the building. The head of the construction team, as well as the architect, are among the key stakeholders invited to attend the session.

Risk Management Essay

Introduction

Risk management is the term that developed during the 20th century, to maintain future uncertainty in a business field. It is a consistent, logical, and disciplined approach to face future uncertainty in the business (Klochkova, and Koltsova 2017).

In the world, there are multiple reasons that are causing climate changing and climate change is affecting our daily life, environment, development, and many more things. Climate charging has a devastating effect on the environment and atmosphere that is creating a huge problem in the world (Ripple et al., 2021). The United States is a powerful country in all sectors, from economy to industry development. However, in climate emergency situations, the US is ranked second in carbon emission in 2018, and this country is more focused on maintaining the situation. This paper will discuss about different aspects of risk management in the construction industry in US, the factor that creates the most risk for any business and development is climate change. In the construction industry, climate change and emergency are big troubles and it is affecting the whole environment and economics globally (Klochkova, and Koltsova 2017).

Climate Emergency

The climate emergency list includes China, the United States, India, Russia, and Japan. Among them, the United States ranked second and, in a report, it has been found that it is the second-largest CO2 emitter in the world. It approximately produced 5.41 billion metric tons of carbon dioxide in a year.
US industry of construction has reported 23% of greenhouse gas production in the year. The vital reason for climate change is greenhouse gas. Along with industrial effects, transportation, electricity production, agriculture, commercial and residential usage, etc are the reason for greenhouse gas and climate change. However, the construction industry is hugely responsible for the climate emergency situation in the US.

Contribution of construction industry in a climate emergency

The covid crises shifted the issues of climate emergency but climate chase and biodiversity are still a big issue in the world. Globally we just only left with 10 years to halve the carbon dioxide emission. in a report, it has been found that the construction industry is 37% responsible for this situation.

In recent years, the construction industry is already taking a lead role in controlling the climate emergency situation (Mavi, and Standing 2018). The World green building council already issued Net Zero caron building commitments that challenge many companies, industry and infrastructures along with countries ad states. They have decided to build net-zero carbon buildings by 2030 and promised to make all the buildings to be net-zero carbon by 2050.

A number of US construction industries declared this climate and biodiversity issues as an emergency situation. Manu engineers, constructors, architectures, and big companies developed to be part of the emission carbon goal; however, contractors did not collaboratively declare the contribution yet. The industry has taken various steps to handle this climate emergency situation.

To encourage sustainable behaviors and commitments to achieve the goals that have been made, the construction industry made various declarations, and such are mentioned below.

• Sustainable Working Practice and Material

There is a number of methods and materials that helps to achieve more sustainable development in the construction industry. This includes life cycle costing, post-occupancy evaluation, whole-life carbon is the basic scope to reduce both the operational and embodied resource use. Along with that, there are many sustainable raw materials and technology available to reduce carbon emissions (Mavi, and Standing 2018). Research development for more sustainability

There are many changes occurring in the sustainable industry, and there are many new products are launching to promote sustainable construction, therefore, many contractors build their own research team to identify the best suitable products for the construction business. As an example, the cement manufacturer in the US is 8% responsible for overall CO2 emission, therefore the cement manufactured lived a new way to reduce the emission, and that technology required proper research to achieve the goal (Mavi, and Standing 2018).

Digital tools, complex modeling, extensive databases are also used to optimize the algorithms of building performance and it delivers clearer pictures of the sustainability of building construction and performance.

• Raising awareness

Many of the participants in this US construction industry have pledged to raise awareness on sustainability and its importance to controlling biodiversity and climate emergency situation (Gills and Morgan 2021). These actions are taken by designers, developers, investors, funders, contractors, and supply chains. Along with promoting this awareness, the government has also taken various steps to make this plan successful.

• Rise of ESG

Public awareness of climate change includes the growing understating of climate change and its effect on the economical state. Thus, is created ESG or environmental, social, and government consideration to ride up the corporate agendas within US(Gills and Morgan 2021).

Risk management of construction industry in a climate emergency

Risk management supports any organization to decide the proper course of action to minimize the occurrence and effects of any risk on the business. In order to achieve excellent performance and productivity in a company, a firm must train their employees in such ways that, they can recognize any risks and take necessary steps to prevent them to affect the productivity, business and the organization (Klochkova, and Koltsova 2017). In addition, Climate emergency is a situation that affected almost all industry and the construction industry is affected the most. As climate emergency is a situation that needs to be handled with lots of awareness ad changes, it created various issues in the construction industry. Sustainable development projects are not easy to project (Zou, Kiviniemi and Jones 2017). Though, it is needed to control the climate changing situation. Some risks in the construction industry related to sustainability are,

• Technical risks

Sustainable development requires new technology and design to establish green buildings and reduce biodiversity. These technologies are not risk-free to handle, as many of the construction areas are not supportive to install new technologies, which is creating big issues in development. The whole industry needs to shift from traditional infrastructure to sustainable infrastructure (Zou, Kiviniemi and Jones 2017). This shifting is not that easy to present as there are many internal factors that are not yet supported for the changes.

• Environmental risks

The shifting of technologies and infrastructure can harm the environment as well. New plantation of systems and techniques are also sometimes responsible for producing greenhouse gas, especially for fuels and energy consumption, creating thus issues. Hence, sustainable development is good for the environment but the shifting is not that suitable for it (Amirshenava and Osanloo 2018).

• Financial risks

Sustainable development needs a big amount of money; however, the development is cost-effective, but the construction procedure is not economically free and hence, it requires more financial development that may cause risk in the financial status of the industry.
Along with that, there are risks in management, labor, training, and many more. However, the construction industry is acknowledging new risk management policies to overcome the risk factors in the future (Amirshenava and Osanloo 2018).

• Labor training

To overcome the risk factors, it is important to provide the best possible training to laborers and workers to make them regularly with the new infrastructure (Zou, Kiviniemi and Jones 2017). It will reduce the risk of accidents, and technical risks.

• Investigation and monitoring

Regular monitoring of the project development and investigation in the market can reduce the financial risk ad cut the budget of developing new sustainable infrastructure.

• Build awareness in the field

Creating awareness among the field workers and associates aware of the sustainable construction and climate emergency can involve more potential workers ad this can reduce the management risks in developing the construction and reach the goal (Gills and Morgan 2021).

• Technical support

Here is much technical development that can handle the environmental risk in the construction area. This technical support must be developed to arrange the shifting of tools and techniques easily (Zou, Kiviniemi and Jones 2017).

Managing Risks

Technology has been one of the promising factors to manage several risks within construction industry of US. Thus, AI driven insights can help the managers in handling risks which includes budget overrun, deadline overrun or any other issues which can be costlier for both the environment and in commercial sector. Use of sensors and installation management further helps to monitor safety and design errors, hence alert to the users is given within few seconds. Big data within construction industry will help in mitigating risks pertaining to people, environment and organization. Additionally, the construction industry in US must comply ISO certifications and process which has been developed in detail and embedding on nature & size of commercial sectors. Hence aspects of working procedure within ISO clearly mentions mitigation of risks from initiation stage till the completion one.

Conclusion

It can be concluded that Risk management is teamwork and it is important to overcome future challenges in any business or organization. Climate change and emergency is the biggest problem in the US after Covid, so the industries must be aware to hold their production and resume in a proper environmentally friendly way (Amirshenava and Osanloo 2018).  

Reference List

MGT502 Business Communication 1 B Report Sample

Context

This assessment has been prescribed to appraise your’ ability to think critically and form an argument supported by evidence. It allows you to demonstrate your ability to understand the material you are using and to apply it in ways that go beyond what has been read.

This assessment has been designed to:

• Appraise your ability to critically evaluate academic and other research to form an argument on an organisational topic that is supported by evidence.

• Enhance your writing skills so they are able to form persuasive and convincing arguments and communicate them effectively.

The resources used in Assessment 1 Part A Annotated Bibliography are expected to be utilised in
this assessment to support the argument.

Instructions

1. Write a critical argument up to a page on the topic selected in Assessment 1 Part A.

2. Use the annotated bibliography resources from Assessment 1 Part A for sourcing evidence and ideas for your argument. Review the resources critically and select at least 5 to be used as references for this assessment.

3. Please consider the following factors, when forming the argument:

• A good argument is convincing whereby the premises are acceptable, the supporting evidence is relevant to the claim and provides sufficient grounds for acceptance of the claim.

• You will be expected to form an academic and financial argument in favour, or against, utilizing the communications solution in the modernworkplace.

• Make a clear point and justify it.

4. Please structure your argument as follows:

• Title page

• Introduction: provide a short introduction with a claim.

• Main body: with a logical structure including supporting evidence from academic sources.

• Conclusion: a concise conclusion which restates your claim and summarises your argument.

• References: please provide the reference list on a separate page.

5. Please use at least 5 in-text citations. Indicate logical connections and use connecting words

6. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment—this will give you a clear picture of what a successful forming an argument looks like.

Referencing

It is essential that you use appropriate APA style for citing and referencing research. Please see more information on referencing in the Academic Skills webpage.

Solution

Introduction

Enterprises have responded to Covid-19 restrictions by limiting physical interactions and thereby adopting intensive technological interventions that not only enables remote working but also enhancing collaboration and communication. For Assignment Help, Microsoft Teams is among the most common solutions for enabling business communication and collaboration, based on the remarks mentioned in the preceding assessment. Over 500,000 companies, comprising 91 of the Top 100, utilized Microsoft teams (Spataro, 2020). This assessment will argue about the use case, the benefits and the financial consequences of using it.

Arguments

Organizational strategies

According to Anttalainen, T., & Jaaskelainen, V. (2014), modern digital communication strategies have transformed the internal communication strategies of the business by focusing on real-time, segmented and specialised messaging tactics. According to Kologiannidis and Kontsas (2021), the manner of communication utilised in a company has a significant impact on the final product yields since it affects employees' peformance. Harkiolakis et al., (2012) discuss how different means of internal communication might assist organisations in establishing work cooperation and team communication between managers and employees.

Employee Collaboration & Networking

Employees can create a multitude of channels on Teams for specific discussion such as product launches, key events and undertakings, discussion of new ideas. It also enables employees to settle workplace conflict-related team issues and fosters buy-in from a variety of teams. Instant communication, chats, file sharing, SharePoint support and audio telephony enables employees for quick and strategic discussion as well as conduct full-fledged team meetings. This otherwise needs to be conducted in an ad-hoc fashion combining several solutions, disrupting the efficient workflow practises of an otherwise successful cohesive team. Apart from the aforementioned, Microsoft Teams offers a high level of security & compliance in addition to being a comprehensive and extensively customizable productivity suite (Fitzgerald et al., 2012).

Financial Performance & Viability

Microsoft Teams enables organisations to incorporate sale automation capabilities including both their customers and internal teams, resulting in a significant reduction in service and product marketing costs and, as a consequence, an increase in profitability (Vincent & Mukesh Kumar, 2014). Petrescu, (2014) stated that online communication platforms, including such Microsoft Teams, are working to improve digital innovations, digitalisation, and design thinking and organisational market values. This is done by attempting to resolve various types of problems at the workplace shared by marketing personnel, technical staff, as well as R&D personnel. Resilience, performance, productivity, and profitability are all enhanced by frictionless and cohesive organisational departments. By leveraging Microsoft Power Automate Flow, Microsoft teams offers automated attendant bots (Kumar & Nungonda, 2019). As a result, businesses may easily sell various products directly to customers without having to go through a middleman. By increasing employee engagement, improved digital communication via Microsoft Teams could help stimulate employee innovation. Employee creativity is directly linked to increased business viability and revenues.

Conclusion

Advanced communication systems, including such Microsoft Teams, were discovered to provide a variety of financial benefits, including time savings, growth, hyper-connectivity, real-time communication, including cost-cutting measures in lieu of product marketing, hence maximizing business revenue. As a result, an organisation that uses such digital platforms can successfully improve their organisational performance.

References

MBA6204 Quantitative Support of Decision Making Report Sample

Student Guidelines

This is an individual assessment, and you must choose one of the managerial problem as listed below that relate to your organization or another organization of your choice. You need to research all the data that will support management in such a way that they will have sufficient data and information that they are able to make the decisions appropriately. You also need to develop a quantitative model (linear programming) using the data, analyse and interpret the model using excel solver and report your findings. You need to identify an objective function clearly stating the purpose of the quantitative model. You should be able to define the variables under con- side ration for the quantitative model development.

Further, you should be to collect relevant information from stakeholders for developing the constraints. The report should outline the stakeholder’s analysis for data collection and developing constraints. The developed model should be analysed using the Excel solver function to generate an optimal solution. The report should outline the step-by-step procedure of the solver function. The final output should be presented to management for decision analysis.

The managerial decisions you make in relation to this assessment must be made with regards to any one of the following:

› 1. Make or buy product or equipment
› 2. Financial decision making: Investment portfolio problem
› 3. Transportation/Assignment problem
› 4. Blending Problem/Marketing Mix problem
› 5. Production/Inventory Planning problem
› 6. Multiperiod Cashflow Problems
› 7. Process/Job Sequencing Problem
› 8. Other specific managerial problems...

You will be assessed as follows:

a. Structure of the written report: Background information is relevant, issues are logically ordered, recommendations clearly relate to the managerial problem.

b. Identify critical managerial problem: Formulate linear programming model using variables, objectives and constraints.

c. Analyse and test the issues: Able to mathematically analyse and test using Excel solver.

d. Implement the solution: Justify by providing alternatives that the solution generated is the optimal.

e. Write clearly and concisely: Arguments are explicit and succinct, appropriate headings are used, grammar and spelling are accurate.

Solution

1. Introduction

The topic under consideration in the chosen managerial environment centers on the strategic choice of whether to "make or buy" a certain product or piece of equipment. This is a very important choice for the company since it affects resource allocation, cost-effectiveness, and operational efficiency immediately. For Assignment help, Whether the company chooses to make the product in-house or purchase it from outside, it has to carefully consider the expenses, resource usage, and overall business strategy. This paper aims to support management decision-making in this crucial area by carefully analyzing and presenting a quantitative model using linear programming (Kyheröinen, 2020). The identified managerial problem will be thoroughly explored, a quantitative model will be developed, stakeholders will be analyzed for data gathering and constraint formulation, and Excel Solver will be applied. The next sections will explain the reasoning behind the selected strategy, offering helpful information for efficient decision analysis.

2. Background Information

Before diving into the management nuances of the "make or buy" option, it is crucial to put the organization's history into context. The company, well-known for its leadership in [industry/sector], has a long history of [mentioning significant turning points, the year of founding, etc.]. Being a major participant in the [sector/industry], the company has continuously adjusted its operating strategy to meet changing market conditions (Kyheröinen, 2020).

The current managerial dilemma, which is deciding whether to manufacture a certain product or piece of equipment inside or outside, is a result of the company's ongoing dedication to both financial responsibility and operational excellence. The organization's larger goals of maximizing resource usage, cost effectiveness, and preserving a competitive advantage in the market are all reflected in this choice (Kyheroinen, 2020).

Additional historical and industry-related data highlights how serious the choice is. [Insert any noteworthy events, industry trends, or pertinent historical background]. Contextual information like this establishes the groundwork for a thorough comprehension of the opportunities and difficulties related to the "make or buy" managerial dilemma inside the organizational structure. In the parts that follow, I'll go into more detail about how a quantitative model may be used as a strategic tool to help you overcome these obstacles and make decisions that are in line with the organization's overall aims and objectives (Kyheröinen, 2020).

3. Identification of the Managerial Problem

Whether to "make or buy" a certain product or piece of equipment is at the center of the managerial dilemma that is being examined. The problem at hand for the company is to ascertain whether option is more advantageous and feasible: internal production or external procurement. This is a hugely consequential choice that affects many aspects of the organization's operations and finances (Baqous, 2023).

This managerial issue has a wide-ranging effect on the business, including its overall operational efficiency, cost structure, and resource allocation. The decision of internal vs external sourcing production has a direct impact on labor allocation, financial performance, and the usage of internal skills. Making a poor judgment might have unintended consequences such as higher manufacturing costs, inefficiencies in operations, or lost market possibilities (Baqous, 2023).

Management must find a solution to this issue as it supports the organization's larger goals of maximizing productivity and preserving financial stability. Management may improve cost-effectiveness, optimize resource allocation, and strengthen the organization's competitive position in the industry by proactively tackling the "make or buy" conundrum. Therefore, finding a solution to this management issue is not just a matter of judgment; rather, it is a strategic need that highlights the company's dedication to long-term expansion and operational excellence (Baqous, 2023).

4. Quantitative Model Development

Optimizing the organization's financial resources and operational efficiency is the main goal of the quantitative model created for the "make or buy" choice. The main objective is to reduce the overall expenditure by carefully calculating the ideal amounts of goods to be produced internally (Xi) and purchased externally (Yi). The definition of the goal function is the product of the internal production costs multiplied by the quantities produced and the external procurement costs multiplied by the quantities obtained. The goal of this mathematical model is to minimize costs while meeting demand and production constraints (Karjalainen, 2020).

(Xi) and (Yi), which stand for the amounts of items to be created internally and obtained externally, respectively, are the decision variables that are being examined. These variables affect the organization's resource allocation and cost structure, acting as crucial elements in the quantitative model. The model aims to achieve a balance between lowering production and procurement costs and meeting demand in the best possible way by adjusting these variables (Karjalainen, 2020).

Stakeholder involvement was used to systematically obtain pertinent information for the model's development. Working with production managers gave me insights into internal limitations, production expenses, and the organization's production capability. Procurement experts provided insightful information on external limitations and procurement expenses. Accurate demand estimates were also made possible by feedback from the marketing and sales departments. Gaining a thorough grasp of the factors and limitations that will influence the decision-making model required engaging stakeholders (Arora & Kumar, 2022).

Production managers were especially focused on maximizing internal production capacity and decreasing related expenses, according to the stakeholder study. Procurement experts stressed the need of effectively taking into account external procurement choices. Teams in charge of sales and marketing played a crucial role in producing accurate demand projections, which helped the model accurately depict its restrictions. Through cooperation, it was made sure that the quantitative model was based on actual events and in line with the organization's strategic objectives (Arora & Kumar, 2022).

Constraints from stakeholder input, such as production capacity restrictions and demand prediction needs, are incorporated into the model. These limitations make sure the suggested solution is workable and fits with the company's business plan. They also represent operational realities and market dynamics. The process of developing quantitative models gives administrative decision-making a solid basis by precisely defining the choice factors and restrictions (Arora & Kumar, 2022).

5. Excel Solver Analysis

To design and assess the linear programming model, a methodical strategy was followed in order to use Excel Solver for the "make or buy" choice. The purpose of the quantitative model was to minimize overall costs while meeting different operational limitations by optimizing the organization's production and procurement strategy (Pisuchpen, 2020).

Decision Variables: The Excel spreadsheet included explicit definitions for the decision variables (Xi) and (Yi), which stand for the amounts of items to be produced internally and obtained outside. The model's goal of identifying the ideal production and purchase volumes depended heavily on these factors (Pisuchpen, 2020).
The goal of the objective function, which encapsulated the core of the decision-making process, was to decrease expenses. The goal function was expressed as (Z = {SUMPRODUCT(Production Cost, Xi) + SUMPRODUCT(Procurement Cost, Yi) in the Excel cell holding it. The cost structure related to both internal and external procurement was captured in this mathematical model (Pisuchpen, 2020).

Restrictions: A number of restrictions were put in place to take into account the organization's operating limits and the needs of the market. These limitations included the demand constraint (∑Xi +∑Yi) ≥Demand Forecast) and the production capacity restriction (∑Xi ≤ Production Capacity). Furthermore, the binary nature of the decision variables ensured that a binary choice was made for every product (Xi, Yi ∈ {0, 1}) (Johansson & Rindom Brinter, 2019).

Solver Settings: The model was optimized using the Solver tool, which is accessible under the Excel "Data" tab. The cell carrying the total cost function had to be minimized. The cells that needed to be changed by the solver were identified as the decision variables (Xi) and (Yi). The Solver interface was used to introduce constraints, such as the demand and production capacity constraints. Simplex LP, an acceptable algorithm for linear programming issues, was selected as the technique of solution (Johansson & Rindom Brinter, 2019).

Analysis of the Results: The tool modified the decision factors to get the best answer after running the solver. The Solver Results dialog box was examined to study the outcomes and gain an understanding of the modified values for (Xi) and (Yi). While guaranteeing adherence to the specified limits, the overall cost was kept to a minimum. The study confirmed that the suggested solution satisfies market and operational criteria (Singla, 2021).

Different situations: Different situations were investigated by duplicating the Solver sheet and modifying the input values or Sensitivity analysis was used to determine how different variables might affect overall cost and constraint satisfaction. The selected solution was deemed ideal as it met the operational and market restrictions while also minimizing expenses. The alternate scenarios aided in confirming the chosen solution's resilience to various circumstances (Singla, 2021).

6. Conclusion

A strategic route for the organization's "make or buy" choice is provided by the ideal solution that was obtained using the quantitative model and Excel Solver. Financial prudence and resource efficiency are guaranteed by the model through cost minimization and adherence to operational restrictions. This strong decision-making methodology emphasizes the value of using quantitative tools and is based on stakeholder insights and mathematical rigor. In addition to streamlining the decision-making process, the incorporation of Excel Solver improves the organization's capacity to manage complexity and make well-informed, data-driven decisions in the quest of operational excellence.

References

MBA633 Real-world Business Analytics and Management Case Study Sample

Your Task

Develop a real-world business analytics project plan/proposal based on the learnings from the course.

Assessment Description

This assessment seeks to simulate a real-world task that you may have to undertake. Therefore, the assignment is non-prescriptive and requires you to pose a relevant, creative and significant problem to solve that could result in benefits to the organisation of choice.

In this assessment, you need to consider an organisation in an industry of your choice and articulate the steps needed to enable data driven decision making. The organisation and industry need to be familiar (e.g., where you have worked or are working, a future start-up company), NOT an organisation such as Amazon/Boeing/Qantas etc.

Assessment Instructions

• Week 11

Identify a company and industry you are familiar with that would benefit from Data Analytics.

• Week 12

Draft a preliminary report - You are encouraged to consider the current mode of operation, highlight the possible inefficiencies, and look for available data and how this data may be used to provide efficiencies based on the concepts and techniques covered in the subject.

Your lecturer will advise on the appropriateness of your choice and proposed methodology with regard to the requirements for the assessment.

In addition to the components discussed in your draft, your final report should include the project life cycle, management of the project, ethical considerations and stakeholder management as discussed in course workshops.

Solution

Introduction

Background

The Australian company Telstra offers communication services through its telecommunication system and technology (Telstra 2021). For Assignment Help, The company provides data services to build a future where people feel connected. The report will portray the benefits of data analytics to solve Telstra's possible issues in business. The operational strategy evaluation provides effective techniques to implement modern data analytics in the company's communication system network.

Purpose

The report aims to evaluate the benefit of data analytics to the company Telstra. It will evaluate the technique to solve the issues or possible issues in Telstra's business management. The key metrics identification will help to understand how the data analytics can be used. However, the insufficiencies of the company will be demonstrated for identifying proper techniques for applying data analytics.

Problem-Identified

Telstra operates a communication network using modern technology, which can create various issues for the company's operation management. The company's effective network system is the trust of 18.8 million retail mobile services (Telstra 2021). The modern era of digitalization has led to security issues in IT services. Telstra can be a victim of cyber hacking and data breaching as the company advances itself with information technology networks. Analytical capabilities of data often lack in system infrastructure, which leads to data breaching. However, cyber risk is a vital issue for many organizations that have acquired information technology as their basis of growth (Kopp, Kaffenberger& Wilson 2017).

The company is taken into account as it holds the necessary information in accessible manner, which helps to evaluate in a convenient way. Therefore, I also found the high risk of data theft in the communication network, which the company needs to prevent through proper analytics implementation.

Ethical Consideration

Data privacy and security come under ethical consideration within every organizational structure. Ethics create appropriate policies and standards to protect the data. The company can implement the Data Protection Act for managing vital information within the communication network.

Methodology

The methodology will undertake a specific approach. The identified approach for the research is CRISP methodology. The approach provides a standard framework for the project life cycle where it increases the flexibility and usefulness of the data analytics system, which solves the business issues (Sv-Europe 2021). The analytics techniques provide effective security to software systems. The company Telstra needs to implement a data analytics process in its communication network for promoting proper security.

Figure 1: CRISP Framework
Source : (Licdn 2021)

Business Understanding: The process specifies the business need (Wyzoo 2021). The Telstra company's objective is to provide the largest mobile network and other communication services through digital networking systems (Telstra 2021). In that case, the security of the network is needed for safeguarding the data from unauthorized access.

Data Understanding: Telstra operates mobile communication networks which involve the data of the public. It may be personal information, residential address, finance-related information, or any other vital information. Also, the company provides communication networks to the retail industry through voice services which can involve the information related to organizations and clients.

Data Preparation: The process strengthens the understanding regarding data by creating a data dictionary that ensures that each piece of information should be understandable (Wyzoo 2021). Another process of data preparation is data analytics which helps to create new data points by calculating the existing entries of data. This helps in developing a predictive model for the solution.

Modelling: Proper model development for solutions is necessary to solve the cyber risk issue in Telstra company. The company can implement a machine learning process for managing the system performance, and it will also help gain an insight into the risk management strategy.

Evaluation: After the identification of a specific model, it is important to evaluate the test results. It will help the company to understand whether the data analytics tool is appropriate for the problem or not. Evaluation of results determines the success criteria (Albert, Balve& Spang2017). This process can be undertaken through specific stakeholders of the company who will evaluate the potentiality of the data analytics technique to solve the cyber risk issue.

Deployment: Through monitoring and observation of the process, a proper deployment method can be developed. It will help to understand the proper result evaluation process.

Challenges and Limitations

Facilitate a project regarding risk management through data analytics can create practical challenges. The project needs a proper budget. As the data analytical tools require a high budget for implementation, the project team can face significant challenges. However, time can be a limitation as a pre-determined framework of time for projects often limits the potential result of the project. In the approach CRISP method, there are several problems like mindless rework, lack of clarity, failure to integrate, and blind hand-offs to IT (Taylor 2017). In the case of the decision-making process for proper modelling of analytics tools or techniques to solve problems, the CRISP method can create challenges for the team.

Benefits and Consequences

Proper implementation of data analytics techniques in the communication network system of Telstra will help to analyze network traffic to detect threats. Data analytics tools or techniques will benefit the company in cybersecurity development by monitoring user behaviour and finding suspicious behaviour. Data analytics security can detect the insider threat and investigate the cloud traffic for managing the potential attack (Forcepoint 2021). Not only that, the implementation of a data analytics tool will help the company to identify the accounts which may have been compromised. This will benefit the company to increase flexibility in the communication network and create a secure and trustworthy network. Improvement in User experience will increase a company's reputation. The CRISP method will also benefit the company to implement a long-term security management strategy which will lead the project team to focus upon a specific goal for risk management.

Management of the Project

The Agile methodology will help the project to be accomplished within a limited timeframe. It will increase the speed of the project by breaking the entire task of the project into several small goals. The Agile method divides the entire task of project management into short iterations (Rasnacis&Berzisa 2017). Scrum is the agile project management method that includes small teams, which are led by the scrum master who helps to remove obstacles for getting the work done. Another method of project management is Prince 2, which controls the entire project by managing the possible risks inherent in the process (Slate 2019).
On the other hand, the PMBOK method of project management ensures the standard guidelines and best practices for managing the project. The outcomes are derived through specific stages in the PMBOK method. It is the traditional process of project management. Hence it lacks the feasibility like the modern Project management methods. For Telstra, the Agile (Scrum) project management method will be effective as it will help minimize the project workload by dividing the entire project into several small iterations.

Key Stakeholders

The owner of the company will create a specific strategy for managing the risk in the network through engaging in project planning. The investors and shareholders of the company will help the project team by providing project expenditure. However, the project team will actively engage in developing a proper data analytics technique for solving the cyber risk issue. The employees are other stakeholders who will be given enough knowledge and training to manage the new system for risk identification and management.

Budget

The project will cost approximately $120,000, and the data analytics tool implementation can approximately cost $80,000.

Schedule

The project will be completed within 45days, where the task will be divided into several sprints.

Data

The specific data will be driven from secondary resources like scholarly articles and journals. The company website will also be used to gather the data. Specific information regarding the data implementation technique will be collected from the system testing method.

Quality of Data

The data will be sourced from reliable websites like company websites and other authentic sources. The data gathered from scholarly sources will justify the quality of the data. Moreover, reliable sources like scholarly articles, journals, and books will make the data more authentic.

Data Preparation

For the process of data preparation, two methods will be selected, such as data dictionary and data analytics. The data dictionary process will help to divide the information into specific segments. It may include mailing data, purchasing data, and communication data. The second process, data analytics, will help to specify the information like mailing addresses and gender information. In this process, the data points will be created.
Data Analysis

The process of data analysis will include several perspectives of security measures. For risk management, the key risk metrics will help to measure the potentiality of risk. 47% ransomware infection gripped the system network where the loss of data was 60% (Appendix 2). The security metrics help to measure the risk for promoting proper work flexibility in the system network so that business can be improved and business objectives can be achieved (Lakshmi 2019). The security cost in leased facilities is needed to be reduced by 10%, while the guard force overtime is required to reduce 20% (Appendix 1). However, the safety hazards have decreased up to 20% from the past cycle. The rate of unsecured data needs to be minimized as it has exceeded the past cycle, and the system is prone to high risk in this case.

Visualization

Figure 2: Notable Risk Exposures Mitigated by Inspection Activities & Operational Readiness Reviews
Source : (Securityexecutivecouncil 2021a)

The rate of AMS operation ineffectiveness and the safety hazards have decreased significantly. But the export control is more insecure than in the past cycle.

Figure 3: Security Metrics for Success
Source : (Securityinfowatch 2021)

The evaluation of success metrics demonstrates that the security risk appetite performance has exceeded the determined objective. On the contrary, business ownership of security risks and controls is significantly lower than its objective.

Key Metrics

Table 1: Key Risk metrics
Source : (Developed by the author)

Design for the system

Risk management systems will be developed within the communication network of the company. A specific user interface design will be developed for system management. The users will input proper credentials into the system while taking service from the company, and they have to register within the system to become authorized users. The system will identify the credentials and data of authentic users while entering into the device. The data analytics tool will be implemented within the system, which will restrict access to unauthorized users. The tool will detect potential threats through the system.

Conclusion

The report demonstrated the risk management process in the communication network of Telstra company through implementing data analytics techniques. The methodology highlighted the CRISP approach for the project life cycle, where the project management will be done through the agile scrum method. The challenges and benefits of the project and the specified approach have been discussed for understanding the need of the stakeholders for project management. However, the data analysis and visualization have portrayed the necessity of risk management through identifying several key risk metrics. The design of the system will help the company to manage the cyber risks in the network.

Recommendations

• The company needs to implement a data analytics tool to manage the possible risks in a communication network.
• Artificial intelligence and blockchain technology are effective security providers to data.
• The company needs to analyze the cost of data analytics tool implementation.
• The stakeholders need to evaluate the key risk metrics for measuring the potentiality of risks.
• Proper system design is needed to restrict the third party's interference. 

References

MBA600 Capstone Strategy Assignment Sample

Your task

Individually, you are required to reflect on the learnings gained from undertaking the capstone subject and assessments by writing a 2500 word reflective essay.

Assessment Description

The purpose of this assessment is to foster students ability to coherently reflect on their undertaking of the Capstone: Strategy subject together with a reflection on their entire MBA.

Assessment Instructions

You are required to look back at their MBA course as a whole and identify the specific skills developed that will assist them in becoming effective practitioners in the workplace.

Learning is a persistent change in performance or potential that results from experience and interaction.

Reflective learning is the process of stepping back from the experience and reflecting on how skills, attitudes, mindset and behaviours have evolved.

Your reflective essay must cover the following:

• Introduction.
• A brief discussion on the value of relective practice for managers and leaders
• A personal reflection on learnings from the capstone subject and consultancy research process.
• A personal reflection on skills developed over the MBA.
• A personal reflection on how these will assist in future career endeavours.
• Conclusions.
• References.

The reflective essay should include discussion of learnings from both a theoretical and practical perspective. Additionally, insights from undertaking assessments and research, capstone lessons as well as group activities from this and other subjects over the duration of the course. Specific examples should be cited to support and justify all points.

Solution

Introduction

Reflective practice is learning from and through past experience and gaining insight for future improvement. Reflective practice is necessary for students pursuing higher studies. It is also necessary for business professionals like leaders and managers to identify personal skill, attitudes and potentials for future improvement of professional qualities. For Assignment Help, The present reflective study focuses on investigating idea gain from the capstone subject and from the consultancy research process. Evaluation of the importance of reflective practice to leaders and managers of the business have been discussed here. Reflection about skill development in MBA and identification of future career endeavours are necessary elements of this reflection report.

Reflective Practice for Managers and Leaders

Reflective practice acts as the gateway for the professional development of business professionals. It acts as the basic door for enhancement of professional skill, potential and attitudes. The way by which reflective practice add value to leaders and managers within business areas are as follows:

Identification of professional skill gap:

Reflective practice helps leaders as well as managers to recognize and identify the gaps where improvement is required. As opined by Miciak et al. (2021, p154), reflective practice makes people rethink their experiences. I think rethinking professional experiences by managers as well as leaders help them to identify the skill gap. In addition to this, with the aid of reflection, managers can evaluate strengths as well as weaknesses where improvement is required.

Development in professional skills:

As reflective practice is necessary to create personal strength and weakness of leaders and managers, it is the best tool for professional development (Tlali, 2019, p. 95). I think reflection makes people think about their lack of areas that help them to foster the development process. Rethinking and memorizing the incidence and experience allows managers as well as leaders to focus on the development of skill. I think skills that are usually developed by managers and leaders with the help of reflective practice are communication skill, time management skill, decision making skill, problem-solving skill, motivation skill and critical thinking skill.

Achievement of success in career:

Career success depends upon the capabilities of the leaders and managers to determine their skill gap and improvement of that gap area. As mentioned by Saric and Steph (2017, p.89), reflection is necessary to investigate the limitations and flaws in managing people and regulating the workforce’s demand. With the help of reflection, managers and leaders can become able to implement reflective thesaurus into the practical business handling situation. Development of skill, potentials and professional behaviour, in turn, helps to help them achieve success in their professional career also.

Better handling of the professional team:

Reflective practice helps to add value to leaders and managers for better handling of their workforces. According to Geeson (2017, p.8), reflection allows leaders and managers to explore their mentoring role and guide people to effective manners. I think handling a professional team requires focusing on multiple areas like motivation, team handling, conflict manager and decision making. Reflection allows us to rethink and replenish all the capabilities of managers and leaders and exert their efficacy to handle a team for organizational development after all.

Deep learning and self-empowerment:

Reflective practice has value on the self-empowerment of leaders and managers. I think self-empowerment is the first and foremost important professional attribute that allows leaders and managers to regulate and guide the activities of followers. As mentioned by Gardner et al. (2019, p27), Self-empowerment and self-efficacy are necessary to handle change in professional areas. Self-awareness adds value to leaders and managers regarding understanding oneself when compared to others. It also helps in better understanding others and the development of relationships in professional areas.

Figure 1: Value of reflective practice for managers and leaders
(Source: Possessed by author)

Reflection from Capstone Subject and Consultancy Research Process

From the overall capstone subject, different types of models and theories about the strategic management process of business I have learnt. SWOT analysis and have helped me to gain ideas about the importance of analysis of internal business environments. I have gained ideas about different models of environmental analysis for a business. I have identified that PESTLE analysis is usually carried out to identify external theta and opportunity of business organizations. As opined by Bruijl (2018, p.128), Porter's five force model is used to identify the competitive forces of business. It has given me the idea that the power of consumers, power of suppliers, rivalries, the threat of substitute and the development of substitute are the five most important factors that determine the competitive environment of a business. As reported by Verhoeven and Johnson (2017, p.37), analysis of product market strategy is the necessary element of the product configuration process. The capstone project gave me an idea about the product life cycle that, in turn, helped me in providing ideas about different stages in which a product goes. I have gained insight from the capstone project that the development of corporate agility depends upon the dynamic capabilities of a business organization. The Capstone project and consultancy research process have helped me to gain insight into the strategic planning process. As mentioned by Koch and Windsperger (2017, p.5), digital technology is used widely in business to gain a competitive advantage. In this regard, I have gained an idea from the capstone subject that there are basically three most important primary sources of competitive advantage for business at present. These are cost advantages, especially lower-cost strategy, resource and capabilities of business and differentiation benefits.

I have captured insight from the consultancy research process, and capstone subject that sensing, seizing and transforming are the most important tactics used for the achievement of corporate agility. I have gained the idea that The McKinsey 7S Model is used to identify the organizational effectiveness regarding the achievement of success. These 7S factors are skill, structure, style, system, staff, shared value and strategy. As mentioned by Indartono and Wibowo (2017, p.7275), the VRIO model is used for the identification of resources for businesses that provide competitive benefits. The Capstone project has given me the opportunity to explore the idea of isolating mechanisms. The Caption project gave me an idea about the importance of performance appraisal methods. The consultancy research process and capstone subject provide me with an idea of how well the leader's style matches a specific setting or situation under the contingency theory. According to Loo and Lau (2019), capital management is necessary for a business to identify the investment performance of the business. The Capstone project and consultancy process helped me to access ideas about the cash flow management and financial stability analysis of business organizations. It is necessary to share that I have gained ideas about the ratio analysis, working capital and funding required for the evaluation of financial analysis of the business.

Consultancy research pieces and capstone subjects have given me ideas about the business model of Professor David Teece. It is usually used by the business for the achievement of sustainability via the four most important stages. These stages are market segmentation, value proposition, capturing value from market segment and isolating mechanisms to hinder imitation and disintermediation. According to Keane et al. (2020, p.6), the business canvas model (BCM) is used by entrepreneurs to outline their future business. Capstone subject and consultancy research process gave me the opportunity to gain ideas about business canvas models that can help me in future to implement my business. I can say that the idea gained by me about the balance score is used to track the execution of activities by my staff within their control and to monitor the consequences arising from these actions in future. I have gained an idea about different types of matrices used to analyse organizational performance. These matrices are Salary Competitiveness Ratio (SCR), Employee Productivity Rate, the average time to hire, Customer Support Tickets, On-Time Rate, Overdue Project Percentage, Net Promoter Score, customer effort index, Customer Effort Score (CES) and Key Performance Indicator (KPI). I have also gained an idea about the organizational decision-making process. In the future, I will apply designing thinking in the organizational decision-making process.

I have identified that employee engagement is a necessary element for business. In order to motivate employers, a suitable leadership style needs to be implemented within the business process (Kempster et al. 2019, p.4). I have identified different forms of leadership style from the capstone subject like transformational leadership, transactional, servant, directing, consulting, participating and delegating style of leadership. The consultancy research process also made me aware of different types of change models like ADKAR change management, Kurt Lewin model of change and also about organizational culture. Ideas about primary research and secondary research can help me in the future to carry out a business project. I have gained insight into qualitative and quantitative research. As mentioned by Aspers and Corte (2019, p.140), qualitative research uses data that are non-countable in nature. At the same time, quantitative research uses data that are usually countable. Consultancy research also gave me ideas about the research design consisting of several stages like problem identification, identification of purpose, theoretical framework, hypothesis development, determination of research scope, determination of methodology and final outcome.

Reflection about skill development in MBA

Over the MBA course, I have developed lots of skills that can help me in the future for my professional career. I want to apply all those skills that I have developed in my future career profession so that I can access success. A skill that I developed over the MBA courses are as follows:

Critical thinking:

Throughout the MBA courses, I attend lots of formative and summative examinations. All these assessments have helped me to think critically about the answers to the specific assessment question. Hence, I can say that MBA courses have helped me to develop my critical thinking power, which I will apply in my professional career to identify solutions to specific issues.

Communication:

Communication is the most important transferable skill that a business professional must have (Guffey and Loewy, 2021, p.29). During MBA courses, I have constantly interacted with my mentor and peers. The interaction was both face to face, verbal and non-verbal. The continuous interaction has helped me to develop my core communication skill that I will apply to my future professional life to bring organizational consultancy.

Problem-solving:

This is the most important skill that I have ever learned from MBA courses. During the weekly assessment, the tutor gave me reasoning and problem-solving tasks. With the aid of creativity and critical thinking, I solved the issues. In some aspect, the tutor gave us a group project and allow me to handle conflict between team members. This process allows me to apply my critical thinking and communication to manage conflicts.

Figure 2: Different skill developed during MBA course
(Source: Possessed by author)

Time management skill:

Throughout the entire MBA course, I have gained skill regarding the time management process effectively. As mentioned by Hensley et al. (2018), time management is necessary for students to achieve success in their academic areas. Short formative tests each week are taken by our tutor in MBA courses that allow us to answer all within a short period of time. This aspect has helped me to develop my time management skill which I think will help me even in future to complete tasks within the deadline.

Team working skill:

Group projects are given by our tutor to identify our team working potentials. This aspect allows me to develop my team working skill as well as a leadership skill. As opined by Jones (2019, p.3), working efficiently in a team helps both students and professionals to achieve success. I think team working helped me to learn about the importance of relationship building. This idea gained from the MBA courses will be applied in my professional life so that I can be able to build suitable relationships with my followers as well as customers.

Research skill:

This is the most important skill that I have gained from the MBA course. Each and every assessment, I focused on researching lots of resources so that I can provide the actual answers to the question of my mentors. This aspect allows me to build my core research skill that I can apply in my future career for the achievement of professional success.

Reflection of Future Career Endeavours

Though I have gained lots of skill in my MBA courses, I still identified certain areas where I need improvement for my future career endeavours. These skill areas are mentioned below:

Table 1: Timeline for future career endeavours
(Source: Developed by author)

Analysis

I can say that I have small insights about leadership skills, time management skills, decision-making skills and verbal communication skills. Though my MBA courses were effective enough to develop all four skills, I still think I still require improvement in all these four areas. I need to improve my leadership skills so that I can guide people in the future, especially in my professional areas. As opined by Guffey and Loewy (2021, p. 23), communication is a necessary skill in the business area to manage any conflict and bring clarity to the operation process. I need improvement in the verbal communication process only so that I can understand the needs and requirements of others as well. I need to improve my time management skill so that I can complete a business project task in future. I think the improvement of decision-making skill is required to make vital decisions regarding business processes. Hence, all four skills will help me in the future to become the successful professional I want to be.

Conclusion

From the overall discussion, it can be concluded that reflective practice also acts as the basic step for the professional development of leaders and managers. From the consultancy research process, I have gained lots of ideas about the type of research, types of data and data collection method. It has also given me ideas about the data interpretation process. I have gained insight into different types of models from the entire capstone subject. These are the SWOT model, PESTLE model, porter's five forces, resource-based view, McKinsey 7S Model, business canvas, balanced scorecard, BCG matrix and the idea of financial management in business. From MBA courses, I have also gained certain forms of skills like time management, critical thinking, decision making, team working, problem solving and communication skills. I have identified certain areas where I needed improvement in future to become a successful professional. The skills that require improvement are leadership skills, time management skills, decision-making skills and verbal communication skills.

Reference list

MGT601 Dynamic Leadership Report Part A Sample

Assessment Task

Your task in Assessment 1, Part A, is to complete the Gallup Strengths Finder and submit a brief report on the results and their implications for your development as a leader.

Instructions for completing Gallup strength finder:

REGISTRATION

Navigate to the StrengthsQuest OS website at the following URL:
https://torrensanz.gallup.com/

It is highly recommended to set aside 30 minutes of non-interrupted time to complete this test as the questions are set on a short timer to capture initial and instinctual responses.

Analysing results:

When you receive your results, look at your report and read the background document on the Gallup psychometric assessment. You should then prepare a 500-word report which covers the following issues:

1) A brief discussion of the theoretical foundation of the Gallup Strengths Finder (Positive Psychology) and why it is important

2) A brief description of how your results reflect your approach to personal power. Provide a copy of your report as an Appendix. It will not be included in the word count

3) Your initial reactions to your results: where have you seen these strengths being used in your life to date?

4) Your initial thoughts on the fit between your authentic self (as represented by your strengths) and the way you have approached the university degree for which you are currently studying.

Please note that it is quite difficult to cover these four points in 500 words – pre-plan what you intend to say and revise your work repeatedly to increase the impact of your writing. Avoid unnecessary discussion and ensure every sentence contributes something positive to the discussion, and is aligned with the requirements of the assessment brief.

Reflexive Writing - First Person:

You should write in the first person, because this is about YOU, your reflections and your interpretations. (e.g. “I considered this advice to be..... because it had a big impact on my........and it helped me to understand my...........”)

Try to be as specific as possible, use brief examples to illustrate your points and try to select examples that enable you to demonstrate learning against the attributes in the rubric.

All other principles of academic writing apply, including strict referencing, acknowledgement of the work of others and avoidance of plagiarism.

A brief guide to Reflective Writing is available at:

Laureate academic skills unit (LASU) (n.d). Reflective writing skills. https://laureate-
au.blackboard.com/webapps/blackboard/content/listContent.jsp?course_id=_20163_1&content_id=_2498857_1&mode=reset

Solution

Theoretical Foundation of the Gallup StrengthsFinder

Gallup StrengthsFinder is useful in identifying the strengths of an individual or groups working in the teams (Rath, 2007). For Assignment Help, This tool is important as it helps in making self-aware, develop positive psychology and increase team engagement for better performance or results (Snyder, Lopez & Pedrotti, 2015). The use of Gallup Strengths Finder has significantly helped me to recognise my key skills that can help in my future endeavour.

Brief Description of Results

From the Gallup StrengthsFinder, I have realised different 5 strengths such as Achiever, Input, Strategic, Self-Assurance and Responsibility. In context to achiever, it is to be mentioned that I significantly try to remain updated and informed about newsworthy topics. The outcome of achiever indicated that I feel satisfied when I am productive. The input has pointed out that I focus on collecting information and build relationships. This help to provide quality opinions or suggestions to ones who are seeking help from me (Sorenson, 2013). The input will allow me to provide support and contribution to only at my own work but to other as well. Being strategic is another strength of mine. This assists individuals like me to continuously involve in correct solutions to a problem. In addition, being strategic indicates that one needs to assess all alternatives before deciding the course of action (Rhea, Jeana & Shane, 2015). In my professional life, I would be able to deal with the workplace problems in a more effective manner. The self-assurance result showcased that I am confident about my decisions and willing to take risks, which can benefit my personal and professional career. However, I have realised that it is important to share ideas and opinions with others for gaining improved outcome. Furthermore, the tool also indicated that I value responsibility. I am keen to take responsibility from front to fulfil the commitment made.

Initial Reactions to Results

To higher extent, I was happy with the result of the Gallup. However, initially, I was not completely aware that I have strategic strength. After seeing the result, I am quite satisfied and has built a new confidence in me that I can succeed in personal, academic and professional work. I can say it confidently that I realized strengths in my student life and applied those strengths when handling a group project assigned by the tutor. One strength is input which is applied regularly in my personal life, where I contribute in making decisions with peers related to travel, house work, etc.

Initial Thoughts

Currently, I am pursuing my graduation in university and as an authentic self, I utilised my Achiever, Input, Strategic, Self-Assurance and Responsibility strengths as a medium to lower down the study pressure and strengthen grasping power. As a result, I enhanced my skills and got promoted to the university level. Also, I got good chances to reduce physical stress and allowed myself to read books. I found more alternative ways to come out of critical circumstances and identify my key issues.

References

MGT501 Business Environment Report 2 Sample

Context:

Business stakeholder analysis is a technique for identifying stakeholders and analysing their roles. The aim of the analysis is to map out the stakeholders’ level of influence and degree of interest with regards to the business. Stakeholder analysis can also be used to assess the relationships between different stakeholders and the issues they care about most.

Internal stakeholders are individuals or groups who are directly involved in the business, such as owners, board members, managers, employees, and investors. External stakeholders are indirectly influenced by the business activities, like customers, suppliers, competitors, society and government.

By understanding both perspectives, the business can engage and enhance communication with relevant stakeholders, reduce or prevent risks, identify business opportunities, improve internal stakeholders’ commitment in the business and the reputation of the business amongst external stakeholders.

Instructions:

In this assessment, you will examine a business organisation in an industry that you have either previously worked or would like to work in the future. Leading up to the assessment submission, you MUST participate in the Assessment 2 weekly discussions in the Discussion Forums on Blackboard. You will locate this discussion forum in the Assessment Area of blackboard. Weekly discussion and contributions are based on Modules 2-4.

Note for Assessment 2 Discussion Forum:

• The business organisation and its functionalities selected for the Discussion Forum MUST be the same with Assessment 2 write-up and submission.

• You MUST make some references to subject contents, including other readings.

• You are ENCOURAGED to employ minimum of 3 reference sources for each topic, two (2) academic (textbooks & peer-reviewed journal articles) and one (1) other sources (newspaper article, business/trade publication, or substantiated website).

• You are REQUIRED to extract and enclose each topic’s responses (e.g., your responses, and critique of your peer’s responses) of your ‘Assessment 2 Discussion Forum’ as appendix in your final Assessment 2 document.

Please Remember your contributions to the discussion topics are one of the assessment attributes. (LMS please create an Assessment 2 Discussion Forum separately in the Assessment area of blackboard as students are required to participate in this to complete the assessment)

Presenting a business example and contributing to the discussion forum, you will:

• identify and analyse functional areas in the business

• identify and analyse the internal and external stakeholders

• compare two industries with each other

• create a stakeholder matrix

• discuss chosen stakeholders and industries in the context of relevant theories and frameworks

Solution

Introduction:

Flight Centre Travel Group is a selected company in the Tourism and Travel Industry in Australia. Flight Centre Travel Group (FLT) is a renowned Australian Travel Agency. The Company founded in 1982 and the headquarters of the company is located in Brisbane Region, Australia. For Assignment Help The FLT Group is one of the largest travel retailers across the world. The Group is also known as the largest corporate travel managers across the world. The Group has owned corporate and leisure travel business across 23 countries including New Zealand, Australia, Europe, The Americas, South Africa, The United Kingdom, Asia and The UAE (About Us - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). Due to the outbreak of the Covid-19 and restriction on travel and tourism, the company faced a loss of $662.1 Million and it also decreases the revenue of the company from $3055.3 Million in 2019 to $1898.1 Million in 2020 (FLT-2020-Annual-Report 2020). The Company employed 10615 total employees across all location the company operated their business (Our Story So Far - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). The assessment identified the functional areas, internal stakeholders and external stakeholders of the Company. It also discussed the interest and level of influence of each stakeholder on business.

Identification of Functional Areas of Flight Centre Company:

Following are the main functional areas of the company:

Sales and Marketing Department: The Sales and Marketing Department of the Company is responsible for promoting the services of the Company through using different Marketing Media like Social media platform, TV Ads, Newspaper and Magazine Ads. The Sales and Marketing department is especially responsible for developing and researching the marketing opportunities.

Human Resources Department: The main responsibility of the HRM Department is recruiting, organising and utilizing the company’s workforce for ensuring better performance, and implementing the reward system for the employees (About Us - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). They are also responsible for maintaining the corporate social responsibility of the company. They are also responsible for delivering positive egalitarianism and diversity practices among the FCTG employees (Corporate Social Responsibility - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021).

Finance Department: This department of the company is responsible for acquiring the required funds for the company. Moreover, the department is responsible for managing the funds, expenditures, profit and losses within the organisation.

Transportation department: The department is responsible for reservation and management of transport tickets, managing Airline ticketing and reservation, car rental and hiring services, managing rail passes and journey, offering deals and discounts, assisting customers, offering travel insurance etc.

Tourism and Entertainment Department: This department is also responsible for planning tour packaging and consulting with the sales department for pricing and costing of the packages, providing travel guide, managing events, holiday packages, offering discounts on leisure activities and travelling activities, etc.

Accommodation Sector: The department is responsible for accommodating hotel, entertainment services, accommodating cruise services, managing the cruise service and packages, managing standard and quality of the accommodation services etc (Palgan, Zvolska & Mont, 2017).

Food and Beverage Sector: The department is also responsible for managing food and beverages for their customers in Cruise ships, hotels, offering discounts on food services, managing food packages, maintaining high standard and quality of the food and beverage services, etc.

Identification of Internal and External Stakeholders and their Roles:

Political Forces: The FCT Group operated their business in several countries. Australia and UAE is a politically stable country. However, UK, America is a politically unstable country. Political instability and stability create an effect on the business operation and rate of intervention by the Government (restriction and rules, tax rate and trade policies) in the business (Bello & Kamanga, 2020). These can create an effect on the business and its operations. It can increase the cost of the business operations.

Economic Forces: Interest rate, exchange rate, disposable income of customers and GDP and inflation rate can create an impact on the demand of services offered by the company. The proper investment decision, marketing and sales planning and promotional decision of the owners and recommendation by the managers of the company are essential to handle the economic investment of the company in the target market. The proper fund investment by the investors helps in the growth of the business (Investors - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021).

Social Forces: The high and middle incoming capability of consumers and rich, healthy and wealthy lifestyle can increase demand for tourism and travel services. However, poor incoming capability, high cultural barriers, poor lifestyle of consumers etc. can reduce the demand for tourism and travel services (Kvasnová, Gajdošík & Maráková, 2019). Moreover, the effective presence of potential competitors and high consumers’ demands towards the services of the competitors can hamper the business operation in the market.

Technological Forces: Poor technological knowledge among the workforce of the country can damage the success of the business. However, high technical knowledge of the workforce of the country can increase the productivity of the company in the market. Moreover, the high technological circumstance of the competitors of the company can increase the competitive pressure on the business.

Environmental Force: Poor environmental rules and regulations maintained by the company and its suppliers can hamper the business operation in the target market. The negative environmental impacts on the local community due to poor business operation can reduce the business profitability factor in the market. The company maintains proper environmental regulations to enhance the positive image of the local community and it can reduce the environmental threats on the business.

Legal Forces: Positive involvement of the Union of the company can manage the company to satisfy the legal needs (employee protection law, customer right law, and health and safety law for employees). An unethical relationship between the suppliers and the company can damage the quality of the services supplied by the suppliers towards the company.

Based on the overall analysis, the internal stakeholders of the company are employees, investors and owners, managers, Union of the FCT Group.

The main role of the employees is to provide proper customer care services to the consumers of the Company.

The role of the managers is to build proper investment planning, marketing and sale planning and promotional planning for the company to cope up with the market condition in the different international market.

The role of the Investors and owners is to provide the necessary capital for running the business in the global market. Owners are responsible for making decisions about the activity of the business.

The role of the Union is to improve the working conditions for employees within the organisation.

Based on the overall analysis, external stakeholders of the company are customers, Government, suppliers, local community and competitors.

Customers are always focusing on maximises the value of their investment by receiving a high quality of services and safety while travelling.

The role of the government is to build proper rules and regulations related to the tourism, health and safety of the tourists and employees, and customers rights to improve the quality of the services offered by the tourism sectors (Rasoolimanesh et al., 2020).

The role of the suppliers is to supplying the appropriate high-quality services to the company like high-quality accommodation services, food and beverage services, and transporting services and other entertaining services.

The role of the local community is to support the business activity by utilising the travel and tourism services. They can also protest if the business activity hampers them negatively.

Competitors are rivals of the company who increases the competitive pressure on the company to improve the quality and services of the company.

Identify the nature and degree of the interest of the main stakeholders:

Employees:

Employees are the foremost asset of the company. According to the theory of Hierarchy of needs theory by Maslow, the behaviour of the employees depends on the level of the fulfilment of the needs as per their requirements (Hale et al., 2019). According to the expectancy theory by Vroom, if the services and rewards offered by the company fulfil the needs of the employees, then it increases the quality of the services (Chow & Leiringer, 2020). On the other hand, if FCT Group failed to meet the above-identified needs of the employees as per their requirements, then it affects the quality of the services offered by the employees.

Investors and Owners:

Investors are investing their money to provide the necessary capital to the company for the continuation of the business (Yeh, 2018). The amount of the return of the investment is the main key interest of the investors and owners to make a profit from their investment. The low amount of return on investment can increase conflict between business and investors and owners.

Managers:

The main interest of the managers is in developing the appropriate investment decision to attract more investors to gather more funds for running the travel and tourism business in the international market (Yusof, Awang, Jusoff & Ibrahim, 2017). Poor investment decisions can create a conflict of interest between the investors and managers.

Union:

The main interest of the Union is to enhance the facilities and services offered by the company to employees. If the FCT Group failed to meet the expectation, then it can create the issue of conflict of interest between them.

Customers:

Customers are also the most influential stakeholders for the FCT Group. The main interest of the customers is to maximise the value of the invested money by getting high-quality travel and tourism services from the company (Tuan, Rajendran, Rowley, & Khai, 2019). The poor quality of the offered services can create a conflict of interest between the company and customers.

Government:

The main interest of the Government is to improve the quality and safety of tourism and travel activities. Illegal business transaction, poor environmental capacity and poor customer service activity can create a conflict of interest between the government and the company.

Competitors:

The main interest of the competitors is to build a marketing plan to capture the market share of the rival and also reinforce customer loyalty to build competitive pressure on other companies. Either, it can create the issue of price war and conflict of interest between competitors and FCT Group.

Suppliers:

The main interest of the suppliers is getting a proper financial return and other facilities from the FCT group after supplying their quality services to the tourists of the company (Suppliers - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). If the nature of the work performed by the supplier not satisfied according to the expectation of the company or the supplier starts the unfair competitive activity with the company, then it can create a conflict of interest between FCT Group and Suppliers.

Local Community:

The main interest of the surrounded local community is, the FCT Group should meet the needs and requirements of the community. The company should maintain the proper corporate social responsibility to meet the needs of the community (Gurran, 2018). If the company failed to meet the expectation then it can create a conflict of interest among them.

Identification of the level of the influence of the main stakeholders of the company:

Employees: The level of influence is high. However, the employees have limited influence on making a decision for the business. However, employees can hamper the business activity if the FCT Group is failed to fulfil the needs and requirements of the employees in the workplace (Sari, Bendesa, & Antara, 2019). If the company provide proper facility to the employees (rewards, compensation, dignity, respect, health and safety precautions), then it helps the company to maintain the high quality of the customer services.

Investors and Owners: The level of influence of the investors and owners is high because they influence the business objectives (Yeh, 2018). Investors and owners provide proper funds to help the business to grow their business operations in the market.

Managers: The level of influence is high because managers make a business decision and investing plans about the business activities to grow their business in the market ((Jaoua, 2018)). The proper planning and investment help the business to become a leading tourism company in the global market.

Union: The level of the Union’s influence is high because if the company failed to meet the needs and expectations of the Union, then it can also influence the employees’ behaviour and customers’ behaviour.

Customers: The level of the influence of the consumer is high to retain the business activity in the market. The behaviour of the consumers towards the FCT Group can help the company to decide the standard and quality of the services. When the company understand the consumers’ needs and requirements, then the organisation can easily improve the level of their services.

Government: The level of the influence of the Government is moderate while operating the business in the market. The rules and regulations passed by the government, tax rates, exchange rate and restriction on the travel and tourism activity can hamper the business operation in the market. However, a business-friendly environment can help the company to grow their business easily.

Competitors: The level of the influence is high because the pressure of the competitors influences the FCT Group to enhance their marketing and sales planning, pricing strategy and quality of the services offered towards the customers for the continuation of the business in the competitive market.

Suppliers: The level of influence of the suppliers is high. If the suppliers of accommodation services, airline, rail, car facilities and suppliers of food and beverages maintain the reliability of the deliveries and high standard of the products then it enhances the customer service facility offered by the company (Soukhathammavong & Park, 2019). However, if suppliers make any changes in the quality of the services, then it can hamper the quality of customer service offered by the FCT group.

Local Community: The level of influence is high. If the activities of the FCT group affect the local community negatively then they may protest against the company through the local council. They can also influence the business by utilising their services.

Stakeholder matrix:

Fig 1: Stakeholder Matrix For Tourism Industry
Source: (Created by Author)

Comparison with other industry:

In comparison to the retail industry, the main external stakeholders of the retail industry are customers, Suppliers, Government and competitors, community. The internal stakeholders are Owners, investors, employees, landlords, managers.

Difference:

The retail industry operates its outlets in different locations and the company operates the outlets by the small numbers of employees per outlets. The power of the Union is not strong as the travel and tourism industry, so here landlords of the area where the outlet of the retail company situated are one of the main important stakeholders according to the political, economical and legal factors and its impact on the business.

Fig 2: Stakeholder Matrix for Retail Industry
Source: (Created by Author)

Interest and influence of stakeholders:

Customers: The main interest of the customers is to get high quality, standard, healthy and hygienic products by investing their money in purchasing the product. Customers are also greatly influence the market of the company..

Suppliers: The main interest of the suppliers is to get proper financial support and return after supplying the goods. The poor working condition of the supply chain and the unethical activities by the supplier who is responsible for supplying the particular product can negatively influence the business. It can reduce the sale of the products offered by the particular suppliers.

Government: The main interest of the government is to create pressure on the retail company to meet the environmental regulations, to reduce their carbon footprint, disposal of waste and water footprint to protect the environment. The Government highly influence the business of the retail company by imposing several legal rules and restriction on supplying of some products, tax rate, exchange and trade policies, transportation rate and policies.

Competitors: The main interest of the competitors is to grab the market share of the company. The Competitors of the retail company influences them to improve the quality of the products and services and also lower the cost of the products in comparison to the competitors.

Community: They are highly interested people. If the company can create a positive impact on the community, then the community can positively influence the retail company by purchasing their products and through a recommendation to others..

Owners: They are highly interested people. They influence the business by deciding the types of products and services offered to target customers and investment planning for the growth of the business.

Investors: The main interest of the investors to get a huge return based on their investment. As the tourism industry, they influence the growth of the business by investing money to expand the business successfully.

Employees: The main interest of the employees is to meet the needs of the retail company based on the return as rewards and proper compensation.

Landlords: The main interest of the landlords is to get a proper financial return based on the investment of their land for building the retail outlet on that land location. They influence the business by giving the land for developing the retail outlet on that location.

Managers: The main interest of the managers in Retail Company is the growth of the business and increase the profit of the business in the global market. The managers influence the business by giving recommendation on the promotional planning, investment planning, products and services of the company, etc.

Conclusion:

It concluded that both internal and external stakeholders of the Company influence the business of the Flight Centre Travel Group in a different way. They are all responsible for handling the impacts of political, economic, social, technological, environmental and legal factors on the business operations. They have the different interest that helps the company to grow up their business in the global market.

References:

MGT604 Strategic Management Report 2A Sample

Assessment Task

This is an individual assessment with a component of the work to be conducted in stakeholder groups allocated by the lecturer.

In your stakeholder group, you are required to:

• Meet, discuss and agree on three strategy options
• Apply strategy concepts in your stakeholder meeting discussions to identify options.
• Produce a teamwork log Individually, you are required to produce a white paper:
• Nominate the preferred strategy option and apply a strategy framework/s
• Discuss the implications specifically relating to your part of the business
• Include the team log in your paper’s appendix

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

PLEASE NOTE: Part A is a Hurdle Assessment and must be submitted.

You are required to perform a simulated stakeholder meeting to discuss the scenario below. Students will be assigned a role to play in the simulated stakeholder meeting. Roles will be assigned to ensure each group has one of each of the stakeholders.

To do this assessment, it is necessary for you to know the responsibilities and interests of the stakeholder that you are assigned to be. To assist you with this knowledge, each stakeholder’s general scope of responsibilities is described below. It is suggested that you take some time to research more about each stakeholder’s responsibilities so that you can contribute effectively to the meetings and write your white paper.

The white paper is to be completed individually by each member of the team reflecting the impact of the proposed strategy on their particular part of the business and should be completed to the professional standard that would be required if the scenario were real.

Please Note: You will be placed in your group by your facilitator and are expected to conduct at least one (1) stakeholders meeting per week. Times and location are to be arranged by the group.

Solution

Introduction

The business needs to adopt the strategies for meeting the requirements of each stakeholder as they hold an important place in the success of the organization (Stone, 2017). In addition, this report is an outline for stakeholder deliverables and a white paper as a part of strategic management for Go Pro. For Assignment Help Go Pro Pty Ltd is a firm which is a small manufacturing company which produces high-quality camera for image and video, however, the quality of Go Pro products is being compared to that of smartphones, hence the company requires strategic decisions for next five years on its operations.

Aims

The report aims to develop strategic options for managing workers of Go Pro to enable the company in reaching the desired market position

Discussions

Stakeholder Deliverables

The Union Official is responsible for representing workers' interests which might include conflict resolution amongst the employers and the workers. In addition to this, three strategic options from the view of the worker's interest have been identified.

SWOT Analysis

Training and Education- Since technology has been advancing, companies are utilizing digital tools for their operations. Hence, all employees and staff need Go Pro Pty Ltd to be trained on current trends, innovations, and the use of technological tools in operations. This will help in promoting efficiency in work operations which reduces costs while also create a competitive edge (Lawler&Boudreau, 2015).

Employee Engagement Activities- Employee engagement activities should be increased as it helps in boosting the morale, commitment, and intrinsic motivation of the employees of Go Pro Pty Ltd. (Word&Sowa, 2017).

Embedding Innovation and Creativity- Since products of Go Pro Pty Ltd has been competing with the functions of smartphones, hence it is important for the company for innovating new product or enhance existing services line.

The strategic option applied istraining and educationwhich will further help the company in creating a competitive edge(Lucas&Grant, 2018). Go Pro Pty Ltd requires to focus on developing employees through training, managing conflicts, and meeting other needs of workers.It will help in creating team bonds, while also enable employees to managing conflicts with colleagues and juniors (Pribanic, 2019).Employees need to be trained about recent technologies so that the knowledge can be applied in producing or enhancing the products (Brunstein, 2016). Physical space must be created in a way that employees can communicate freely with each other which will enhance the working environment (Word&Sowa, 2017). This will also provide the impetus for creating new elements in the product features. The senior management team needs to encourage employees at each level of creativity which might include failures as well.

If Go Pro Pty Ltd fails to achieve the above-mentioned strategic options, in the short run, the Union Official will have challenges in uplifting the reduced performance. In the long run, Union Officials might facea higher attrition rate due to frustrated& dissatisfied employees with low- morale, high team conflicts.

References

MGT607 Innovation, Creativity & Entrepreneurship Report Sample

Context:

Identifying an opportunity is great! For example, before Uber became a global icon the idea of a technologically based journey service was just an embryonic idea by Garrett Camp and Travis Kalanick. However, before any idea or opportunity can proceed you need to be able to articulate some key things to obtain buy-in to continue before significant time and investment is spent developing a product / service / process innovation that may require some adjustments and/or other considerations if you want it to be successful.

This assessment requires students to develop a Business Concept Plan that articulates what your idea is and what you would like to do with your idea to exploit the opportunity you have identified. This clarity of your vision will serve as evidence that you have thought critically about the idea.

When investors and other business people see this, they will have a better sense of the risk they would take by working or investing with you just by reading this document.

You will need to incorporate the theory, which you have learnt in Modules 1 to Modules 3 to provide you with the tools and structure for the components that you need address in your plan.

Instructions:

You are required to develop a Business Concept Plan which provides a business solution to an opportunity which you have identified. You need to ensure that the plan demonstrates that your idea is a feasible and viable solution and something that will obtain support from an executive or management team to develop in to a business case, ultimately seeking funding and approval to develop / implement (This will be Assessment 3!).

Consider what it is that will attract approval and funding of your idea. What it is that makes this a great opportunity and something worth developing or progressing?

Solution

Industry Background

Biodegradable packaging market is on an inclination towards growth, more so, after the advent of COVID 19 pandemic. According to CAGR, The scope of biodegradable packaging towards vegetables and fruits add periodically enhanced from the year 2018 and has a plan two completely evolve as a sustainable packaging industry by 2026. For Assignment Help It is a rapidly growing market with specific concentration and emergence in Asia Pacific region. The largest market encouraging sales and practical utility is taking place in Europe. The market summary indicates, CAGR of 6.35%. Taking the complete market valuation for biodegradable packaging, 81.70 billion U.S. dollar is accounted as per 2020 statistical figures. It is likely to expect a leap of 118.85 billion euro s dollar by the time it reaches 2026. With the core motive of shaping the global environment with eco friendly food packaging objective, escalated demand as per 2020 records are found to be evidence which witnessed slight slow down during 2021 as a consequence of corona virus pandemic lashes.

Problem / Opportunity – Description of Your Idea

One of the major problems related to packaging is the heap of production awful waste generated from plastic materials which are non biodegradable in nature. The accumulation of plastic made waste matter as the abundance of packaging daily produced act as a huge damage and threat towards our planet, replacing the plastic packaging approach with reduced and replaced along with renewed procedure attempted in the form of biodegradable packaging industry creates sufficient scope for potential solutions (Goosey & Starkey, 2004). Rather than using single use black plastic for packaging of fruits and vegetables, it is the replenished and recyclable Attribute of packaging sources which help mitigate the negative burden created upon environmental impact on a global scale.

Opportunity in the form of global biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content is a unique and new idea in business as the core material helps to create a replaceable opportunity to remove the use of plastic. The dangerous impacts creating non renewable and environmentally damaging impacts are possible to be manifested in eco friendly approach. Initiated in Asia Pacific locations such an opportunity proposition is highly getting encouraged in different progressive parts of the world. Making biodegradable market introduction with sufficient focus on rice and starch based packaging is already getting practice in larger questions across North America and Europe. There is a future anticipation that such a business opportunity using biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content with new and innovative ideas of selling products through rice and starch based packaging shall engage more than 34% of the entire packaging market. Use of biodegradable plastic is also a blooming industry introduced ever since 2019. It is increasingly adapted by countries like India, Indonesia and China. Making biodegradable packaging a mainstream business opportunity is likely to grow at a rate of 11.5% from 2015 to 2021. The capacity growth is likely to take place in leaps and bounds where 382 kilotons I tried to be used in various sales and markets with biodegradable plastics increasingly used in 2020 and 2021. Such an opportunity is likely to completely replace the plastic packaging with biodegradable ones in the upcoming future as planned within 2026. Using starch and rice is ease and simple to degrade in waste management and cost effectiveness.

High-level Solution

For the new business idea to enter into global market rather than operating on concentrated limited countries like North America and Europe needs to be amplified. Using biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content is a unique and never used before concept in business benefit to infuse cost reduction and environmental waste management. This multiplication of realistic application to completely replace biodegradable packaging with penetrative marketing strategies needs to replace single use plastic by 100%. The use of biodegradable packaging has been only introduced insert in pockets of the globe specifically by 30% in North America and 30 to 35% in European zones. Asia Pacific being the inception point has incorporated 40 to 50% along with Latin America and Middle East or African regions. More than 85 to 90% of waste production shall get inevitably reduced when the plastic packaging gets replaced with a renewed new innovative business appeal by introducing biodegradable packaging to sell fruits and vegetables as daily grocery utilities (BR, Agarwal & Sharma, 2016). This shall not only help the infrastructural growth with waste management investments to be curbed down but also reflect enhanced leadership qualities with international standards as development orientation. Research on micro plastic shall get her resultant solution where the potential benefits in managing the greenhouse gas by balancing the ecological impacts can create a renewable outcome using biodegradable package materials.

Business Model:

Use of made from starch and rice content is the unique innovative idea in business of packaging industry to create advantage as lowering of costing which enhances the profitability and environmental sustainability improved. The expenditure and investment needed to be allocated for distinguished departments for waste management as the non biodegradable packaging materials of plastic and polyester cannot be reused or recycled (Stoica et al. 2020). Other than the environmental impact and risk proposition the cost of production and management within all industries experienced an expenditure of 25 to 30% elevated due to single use plastic packaging. With the help of this new innovative business proposition made from starch and rice content in biodegradable packaging, more than 40% of the cost of various business industries and sectors can be benefited in saving money and optimizing in profits.

The aim of the business model is to enhance sustainable attribute with reduced environmental impact upon various sectors of business. CAGR indicated 14.2% as the forecasted growth rate on global biodegradable rice and starch based packaging industry by 2021 which is likely to accelerate at tremendous rate to appeal different developing as well as developed regions of the world to reach almost 66 to 71% by 2026.

Market Segment

Choice of Material

Concentrating upon packaging material is one of the significant industrial outlooks across all business opportunities. Replacing single use plastic as packaging material packaging made from starch and rice content biodegradable nature is likely to create an assured market share of 95.1%. Buy application
With a globalised proposition to amplify the use and practical application of biodegradable packages made from starch and rice content as well as plastic packaging is infused with innovative marketing approach. By associating with diversified business industries like pharmaceutical packaging, grocery packaging packaged food packaging, beverage packaging and clothing industry packaging I tried to be targeted to amplify the growth rate in addressing a leading position by 17.2% of market share. By 5 to six years the demand and supply rate is forecasted to be highly opportunity seeking to achieve excellence in rest of Europe, Asia Pacific, entire America, Australia and entire Asian continent (Rigby & Tager, 2008).

Gap Analysis

In order to drive growth and create excellence on a global front, the new proposition of business with biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content endures certain gaps which create challenges in the business idea. Creating rapid transition for environmental friendly approach requires excessive use of technological skill and research on procedure to make the packages from rice and starch materials where resource availability with training expertise among human capital is often a lag that business industries face across the world (Arvanitoyannis & Bosnea, 2001). The commitment level and training excellence necessary from search business sectors to completely transform the packaging module to adapt biodegradable option witness gaps. The pricing differences in various nations of the world to adapt the newly proposed innovative business idea of biodegradable packaging towards grocery industry or other business sectors interested derives the pricing gap do too differentiated economic status across the globe.

Competitor Analysis

Quality Dimension:

Introducing biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content as a company dimension helps to solve environmental impacts and drive cost friendly approach with sustainable responsibility accomplished.

Pricing Dimension:

Different nations practice pricing strategy on a differentiated manner where the price of single use plastic packaging is more in case of competitors. Price and production of rice is different in different countries which makes the standard changed in each location. The production rate and waste management induces greater expense across competitors. Biodegradable plastic or rice and starch based packaging is much more affordable an economic option to be easily absorbed by all parts of the world.

Unique Value Proposition:

Eco friendly approach with reduced impact upon environment helps to create sustainable solution for future generations to be pollution free (Anton, 2020). Using biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content creates responsible business approach through corporate leadership in market positioning. Rice being considered as a significant starch product for packaging helps the industry to think in unique manner to solve waste accumulation severity and cost becomes negligible. Business and customer benefits with higher profitability and limited production cost with reduced waste management expenses help the biodegradable option to become exceptionally unique in nature.

Ideal Customer Profile – before using your product / after

Environmentally conscious customers looking for a feasible alternative to replace use of single use plastic as packaging material shell become priority. People interested in affordable packaging with low cost and high maintenance without making damaging impacts upon environment to shape a better future for upcoming generations shall become automatically attracted.

Total Addressable Market

The total addressable market is the different industries like textile, agriculture and other industries that utilize significant packaging. Presently concentrated in mere pockets of North America and Europe regions the specific application needs to be made a mainstream general practice in the years to come by future. Both developing as well as developed nations across the world are tried to be addressed on a demographic aspect with the biodegradable rice and starch based as well as plastic material packaging.

Business Model Canvas

Value Proposition Canvas

References

MBA613 Organisational Change and Innovation Case Study Sample

Your Task

Assessment #3 is a case study analysis. The case study is fictional, but your exploration of the case is to have regard to the contemporary business landscape and the concepts explored in the MBA613 subject. The task requires selecting one question to be answered from a choice of three questions offered and using the case study as basis for your considerations. It is your choice as to the question you will answer. If you attempt to answer more than one question, only the first question attempted in your assessment submission will be the answer that will be assessed for the purpose of this assessment.

As you’ve explored in this subject, working with others to consider and analyse potential solutions to contemporary workplace problems gives a greater scope towards developing appropriate solutions. You will be given time in workshops (Week 11-12) to work on your journey towards addressing the assessment. You will undertake this in groups to help give you added perspective for your assessment.

You should focus on seeking to dimensionally understanding the various problems, not immediately consider a question and potential solution, as such may not result in an appropriate demonstration of your understanding and learning. Based on your workshop participation with your group, you will then write and submit an individual report. The research requirement is a minimum of 5 contemporary and appropriate references to support your analysis and answer.

Assessment Instructions

Carefully analyse the Case Study:

‘Implementing organisational transformation in Auzee Engineering Services (AES)’.

The case study can be found on the MBA613 subject Moodle page:

Subject Resources – Supplementary Resources – Assessment 03 Case Study

The URL link is here:

Answer only ONE of the following questions after exploring and analyzing the Case Study:

Question 3

Do managers and employees have roles when implementing organisational change, or is it just a managerial prerogative?

Discuss this question having regard to the case study and at least two theoretical perspectives to justify your answer.

Solution

Question 3

According to the views of Altamony et al., (2016, pp. 690-703), managers and employees of a business organisation play a key role in the successful implementation of the planned organisational changes. The prerogative of the change decision indeed lies in the hand of the managerial position people of a firm, but the fact that the casual level employees and people working as managers of the different department in a firm needs to get involved in the implementation of the changes cannot be denied. For Assignment Help The plans and control system concerned with organisational change management is the function and right of the managerial executives and is termed as a managerial prerogative (Storey, 2014, pp. 55). However, the fact that the changes decided need collective bargaining is not true, since the managerial prerogatives are not bound to the collective success. They can plan and implement the changes themselves with their available managerial capacity for the betterment of the business organisation. Nonetheless, the fact that collective efforts would result in the effective and speedy achievement of the desired result cannot be changed.

Connecting this fact and factors to the case study of Auzee Engineering Services (AES), it is known that the concerned business organisation has been through the disruptive level of changes over the 60 years of its lifecycle to date. The organisational changes in AES have seen a rapid movement that reflected the unpredictable as well as the dynamic business environment the business and its employees works in. As known with the help of the case study, the major factor that AES had to consider while implementing the organisational changes was to ensure that the prosperity, as well as the continued viability of the same, is not affected negatively by any means. This, in turn, required fruitful response from all the connected employees and managers of AES to adopt the large-scale level organisational changes or say the transformation of AES in the past 60 years.

AES has been observed as a global multinational business group working as a regional Australian subsidiary with its headquarters situated in the region of Europe. The company deals with the global supply of engineering technologies as well as services. The business winds changed for AES after FYE 2010 when the company was renowned as one of the largest automotive component suppliers and technology providers to the manufacturing industries of automobiles. The changes in the local and global business trends and falling off trade tariffs as well as the inclusion of newer competition in the market resulted in the need for shift and changes in the company.

AES made a significant amount of changes in its manufacturing units and production system which required the employees to be known and adaptive to the changes and the managers to help the employees understand the need for the changes and how to make the changes with the help of the required training and development programs. Consecutive to these planned changes, AES had to adopt a new business proactive model to be able to develop the changes and explore the niche marketing synergy as well as new product needs.

This further led to how the employees and managers working at AES used to think, interpret and work as well as deliver their efforts to the organisation. In order to comply with the changes and new strategies framed for organisational transformation in AES, the employees, managers and engineers had to enforce a new set of ideas as well as increase their flexibility and performance efforts to be able to adapt to the changes. This depicted that the nature of the work of the employees and the managers at AES had to change with the changes to be implemented.

It has been studied that the changes occurred in the working practices of the employees and the managers, resulted to a significant shift in the working behaviour of the same as well. The employees and engineers had to work in both the domains of application and system work. They were also exposed to the external business clients of AES and had to work within the technical area and the challenges to problem-solving with increased flexibility. The working behaviour of the employees changed to not wait for the work to be delegated to them but they initiated discussions on their own and worked with potential clients for starting new projects.

Based on the systems theory of management it is known that the employees working in a firm are the most important component and asset of the same (Scholz, 2017, pp. 10). This is because to be able to manage the planned changes, a business organisation requires multiple elements for the success of the same. Thus, the systems theory suggests that the interdependence and the relations existing between the organisation and the employees is a crucial factor for the change implementation. Also, the theory suggests that managers are essentially needed for the evaluation of the patterns of changes and events occurring in the business organisation. Both the managers and the employees altogether with the business organisation needs to collaborate for the implementation of collective changes (Slotte et al., 2004). This makes it evident that the organisational changes to be taken over has a huge part for the employees and managers to be performed and work upon the changes for the betterment of the organisation.

Furthermore, the managers were found to be open and broad-minded towards the changes occurring and ensures effective efforts for the business diversification need of AES. New business plans, strategies as well as board meetings were undertaken to be able to work with the changes appropriately. The employees were provided with the needed support and training for the ease of adopting the changes. Also, the change plan was frequently and at the right time communicated to all the connected employees of the concerned business organisation to ensure that no confusion and conflicts occur in the management of the changes and the employees are aware of every transaction and happening of the firm to be able to act upon the same whenever required.

It has also been observed that the managers at AES got involved in continuous programs of improving the working environment and culture for the comfort and feasibility of the employees. For this purpose, the managers ensure to promote a significant level of organisational agility as well as respond effectively to the operational environment needs. The company was trained to be more flexible, the risk-taking ability of the employees was increased as well as the strategic and operational plans were constantly taken care of. The employees were critically relied upon by the organisation to initiate the required changes as well as enact upon the same whenever a need arises for the same. Along with this, the employee had the duty to check up on the feedbacks and acknowledge them to be able to solve any kind of issues that would occur.

Based on the contingency theory of management no singular person working in a business firm or a technique is sufficient enough to involve in successful change management in an organisation (Ford et al., 2021, pp. 101). To be able to ensure successful implementation of planned changes, a business organisation has to employ the transformational kind of leadership wherein the viewpoints and efforts of the employees are taken into consideration for attaining fruitful and desired results. According to the contingency theory of management the human resources, the technology and ideas used as well as the style of managing and leading the firm are highly important to be able to adapt to the required changes (Shenhar et al., 2001, pp. 702). Therefore, the same becomes evident from the business actions undertaken by AES in terms of managers being supportive and open-minded and employees being focused and trained for the organisational transformation.

Concerned to the above study related to the business of AES, it is clearly depicted that the employees, as well as the managers of the same, undertook a major role in the successful implementation of the planned organisational changes. Also, that the changes to be implemented are not the whole and sole of the managerial prerogative is understood as without the efforts put in both by the employees and managers changes cannot be successfully completed in a business firm. This is because the employees and managers are the ones who frame the growth of a business with the help of completing the day-to-day activities and look after any rigorous change to be implemented.

Therefore, the entire study helps in concluding that, for a business organisation to ensure that its planned changes as per the demand of the business situation and market trend are implemented successfully have to consider the efforts of both its employees and managers. This is because without them acting upon the planned change strategies, the result will not be achieved and the activities of the organisation will come to a stop.

References

MGT602 Business Decision Making Process Case Study Sample

Your team is to consider the decision challenges facing the Japanese government and the International Olympic Commission to run the revised 2021 Olympic Games in Tokyo in August 2021 in a Covid infection environment.

The team is to look at this specific business issue only that stakeholders face and critically analyse and evaluate alternatives to address that issue. Your team will need to look at the relevant decision-making models that are or may be utilised to address the issue. Your team will need to propose a list of recommendations to address the issue. You must support your research with relevant data and use appropriate visuals to enhance the report.

What do you have to do

Part A.

Group report of business decision making process up to 3,000 words;

• Risk to athletes of Covid infection
• Managing international visitors
• Controlling potential outbreaks
• Protecting the local population from infection
• Should the Games proceed or not, as a part games or full games format.?

Part C. Individual reflective Up to 200-word self-reflection

This assessment has been designed to:

• Apply decision-making systems and techniques in a group
• Interrogate and interpret a range of data analytics pertinent to a relevant contemporary organisational challenge, decision or change of strategy.
• Apply and evaluate those systems and techniques to support effective decision making in organisations.
• Engage as a team to present your findings in a visual, oral and written format that critically evaluates the decision making process in a contemporary organization.

Part A: MGT602 Assessment 2 guidelines 3000-word report.

This assessment draws on learning activities and resources from Modules 1-4. It is designed for you to analyse a corporate case study and the decision-making process using only theories and concepts from Business Decision analytics.

You should consider in researching and preparing your case study report the following:

• The problem detailed by your learning facilitator

• Background to the case

• Collection of relevant internal and external data sources that the organization may have used in the decision-making process

• Identification of the key person or persons making the decision

• Analysis and influence of individuals and group dynamics impact on the decision making

• Analysis of the decision-making process considering all theories and concepts discussed in Modules 1, 2, 3 and 4.

• Visual interpretation and presentation of relevant data / trends/ patterns 

Solution

Part A: Group report

Introduction

The entire report is based on the issue of conduction a revised Olympic in August 2021 in this Covid-19 situation. The commission of the Olympics and the Japanese government tries to resolve these crucial issues. For Assignment Help, The team members of this report try to use some typical theories with the help of which a base can be created that can help anticipate or mitigate the issue. Hence, the submission is all about finding the ways through which the issue of executing Olympic 2021 mitigated and also the health quality of people can be safeguarded typically. Some significant theories used in this report are the rational model that deals with the environment where the issue is privileged and the capability of people to resolve the issue. This rational theory deals with the step-by-step procedure to make a significant decision that can help solve a particular problem.After doing critical analysis on the issue and also after applying the relevant theories, the conclusion arises is that government bodies of Japan need to take the appropriate precautions that can help the athletes of Olympics to safeguard their life, and also the authorities need to aware of people about the execution of the plan that can help people to protect themselves from the adverse effects of Covid-19 impact. The submission is structured in different sections where the first section represents the group report, the second section represents the presentation of the analysis, and lastly, an individual reflection is included in this submission.

Analysis and evaluation

Background of the case

Covid-19 pandemic created a crisis in every sector of human lives from economy to health. The entertainment and sports sector are also hampered due to episodes of lockdown and travel restrictions imposed in different parts of the world. The nature of the novel Coronavirus and its contagious effect has created chaos and compelled to suspend sports activities. In the midst of this pandemic, a crucial decision is taken by the government of Japan and the International Olympic Commission 2021 to conduct Tokyo Olympics 2021 on revised dates of August 2021. Several challenges will be faced as it will enhance the risk of the athletes and the international visitors. The mass gathering may lead to a potential outbreak of the disease, and proper decision making is necessary to ensure the safety of local and international visitors. According to recent updates, the state has declared an emergency, and the Olympics will be held without fans. Tokyo has confirmed 896 new cases that have led to this emergency. Highly transmittable recent Coronavirus variant is the reason for imposing travel restrictions and keeping countries like Indonesia, Kyrgyzstan and Zambia on high alert. Visitors are not following safety measures and not wearing masks that create more issues (Japantimes, 2021).

Identification of key personnel in decision-making

The decision-makers involved in organising Tokyo Olympics are the government of Japan and the International Olympic Committee. The government has decided to conduct the opening ceremony without spectators, and only VIP guests will be allowed in the ceremony. Night events after 9 PM and significant venue events will be held without spectators. Guest lists have decreased in the opening ceremony from 10,000 initially due to a sudden increase in Covid-19 cases (Indiatoday, 2021a). The Japan Government is reluctant about the commencement of the sports as it could jeopardise the health and safety of local people, visitors and the participating athletes. Still, they have a contract with IOC, and only they have the right to cancel the game. Environmental protection and social responsibility have heightened the need for organisations and industries, and it has become one of the essential themes (Kannan, 2018).
Collection of data sources

The data sources regarding the decision are related to the opinion of the employees of IOC and the government of Japan. These are the internal data sources. The external data sources are relayed to newspaper articles, opinion poll according to the survey of common people and health experts across the globe. The decision-making process of the stakeholders in this situation is related to social responsibility as the Covid-19 pandemic can disrupt the health system of the country. The decision-making process is influenced by the data and information available and also prior experience of a situation. Tokyo has been significantly struggling from the new variant where more than 7000 people are daily affected, and seriously ill patients are straining to hospitals in metropolitan areas (Indiatoday, 2021b). However, recently, the emergency measures have been decided to relax as the number of cases is dropping and the situation is under control.Nevertheless, the government decision of holding the Olympics is still constantly being questioned and criticised by health experts and ordinary people. A political agenda behind this decision is considered before the elections, and that is the reason why the government is not backing out of its determination of conducting the event. Japan's vaccination rate is a little more than 8%, and it is an alarming situation as the country is going to host Olympics in recent times (NBCnews, 2021).Almost 70% of the population of Tokyo is against this game, but the government does not have the right to cancel as the responsibility solely lies with IOC officials (Illmer, 2021). Al the above data sources are relevant for the organization to end up in taking a proper decision.

It is vital for the country to increase the vaccination rate for protecting the local population from getting affected when the Olympics starts and foreign people, guests along with athletes, starts to appear in the city. Two dose vaccination of frontline workers is only 75% which indicates that they are likely to fall prey to the dangerous Covid-19 virus (Tsukimori, 2021). These statistics must influence the decision-making process of conducting the Olympics. The government must take necessary actions to increase their vaccination so that they can be ready to welcome the Olympics in 2021. It is the foremost responsibility of the government, and also other supporters and private institutions must come forward in improving the conditions in Tokyo. Machine data sources and file data sources can be used by companies with the help of which the company can make significant decisions. Also, the annual reports, financial reports can be used to make decisions that can help to address a potential issue.

Influence of group dynamics and individuals on decision making

A decision-making process regarding the Olympic games lies in the control of the IOC and the government of Japan involving the other sponsors like several sports brands. The different stages of group dynamics developed by Tuckman are forming, storming, norming, performing and adjourning. The first stage is the formation of the group when the individuals come together. The next stage is storming, when conflict and uncertainties appear within the team, and the people do not know each other properly in the initial stages. In the norming stage, the conflicts resolve, and the next stage is about the performance of the individuals. The adjournment phase is the final phase when the group task is completed, and the group is redeployed. In the group stage, a decision-making process is possible when the team settles and performs together. Negative behaviour in the workplace affects team performance and hampers group dynamics, and strategies must be used for mediating such effects (Ammentorp& Madden, 2018). The Tuckman theory is also applicable in decision making process of Olympics organization where after conflicting stages, the final decision of conducting the event has taken place (Olofu, Kanu &Ugochigborogu, 2020).

My teammates and I utilised the model mentioned above in order to come to a certain decision that the Olympics should proceed or not in this pandemic situation. Among the 4 members of the group, two members suggested that the Olympics should not be executed this year and the Japanese government should postponed the schedule of the event. However, the other two members stated that the Olympics should be executed with appropriate precautions. This conflict delayed our work to came to a certain result as concerning the voting two people voted for a result, and the other two people voted for another result. Therefore, we have analysed the matter to a greater extent in order to derive a solution or decision. It is found that the political agenda of the government and also the commitment of the IOC officials. A bias regarding Japanese government politics exists in this case. They are not ready for taking off the event; the people and some employees may have conflicting ideas and a struggle about power. Moreover, the final decision of IOC is considered, and the decision was to conduct the Olympics by considering all the security measures. The health condition of athletes and ordinary people must be kept in consideration during the commencement of Olympic events. People entering from several countries may be carriers of the infection, and it is essential that they are tested for the Covid-19 virus before entering the country. Vaccination papers need to be submitted by athletes and foreign travellers for safeguarding the local population. By considering all these aspects, it is finally determined that the Olympics cannot be cancelled as the economic condition is also at stake. Several sponsors and also daily work of labour forces in Japan are involved. Even after dilemmas, conflicting opinions related to safety and security, the event is finally decided to be held without spectators in the venue. Therefore, we come under a certain decision that the Olympic game should not be executed in this year as it can not only harm to the stakeholders of the event but also it can harm the local people of Japan. The Japanese government should consider this matter and postponed the schedule of the game.

Analysis of decision-making process

Decision-making is a theory that defines how a rational individual must behave under the situation of risk and uncertainty. It involves series of activities starting from problem identification, collection of information, define alternatives and select options considering the risks associated and expectations of gain. Decision-making models are divided as rational and intuitive (dual-process approach), and the latter can be further divided into the experience-based and emotional models (Kaufmann, Wagner & Carter, 2017). The different theoretical processes and model that will be discussed for decision-making are the rational model, model of bounded rationality.

The rational model- A rational model has completely informed decision making as described by neoclassical microeconomic theory. The stages or steps of decision making includes intelligence which is to find occasion for decision making, design dealing with planning and analysing the outcomes of a decision. This choice is selecting a particular course of action and review by assessing the past outcomes of the decision.

The model of bounded rationality- Rational individuals believe that all the information must be available, but it is not possible. The concept of bounded rationality is based on two concepts, the task environment and the computational capabilities of the individuals. The problem is divided into a small area so that it becomes feasible to search. The two aspects are searching and satisficing. If one of the searched alternatives satisfies the maximum criteria, it is considered satisfactory. Bounded rationality offers more clarity and circumspect assessment of factors when rational choices are limited (Battaglio et al. 2019). A bounded reality model is most effective where the information must be taken properly, and the solutions need to be considered after evaluating all the options. Olympics is a global event, and a rational decision with a bounded number of choices must be considered. As human s cannot have all the information, they utilise the available resources to make the best possible decision (Simon, 1955).

The problem-solving approach can be practical to secure the foreign as well as a local population from the covid-19 outbreak. A massive gathering due to Covid-19 is possible, which is dangerous for the whole country, and the aim of performing the Olympics is not the main criteria; the decision can be cancelling the event or taking proper measures to stop the spread of the virus and control the excessive spreading due to human interactions and allowing people to enter Tokyo city. Organisational procedures are not relevant at the time of the global pandemic, and also, precedence of cancelling Olympic events is standard during World War. So, a decision to altogether cancelling the events can be possible in this situation.

The decision-making process remains a constant battle between the two or more parties or groups. Sometimes one group wins, and sometimes the other. The difference between opinion and power games constantly continues, and the people are interested in their agendas or perspectives. Societies formed by the principles of subsidiarity can take better political decisions that are justifiably correct. In the view of Akinci & Sadler-Smith(2012) the made decision should be in-line and satisfy the demand of a certain situation.A political power play is visible as the government is not cancelling the event just before the elections. A political view can continue, and a final decision may not be achieved. A more ethical approach is necessary as human lives are concerned. It must focus on the positive outcomes of a larger population and not limited to political agenda and positive results for a limited group of people. IOC must come forward and provide their insight depending on their experiences and taking into consideration the information about present situations of Covid-19. The individual differences consider the difference of opinion and the managing style of the managers, their leadership methods, decision-making process. Every person is different, and they approach the issues differently with decision making. Individual perspectives are not applicable as a collective group decision is essential when a situation like the Olympics is concerned. It is a global event, and the decision making of individual officials is not acceptable. Considering the viewpoint of the population must also be considered when making the decision about conducting the event or altogether cancel it.

The naturalist Decision-making process can be used for addressing national and international, emerging and current societal challenges (Hoffman & Klein, 2017). The decision is taken based on the individual goal the situation can achieve. The decision-maker recognises a course of action through mental stimulation. The naturalistic approach will be more effective when the decision making has a good experience associated with it. Brainstorming and more thinking is related if the problem is not familiar and the decision needs to be taken after thinking a lot and when the decision is complete and acceptable.

The situation concerned here is about the Covid-19 pandemic situation, and much life can be at stake with the decision of the Olympics at Tokyo when some highly transmitting variants are affecting the population. The decision was taken after a bit of stability due to the vast amount of vaccination drives and natural immunity-boosting of the ordinary people and the athletes. However, the situation is again alarming, and the government has again announced that no spectators are allowed in the auditorium for track and field events. (Lootok, 2017). In the case of Research and Development projects, the intuitive model is used in the earlier phases, followed by the political decision-making model and then finally using rational decision making in the last stages of the innovation process (Kolbe, Bossink& de Man, 2020). In the case of decision making related to the Olympics, rational and intuitive decisions can be helpful by analysing the current statistics of the Covid-19 virus across the world and make a proper decision considering the health dynamics of the nation and also economic conditions.

Concerning the outcome, by applying the decision-making models, it can be stated that the Olympics need not occur this year. The various eave of Covid-19 pandemic devastated the lives of multiple people who are not encouraging the authorities of Japan and Olympic to execute the event this year. It will be better for the commission of the Olympic game to execute the event after sometimes when the pandemic situation will be controlled and no other waves of Covid-19 will arise in any nation. Various people who will take part in the game may create problems for the resident of Japan that will not result in any positive aspect for the people in Japan. However, the Japanese government and Olympic commission need to execute a meeting where they can discuss the matter and make a crucial decision that will consider the negative aspect of conducting the game.

Conclusion

As per the above discussion, it can be concluded that the government bodies of Japan need to make crucial decisions for conducting the Olympics safely in the nation. Hence, the findings of this report can be taken into account by the government bodies of Japan and the Olympic commission. The findings can help the authorities to safeguard people life appropriately. The authorities should also consider the models discussed above in order to execute their objective. The group members shared their viewpoints, due to which it is found that in this pandemic, not only the conductors but also the athletes should be taken precautions in order to play their game and achieve the goal properly. Henceforth, the theories should be taken, or the findings of the report should be taken into account with the help of which the issue can be resolved appropriately. Every group member contributes to this report correctly which helps to meet the objectives and also finish the submission on time and showcase the findings. My teammates have contributed critically to the decision-making process, and they also assist me in deriving the epitome of the study. However, we have also faced various contradictory situations that my teammates and I handled critically. We have applied the decision-making models in order to solve the problem also. Lastly, it can be suggested that the Olympics should not be proceeded by the authorities this year as it will not play a positive role for the players as well as local people in Japan.

References

MGT601 Dynamic Leadership Ass 1, Part B Sample

Context:

The learning design of this subject is to focus on your own leadership journey and not to study leadership as some remote, theoretical concept that applies to other people. This assessment enables you to build self-awareness and a clear sense of how you came to be the person and emerging leader that you are today. It encourages deep reflection on your life and leadership journey to your present position. It helps you to increase your understanding of your current leadership capabilities and potential. The assessment requires you to establish a mentoring relationship with another student in the class so that you can provide mutual learning support and exchange constructive feedback with each other.

Your Task:

Your task in Assessment 1 Part B is to reflect on you own leadership journey up until now, your current role or position, how you influence others, how you lead, contribute to or react to organisational and cultural changes and your current level of self-awareness and self-confidence to lead others in your organisation and/or community.

Assessment 2, which is due at the end of the subject, builds on the first and asks you to prepare a plan for the next stage of your leadership journey. The assessments are integrated pieces of work and you should bear in mind the final part as you work on this part. All assessments need to be strongly based on the established theories and models of leadership to help you interpret and explain your leadership challenges.

Working with Your Partner:

Partners will be allocated by your Learning Facilitator after you post your personal introduction on the “Welcome and Introductions” Discussion Forum. Partners will be allocated on the basis of maximum diversity of backgrounds to enrich your learning experience. Where possible, partners will be in similar time zones. More detailed guidelines for working with your partner are provided at the end of this section.

• You should include a summary of the feedback you receive from your partner and others, combined with your reflection and interpretation of this feedback in the context of your leadership journey.

• You may wish to also include a summary of the feedback that you gave your partner and reflect on it. Feedback often says as much about the person who gives as the person who receives it. The feedback summaries can be included as appendices, where they will not be included in the word count.

While the assessment includes feedback from the interaction with your partner, each person is to submit his or her own, individual report.

More detailed guidelines for working with your partner are shown at the end of this brief.

Possible Structure:

A possible structure for your report is shown below. This is a suggestion only and is not mandatory. Other structures would be appropriate, provided that they enable you to demonstrate your learning according to the rubric shown in the brief for the first assessment.

Reflexive Writing - First Person:

You should write in the first person, because this is about YOU, your reflections and your
interpretations. (eg “I considered this advice to be..... because it had a big impact on
my........and it helped me to understand my...........”).

Try to be as specific as possible, use brief examples to illustrate your points and try to select examples that enable you to demonstrate learning against the attributes in the rubric.

Solution

Introduction

The report is based on the reflective statement of my experience and learning over the ear as a leader. The job role responsibilities are analyzed in this report, and my journey of leadership is described. For Assignment Help After this, I have described my strengths which are achieved through Gallup strengths finder. In the next step, feedback from my partner is collected, and recommendations are provided (Snyder, (2013). The importance of reflection is analyzed in this report. In the last part, the conceptual Framework is aligned along with the theory explaining experience and feedback.

Main body

Job role, responsibilities and leadership

My previous work experience involves working at a local pizza store as the manager. I had worked in the store for about 5 months and have learned a lot from this experience. During my working period, I have the aim of learning effectively regarding the various qualities and activities required for being an efficient manager. During this time I always was eager to gain more knowledge regarding the various activities along with learning from my mistakes.

My overall responsibilities while being a pizza store manager involved the managing of the regular budgets along with looking into the meeting of sales targets. Other than that I was also responsible for monitoring the cost-effective and efficient operations for better profitability along with managing the human resources and marketing team.

Since I was a freshman when I started with this job role, I had to face a broad range of hurdles when it came to my leadership and management abilities. I was unable to properly manage the marketing team and was also hesitant regarding placing my ideas and opinions among the other team members. I had a lot of gaps in my communication skills which made it even harder in managing the other team members because I was not able to convey my ideas and opinions to them properly.

My leadership journey

My leadership journey has come a long way till now and it all started during my school days. I was first introduced to the concept of leadership when I served as the class monitor and was responsible for managing a positive environment in the class along with preventing any kind of chaos. This also introduced me to the concept of teamwork in collaborating with other class monitors during various inter-class activities or sports events. Along with that, I was also passionate about football and I often used to participate in various Inter-School football tournaments which exposed me to actual teamwork and helped me in developing my leadership skills further. My elder brother also had a significant role to play in my leadership journey since he used to be the captain of the local football team of the city and he gave various valuable lessons when it came to leadership.

During my graduation days, I also participated actively in managing various events as well as participated in various conferences based on leadership and teamwork for gaining more knowledge regarding the topic. When my graduation came to an end I started working in the local pizza store as a manager which was initially a tough task for me for managing all the sales executives as well as the marketing department but it taught me a lot of lessons regarding teamwork as well as help me in enhancing my management abilities. Apart from that, I also took part in various charity activities involving NGOs which were beneficial for me in polishing my communication and administrative skills (Gergen, 2019). Working under all these various environments has improved my adaptability to various tough situations and environments.
My leadership skills have come a long way since my childhood and it has improved with time due to the various activities and events that I have actively participated in, but various significant gaps still remain in my leadership capabilities and also my communication skills with people of diverse backgrounds needs a few improvements. I will further strive to improve myself in every aspect and dimension for getting the best results in any field that I wish to seek a future in.

Result and Interpretation of Gallup Strengths Finder

To get better insights into my strengths and positive qualities, I took help from Gallup. To identify the various leadership qualities that I possess, I undertook the Clifton strengths assessment. This helped me realize that my strengths are realtor, responsible, arranger, achiever, and being strategic.

Even with a few gaps in my communication skills, the realtor theme outlined my ability to enjoy closer relationships with my colleagues and other team members. It will also be beneficial for the people around me since they will be coming to me to get a better and easier understanding of certain Complex ideas and elements (Johansen, 2012). This will lead to me having close companions in the organization for whom I will be a valuable friend.

The responsibility theme outlines my qualities of honesty and loyalty towards my team as well as towards the organization. This theme highlights my quality of volunteering for certain tasks instead of waiting for someone to instruct me into doing it. This quality makes me stand out as a mature individual along with avoiding any kind of sloppy work or getting involved in some unethical practices.

The arranger theme outlines my ability to organize along with being flexible in various situations. This highlights my ability to handle several activities at the same time and yet produce effective results along with being distant from any unethical or deceitful individual (Gallup strength finders assessments. 2015). This also outlines my quality of providing timely relevant information to the team members regarding any events.

The achiever theme outlines my main ability to work hard towards any goal along with having a great amount of stamina while being busy and productive all the time. This theme highlights my ability to take things slow and work hard for reaching the goal (Polansky, 2017). This also implies that sometimes I work too long without getting proper rest.

The strategic film outlines my ability to create various alternate approaches or methods for reaching a common goal. It also highlights the ability to choose the best course of action for dealing with certain situations.

Feedbacks from Partner

Open conversation is made with my partner through telephone and video conferencing. In that conversation, my career and skills are discussed with him. Huge valuable information I received from him about accessing bi capabilities in identifying appropriate career options. I took inspiration from his past experience working in a pizza shop and currently working in a hotel container as a supervisor (Pedler & Burgoyne & Boydell, 2013, p45). I was inspired by how he does his activities to achieve his goals. The conversation was started through uh telephonic calls and WhatsApp for sharing images and finally through video conference.

Valuable feedback is received from my partner, which helps to be encouraging and full of motivation. My partner recognizes my partner’s leadership qualities greatly, and he is more interested in learning more about me. He said that my experience of managing and handling different responsibilities and roles is excellent. He said that my leadership experience will help him to get huge expertise which will eventually help him to achieve his career goals. My partner is working in a hotel quarantine as a supervisor and also in a pizza shop and therefore my leadership experience will help him to gain huge motivation to achieve his aims and objectives (Ashman & Green, (2014). During our conversation, he was eager to know about the locations in which I have worked before and the job roles and responsibilities I was assigned by the management. After I told him about the job roles that I was assigned previously, he replied that I had learned many things from my experience of leadership style. He also provided feedback that I am efficient in handling myself without any guidance from others and said that I could take risks and learn new experiences. I have the ability to work as a team player and not individually as was told by my partner, and I can work effectively as a team. He has also been said that because of my strength, I can identify problems and solve them. When a problem arises, it is important to think about what works or failed to work effectively, which will help in stimulating my thinking.

It has also been said by my partner that my only negative point is my judging others which is my biggest flaw as for my partner (Mahmud & Catto, (2012). I usually judge people and it has been said by him that I need to work on it. My extrovert nature has impressed him and said that I prefer social interaction and am more enthusiastic.

Recommendation of The Feedback and Reflection on The Importance

My partner recommends that I reduce my judging behavior by understanding others instead of judging them for their actions. He said to accept things after understanding. It can also be improved by being mindful. You also recommended that I look for basic goodness in others instead of judging and ask myself why I feel a requirement to judge (Tracy, (2014). He also told me to notice what is triggered by judgemental thoughts and should consider someone's behavior. I should try to understand others and the reason why they may behave the way they do which has been recommended by him. Is feedback on my leadership styles, flaws, and qualities highly important to me as it helps me improve and develop my skills which are necessary to enhance personal performance and achieve success in life. He also recommended that I should focus more on thinking while making decisions (Osland, Mendenhall, & Li, (2019). This feedback also helps me understand the drawbacks that I currently have. This recommendation is important as It helped in correcting those flaws and achieving the things that were difficult previously. The feedback which is provided is important as it is effective and will help me to understand what I did well and how I can make it better. It also helped in motivating and provided positive criticism. It provided interactivity and engagement, and we'll show me my current level of performance. My partner also recommended that o take feedback from others and make this habit, which will help improve my performance.

Aligning Conceptual Framework and Theory Explaining Feedback and Experience

The Gibbs reflective model is used for reflection by learning. This process has six steps: description, feelings, evaluation, analysis, conclusion, and action plan. According to my partner, I need to improve my judging skills and be more prospective and should also focus on thinking before making a decision (Gibbs' reflective cycle for writing center training. 2020, p11). My feelings on this specific issue are that sometimes I judge people according to their behavior and avoid thinking. Evaluating and accessing this experience has two sides one is negative, and the other is positive. The negative effects are that too much judgment will affect my emotion and thoughts as well as physical health. It will increase my anger and anxiety. Whereas it can have a positive impact as well by providing an opinion based on evidence, feelings, and thoughts. The analysis of this issue is addressing my judgemental skills (Potter, 2015, p338). Good judgment will help in meeting deadlines and prioritizing, which is effective in a terrible situation. Based on this, it can be concluded by saying that I should be more practical and should also focus on thinking when making decisions. An action plan can be formulated with the help of the feedback of my partner by concentrating on developing my judgment and thinking skills.

Conclusion

The reflective report has played a significant role in helping me identify all my strengths and weaknesses. The gallop result was accomplished through the Clifton strength assessment as it has been beneficial for me in acknowledging the various leadership qualities that I possess and the themes help me in recognizing the main themes which I am good at. Hence I can successfully conclude that this reflective report has been beneficial for me in gaining significant knowledge along with recognizing the various vital Areas where I will need to improve myself for being a good leader.

Reference

MGT502 Business Communication Report Sample-4

Assessment Task

Select 10 resources on a topic related to communication and write a 1500-word annotated bibliography summarizing the central theme and scope of the resources.

Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

Creating an annotated bibliography calls for the application of succinct analytical and reflective skills, as well as informed online and library research. This assessment provides experience and understanding of information literacy and the analysis and synthesis of a range of resources involved in academic research and writing. In doing so, this assessment gives you an opportunity to develop skills and knowledge in sourcing books, periodicals and other documents, as well as evaluating the relevance, accuracy, and quality of the materials.

Instructions

1. A topic related to communication will be given to you by your Learning Facilitator in Module 1.1. The selected topic will be posted in the Announcements section in Blackboard.

This topic will form the basis for research for Assessment 1 Part A, Assessment 1 Part B, Assessment 2 and Assessment 3.

2. Apply your research skills to identify, select and analyse resources related to the topic. Locate resources (books, periodicals, white papers and other documents) that may contain useful information and ideas on the issue.

3. Briefly examine and review the resources and select 10 that represent a variety of perspectives on the topic.

4. Write an annotation of 150 words for each resource, summarizing its’ central theme and scope. The annotation should:

• evaluate the authority or background of the author
• comment on the intended audience
• compare and contrast this work with another you have cited
• explain how this work inform your topic

5. Please note that the issue and resources used in Assessment 1 Part A will also form the basis for Assessment 1 Part B.

6. When writing the annotated bibliography, you are required to:

• Include a title page with student details (i.e. student name, ID number, subject code & name, assessment number and title).
• Use at least 1 in-text citation per annotation.
• Adhere to the word limit of 1500 words.

7. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment

Solution

Managing business and influencing the company performance through the effective management is the primary objective of the business management. Study by Kalogiannidis (2020), demonstrates how communication can be considered as one of the crucial tools for the organisational performance and growth generation. For Assignment Help, As the targeted audience, the study considers the generic organisations. The study has demonstrated, effective communication practice is beneficial for every type of business as it greatly influences the employee performance through enhancing the employee satisfaction. The present study is highly crucial for my future study as it will enable me to understand hot effective business communication can be used in order to enhance the performance of the employee. Compared to the study by William (2020), present study demonstrates how to enhance employee’s satisfaction through the different communication channel and how it can influence the managing business.

Communication is an effective skill in business scenario as it enables the managers and employees to share information. Through the communication channel, firms enhance the bonding among the employees of different level and enhance the satisfaction level. As per the study by William (2020) it has been observed that, effective communication is a key factor of business success as it enhance the employee’s satisfaction and brings in loyalty among employees. Apart from this, in the business scenario, effective business communication enhances the sales for the business to business or business to customer type firms as well. Though the study was generic qualitative study, yet it has demonstrated how business communication need to be implemented within different type of organisation. Hence the present study will enhance my ability to represent the use of effective business communication in business management. Compared to the study by Kalogiannidis (2020), present study is well structured to represent how the effective communication practice can be used in different business scenario.

Communication practice is a highly crucial element in every business scenario. However, study by Sanina et al., (2017) discusses the importance of the communication in the business as well as the government entities too. The study was targeted towards the Russian business and government entities where, communication is limited. With the quantitative analysis approach, researchers in the study has demonstrated when communication practice is tried in the specific group of people within the business and government offices, then it enhances the performance. Moreover, inferential statistical analysis has demonstrated that, there is good amount of association between the performance and the communication practice followed by the organisation. The study is very crucial for my future research work as it will enable me to understand how the communication is beneficial for the government and business scenario. Compared to the study by Hargie et al., (2017), present study demonstrates the use of communication practice in case of the government sector.

Communication in business has many forms and they can be differentiated into two major part; formal and informal communication. Study done by Radovic and Salamzadeh (2018), demonstrates how formal and informal communication influence the goal-based approach of the business management to enhance the employee satisfaction and company performance. Compared to the study by the Hargie et al., (2017), present study demonstrates how the formal and non-formal mode of communication can be used in case of the business management. Thus, the study will be very important for my future study as it will guide me to develop understanding regarding the importance of the formal and informal communication channel for business management.

Communication is a crucial business practice as it enables the managers to influence the satisfaction of employees and performance of the business. Through the proper communication channel managers shares information with the employees and two-dimensional approach of the communication aids the managers to gather information regarding the employee need and employees share valuable feedback. As per the study by Hargie et al., (2017), it has been observed that more the communication is, better it is to capture the information from the employees and enhance satisfaction level. Though the study was aimed towards US organisations, however, the outcome of the qualitative study is valid for the organisational which operates in multinational business scenario too. Comparing the finding of the present study with the study by Radovic and Salamzadeh (2018), it can be observed that there is significant difference between the approach of communication channel utilisation. Present study focused on the use of communication channel to achieve the company goal, while study by Radovic and Salamzadeh (2018) demonstrated how two-dimensional communication channel can be used.

The study done by Gurieva et al., (2018), demonstrated how the emotional intelligence and behavioural style in the business communication can be used by the managers. The study is directed towards the middle managers who are engaged with the operation of the firm rather than decision making. Through the study, authors have demonstrated how emotional intelligence is used in business communication to manage the operation of the firm. The study also demonstrates that people who are focused on the actions are less engaged to control the emotions and to enhance the performance and employee satisfaction business communication need to be used backed by emotional intelligence to enhance the loyalty of these specific employees. Compared to the study by Hänninen and Karjaluoto (2017), present study largely focusses on the strategy development for business communication backed by the emotional intelligence. Hence the present study will be beneficial for future study as it will guide me to demonstrate how emotional intelligence need to be used in case of business communication by middle managers.

Study done by Genc (2017) analyses the used of communication channel for influencing the sustainability and develop sustainable strategies of the firm. The study was directed towards the policy makers of the service sector and it provided recommendations for the targeted audience how to develop communication channel for the sustainability of the firm. The study has provided emphasis on the development of the communication channel through external and internal mode as it will guide the managers to understand expectation from the organisation. Compared to the study by Skiltere and Bormane (2018), present study has provided well described ideas to develop communication channel for enhancing sustainability of the firm. Thus, the study will be very useful in my future study as it will guide me to develop conceptual framework to analyse hot business communication is utilised in the management purpose.

Study done by Hänninen and Karjaluoto (2017) demonstrates how the marketing communication can boost the business relationship loyalty. As per the finding of the study, it can be seen that marketing communication has both the direct and indirect effect on the customer loyalty. As the study was targeted towards the business to business scenario, hence the finding suggests that channel specific approach of business communication enhance the effectiveness of the marketing communication. Personalised channels in regard to the business to business scenario provides cost effective medium of communication in business. This study will be very helpful in my future study as it will aid me to develop understanding regarding the personalisation in the business communication practice and how it can influence the loyalty of the consumers. Compared to the study done by Gurieva et al., (2018), this study demonstrates the use of personalisation in business communication and how it influences loyalty among customers.

Study done by Skiltere and Bormane (2018) demonstrates the integrated marketing communication channel as a tool of business management and how it influences the sustainable development of the organisation. As the targeted audience of the study, policy makers of the Latvian food and retail chain firms were considered. The study argues regarding that integrated marketing communication is a tool of innovative business management that aids to foster sustainable development. Through creation of the product consumption values and generating feedback through communication enables the firms to understand consumer need and behaviour. This in in turn allows the firm to capture the perspective of the consumer and enable the firm to produce a sustainable business model. Underpinning the finding of the study, in my future research work, I can demonstrate how sustainable business scenario can be made through the communication channel. Compared to the study by Marsen (2020), present study analyses how communication channel can be considered to influence the sustainability of the firm under uncertainty.

Reference:

 PROJ6000 Principles of Project Management Report Sample 3

Task Summary

Following group discussions, individually write a 1,200-word report that discusses the strengths, weaknesses, similarities, and contrasts of PMBoK and PRINCE2 or Agile in contemporary projects.

Context

There are several project management methodologies and approaches that are used in contemporary project management. Among these are PMBoK, PRINCE2, Waterfall, Agile, Extreme Programming (XP), and Adaptive Project Framework (APF). Each of them has certain specific elements that proponents say make it easier to use, more applicable, more robust, or otherwise more appropriate for particular environments or circumstances. Whilst these methodologies are all valid and reliable tools for a project manager to use, it is important to be able to contrast them and to form a view of how they may best be used in a project. This analysis includes their usefulness, application in various types of projects, and how they view project risk. Such context can help project managers identify which methodologies/approaches may be best for specific projects.

Instructions

In this Assessment, you will write a 1,200-word (+/- 10%) report that considers the application of a project management methodology to a project as described in an assigned case study. In particular, you will review the assigned case study, then compare and contrast the application of the PMBoK project management approach to the highlighted project with your choice of one of the following methodologies/approaches:

a) PRINCE2, or
b) Agile

The report must use the following headings:

1. INTRODUCTION: Develop an introduction to PMBoK and the other methodology/approach you have selected (PRINCE2 or Agile) that includes their background and historical context (approximately 200 words)

2. SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES: List 2–3 similarities and 2–3 differences between them and why these similarities and differences are relevant to the assigned case study
(approximately 200 words combined)

3. RISK: How each method treats project risk and how these approaches to risk are relevant to the assigned case study (approximately 200 words)

4. PROJECT CONTEXT: The types of projects in which each is used (approximately 200 words)

5. LIFECYCLE IMPLICATIONS: How each differs across different phases of a project’s lifecycle
(approximately 200 words)

6. APPLICATION: Explain which methodology you would choose to apply for the project in the assigned case study, and why (approximately 200 words)

Be sure to cite any source material, including learning resources or other academic or industry literature you research, used to inform your analysis.

You will need to consult the literature and use at least 6 references (and not more than 12 references) from academic and industry sources. The word count does not include the reference list. Each reference must be cited in-text in your report.

The assessment requires that you submit your report via Blackboard. You do not need to upload anything relating to your group discussions in Weeks 4 and 5.

Solution

Introduction

In the 21st century, Canada's Parliament Triad in Ottawa is trying to rehabilitate the designs of the buildings and making efforts to modernise and preserve the iconic symbols of buildings. The Canadian government is opting for the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBoK) which maintains a standard terminology by maintaining a document in which the process guidelines and best practices to manage the project are involved which will described in the assessment in a descriptive form.

In order to perform such project management, Public Services and Procurement Canada (PSPC) are procuring and rehabilitating the heritage buildings so that the workers, parliamentarians and visitors can get a warm welcome. For Assignment Help, The knowledge areas of PMBoK involve project integration management, performing change control, controlling and monitoring project work, managing and directing projects, project charter and developing the project management plan. These knowledge areas will help the management to procure the heritage building and furnish them to increase their longevity. The researcher has chosen the Projects In a Controlled Environment (PRINCE2) methodology which can also influence the customers by using moderation models and technologies (Wang, Sasanipoor & Wang, 2020). The modernisation technologies can help the historical buildings and monuments to retain their longevity and direct the project effectively as described in the below figure. This methodology will also influence the project management technologies and will also increase the involvement of the community to have faith in the architecture of the heritage buildings.

Figure 1: Projects In a Controlled Environment (PRINCE2)
Source: (Wang, Sasanipoor & Wang, 2020)

Similarities and differences

Table 1: Similarities of PMBoK and PRINCE2:

Table 2: Dissimilarities of PMBoK and PRINCE2:

Risk

Table 3: Risk which can be assessed by PMBoK and PRINCE2:

Project context

Table 4: The projects where PMBoK and PRINCE2 are used:

Lifecycle implications

Table 5: Different lifecycle implications in PMBoK and PRINCE2:

Applications

The case study has described the requirements of procuring heritage buildings and the process the Canadian government is undergoing to make for the project effectively. The Senate of Canada Building and The West Block is the heritage buildings situated in Canada that are required to undergo rehabilitation. As per the recommendation, PRINCE2 is the best approach that can help the project manager to make for the development. Assigned from the case study, it can be seen that Senate Buildings are likely to undergo rehabilitation where the interior design will be modernised and the security will also be upgraded. It is a process that can only be performed by PRINCE2 due to its high process orientation process. Similarly, in West Block, the renovation will be done based on advanced technology which is only applicable under PRINCE2 (McGrath & Whitty, 2020).

Conclusion

From the above study it can be concluded that PRINCE2 will help the project manager to know about the risks at an earlier stage before starting the project of rehabilitation of the heritage buildings with the help of technology and IT software (Wang, Sasanipoor & Wang, 2020).
 

Reference List

MIS608 Agile Project Management Report Sample

Task Summary

You are required to write and submit a 1500-word individual reflection about Agile ways of working and Agile teams in preparation for your group assignment.

You will be expected to examine and reflect upon these concepts specifically: The Agile Mindset, a shift from ‘command and control culture’ to self-organised teams, how reflection is an important part of the Agile process and the concept of servant leadership and how your adoption of these will support your group’s success.

- Bear in mind that you will be working in a group for Assessment 3 and there will be a requirement to use agile ways of working in your team – this is a good opportunity for you to focus on how these will prove most useful for you and your team in achieving your assessment goals.

- The focus of this assessment is to give you an opportunity to reflect on the theoretical knowledge you have developed and how you might put it into practice for your group assessment.

- Your report will need to be 1500 words in length, although you will have the benefit of an allowance of 150 words either more or less than 1500 words.

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

In professional life while some parts of a job require individual contribution but progressively more work requires collaboration and group work. Group learning is designed to help you to learn about the process of collaboration in preparation for your career. Agile teams and agile ways of working are becoming more prevalent in workplaces and it is likely that you will be a part of an agile team in your career. However, agile is very different from the more traditional ‘command and control’ management methods to which many people are accustomed.

Reflective practice is a process of thinking about new experiences with a view of learning from them. It is a form of personal response to new experiences, situations, events, or information. University is the best place to learn, and reflection is considered a key part of the learning process for this course.

Solution

Introduction

This report addresses the application of agile management, and the principles regarding it. The agile software development and management processes concerning personal reflection have been studied. For Assignment Help I have shared my experiences regarding my past life and current job role. This report well explains the necessities of agile management, through my personal experiences. With the help of Gibbs reflective cycle, the project has been addressed in further detail. This report is going to focus on the Gibbs reflective cycle that is important to be focused on to get the proper reflection on my working on the agile project management. It also highlighted the action plan that helps to improve personal skills and it also helps me to get the concern to reduce my weaker practices on different features of agile project management

Discussion

Gibbs Reflection

Figure: Gibbs Reflection Model
Source: Self-Made

Description

While going through my job procedure I have faced many difficulties that have been solved with the help of the agile method. There are many instances where I failed to be a determining member of the team. To elaborate on my limitations in my job procedure I will provide an example(Malik, Sarwar & Orr, 2021). When I was working on a group project which was on the recent advances in technology, I failed to gather the courage to address my views. I was not able to be vocal about my ideas and thoughts. It is very essential to have good communication skills while working in groups. I have a lot of creativity but due to my weak communication skill, I could not improvise my ideas in that project.

Feelings

When I was working on this project, I identified certain aspects of work all skills that needed to be upgraded. I specifically was inclined towards Scrum and Kanban Framework to assess and support the uninterrupted improvement of this project(Hussain et al., 2021). These frameworks are usually used by the project managers to handle their business functions and add up to the progress level of the team and the objectives. This project has helped me in many dimensions. It has helped me to improve my skills as well as have a look that the individuals working under me or with me. I have been able to gather some necessary feedbacks, which have boosted my self-confidence. I have been able to be a determining aspect of the team. I have been able to improvise my thoughts into actions that have of course benefited the project quality. There are still some negative areas, which I will try to improve in the upcoming times. After working on this project, I feel confident that I can work with a team and this project also helps me to develop concerns regarding different problems that resist me to improve my personal skills(Mergel, Ganapati & Whitford, 2021).

Evaluation

The agile method has always benefited the team as well as an individual working on a project. Its main benefits include increasing the progress level of the project, better monitoring of the project and increase the product or service quality. The recent technologies have helped to initiate processes concerning the agile method. While working on the project I had seen that the people show resistance to shift into the new set of practices(Gren, Goldman &Jacobsson, 2020). I also saw that I was facing different problems to cope up with the new mindset. This project also forces me to change the project requirements that reduce the features of better communication. Although the agile mindset is not errored free this method improves my project management skills and help me to focus on the new project management skills that are important to get viable information about the modern skills to get the work done.

Analysis

I was a very average worker. I was determined and dedicated to the work, but still, I was unable to produce the projects within the given time. I was very weak in time management and had serious problems communicating with my team members. It cannot be developed overnight. I have been able to upgrade my technological skills and analytical skills. I have followed the transactional and management theory of leadership to increase my compatibility with the job position. I have some negative aspects which do not benefit my job role. Have to understand the importance of each skill and ability.

SWOT Analysis for Evaluating The Personal Improvement

Action plan

Agile mindset

From the insights of the SWOT analysis, it is clear that I have to focus on the agile mindset that will help me to increase my communication skills and it also so help me to perform better project activities by reducing the aspects of interactions(Salvetti AND Bertagni, 2020). I have to focus on the verbal and nonverbal communication strategies that help me to interact with the team members that helped me to focus on the adoption of the agile mindset within the group members for setting up better knowledge about the team performances.

- I have to schedule the working practices that will help me to observe my personal skills and it also helps me to get the proper timeframe to achieve the success to get the agile mindset.

Motivating team

I have to focus on the daily feedbacks of my team members that will help me to gather all the requirements and information. The better reflective practices help me to focus on the various small projects that will enhance my collaboration with the team members.

- I have to get support from the higher authorities that help me to promote collaboration in the workplace environment.

- I can set different goals and proper communicating ways that help me to come up with deadlines and it also allows me to enhance my communication skills(Phadermrod, Crowder & Wills, 2019).

Focusing on The Better Leadership Traits

I have to focus on better leadership traits because it will help me to concentrate on the growth of the team members. This project helps me to focus on the leadership traits of motivation and leadership styles that will help me to improve my leadership skills to progress the overall performances of the team members (Nichols, 2016). I feel that the project can help me to focus on the changes of implementation of better leadership traits that allow me to get the abilities for energy in the project those effective communication skills by implementing the leadership traits.

- I can learn through my past experiences by skills

- It also helps me to focus on other areas of weaknesses.

- The active listening skills also help me to get the knowledge skills for managing the advanced teams.

Self Confidence

I have to improve my self-confidence by communicating with my tutors that will help me to get better self-confidence and it also enhance my self-confidence level as a team member to promote my personal skills to work within a team. Happy focuses on the confidence level that will allow you to forget all the issues that I am facing as problems for my personal development.

- I have to clarify the smaller goals that help me to increase my sense of confidence according to the different aspects of self-confidence aspects.

- I can focus on my better communication skills by reading different books about improving communication skills that are important to be focused on to get a better knowledge base about better communication skills with different peer-reviewed journals that allows me to get the proper perspectives of team members that will be helpful for enhancing self-confidence.

Conclusion

From the above report, it can be summarized that agile management is very necessary for modern workplaces. Through the application of agile management, the upcoming projects will be more accurate and authentic and will ensure more positive results. I can focus on the aspects of communication skills because it eventually allows me to get the proper outcomes by improving my personal skill sets. The Gibbs reflective cycle helps me to explore the features of the agile mindset while working on this project. The action plan also plays a significant role to develop my skills that can be aligned with better project management approaches to achieve success in project management. This project helps me to understand the importance of communication skills and it also improved my communication skills and it also allow me to focus on the aspects of performance management system that help me to know the agile project management to learn the team building skills while working on the project.

References

MGT604 Strategic Management Report Sample

Context

The assessment of this subject supports students in developing their skills and knowledge in topics that include environmental assessment, problem diagnosis, strategy development, and cultural and ethical contexts.

Stakeholder meetings are a critical element in strategic management. This assessment task provides experience and immersive understanding of the complex interactions involved in the development of strategic choices, and the need to take an integrative approach to problem solving. The increasing pace of technological change and the increased impact of social media provides many challenges for businesses attempting to navigate towards growth and increased profitability. Rapid cycle times for new products can lead to decisions being made that are not always in the best interests of the long-term survival of the firm. Disruptions to the everyday course of business come from anywhere and need to be responded to often in short time frames.

Introduction

Assessment 2 Part B continues from the scenario in Part A. In Part B, a disruption is introduced which necessitates re-consideration of the white paper done in Part A of the Assessment. Here is a recap of the scenario.

Instructions

Re-convene the (emergency) stakeholder meetings to address the disruption scenario. The stakeholder meetings must discuss this disruption and develop a modified set of strategies. Please return to your groups immediately to discuss these events and adjust your strategic approach accordingly.

Your 2,000 word, individual, White paper should be structured as follows:

• Introduction - Provide background and context to the report. Tell the reader what has happened in the past that has led to this report being needed.

• Aim - State in a single sentence what this report is seeking to achieve.

• Discussion - Cover the content you wish to address in response to the disruption scenario. You must incorporate theory and application of strategy formulation methods.

• Conclusion - Restate the aim and sum up the discussion to demonstrate to the reader that the aim has been satisfied. There should be no new content in the conclusion.

• Recommendations - What are the next steps? What is required to progress into the future? Evaluate/justify your recommendations?

• References - Please ensure you use the correct APA referencing style throughout. Remember EVERY factual statement requires a reference.

• Appendices - Additional material to substantiate or add greater depth to the material presented in the report, and your Teamwork log.

The white paper is to be completed individually by each member of the team reflecting the impact of the proposed strategy on their part of the business after the disruption and should be completed to the professional standard that would be required if the below scenario were real.

Solution

Introduction:

Pro go is a privately owned company which is manufacturing high quality action cameras and they are based in Geelong Victoria. They are founded in the year 2004 the company is performing at its best since then in terms of innovation and the technology which they pack in their product which is capable of shooting high quality videos and also small batteries which is capable of shooting for longer duration of time. For Assignment Help However, the company have faced disruption in the traditional customer base. Other than that, they also faced the pressure of the new entrants in the market which is also an issue for the company.The primary purpose of the study new strategy options for the Pro Go which would be used in response to the disruption.Furthermore, being the union official, the role would also take part when the strategy would be implemented. The primary purpose of the union official is to represent the workers and also resolve conflicts within the company so that the company is profitable and also the employees get appropriate renumeration.Other than that, based on the analysis proper recommendation would also be provided for the future.

Aim:

The aim of the study is to identify the strategy option which are applicable in the case of Pro Go and what could be the implications of the following strategy over the business of the company.

Discussion:

There are various strategies which would be applicable in the following situation and the strategies which have been focused on in the following situation are: